As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2016

Registration No. 333-_____

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Maryland 6712 Being applied for
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)

 

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

(575) 437-9334
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Jill Gutierrez

Chief Executive Officer

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

(575) 437-9334
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

Eric Luse, Esq. Jennifer D. King, Esq.
Ned Quint, Esq. Vedder Price P.C.
Luse Gorman, PC 222 North LaSalle Street
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780 Chicago, IL 60601
Washington, D.C. 20015 (312) 609-7500
 (202) 274-2000  

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities to be
registered
  Amount to be 
registered
    Proposed maximum 
offering price per share (1)
    Proposed maximum 
aggregate offering 
price  (1)
    Amount of 
registration fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share     3,438,500     $ 10.00     $ 34,385,000     $ 3,463  

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Bank 34)

Up to 1,634,334 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 1,879,484 Shares)

 

Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering up to 1,634,334 shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares we are offering represent the ownership interest in Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation, currently owned by AF Mutual Holding Company. In this prospectus, we refer to Bancorp 34, Inc. as “Bancorp 34.” Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is currently traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by OTC Markets Group under the trading symbol “ALMG,” and we expect the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCTF.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

 

The shares of common stock are first being offered for sale in a subscription offering to eligible depositors, borrowers and tax-qualified employee benefit plans of Bank 34. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to residents of the communities served by Bank 34 and then to existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered for sale to the public through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering may commence before the subscription and community offerings (including any extensions) have expired. However, no shares purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering.

 

We may sell up to 1,879,484 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 1,207,986 shares to complete the offering.

 

In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, the shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. currently held by the public will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 based on an exchange ratio that will result in existing public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. owning approximately the same percentage of Bancorp 34 common stock as they owned in Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. We expect to issue up to 1,355,666 shares in the exchange, which may be increased to up to 1,559,016 shares if we sell 1,879,484 shares of common stock in the offering.

 

The minimum purchase order is 25 shares. The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date]. We expect that the community offering, if held, will terminate at the same time. We may extend the expiration date of the subscription and/or community offerings without notice to you until [extension date], or longer if the Federal Reserve Board approves a later date. No single extension may exceed 90 days and the offering must be completed by [final extension date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 1,879,484 shares or decreased to less than 1,207,986 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will promptly return your funds with interest or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,879,484 shares or decreased to less than 1,207,986 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at Bank 34 and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as sole manager for any syndicated offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are sold in the offering.

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
Number of shares     1,207,986       1,421,160       1,634,334       1,879,484  
Gross offering proceeds   $ 12,079,860     $ 14,211,600     $ 16,343,340     $ 18,794,840  
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent and underwriters’ commissions   $ 945,000     $ 945,000     $ 945,000     $ 945,000  
Selling agent and underwriters’ commissions (1)   $ 455,000     $ 455,000     $ 455,000     $ 455,000  
Estimated net proceeds   $ 10,679,860     $ 12,811,600     $ 14,943,340     $ 17,394,840  
Estimated net proceeds per share   $ 8.84     $ 9.01     $ 9.14     $ 9.26  

 

(1) The amounts shown assume that all of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings for a fixed fee of $250,000. See “Pro Forma Data” and “The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in the subscription and community offerings and the compensation to be received by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and the other broker-dealers that may participate in the syndicated offering. If all shares of common stock were sold in the syndicated offering, the selling agent fees would be approximately $930,000, $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at [Stock center number].

The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus date].

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
SUMMARY 1
RISK FACTORS 18
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA 31
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 33
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING 35
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY 36
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK 37
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE 39
CAPITALIZATION 40
PRO FORMA DATA 42
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 48
BUSINESS OF BANCORP 34 AND ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. 81
BUSINESS OF BANK 34 81
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 92
TAXATION 102
MANAGEMENT 104
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK 117
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 118
THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING 119
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. 141
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANCORP 34 148
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF BANCORP 34 151
TRANSFER AGENT 153
EXPERTS 153
LEGAL MATTERS 153
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 153
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

  

  i  

Table of Contents  

 

SUMMARY

 

The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

Our Organizational Structure and the Proposed Conversion

 

Since 1997 we have operated in a two-tiered mutual holding company structure. Alamogordo Financial Corp. is a federal corporation that is our publicly-traded stock holding company and the parent company of Bank 34. At March 31, 2016, Alamogordo Financial Corp. had consolidated assets of $278.5 million, deposits of $234.6 million and stockholders’ equity of $29.9 million. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s parent company is AF Mutual Holding Company, a federally chartered mutual holding company. At March 31, 2016, Alamogordo Financial Corp. had 1,679,500 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 761,500 shares, or 45.3%, were owned by the public, and the remaining 918,000 shares were held by AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion and reorganization, which we refer to as the plan of conversion, we are converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. Upon completion of the conversion, AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp. will cease to exist, and Bancorp 34 will become the successor corporation to Alamogordo Financial Corp. The shares of Bancorp 34 being offered for sale represent the majority ownership interest in Alamogordo Financial Corp. currently held by AF Mutual Holding Company. Public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will receive shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 in exchange for their shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at an exchange ratio intended to preserve the same aggregate ownership interest in Bancorp 34 as they had in Alamogordo Financial Corp., adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. AF Mutual Holding Company’s shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be cancelled.

 

The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, reflecting ownership percentages as of March 31, 2016:

 

 

  1  

Table of Contents  

 

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public stock holding company, as follows:

 

 

Our Business

 

Our business operations are conducted through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank 34. Bank 34 is a community bank that has served the banking needs of its customers since 1934.

 

Bank 34 operates four full-service banking centers, one each in Otero and Dona Ana Counties, New Mexico and two in Maricopa County, Arizona. Bank 34’s New Mexico offices include the main office and corporate headquarters located in Alamogordo and a branch office in Las Cruces. The Arizona branch offices include the regional headquarters located in Scottsdale and a branch office in Peoria. We also operate loan production offices in El Paso, Texas (El Paso County), Albuquerque, New Mexico (Bernalillo County), Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County), Tubac, Arizona (Santa Cruz County), Kirkland, Washington (King County), Puyallup, Washington (Pierce County), Medford, Oregon (Jackson County) and Littleton, Colorado (Arapahoe County). Our Washington offices are located in the greater Seattle metropolitan area. Our principal business consists of attracting deposits from the general public in the communities where our full-service banking offices are located, and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, primarily in commercial real estate loans, and, to a lesser extent, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, multi-family real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. We also invest in investment securities. We generally sell one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. Our primary lending area is broader than our primary deposit market area and includes the counties where our loan production offices are located. Our revenues are derived principally from interest on loans and securities, and from loan origination and servicing fees. Our primary sources of funds are deposits and principal and interest payments on loans and securities.

 

Bank 34 is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 completed their acquisition of Bank 1440 on August 29, 2014. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million.

 

Bancorp 34 is a newly formed Maryland corporation. Following the completion of the conversion and offering, Bancorp 34 will be the holding company for Bank 34 and will succeed Alamogordo Financial Corp. as the publicly traded holding company of Bank 34. Our executive offices are located at 500 East 10th Street,

 

  2  

Table of Contents  

 

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310 and our telephone number is (575) 437-9334. Our website address is www.bank34.com. Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our goal is to enhance long-term stockholder and franchise value by executing a safe and sound growth strategy that produces increasing earnings. We have sought to accomplish this objective by implementing a business strategy designed to grow our loan portfolio while maintaining a strong capital position and high asset quality.

 

Our current business strategy consists of the following:

 

· Continued commercial loan growth. Our expansion to the Arizona market with our acquisition of Bank 1440 continues to provide a significant source of new commercial clients to supplement the New Mexico region of our franchise. Our Arizona market has experienced strong population and job growth, contributing to favorable economic conditions for generating new commercial loans. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as hotels, office buildings and industrial and retail facilities. In all of our markets, we seek commercial loan customers (both commercial real estate and commercial and industrial) with whom we can establish multiple lending relationships and provide other services, such as business checking accounts. We target new commercial real estate loan originations to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area. In addition to commercial real estate loans, we originate multi-family real estate loans to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market areas. Our multi-family real estate loans are generally secured by properties consisting of five to 40 rental units. We recently expanded our commercial credit review and administration departments to support our anticipated continued commercial loan growth. We grew our commercial real estate loans (including multi-family real estate loans) and commercial and industrial loans by 13.2% to $156.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $138.5 million at December 31, 2014, and further grew these balances to $160.0 million at March 31, 2016. We originated $54.1 million of commercial loans in our Arizona region during 2015, with commercial loans in our Arizona region representing 74% and 72% of our total commercial loans outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans totaled 81.0% of our loan portfolio at March 31, 2016, compared to 80.6% at December 31, 2015 and 78.6% at December 31, 2014.

 

In addition, we continue to seek and originate Small Business Administration (“SBA”) credits and we are actively pursuing other government-sponsored loan programs, such as those offered through the U.S. Department of Agriculture, as a way to generate government-guaranteed loans with the opportunity to sell the guaranteed portion of the loan at a premium and retain the non-guaranteed portion as well as the servicing rights. We sold $1.0 million and $5.1 million of SBA loans in the secondary market during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively, recognizing gains of $99,000 and $500,000 during those periods. We also intend to build on our experience of selectively pursuing construction lending to established builders with proven track records.

 

· Continued expansion of our mortgage banking footprint and corresponding areas of operational strength. In our New Mexico markets, we are a significant originator of fixed-rate, one- to four-family mortgage loans that are sold in the secondary market, and we are gaining market share in our Arizona markets. For 2014 (the latest date for which information is available), we ranked as the top originator of conforming one- to four-family residential first mortgage loans in Otero County and ranked in the top five in origination market share of such loans in Dona Ana County. We sold $143.6 million of mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2015, generating $4.3 million in non-interest income, compared to sales and non-interest income of $98.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2014. We sold $41.5 million of mortgage loans

 

  3  

Table of Contents  

 

during the quarter ended March 31, 2016. We continue to add experienced mortgage lending personnel, consistent with recent and future growth opportunities, to further leverage our overall scalable business model, including secondary market management and compliance specialists. In early 2015, we expanded our mortgage banking program to El Paso, Texas by opening a loan production office. In September 2015, we further expanded our mortgage banking operation in Maricopa County, Arizona and established a loan production office in Albuquerque, New Mexico. In February 2016, we expanded our physical mortgage origination footprint to Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, Medford, Oregon and Tucson, Arizona (subsequently moved to Tubac, Arizona), with loan production offices and established mortgage origination teams in each market area. We conducted similar expansion to Littleton, Colorado in May 2016. Subject to market conditions, and particularly changes in the interest rate environment, we intend to continue to grow our mortgage banking business. Such growth may occur through regional expansion, online origination, or both. We seek experienced lending teams in attractive market areas. We believe we have managed our mortgage banking operations to provide cost-management flexibility in the event of unfavorable economic conditions or increases in market interest rates.

 

· Disciplined expansion through organic growth and opportunistic bank or branch acquisitions. We completed our acquisition of Bank 1440 in August 2014. While we expect organic growth will be our primary strategic focus, we will also consider acquisition opportunities that we believe would enhance the value of our franchise and yield potential financial benefits for our stockholders. We may also seek to open additional loan production offices for mortgage banking and/or commercial lending, which would expand upon our eight loan production offices in the states of Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Oregon, Texas and Washington.

 

· Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets. We believe strong asset quality is a key to our long-term financial success, and we have maintained this focus through our acquisition of Bank 1440 and our subsequent increase in commercial lending during 2015. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having a very experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined policies and procedures, appropriate loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. Our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 0.67% as of March 31, 2016, 0.79% as of December 31, 2015 and 0.66% as of December 31, 2014.

 

· Increase core deposits, with emphasis on low cost commercial demand deposits. We seek core deposits to provide a stable source of funds for loan growth, at costs consistent with improving our interest rate spread and profitability. Core deposits also help us maintain loan-to-deposit ratios at levels consistent with regulatory expectations. We consider our core deposits to include demand deposits, negotiable orders of withdrawal (NOW) and automatic transfer service accounts, money market deposit accounts, other savings deposits, and certificates of deposit under $250,000, excluding wholesale and brokered deposits. As part of our focus on commercial loan growth, our lenders are expected to source business checking accounts from our borrowers. We also have hired business accounts personnel with established books of business. As a result, non-interest bearing deposits were $40.8 million at March 31, 2016, or 17.4% of deposits, compared to $38.0 million at December 31, 2015, or 16.8% of deposits, and $18.0 million at December 31, 2014, or 8.9% of deposits.

 

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

 

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

· Support our planned growth and strengthen our regulatory capital position with the additional capital we will raise in the stock offering. While Bank 34 exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth. Minimum regulatory capital requirements have also

 

  4  

Table of Contents  

 

increased under recently adopted regulations. Compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

· Facilitate our stock holding company’s ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders . Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) became the federal regulator of all savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies. This has resulted in changes in regulations with respect to the payment of dividends applicable to AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp., adversely affecting our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enhance our ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all financial institutions. See “Our Dividend Policy.”

 

· Transition our organization to a more common and flexible stock holding company structure from our existing mutual holding company structure . The stock holding company structure is a more common and flexible form of organization, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

· Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for Bancorp 34 common stock. A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

· Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or business lines as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions. Although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of Bancorp 34 for three years following completion of the conversion, and also prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock without regulatory approval.

 

Terms of the Offering

 

We are offering for sale between 1,207,986 and 1,634,334 shares of common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of Bank 34, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, in a community offering to the general public, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico, and then to existing public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of [voting record date]. If necessary, we will also offer for sale shares to the general public in a syndicated offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 1,879,484 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 1,879,484 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,207,986 shares, or the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [extension date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, your order will be cancelled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to

 

  5  

Table of Contents  

 

more than 1,879,484 shares or decreased to less than 1,207,986 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, their withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time. No shares purchased in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering.

 

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the subscription offering, the community offering or a syndicated offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the offering but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.

 

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

 

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the exchange ratio for the exchange of shares of Bancorp 34 for shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Bancorp 34, assuming the offering has been completed. Keller & Company, Inc., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of May 16, 2016, this market value was $26.0 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $22.1 million and a maximum of $29.9 million. Based on this valuation range, the 54.7% ownership interest of AF Mutual Holding Company in Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of March 31, 2016 being sold in the offering, certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by Bancorp 34 ranges from 1,207,986 shares to 1,634,334 shares. The purchase price of $10.00 per share was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio ranges from 1.3158 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 1.7803 shares at the maximum of the offering range, and will generally preserve the percentage ownership of public stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. Keller & Company, Inc. will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion and offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, Keller & Company, Inc. determines that our estimated pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 1,879,484 shares without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $22.1 million or above $34.4 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds with interest; set a new offering range and give all subscribers the opportunity to place a new order; or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  6  

Table of Contents  

 

The appraisal is based in part on Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 10 publicly traded savings and loan and bank holding companies that Keller & Company, Inc. considers comparable to Alamogordo Financial Corp. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name   Ticker
Symbol
  Headquarters   Total Assets (1)  
            (In millions)  
Bay Bancorp, Inc.   BYBK   Columbia, MD   $ 491  
Central Federal Corporation   CFBK   Fairlawn, OH   $ 348  
Equitable Financial Corp.   EQFN   Grand Island, NE   $ 223  
First Financial Northwest, Inc.   FFNW   Renton, WA   $ 980  
HMN Financial, Inc.   HMNF   Rochester, MN   $ 642  
Poage Bankshares, Inc.   PBSK   Ashland, KY   $ 435  
Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   RVSB   Vancouver, WA   $ 884  
Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   TSBK   Hoquiam, WA   $ 837  
Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   WAYN   Wooster, OH   $ 434  
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   WBKC   Midland, MI   $ 418  

 

 

(1) Asset size for all companies is as of December 31, 2015.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Bancorp 34 (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, with stock prices as of May 16, 2016, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 28.74% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 31.87% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a premium of 174.53% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

   

Price-to-earnings

multiple (1)

    Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
Bancorp 34 (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)                        
Adjusted Maximum     47.71 x     76.36 %     76.94 %
Maximum     41.16 x     69.74 %     70.30 %
Midpoint     35.55 x     63.42 %     63.95 %
Minimum     30.01 x     56.49 %     56.99 %
                         
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)                        
Averages     16.75 x     89.00 %     93.87 %
Medians     17.39 x     92.65 %     96.99 %

 

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by Keller & Company, Inc. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by Keller & Company, Inc. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

 

  7  

Table of Contents  

 

Effect of AF Mutual Holding Company’s Assets on Minority Stock Ownership

 

Public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will receive shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 in exchange for their shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. pursuant to an exchange ratio that is designed to provide, subject to adjustment, public stockholders with the same ownership percentage of the common stock of Bancorp 34 after the conversion as their ownership percentage in Alamogordo Financial Corp. immediately prior to the conversion, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. However, the exchange ratio will be adjusted downward to reflect assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp.) at the completion of the conversion, which assets consist of cash, totaling $227 as of March 31, 2016. This amount of assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company would not change the exchange ratio, which is rounded to four decimal places.

 

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Common Stock

 

If you are a stockholder of Alamogordo Financial Corp. immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, your shares will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Bancorp 34. The number of shares of common stock you will receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value and the percentage of outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned by public stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of Bancorp 34 as of May 16, 2016, assuming public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. own 45.3% of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock and AF Mutual Holding Company had assets (not including its shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock) of $227 immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The table also shows the number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock a hypothetical owner of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 

   

Shares to be Sold in
This Offering

   

Shares of Bancorp 34 to be
Issued for Shares of
Alamogordo Financial Corp.

   

Total Shares 
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in

Exchange and

   

Exchange

   

Equivalent 
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering

   

Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible 
Book Value
Per

Exchanged

   

Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing

 
 

Amount

   

Percent

   

Amount

   

Percent

    Offering     Ratio     Price (1)     Share (2)     Shares (3)  
                                                       
Minimum     1,207,986       54.7 %     1,002,014       45.3 %     2,210,000       1.3158     $ 13.16     $ 23.08       131  
Midpoint     1,421,160       54.7       1,178,840       45.3       2,600,000       1.5480       15.48       24.21       154  
Maximum     1,634,334       54.7       1,355,666       45.3       2,990,000       1.7803       17.80       25.33       178  
Adjusted Maximum     1,879,484       54.7       1,559,016       45.3       3,438,500       2.0473       20.47       26.59       204  

 

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Alamogordo Financial Corp., pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share purchase price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

No fractional shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Alamogordo Financial Corp. For each fractional share that otherwise would be issued, Bancorp 34 will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $10.00 per share offering price.

 

Outstanding options to purchase shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock will convert into and become options to purchase shares of Bancorp 34 common stock based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, duration and vesting schedule of these options will not be affected by the conversion. At March 31, 2016, there were 18,020 outstanding options to purchase shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, all of which have vested. Such outstanding options will be converted into options to purchase 23,710 shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range and 36,892 shares of common stock at the adjusted maximum

 

  8  

Table of Contents  

 

of the offering range. Because federal regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, we may use authorized but unissued shares to fund option exercises that occur during the first year following the conversion. If all existing options were exercised and funded with authorized but unissued shares of common stock following the conversion, stockholders would experience ownership dilution of approximately 1.06% at the minimum of the offering range.

 

Intended Use of the Proceeds From the Offering

 

We intend to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering in Bank 34, fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at Bancorp 34. Therefore, assuming we sell 1,421,160 shares of common stock in the stock offering at the midpoint of the offering range, and we have net proceeds of $12.8 million, we intend to invest $6.4 million in Bank 34, loan $1.1 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, and retain the remaining $5.3 million of the net proceeds at Bancorp 34.

 

Bancorp 34 may use the funds it retains for investment to repurchase shares of common stock, to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies, to pay cash dividends and for other general corporate purposes. Bank 34 may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending, enhance existing, or support growth and the development of, new products and services, or expand its branch network by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or financial services companies. We do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any acquisition transactions.

 

See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

 

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

 

We are offering the shares of common stock for sale in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

(i) To depositors with accounts at Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2014.

 

(ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Bank 34’s employee stock ownership plan), which may subscribe for, in the aggregate, up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

(iii) To depositors with accounts at Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date].

 

(iv) To depositors of Bank 34 at the close of business on [voting record date] and borrowers of Bank 34 as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of [voting record date].

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico, and then to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]. The community offering is expected to begin concurrently with the subscription offering, but may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and the community offering in a syndicated offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will act as sole manager for the syndicated offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of

 

  9  

Table of Contents  

 

conversion will be final. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

 

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering for sale, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

 

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25 shares.

 

Generally, no individual, or individuals acting through a single account held jointly, may purchase more than 25,000 shares ($250,000) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 35,000 shares ($350,000) of common stock:

 

· your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

· most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a senior officer, partner, trustee or have a substantial beneficial interest; or

 

· other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

 

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 35,000 shares ($350,000).

 

In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for current stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering. However, if, based on your current ownership level, you will own more than 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering following the exchange of your shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, you will be ineligible to purchase any new shares in the offering. You will be required to obtain regulatory approval or non-objection prior to acquiring 10% or more of Bancorp 34’s common stock.

 

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

 

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

(i) personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Bancorp 34, Inc.; or

 

(ii) authorizing us to withdraw available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from your Bank 34 deposit account(s), other than checking accounts or individual retirement accounts (IRAs).

 

  10  

Table of Contents  

 

Bank 34 is not permitted to lend funds to anyone to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a Bank 34 line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash. Wire transfers will not be accepted. You may not designate withdrawal from Bank 34’s accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. If you request a direct withdrawal, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s). You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Bank 34 individual retirement account, or IRA. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

 

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Bancorp 34, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Bank 34 deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date], which is the end of the subscription offering period. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to the address listed on the stock order form. You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to our main office, located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico, or to our Scottsdale office, located at 14850 N. Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona, which are open between 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday. Hand-delivered stock order forms will be accepted only at these two locations. We will not accept stock order forms at our other offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Bank 34’s offices.

 

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

 

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or IRA. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Bank 34 individual retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account you may have at Bank 34 or elsewhere . Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

 

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.

 

Market for Common Stock

 

Existing publicly held shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock are traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by OTC Markets Group under the trading symbol “ALMG.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 will be issued in exchange for the existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp., and we expect the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCTF.” To list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [voting record date], Alamogordo Financial Corp. had approximately __________ registered market makers in its common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

  11  

Table of Contents  

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

 

For information regarding our proposed dividend policy, see “Our Dividend Policy.” For information regarding our recent dividend payment history, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Market for the Common Stock.”

 

Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

 

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for [insider purchase shares] shares of common stock in the offering, representing _________% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own [insider ownership] shares of common stock (including stock options exercisable within 60 days of [voting record date]), or [insider ownership %]% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range, which includes shares they currently own that will be exchanged for shares of Bancorp 34.

 

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

 

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

The deadline for submitting orders to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

 

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

 

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering.

 

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

 

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares that you are purchasing. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the stock order form, you cannot add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. You may only add those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit and loan accounts, giving all names on

 

  12  

Table of Contents  

 

each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

 

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased in the offering, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

 

We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

· The plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of AF Mutual Holding Company (depositors and eligible borrowers of Bank 34) as of [voting record date];

 

· The plan of conversion is approved by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of [voting record date], including shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company;

 

· The plan of conversion is approved by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of [voting record date], excluding shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company;

 

· We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering;

 

· We receive approval from the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

· The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approves an amendment to Bank 34’s charter to provide for a liquidation account.

 

AF Mutual Holding Company intends to vote its shares in favor of the plan of conversion. At [voting record date], AF Mutual Holding Company owned 54.7% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. The directors and executive officers of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and their affiliates owned __________ shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (excluding exercisable options), or ____________% of the outstanding shares of common stock and __________% of the outstanding shares of common stock excluding shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company. They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion.

 

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

 

If we do not receive orders for at least 1,207,986 shares of common stock, we may take one or more steps to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

(i) increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or

 

  13  

Table of Contents  

 

(ii) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [extension date], so long as we resolicit subscribers who previously submitted subscriptions in the offering; and/or

 

  (iii) increase the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.

 

If we extend the offering past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will cancel your stock order and promptly return your funds with interest for funds received in the subscription and community offering or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large purchasers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

 

Possible Change in the Offering Range

Keller & Company, Inc. will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion and offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, Keller & Company, Inc. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 1,879,484 shares in the offering without further notice to you.  If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $22.1 million or above $34.4 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

· terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

· set a new offering range; or

 

· take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, for funds received for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place a new stock order for a period of time.

 

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of AF Mutual Holding Company and the special meeting of stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. that have been called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after these approvals with regulatory approval. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

 

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of Bank 34 employees, to purchase up to 8% of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan’s subscription order will not be filled and the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

We intend to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans would be required. We have not determined whether we would adopt the plans within or after 12 months following the completion of the conversion. If we implement stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans would be limited to reserving a number of shares (i) up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in

 

  14  

Table of Contents  

 

the offering for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and (ii) up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options by key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, it would not be subject to the percentage limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans. For a description of our current stock-based benefit plan, see “Management—Stock Benefit Plans—Stock-Based Incentive Plan.”

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the stock offering for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.

 

    Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased     Dilution     Value of Grants (In
Thousands) (1)
 
    At 
Minimum of 
Offering
Range
    At
Adjusted
Maximum 
of Offering
Range
    As a
Percentage 
of Common
Stock to be
Sold in the
Offering
    Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock-Based
Benefit Plans
    At 
Minimum 
of Offering
Range
    At 
Adjusted
Maximum 
of Offering
Range
 
                                     
Employee stock ownership plan     96,638       150,358       8.0 %     N/A(2)     $ 966     $ 1,504  
Restricted stock awards     48,319       75,179       4.0       2.14 %     483       752  
Stock options     120,798       187,948       10.0       5.18 %     366       569  
Total     265,755       413,485       22.0 %     7.11 %   $ 1,815     $ 2,825  

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for restricted stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.03 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; an expected option term of 10 years; no dividend yield; a risk-free rate of return of 1.525%; and expected volatility of 0.1955%. The actual value of stock options granted will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
(2) No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the stock offering.

 

We may fund our stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing 2001 Stock Option Plan are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly issued shares as federal regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of the offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under a stock-based benefit plan or under extraordinary circumstances.

 

The following table presents information as of March 31, 2016 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2001 Stock Option Plan, our 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan and our proposed stock-based benefit plan. The table below assumes that 3,438,500 shares are outstanding after the offering, which includes the sale of 1,879,484 shares in the offering at the adjusted maximum of the offering range and the issuance of new shares in exchange for shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. using an exchange ratio of 2.0473. It also assumes that the value of the stock is $10.00 per share.

 

  15  

Table of Contents  

 

Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans   Participants   Shares at Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
    Estimated Value of
Shares
    Percentage of 
Shares Outstanding 
After the 
Conversion
 
                       
Employee Stock Ownership Plan:   Officers and Employees                        
Shares purchased in 2000 offering (1)         58,470 (2)   $ 584,700       1.70 %
Shares to be purchased in this offering         150,358       1,503,580       4.37  
Total employee stock ownership plan shares         208,828     $ 2,088,280       6.07 %
                             
Restricted Stock Awards:   Directors, Officers and Employees                        
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan (1)         65,255 (3)   $ 652,550 (4)     1.90 %
New shares of restricted stock         75,179       751,790 (4)     2.19  
Total shares of restricted stock         140,434     $ 1,404,340       4.08 %(5)
                             
Stock Options:   Directors, Officers and Employees                        
2001 Stock Option Plan (1)         130,513 (6)   $ 395,454 (7)     3.80 %
New stock options         187,948       569,592 (7)     5.47  
Total stock options         318,461     $ 965,046       9.26 %(5)
                             
Total of stock benefit plans         667,723     $ 4,457,666       19.42 %(5)

 

 

(1) The number of shares indicated has been adjusted for the 2.0473 exchange ratio at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
(2) As of March 31, 2016, all of these shares have been allocated to participants.
(3) As of March 31, 2016, all of these shares have been awarded and vested.
(4) The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based benefit plan is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.
(5) Total does not foot due to rounding.
(6) As of March 31, 2016, all of these have been awarded and vested.
(7) The weighted-average fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.03 per option, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: exercise price, $10.00; trading price on date of grant, $10.00; no dividend yield; expected term, 10 years; expected volatility, 0.1955%; and risk-free rate of return, 1.525%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

 

Tax Consequences

 

AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bank 34 and Bancorp 34 have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, and have received an opinion of Crowe Horwath LLP regarding the material Arizona and New Mexico tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bank 34, Bancorp 34, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (except as to cash paid for fractional shares). Existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of Bancorp 34 will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors” and “Supervision and Regulation—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

An emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company.

 

  16  

Table of Contents  

 

We have elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

 

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

 

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [Stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

  17  

Table of Contents  

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock. In addition to these risks and the other risks and uncertainties described elsewhere in this prospectus, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial real estate and commercial business loan originations, our credit risk will increase and downturns in the real estate market or local economy could adversely affect our earnings.

 

We intend to continue to emphasize the origination of commercial real estate and commercial business loans. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally have more risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate. Because the repayment of commercial real estate and commercial business loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market or economy. Commercial real estate and commercial loans also may involve relatively large loan balances to individual borrowers or groups of related borrowers. A downturn in the real estate market or the local economy could adversely impact the value of properties securing the loan or the revenues from the borrower’s business, thereby increasing the risk of nonperforming loans. Further, unlike residential mortgage loans or multi-family and commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans may be secured by collateral other than real estate, such as inventory and accounts receivable, the value of which may be more difficult to appraise and may be more susceptible to fluctuation in value at default. As our commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolios increase, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans may also increase. Furthermore, it may be difficult to assess the future performance of newly originated commercial loans, as such loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

 

A worsening of economic conditions in our market area could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of nonperforming loans, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

 

Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. Almost all of our loans that we retain are to borrowers located in, or are secured by collateral located in, Otero and Dona Ana Counties, New Mexico and the Phoenix/Scottsdale, Arizona metropolitan area.

 

The employment base and economy in our New Mexico market area is concentrated in federal defense facilities, education (New Mexico State University), state and local government, agriculture and tourism, with the federal defense industry facilities and related military and civilian employment comprising the largest segment of the regional economy. Our operations are thus subject to downturns in these key local economic sectors. Such risks include a reduction in federal defense spending or a transfer of defense operations to other areas of the country. The agriculture industry, centered in the Rio Grande valley, typically is affected by national and international food prices and government agriculture policies, including price support programs. Tourism can be negatively affected by a variety of factors including economic activity, unemployment levels, wage levels and weather conditions. Higher education, while generally a stable or growing economic sector, also is subject to factors such as the overall number of high school graduates, the general economic climate for employment after high school, the level of state and federal financial support to educational institutions, annual college costs and general competition for students.

 

Our Phoenix/Scottsdale, Arizona metropolitan market area has a substantially larger population and economic base for our banking operations. However, this market area remains subject to national macro-economic forces.

 

  18  

Table of Contents  

 

A deterioration in economic conditions could have the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

· demand for our products and services may decline;

 

· loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

· collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, thereby reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans; and

 

· the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Our business strategy includes growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

Our business strategy includes growth in assets, deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets will require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, competition from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.

 

Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.

 

Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:

 

· the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and

 

· the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

 

The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Like many savings institutions, our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest we pay on our liabilities. In a period of declining interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest we pay on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans, and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called, requiring us to reinvest those cash flows at lower interest rates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”

 

Any increase in market interest rates may reduce our mortgage banking income. We generate revenues primarily from gains on the sale of mortgage loans to investors, and we recognized non-interest income of $1.6

 

  19  

Table of Contents  

 

million and $4.3 million on such sales during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. We also earn interest on loans held for sale while they are awaiting delivery to our investors.  In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our mortgage loan originations may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available for sale. This would result in a decrease in interest income and a decrease in revenues from loan sales. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expenses associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment, data processing and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity.

 

In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Furthermore, an inverted interest rate yield curve, where short-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions borrow funds) are higher than long-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions lend funds for fixed-rate loans) can reduce a financial institution’s net interest margin and create financial risk for financial institutions who originate longer-term, fixed rate mortgage loans.

 

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect the value of our assets and ultimately affect our earnings.

 

We monitor interest rate risk through the use of a simulation model that estimates the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our economic value of equity or “EVE”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. As of March 31, 2016, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we estimate that we would experience an 8.39% increase in EVE. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk.”

 

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

 

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions or the results of our analyses are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. In addition, our emphasis on loan growth and on increasing our portfolios of commercial real estate and commercial business loans, as well as any future credit deterioration, could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses in the future. At March 31, 2016, our allowance for loan losses was 1.27% of total gross loans less acquired loans and 151.81% of nonperforming loans. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 for our first fiscal year after December 15, 2019. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which would likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, and to greatly increase the types of data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan

 

  20  

Table of Contents  

 

losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities or otherwise may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In all of our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms and unregulated or less regulated non-banking entities, operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates on more attractive terms than loans we offer. Competition also makes it increasingly difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete for business and qualified employees in our market areas. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest earning assets. For additional information see “Business of Bank 34—Competition.”

 

A continuation of the historically low interest rate environment may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

 

In recent years the Federal Reserve Board’s policy has been to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. Although the Federal Reserve Board increased target interest rates in December 2015, market interest rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased since 2008 have been lower than in prior years. Our ability to reduce our interest expense is limited at current interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. A continuation of a low interest rate environment may adversely affect our net interest income, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability.

 

Our cost of operations is high relative to our revenues.

 

Our efficiency ratio (the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income and noninterest income) was 98.41%, 93.41% and 96.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our non-interest expense has increased in recent periods as we have expanded our commercial credit review and administration functions to support our continued commercial loan growth, and as we have added secondary market management and compliance specialists to support our growing mortgage banking operations. Our efficiency ratio will remain high unless we are able to increase commercial loan originations and mortgage banking revenues consistent with the staffing we have added in anticipation of this increased lending activity. In addition, any decrease in our commercial loan originations and mortgage banking revenues could increase our efficiency ratio unless we are able to reduce the related non-interest expense, such as through staff reductions or decreased occupancy expense.

 

The need to account for certain assets at estimated fair value, such as loans held for sale and investment securities, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We report certain assets, such as loans held for sale and investment securities, at estimated fair value. The balance of loans held for sale was $17.6 million at March 31, 2016, while the balance of investment securities was $29.5 million at March 31, 2016. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value, we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize observable market inputs to estimate fair value. Because we carry these assets on our financial records at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses even if the subject asset presents minimal credit risk. At March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from investment securities was $10,000 and $(216,000), respectively, and we did not recognize a loss on investment securities or loans held for sale during the three months ended March 31, 2016 or the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  21  

Table of Contents  

 

Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans expose us to increased credit risks.

 

At March 31, 2016, $29.9 million, or 15.1% of our gross loans held for investment, was secured by one- to four-family residential real estate.  Economic recovery, including improvements in real estate values, has been inconsistent in our market areas.  As a result, some of our mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit may be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral or if borrowers who sell their homes are unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds.

 

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board and by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, respectively. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the federal deposit insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of Bank 34, rather than for our stockholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the regulation of banks and savings institutions and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies have been given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, many of which are not in final form. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the full extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and policies has already resulted in changes to our business and operations, as well as additional costs, and has diverted management’s time from other business activities, which have adversely affected our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares.

 

A final capital rule, effective for us on January 1, 2015, includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from prior rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. Bank 34 has elected to opt out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and, when fully phased in, will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be

 

  22  

Table of Contents  

 

subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

 

We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and we believe that, upon completion of the offering, we will meet all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer as if it had been fully phased in.

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, and may require raising additional capital in the future, and result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding sources, change our business models or increase our holdings of liquid assets. The implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, changes to items included in or deducted from regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or repurchasing our shares. Specifically, beginning in 2016, Bank 34’s ability to pay dividends to Bancorp 34 will be limited if it does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may further limit Bancorp 34’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

Acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value.

 

We completed our acquisition of Bank 1440 in August 2014, and in the acquisition we received assets valued at $88.3 million and assumed liabilities of $75.8 million. We regularly evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt, or equity securities may occur from time to time. We would seek acquisition partners that offer us either significant market presence or the potential to expand our market footprint and improve profitability through economies of scale or expanded services.

 

Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches may have an adverse effect on our financial results and may involve various other risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:

 

· difficulty in estimating the value of the target company;

 

· payment of a premium over book and market values that may dilute our tangible book value and earnings per share in the short and long term;

 

· exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities, or asset quality problems, of the target company;

 

· larger than anticipated merger-related expenses;

 

  23  

Table of Contents  

 

· difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company, and retaining key employees and customers;

 

· inability to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits; and

 

· potential diversion of our management’s time and attention.

 

If we are unable to successfully integrate an acquired company, the anticipated benefits may not be realized fully or may take longer to realize than expected. A significant decline in asset valuations or cash flows may also cause us not to realize expected benefits.

 

Our ability to originate and sell loans could be restricted by recently adopted federal regulations.

 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule intended to clarify how lenders can avoid legal liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, which holds lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage loan. Under the rule, loans that meet the “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

· excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

· interest-only payments;

 

· negative amortization; and

 

· terms of longer than 30 years.

 

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a loan must be made to a borrower whose total monthly debt-to-income ratio does not exceed 43%.  Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify a borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the regulatory agencies to issue regulations that require securitizers of loans to retain “not less than 5% of the credit risk for any asset that is not a qualified residential mortgage.”  The regulatory agencies have issued a final rule to implement this requirement.  The final rule provides that the definition of “qualified residential mortgage” includes loans that meet the definition of “qualified mortgage” under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau to adopt rules and publish forms that combine certain disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for and closing on certain mortgage loans loan under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“TRID”). The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has implemented a final rule to implement this requirement, and the final rule was effective in October 2015.

 

We currently sell in the secondary market the significant majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. These final rules could have a significant effect on the secondary market for loans and the types of loans we originate, and restrict or delay our ability to make loans, any of which could limit our growth or profitability.

 

  24  

Table of Contents  

 

Secondary mortgage market conditions could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our mortgage banking operations provide a significant portion of our non-interest income. In addition to being affected by interest rates, the secondary mortgage markets are also subject to investor demand for residential mortgage loans and increased investor yield requirements for these loans.  These conditions may fluctuate or worsen in the future.  As a result, a prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity may reduce our loan production volumes and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have previously sold, it would negatively affect our earnings.

 

Our mortgage banking operations involves originating residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market under agreements that contain representations and warranties related to, among other things, the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans.  We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have sold in cases of borrower default or breaches of these representations and warranties, and we would be subject to increased risk of disputes and repurchase demands as our volume of loan sales increases.  If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans or provide indemnification or other recourse, this could significantly increase our costs and thereby affect our future earnings.

 

Our success depends on hiring and retaining key personnel.

 

Our performance largely depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation, as well as operational functions such as regulatory compliance and information technology. The loss of key staff may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect our revenues. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could reduce our net income. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

 

We face significant operational risks because the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions and increased reliance on technology, including risk of loss related to cyber-security breaches.  

 

We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions and to collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others and concerning our own business, operations, plans and strategies. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of operational deficiencies or as a result of non-compliance with applicable regulatory standards or customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In addition, we outsource some of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, including as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected.

 

In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, or a breach of our security systems, including if confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, civil litigation and/or suffer damage to our reputation.

 

  25  

Table of Contents  

 

Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us.

 

We have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. We consider most of the proceedings to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters, and we may not prevail in any proceedings or litigation. There could be substantial cost and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially adverse effect on our business, brand or image, or our financial condition and results of our operations.

 

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.

 

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, merger and acquisition activity, compliance deficiencies and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers.  Our policies and procedures may not be fully effective in protecting our reputation and promoting ethical conduct.  Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers and employees, costly litigation and increased governmental regulation, all of which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and our financial condition or operating results.

 

In preparing this prospectus as well as periodic reports we are required to file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including our consolidated financial statements, our management is and will be required under applicable rules and regulations to make estimates and assumptions as of a specified date. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience as of that date and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Materially different results may occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known. Areas requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, our valuation of investment securities, our valuation of deferred tax assets and our determining fair value measurements.

 

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our accounting policies are essential to understanding our financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses.

 

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult to predict and could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations. We could also be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities or properties we own.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties, or with respect to properties that we own in operating our business. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties

 

  26  

Table of Contents  

 

securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Our policies, which require us to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on non-residential real property, may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which would require that our independent auditors review and attest as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have also elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our acquisition of Bank 1440. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our acquisition of Bank 1440; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

 

Risks Related to the Offering

 

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price. In many cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, changes in federal tax laws, new regulations, investor perceptions of Bancorp 34 and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

 

  27  

Table of Contents  

 

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

 

We intend to invest between $5.3 million and $7.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $8.7 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Bank 34. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments and for general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of our common stock and paying dividends. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Bank 34 may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to invest the net proceeds. Our failure to reinvest these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

 

Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of financial institutions. Our return on equity will be low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Our return on equity also will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt, and may be negatively affected by higher minimum regulatory capital requirements. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to be low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

 

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.

 

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans after the conversion, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to participants under the new stock-based benefit plans. The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards granted under the plans, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors which we cannot predict at this time. If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the conversion, the shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plans would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares of our common stock sold in the stock offering. If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, we may award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts, which would further increase costs.

 

In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts, and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering and for our new stock-based benefit plans, assuming such plans had been implemented at the beginning of the year, has been estimated to be approximately $304,000 ($204,000 after tax) at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

 

  28  

Table of Contents  

 

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.

 

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the stock offering. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases of our common stock or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of our common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of our stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund the new stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 7.11% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock in amounts equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering, and all such stock options are exercised. Such dilution would also reduce earnings per share. If we adopt the plans more than 12 months following the conversion, new stock-based benefit plans would not be subject to these limitations and stockholders could experience greater dilution.

 

Although the implementation of new stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

 

We have not determined when we will adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within 12 months, which would further increase our costs.

 

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our proposed stock-based benefit plans may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.” Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, the timing of the implementation of such plans will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

 

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of Bancorp 34 without our board of directors’ approval. Under regulations applicable to the conversion, for a period of three years following completion of the conversion, no person may acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the Federal Reserve Board and receive the Federal Reserve Board’s non-objection before acquiring control of a savings and loan holding company. There also are provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws that we may use to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person from voting more than 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Bank 34’s charter will contain a similar restriction on acquisitions of 10% or more of its common stock, directly or indirectly, for five years following the conversion. Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of Bancorp 34 without the consent of our board of directors. Taken as a whole, these statutory or regulatory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

  29  

Table of Contents  

 

For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of Bancorp 34” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

 

There may be a limited trading market in our shares of common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of our common stock.

 

Prior to the conversion and offering, transactions in shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock have been quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., but the shares have not been actively traded.   We have applied to list the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market following the conversion and offering.  In order to have our stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.  The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold.  Persons purchasing the common stock may not be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 price per share in the offering. Purchasers of our common stock should recognize that there are risks involved in their investment and that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock.

 

You may not revoke your decision to purchase Bancorp 34 common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

 

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by Keller & Company, Inc., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,879,484 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,207,986 shares.

 

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

 

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors and borrowers of Bank 34 are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  30  

Table of Contents  

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries as of and for the periods indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Alamogordo Financial Corp. contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at June 30, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended June 30, 2012 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. The information at March 31, 2016, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 is unaudited. Alamogordo Financial Corp. changed its fiscal year to December 31 from June 30, effective December 31, 2014.

 

    At
March 31,
    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2016     2015     2014     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Selected Financial Condition:                                                        
Total assets   $ 278,506     $ 270,984     $ 246,954     $ 167,785     $ 174,310     $ 184,766     $ 183,744  
Cash and cash equivalents     15,918       19,825       14,824       9,946       4,216       4,549       2,378  
Available-for-sale securities     29,481       28,631       29,018       38,959       55,340       41,271       21,245  
Loans held for investment, net     194,904       192,137       173,990       90,998       89,390       111,266       135,435  
Loans held for sale     17,598       11,381       9,429       10,279       6,295       6,885       2,781  
Deposits     234,629       225,700       201,939       134,673       135,517       143,421       136,363  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     11,000       13,000       12,500       8,810       13,327       15,502       18,093  
Stockholders’ equity     29,890       29,644       29,336       22,184       23,597       24,676       28,168  

 

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Years Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
December 31,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2016     2015     2015     2014     2014     2013     2014     2013     2012  
    (unaudited)           (unaudited)           (unaudited)                    
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Selected Operating Data:                                                                        
Interest income   $ 3,061     $ 2,823     $ 12,224     $ 8,367     $ 4,894     $ 3,467     $ 6,940     $ 7,503     $ 8,524  
Interest expense     376       342       1,434       1,394       767       736       1,363       1,831       2,194  
Net interest income     2,685       2,481       10,790       6,973       4,127       2,731       5,577       5,672       6,330  
Provision (credit) for loan losses     52       100       694       50       50                   (121 )     2,939  
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses     2,633       2,381       10,096       6,923       4,077       2,731       5,577       5,793       3,390  
Non-interest income (1)     1,884       802       4,903       6,243       4,473       1,314       3,083       3,596       1,039  
Non-interest expense (2)     4,496       3,447       14,658       12,766       7,528       4,656       9,895       9,486       7,797  
Income (loss) before income taxes     21       (264 )     341       399       1,023       (611 )     (1,235 )     (97 )     (3,367 )
Income taxes     15             20       74       74                   36       26  
Net income   $ 6     $ (264 )   $ 321     $ 326     $ 949     $ (611 )   $ (1,235 )   $ (133 )   $ (3,393 )
Income (loss) per share – basic   $ 0.00     $ (0.16 )   $ 0.19     $ 0.23     $ 0.61     $ (0.47 )   $ (0.95 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (2.57 )
Income (loss) per share – diluted   $ 0.00     $ (0.16 )   $ 0.19     $ 0.23     $ 0.61     $ (0.47 )   $ (0.95 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (2.57 )

_____________________________

(1) Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 includes a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million in connection with the acquisition of Bank 1440.
(2) Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 includes merger-related expenses of $0, $94,000, $100,000, $1.4 million, $801,000, $344,000, $920,000, $234,000, and $0, respectively.

 

  31  

Table of Contents  

 

    At or For the  
    Three Months
Ended March 31, (5)
    Years Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
December 31, (5)
    Years Ended
June 30,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014     2014     2013     2014     2013     2012  
Performance Ratios:                                                                        
Return on average assets (ratio of net income (loss) to average total assets)     0.00 %     (0.11 )%     0.12 %     0.17 %     0.84 %     (0.71 )%     (0.73 )%     (0.07 )%     (1.84 )%
Return on average equity (ratio of net income (loss)  to average stockholders’ equity)     0.02 %     (0.90 )%     1.08 %     1.29 %     6.77 %     (5.36 )%     (5.46 )%     (0.55 )%     (12.84 )%
Net interest rate spread (1)     4.50 %     4.30 %     4.36 %     3.77 %     3.84 %     3.39 %     3.52 %     3.34 %     3.65 %
Net interest margin (2)     4.61 %     4.40 %     4.47 %     3.89 %     3.96 %     3.52 %     3.66 %     3.50 %     3.82 %
Noninterest expense to average assets     6.78 %     5.63 %     5.64 %     6.51 %     6.68 %     5.39 %     5.84 %     5.29 %     4.24 %
Dividend payout ratio                                     (4.23 )%
Efficiency ratio (3)     98.41 %     105.00 %     93.41 %     96.60 %     87.53 %     115.10 %     114.26 %     102.34 %     105.81 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     117.18 %     116.11 %     118.80 %     116.20 %     116.27 %     113.73 %     114.88 %     114.50 %     112.88 %
                                                                         
Capital Ratios:                                                                        
Total capital to risk-weighted assets (bank only)     16.26 %     16.55 %     16.93 %     17.09 %     17.09 %     24.66 %     23.89 %     25.77 %     22.06 %
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (bank only)     15.21 %     15.49 %     15.91 %     16.13 %     16.13 %     23.41 %     22.64 %     24.51 %     20.80 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets (bank only)     11.09 %     11.62 %     11.06 %     11.68 %     11.68 %     13.89 %     13.36 %     13.63 %     12.93 %
Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets     11.32 %     11.82 %     11.46 %     12.88 %     12.44 %     13.20 %     13.34 %     13.41 %     14.36 %
                                                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:                                                                        
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans (4)     1.04 %     1.09 %     0.97 %     0.97 %     0.97 %     1.85 %     1.77 %     2.00 %     2.02 %
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans less acquired loans (4)     1.27 %     1.46 %     1.28 %     1.50 %     1.50 %     1.85 %     1.77 %     2.00 %     2.02 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans (4)     151.81 %     134.55 %     102.71 %     209.50 %     209.50 %     288.83 %     371.33 %     242.23 %     63.93 %
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans     0.21 %     0.39 %     (0.25 )%     (0.06 )%     0.02 %     (0.19 )%     (0.18 )%     (0.45 )%     (2.34 )%
Nonperforming loans to total gross loans     0.68 %     0.81 %     0.95 %     0.46 %     0.46 %     0.64 %     0.48 %     0.82 %     3.15 %
Nonperforming loans to total assets     0.49 %     0.59 %     0.68 %     0.33 %     0.33 %     0.36 %     0.26 %     0.43 %     2.06 %
Nonperforming assets and accruing troubled debt restructurings to total assets     0.67 %     1.02 %     0.79 %     0.86 %     0.86 %     1.43 %     1.05 %     1.52 %     3.46 %
                                                                         
Other Data:                                                                        
Number of full service offices     4       4       4       4       4       2       2       2       2  
Full time equivalent employees     122       72       98       75       75       60       65       66       59  

____________________________

(1) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(3) Efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(4) There is no allowance for loan losses on loans acquired in the acquisition of Bank 1440.
(5) Ratios for the three- and six-month periods have been annualized.

 

  32  

Table of Contents  

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may,” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

· statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

· statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

· statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

· estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

· general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

· changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

· our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

· fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

· demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

· our ability to implement and change our business strategies;

 

· competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

· inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues, the fair value of financial instruments or our level of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make;

 

· adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

· changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements, including as a result of Basel III;

 

· the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing regulations ;

 

  33  

Table of Contents  

 

· changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios;

 

· technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

· the inability of third party providers to perform as expected;

 

· our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment;

 

· our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

· our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we may acquire and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

· changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

· changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

· our ability to retain key employees;

 

· our compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to our employees; and

 

· changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

 

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do not undertake, and we specifically disclaim any obligation, to release publicly the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

 

  34  

Table of Contents  

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

 

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $10.7 million and $14.9 million, or $17.4 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

 

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    1,207,986 Shares     1,421,160 Shares     1,634,334 Shares     1,879,484 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                 
Offering proceeds   $ 12,080             $ 14,212             $ 16,343             $ 18,795          
Less offering expenses     1,400               1,400               1,400               1,400          
Net offering proceeds   $ 10,680       100.0 %   $ 12,812       100.0 %   $ 14,943       100.0 %   $ 17,395       100.0 %
                                                                 
Distribution of net proceeds:                                                                
To Bank 34   $ 5,340       50.0 %   $ 6,406       50.0 %   $ 7,472       50.0 %   $ 8,698       50.0 %
To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan   $ 966       9.0 %   $ 1,137       8.9 %   $ 1,307       8.7 %   $ 1,504       8.6 %
Retained by Bancorp 34   $ 4,374       41.0 %   $ 5,269       41.1 %   $ 6,164       41.3 %   $ 7,193       41.4 %

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

 

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Bank 34’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if all shares were not sold in the subscription and community offerings and a portion of the shares were sold in a syndicated offering.

 

Bancorp 34 may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

· to invest in securities;

 

· to repurchase shares of our common stock;

 

· to finance the potential acquisition of financial institutions or financial services companies, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;

 

· to pay cash dividends to stockholders; and

 

· for other general corporate purposes.

 

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund the granting of restricted stock awards (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans.

 

  35  

Table of Contents  

 

Bank 34 may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

· to fund new loans or purchase loan packages;

 

· to enhance existing products and services, hire additional employees and support growth and the development of new products and services;

 

· to expand its banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;

 

· to invest in securities; and

 

· for other general corporate purposes.

 

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions. The use of the proceeds may also change depending on our ability to receive regulatory approval to establish new branches or acquire other financial institutions.

 

We expect our return on equity to be low until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, we expect our return on equity to be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.”

 

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

 

Bancorp 34 will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by Bancorp 34 in connection with the conversion. The source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by Bancorp 34 and earnings thereon, and dividends from Bank 34. In addition, Bancorp 34 will be subject to state law limitations and federal bank regulatory policy on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution.

 

After the completion of the conversion, Bank 34 will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Bancorp 34, its sole stockholder, if Bank 34’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, Bank 34 will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. Bank 34 must file an application with the Federal Reserve Board for approval of a capital distribution if the total capital distributions for

 

  36  

Table of Contents  

 

the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of Bank 34’s net income for that year to date plus its retained net income for the preceding two years, or Bank 34 would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution.

 

Any payment of dividends by Bank 34 to Bancorp 34 that would be deemed to be drawn from Bank 34’s bad debt reserves established prior to 1988, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Bank 34 on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the pre-1988 bad debt reserves for such distribution. Bank 34 does not intend to make any distribution that would create such a federal tax liability. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.” For further information concerning additional federal law and regulations regarding the ability of Bank 34 to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to Bancorp 34, see “Taxation—Federal Taxation.”

 

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with Bank 34. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal tax purposes. Additionally, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not be permitted to make any capital distribution to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is currently traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by OTC Markets Group under the symbol “ALMG.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 will be issued in exchange for the existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and are expected to trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCTF.” To list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [voting record date], Alamogordo Financial Corp. had approximately __________ registered market makers in its common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices for shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock for the periods indicated, as obtained from the OTC Pink Marketplace. We did not declare a dividend for any of the periods listed. As of the close of business on [voting record date], there were 1,679,500 shares of common stock outstanding, including 761,500 publicly held shares (shares held by stockholders other than AF Mutual Holding Company), and approximately ________ stockholders of record.

 

    Price Per Share  
    High     Low  
Year Ending December 31, 2016                
Third quarter (through [voting record date])   $     $  
Second quarter   $     $  
First quarter   $ 23.00     $ 16.19  
                 
Year Ended December 31, 2015                
Fourth quarter   $ 18.00     $ 16.02  
Third quarter   $ 20.00     $ 16.75  
Second quarter   $ 20.38     $ 14.75  
First quarter   $ 16.10     $ 14.80  
                 
Year Ended December 31, 2014                
Fourth quarter   $ 16.50     $ 14.90  
Third quarter   $ 16.00     $ 15.51  
Second quarter   $ 15.75     $ 15.17  
First quarter   $ 15.75     $ 15.30  

 

On March 4, 2016, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on ____________, 2016, the closing prices of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock as reported on the OTC Pink Marketplace were $16.19 per share and $________ per share, respectively. On the effective date of the

 

  37  

Table of Contents  

 

conversion, all publicly held shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” The above table reflects actual prices and has not been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio. Options to purchase shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, for the same aggregate exercise price. See “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.”

 

  38  

Table of Contents  

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

 

At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Bank 34 at March 31, 2016, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Bank 34, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table also compares historical and pro forma capital levels to those required to be considered “well capitalized.” The table assumes the receipt by Bank 34 of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

    Bank 34 Historical at     Pro Forma at March 31, 2016, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of  
    March 31, 2016     1,207,986 Shares     1,421,160 Shares     1,634,334 Shares     1,879,484 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Equity   $ 29,850       10.7 %   $ 33,740       11.9 %   $ 34,551       12.1 %   $ 35,360       12.3 %   $ 36,292       12.6 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 leverage capital (2)(3)   $ 29,635       11.1 %   $ 33,525       12.3 %   $ 34,336       12.5 %   $ 35,145       12.8 %   $ 36,077       13.1 %
Tier 1 leverage requirement     13,363       5.0     13,630       5.0     13,683       5.0     13,736       5.0     13,798       5.0
Excess   $ 16,272       6.1 %   $ 19,895       7.3 %   $ 20,653       7.5 %   $ 21,409       7.8 %   $ 22,279       8.1 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based capital (2)(3)   $ 29,635       15.2 %   $ 33,525       17.1 %   $ 34,336       17.5 %   $ 35,145       17.9 %   $ 36,077       18.3 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement     15,592       8.0     15,678       8.0     15,695       8.0     15,712       8.0     15,731       8.0
Excess   $ 14,043       7.2 %   $ 17,847       9.1 %   $ 18,641       9.5 %   $ 19,433       9.9 %   $ 20,346       10.3 %
                                                                                 
Total risk-based capital (2)(3)   $ 31,687       16.3 %   $ 35,577       18.2 %   $ 36,388       18.5 %   $ 37,197       18.9 %   $ 38,129       19.4 %
Total risk-based requirement     19,490       10.0     19,597       10.0     19,618       10.0     19,640       10.0     19,664       10.0
Excess   $ 12,197       6.3 %   $ 15,980       8.2 %   $ 16,770       8.5 %   $ 17,557       8.9 %   $ 18,465       9.4 %
                                                                                 
Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital (2)(3)   $ 29,635       15.2 %   $ 33,525       17.1 %   $ 34,336       17.5 %   $ 35,145       17.9 %   $ 36,077       18.3 %
Common equity tier 1 risk-based requirement     12,669       6.5     12,738       6.5     12,752       6.5     12,766       6.5     12,782       6.5
Excess   $ 16,966       8.7 %   $ 20,787       10.6 %   $ 21,584       11.0 %   $ 22,379       11.4 %   $ 23,295       11.8 %
Reconciliation of capital infused into Bank 34:                                                  
Net proceeds     $ 5,340           $ 6,406           $ 7,472           $ 8,698        
Less:  Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan       483               568               654               752          
Less:  Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan       966               1,137               1,307               1,504          
Pro forma increase     $ 3,890 (4)       $ 4,701             $ 5,510 (4)       $ 6,442          

_______________________

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.
(4) Totals do not foot due to rounding differences.

 

  39  

Table of Contents  

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at March 31, 2016 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Bancorp 34 after giving effect to the conversion and offering based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

    Alamogordo
Financial Corp.
    Bancorp 34 Pro Forma at March 31, 2016
Based upon the Sale in the Offering at
$10.00 per Share of
 
    Historical at
March 31, 2016
    1,207,986
Shares
    1,421,160
Shares
    1,634,334
Shares
    1,879,484
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Deposits (2)   $ 234,629     $ 234,629     $ 234,629     $ 234,629     $ 234,629  
Borrowed funds     11,000       11,000       11,000       11,000       11,000  
Total deposits and borrowed funds   $ 245,629     $ 245,629     $ 245,629     $ 245,629     $ 245,629  
                                         
Stockholders’ equity:                                        
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (3)                              
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3) (4)     168       221       260       299       344  
Additional paid-in capital (3)     9,715       20,203       22,296       24,388       26,795  
MHC capital contribution           0       0       0       0  
Retained earnings (5)     20,411       20,411       20,411       20,411       20,411  
Accumulated other gain     9       9       9       9       9  
Treasury stock     (139 )                        
Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)     (274 )     (1,240 )     (1,410 )     (1,581 )     (1,778 )
Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (7)           (483 )     (568 )     (654 )     (752 )
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 29,890     $ 39,121     $ 40,997     $ 42,872     $ 45,029  
                                         
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding                                        
Shares offered for sale           1,207,986       1,421,160       1,634,334       1,879,484  
Exchange shares issued           1,002,014       1,178,840       1,355,666       1,559,016  
Total shares outstanding           2,210,000       2,600,000       2,990,000       3,438,500  
                                         
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets     10.73 %     13.60 %     14.16 %     14.71 %     15.33 %
Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets     10.61 %     14.48 %     14.04 %     14.59 %     15.22 %

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) Alamogordo Financial Corp. currently has 20,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, and 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock to be outstanding.
(4) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Bancorp 34 common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management.”
(5) The retained earnings of Bank 34 will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

  40  

Table of Contents  

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Bancorp 34. The loan will be repaid principally from Bank 34’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Bancorp 34 will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Bancorp 34’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. The funds to be used by such plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Bancorp 34. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. Bancorp 34 will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to such stock-based benefit plans and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of such plans will require stockholder approval.
  41  

Table of Contents  

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

The following tables summarize historical data of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and pro forma data of Bancorp 34 at and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables and related footnotes, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion.

 

The net proceeds disclosed in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

(i) all of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

(ii) our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with a loan from Bancorp 34. The existing loan obligation of our employee stock ownership plan, equal to $270,231 at March 31, 2016, will be combined with the new loan. The combined loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, as may be adjusted annually) over 30 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by Bank 34. The effect on earnings for the employee stock ownership plan is the cost of amortizing the combined loan over 30 years, net of historical expense for the period;

 

(iii) we will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. a fixed fee of $250,000 with respect to shares sold in the subscription and community offerings; and

 

(iv) total expenses of the offering, other than the fees and commissions to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and other broker-dealers, will be $1.15 million.

 

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for each period as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 1.78% (1.17% on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of December 31, 2015, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate federal regulations require that we assume in presenting pro forma data.

 

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

· the yield on the U.S. Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

· we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

 

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For pro forma earnings per share calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of the year, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

The pro forma data gives effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. We have assumed that stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We have assumed that awards of common stock granted under such plans vest over a five-year period.

 

  42  

Table of Contents  

 

We also have assumed that options will be granted under stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.03 for each option.

 

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the completion of the stock offering.

 

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Bank 34, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

 

The pro forma data does not give effect to:

 

· withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

· our results of operations after the stock offering; or

 

· changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

 

The following pro forma data may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation accounts to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Bank 34, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”

 

  43  

Table of Contents  

 

    At or for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
    1,207,986
Shares
    1,421,160
Shares
    1,634,334
Shares
    1,879,484
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                         
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 12,080     $ 14,212     $ 16,343     $ 18,795  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange     10,020       11,788       13,557       15,590  
Pro forma market capitalization   $ 22,100     $ 26,000     $ 29,900     $ 34,385  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 12,080     $ 14,212     $ 16,343     $ 18,795  
Expenses     (1,400 )     (1,400 )     (1,400 )     (1,400 )
Estimated net proceeds     10,680       12,812       14,943       17,395  
Assets received from mutual holding company     0       0       0       0  
Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan     (966 )     (1,137 )     (1,307 )     (1,504 )
Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans     (483 )     (568 )     (654 )     (752 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted   $ 9,231     $ 11,107     $ 12,982     $ 15,139  
                                 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016                                
Consolidated net earnings:                                
Historical   $ 6     $ 6     $ 6     $ 6  
Income on adjusted net proceeds     27       33       38       44  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)     (11 )     (12 )     (13 )     (14 )
Stock awards (3)     (16 )     (19 )     (22 )     (25 )
Stock options (4)     (17 )     (20 )     (23 )     (26 )
Pro forma net loss   $ (11 )   $ (12 )   $ (14 )   $ (15 )
                                 
Earnings per share (5):                                
Historical   $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  
Income on adjusted net proceeds     0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )
Stock awards (3)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Stock options (4)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma loss per share (5)   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )
                                 
Offering price to pro forma net loss per share     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations     2,114,166       2,487,254       2,860,343       3,289,394  
                                 
At March 31, 2016                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical   $ 29,890     $ 29,890     $ 29,890     $ 29,890  
Estimated net proceeds     10,680       12,812       14,943       17,395  
Equity increase from the mutual holding company     0       0       0       0  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (966 )     (1,137 )     (1,307 )     (1,504 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (483 )     (568 )     (654 )     (752 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (6)   $ 39,121     $ 40,997     $ 42,872     $ 45,029  
Intangible assets   $ (341 )   $ (341 )   $ (341 )   $ (341 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (6)   $ 38,780     $ 40,656     $ 42,531     $ 44,688  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share (7):                                
Historical   $ 13.52     $ 11.50     $ 10.00     $ 8.69  
Estimated net proceeds     4.83       4.93       5.00       5.06  
Equity increase from the mutual holding company     0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.44 )     (0.44 )     (0.44 )     (0.44 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (0.22 )     (0.22 )     (0.22 )     (0.22 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)   $ 17.69     $ 15.77     $ 14.34     $ 13.09  
Intangible assets   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.10 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)   $ 17.54     $ 15.64     $ 14.23     $ 12.99  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     56.49 %     63.42 %     69.74 %     76.36 %
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share     56.99 %     63.95 %     70.30 %     76.94 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations     2,210,000       2,600,000       2,990,000       3,438,500  

 

(footnotes begin on second following page)

 

  44  

Table of Contents  

 

    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
    1,207,986
Shares
    1,421,160
Shares
    1,634,334
Shares
    1,879,484
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                         
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 12,080     $ 14,212     $ 16,343     $ 18,795  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange     10,020       11,788       13,557       15,590  
Pro forma market capitalization   $ 22,100     $ 26,000     $ 29,900     $ 34,385  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 12,080     $ 14,212     $ 16,343     $ 18,795  
Expenses     (1,400 )     (1,400 )     (1,400 )     (1,400 )
Estimated net proceeds     10,680       12,812       14,943       17,395  
Assets received from mutual holding company     0       0       0       0  
Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan     (966 )     (1,137 )     (1,307 )     (1,504 )
Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans     (483 )     (568 )     (654 )     (752 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted   $ 9,231     $ 11,107     $ 12,982     $ 15,139  
                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015                                
Consolidated net earnings:                                
Historical   $ 321     $ 321     $ 321     $ 321  
Income on adjusted net proceeds     108       130       153       178  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)     (27 )     (31 )     (35 )     (39 )
Stock awards (3)     (64 )     (75 )     (86 )     (99 )
Stock options (4)     (67 )     (79 )     (91 )     (104 )
Pro forma net income   $ 271     $ 266     $ 262     $ 257  
                                 
Earnings per share (5):                                
Historical   $ 0.15     $ 0.13     $ 0.11     $ 0.10  
Income on adjusted net proceeds     0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Stock awards (3)     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Stock options (4)     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Pro forma earnings per share (5)   $ 0.13     $ 0.11     $ 0.09     $ 0.08  
                                 
Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share     76.10 x     93.61 x     109.30 x     128.14 x
Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations     2,116,582       2,490,097       2,863,611       3,293,153  
                                 
At December 31, 2015                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical   $ 29,644     $ 29,644     $ 29,644     $ 29,644  
Estimated net proceeds     10,680       12,812       14,943       17,395  
Equity increase from the mutual holding company     0       0       0       0  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (966 )     (1,137 )     (1,307 )     (1,504 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (483 )     (568 )     (654 )     (752 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (6)   $ 38,875     $ 40,751     $ 42,626     $ 44,783  
Intangible assets   $ (363 )   $ (363 )   $ (363 )   $ (363 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (6)   $ 38,512     $ 40,388     $ 42,263     $ 44,420  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share (7):                                
Historical   $ 13.41     $ 11.40     $ 9.91     $ 8.62  
Estimated net proceeds     4.83       4.93       5.00       5.06  
Equity increase from the mutual holding company     0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.44 )     (0.44 )     (0.44 )     (0.44 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (0.22 )     (0.22 )     (0.22 )     (0.22 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)   $ 17.58     $ 15.67     $ 14.25     $ 13.02  
Intangible assets   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.14 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.11 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)   $ 17.42     $ 15.53     $ 14.13     $ 12.91  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     56.88 %     63.82 %     70.18 %     76.80 %
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share     57.41 %     64.39 %     70.77 %     77.46 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations     2,210,000       2,600,000       2,990,000       3,438,500  

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

  45  

Table of Contents  

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of these tables, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Bancorp 34, and the outstanding loan with respect to existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. held by the employee stock ownership plan will be refinanced and consolidated with the new loan. Bank 34 intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Bank 34’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718-40, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Bank 34, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 805, 947, 1,090 and 1,253 shares were committed to be released during the three months ended March 31, 2016 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, that 3,221, 3,790, 4,358 and 5,012 shares were committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 2015 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for net income per share calculations.
(3) Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Bancorp 34 or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Bancorp 34. The tables assume that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 5% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the three months ended March 31, 2016, (iii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2015, and (iv) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.3%.
(4) Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.03 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 34.0%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.5%.

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

  46  

Table of Contents  

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(5) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock that will be issued in exchange for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See note 2, above. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(6) The retained earnings of Bank 34 will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Bank Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
(7) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock that will be issued in exchange for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 1.3158, 1.5480, 1.7803 and 2.0473 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

  47  

Table of Contents  

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information at December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at June 30, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended June 30, 2012 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. The information at March 31, 2016, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 is unaudited. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the financial statements provided in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We completed our acquisition of Bank 1440 on August 29, 2014. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million. In the merger, we received assets valued at $88.3 million and assumed liabilities of $75.8 million. The transaction resulted in an increase in stockholders’ equity of $8.7 million, including $5.8 million due to the fair value of shares issued and the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

We had net income of $6,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to a net loss of $264,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2015. We had net income of $321,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $326,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. We incurred $100,000 of out-of-pocket merger-related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.4 million of such expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

On September 24, 2015, we also announced the expansion of our mortgage banking operations in Scottsdale, Arizona, and Albuquerque, New Mexico, adding 22 full-time equivalent employees and entering into leases for additional space in Scottsdale and Albuquerque. Operating results for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2015 were negatively affected as the start-up period operating costs exceeded revenue generated by this new operation. In February 2016, we expanded our physical mortgage origination footprint to Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, Medford, Oregon and Tucson, Arizona (subsequently moved to Tubac, Arizona), with new loan production offices and the addition of established mortgage origination teams in each market area. We conducted similar expansion to Littleton, Colorado in May 2016. These expansion efforts will negatively affect our operating results until the revenue generated by these new operations exceed start-up period and ongoing operating costs.

 

Our efficiency ratio (the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income and noninterest income) was 98.41%, 93.41% and 96.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our non-interest expense has increased in recent periods as we have expanded our commercial credit review and administration functions to support our continued commercial loan growth, and as we have added secondary market management and compliance specialists to support our growing mortgage banking operations. Our efficiency ratio will remain high unless we are able to increase commercial loan originations and mortgage banking revenues consistent with the staffing we have added in anticipation of this increased lending activity. In addition, any decrease in our commercial loan originations and mortgage banking revenues could increase our efficiency ratio unless we are able to reduce the related non-interest expense, such as through staff reductions or decreased occupancy expense.

 

  48  

Table of Contents  

 

Change in Fiscal Year

 

Effective December 31, 2014, Alamogordo Financial Corp. changed its fiscal year to December 31 from June 30.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our goal is to enhance long-term stockholder and franchise value by executing a safe and sound growth strategy that produces increasing earnings. We have sought to accomplish this objective by implementing a business strategy designed to grow our loan portfolio while maintaining a strong capital position and high asset quality.

 

Our current business strategy consists of the following:

 

· Continued commercial loan growth. Our expansion to the Arizona market with our acquisition of Bank 1440 continues to provide a significant source of new commercial clients to supplement the New Mexico region of our franchise. Our Arizona market has experienced strong population and job growth, contributing to favorable economic conditions for generating new commercial loans. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as hotels, office buildings and industrial and retail facilities. In all of our markets, we seek commercial loan customers (both commercial real estate and commercial and industrial) with whom we can establish multiple lending relationships and provide other services, such as business checking accounts. We target new commercial real estate loan originations to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area. In addition to commercial real estate loans, we originate multi-family real estate loans to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market areas. Our multi-family real estate loans are generally secured by properties consisting of five to 40 rental units. We recently expanded our commercial credit review and administration departments to support our anticipated continued commercial loan growth. We grew our commercial real estate loans (including multi-family real estate loans) and commercial and industrial loans by 13.2% to $156.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $138.5 million at December 31, 2014, and further grew these balances to $160.0 million at March 31, 2016. We originated $54.1 million of commercial loans in our Arizona region during 2015, with commercial loans in our Arizona region representing 74% and 72% of our total commercial loans outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans totaled 81.0% of our loan portfolio at March 31, 2016, compared to 80.6% at December 31, 2015 and 78.6% at December 31, 2014.

 

In addition, we continue to seek and originate Small Business Administration (“SBA”) credits and we are actively pursuing other government-sponsored loan programs, such as those offered through the U.S. Department of Agriculture, as a way to generate government-guaranteed loans with the opportunity to sell the guaranteed portion of the loan at a premium and retain the non-guaranteed portion as well as the servicing rights. We sold $1.0 million and $5.1 million of SBA loans in the secondary market during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively, recognizing gains of $99,000 and $500,000 during those periods. We also intend to build on our experience of selectively pursuing construction lending to established builders with proven track records.

 

· Continued expansion of our mortgage banking footprint and corresponding areas of operational strength. In our New Mexico markets, we are a significant originator of fixed-rate, one- to four-family mortgage loans that are sold in the secondary market, and we are gaining market share in our Arizona markets. For 2014 (the latest date for which information is available), we ranked as the top originator of conforming one- to four-family residential first mortgage loans in Otero County and ranked in the top five in origination market share of such loans in Dona Ana County. We sold $143.6 million of mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2015, generating $4.3 million in non-

 

  49  

Table of Contents  

 

interest income, compared to sales and non-interest income of $98.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2014. We sold $41.5 million of mortgage loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2016. We continue to add experienced mortgage lending personnel, consistent with recent and future growth opportunities, to further leverage our overall scalable business model, including secondary market management and compliance specialists. In early 2015, we expanded our mortgage banking program to El Paso, Texas by opening a loan production office. In September 2015, we further expanded our mortgage banking operation in Maricopa County, Arizona and established a loan production office in Albuquerque, New Mexico. In February 2016, we expanded our physical mortgage origination footprint to Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, Medford, Oregon and Tucson, Arizona (subsequently moved to Tubac, Arizona), with loan production offices and established mortgage origination teams in each market area. We conducted similar expansion to Littleton, Colorado in May 2016. Subject to market conditions, and particularly changes in the interest rate environment, we intend to continue to grow our mortgage banking business. Such growth may occur through regional expansion, online origination, or both. We seek experienced lending teams in attractive market areas. We believe we have managed our mortgage banking operations to provide cost-management flexibility in the event of unfavorable economic conditions or increases in market interest rates.

 

· Disciplined expansion through organic growth and opportunistic bank or branch acquisitions. We completed our acquisition of Bank 1440 in August 2014. While we expect organic growth will be our primary strategic focus, we will also consider acquisition opportunities that we believe would enhance the value of our franchise and yield potential financial benefits for our stockholders. We may also seek to open additional loan production offices for mortgage banking and/or commercial lending, which would expand upon our eight loan production offices in the states of Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Oregon, Texas and Washington.

 

· Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets. We believe strong asset quality is a key to our long-term financial success, and we have maintained this focus through our acquisition of Bank 1440 and our subsequent increase in commercial lending during 2015. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having a very experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined policies and procedures, appropriate loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. Our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 0.67% as of March 31, 2016, 0.79% as of December 31, 2015 and 0.66% as of December 31, 2014.

 

· Increase core deposits, with emphasis on low cost commercial demand deposits. We seek core deposits to provide a stable source of funds for loan growth, at costs consistent with improving our interest rate spread and profitability. Core deposits also help us maintain loan-to-deposit ratios at levels consistent with regulatory expectations. We consider our core deposits to include demand deposits, negotiable orders of withdrawal (NOW) and automatic transfer service accounts, money market deposit accounts, other savings deposits, and certificates of deposit under $250,000, excluding wholesale and brokered deposits. As part of our focus on commercial loan growth, our lenders are expected to source business checking accounts from our borrowers. We also have hired business accounts personnel with established books of business. As a result, non-interest bearing deposits were $40.8 million at March 31, 2016, or 17.4% of deposits, compared to $38.0 million at December 31, 2015, or 16.8% of deposits, and $18.0 million at December 31, 2014, or 8.9% of deposits.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgments and assumptions by management and that have, or could have, a material impact on our income or the carrying value of our assets. Our critical accounting policies are those related to our allowance for loan losses, the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment of securities, the valuation of and our ability to realize deferred tax assets and the measurement of fair values of financial instruments.

 

  50  

Table of Contents  

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance necessary to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires an estimate of the losses for each risk rating and for each impaired loan, an estimate of the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, and an estimate of the value of collateral.

 

We have established a systematic method of periodically reviewing the credit quality of the loan portfolio in order to establish an allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is based on our current judgments about the credit quality of individual loans and segments of the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on our evaluation of the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, and considers all known internal and external factors that affect loan collectability as of the reporting date. Our evaluation, which includes a review of loans on which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers among other matters, the estimated net realizable value or the fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, our knowledge of inherent losses in the portfolio that are probable and reasonably estimable and other factors that warrant recognition in providing an appropriate loan loss allowance. Management believes this is a critical accounting policy because this evaluation involves a high degree of complexity and requires us to make subjective judgments that often require assumptions or estimates about various matters.

 

The allowance for loan losses consists primarily of specific allocations and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans that are determined to be impaired. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral, including adjustments for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting and payment history. We also analyze delinquency trends, general economic conditions, trends in historical loss experience and geographic and industry concentrations. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general allowance. The principal assumption used in calculating the allowance for loan losses is the estimate of loss for each risk rating. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment . Securities are evaluated, on at least a quarterly basis, to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) whether or not we intend to sell or expect that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investment security prior to an anticipated recovery in fair value. Once a decline in value for a debt security is determined to be other than temporary, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated in (a) the amount of total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in operations. The amount of other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive loss.

 

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets. At March 31, 2016, we established a valuation allowance of $4.1 million for deferred tax assets based on our assessment of net deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized. In evaluating our ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers all positive and negative information, including our past operating results and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, management utilizes a budget process that makes business assumptions and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. We also utilize a monthly forecasting tool to incorporate activity throughout the calendar year. These assumptions require us to make judgments about our future taxable income that are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage our business. The net deferred tax asset is offset by an equal valuation allowance. Any change in estimated future taxable income may result in a reduction of the valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset which would result in income tax benefit in the period.

 

  51  

Table of Contents  

 

Fair Value Measurements . Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  A three-level of fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

 

· Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; includes certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agency debt that is highly liquid and actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

 

· Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

· Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.  Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Average Balance Sheets

 

The following tables set forth average balances, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. Tax-equivalent yield adjustments have not been made for tax-exempt securities, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccrual loans are included in the computation of average balances, but are reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income.

 

  52  

Table of Contents  

 

    For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                    
Loans   $ 203,741     $ 2,918       5.76 %   $ 187,491     $ 2,637       5.70 %
Interest-earning deposits     496       16       13.05 %     5,368       4       0.30 %
Securities     28,259       120       1.71 %     34,362       165       1.95 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     1,167       3       0.90 %     889       9       4.11 %
Other     382       4       3.80 %     788       8       4.12 %
Total interest-earning assets     234,045       3,061       5.26 %     228,898       2,283       5.00 %
Noninterest-earning assets     32,588                       19,574                  
Total assets   $ 266,633                     $ 248,472                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Checking, money market and savings accounts   $ 117,325       214       0.73 %   $ 100,407       163       0.66 %
Certificates of deposit     72,637       151       0.84 %     80,899       173       0.85 %
Total deposits     189,962       365       0.77 %     181,306       333       0.74 %
Advances from FHLB of Dallas     9,764       11       0.45 %     15,832       9       0.23 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     199,726       376       0.76 %     197,138       342       0.70 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits     34,133                       19,172                  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities     2,592                       2,786                  
Total liabilities     236,451                       219,096                  
Stockholders’ equity     30,182                       29,376                  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 266,633                     $ 248,472                  
Net interest income           $ 2,685                     $ 2,481          
Net interest rate spread (2)                     4.50 %                     4.30 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)   $ 34,319                     $ 31,760                  
Net interest margin (4)                     4.61 %                     4.40 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     117.18 %                     116.11 %                

_________________

(1) Ratios for the three-month periods have been annualized.
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

  53  

Table of Contents  

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 198,999     $ 11,644       5.87 %   $ 126,679     $ 7,492       5.91 %
Interest-earning deposits     8,010       19       0.24 %     8,043       17       0.21 %
Securities     32,635       506       1.55 %     43,398       843       1.94 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     1,114       42       3.81 %     628       12       1.93 %
Other     506       13       2.55 %     421       3       0.71 %
Total interest-earning assets     241,264       12,224       5.07 %     179,169       8,367       4.67 %
Noninterest-earning assets     18,691                       16,831                  
Total assets   $ 259,955                     $ 196,000                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Checking, money market and savings accounts   $ 104,798       719       0.69 %   $ 68,176       372       0.55 %
Certificates of deposit     78,091       653       0.84 %     74,139       686       0.92 %
Total deposits     182,889       1,372       0.75 %     142,315       1,058       0.74 %
Advances from FHLB of Dallas     20,196       62       0.31 %     11,878       336       2.83 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     203,085       1,434       0.71 %     154,193       1,394       0.90 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits     24,570                       14,488                  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities     2,503                       2,072                  
Total liabilities     230,158                       170,753                  
Stockholders’ equity     29,797                       25,247                  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 259,955                     $ 196,000                  
Net interest income           $ 10,790                     $ 6,973          
Net interest rate spread (1)                     4.36 %                     3.77 %
Net interest-earning assets (2)   $ 38,174                     $ 20,954                  
Net interest margin (3)                     4.47 %                     3.89 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities     118.80 %                     116.20 %                

________________

(1) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

  54  

Table of Contents  

 

    For the Six Months Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate(1)
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate(1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                    
Loans   $ 149,954     $ 4,429       5.86 %   $ 93,871     $ 2,985       6.31 %
Interest-earning deposits     9,134       10       0.21 %     5,902       6       0.20 %
Securities     46,356       445       1.90 %     53,192       475       1.77 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     678       10       2.95 %     696       1       0.29 %
Other     634             %     219             %
Total interest-earning assets     206,756       4,894       4.70 %     153,880       3,467       4.47 %
Noninterest-earning assets     18,662                       19,008                  
Total assets   $ 225,418                     $ 172,888                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Checking, money market and savings accounts   $ 83,832       256       0.61 %   $ 51,294       121       0.47 %
Certificates of deposit     79,844       350       0.87 %     70,987       387       1.08 %
Total deposits     163,676       606       0.73 %     122,281       508       0.83 %
Advances from FHLB of Dallas     14,147       161       2.26 %     13,018       228       3.47 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     177,823       767       0.86 %     135,299       736       1.08 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits     17,134                       12,937                  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities     2,425                       1,838                  
Total liabilities     197,382                       150,074                  
Stockholders’ equity     28,036                       22,814                  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 225,418                     $ 172,888                  
Net interest income           $ 4,127                     $ 2,731          
Net interest rate spread (2)                     3.84 %                     3.39 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)   $ 28,933                     $ 18,581                  
Net interest margin (4)                     3.96 %                     3.52 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     116.27 %                     113.73 %                

_________________

(1) Ratios for the six-month periods have been annualized.
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

  55  

Table of Contents  

 

    For the Years Ended June 30,  
    2014     2013  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 98,407     $ 6,049       6.15 %   $ 109,054     $ 6,819       6.25 %
Interest-earning deposits     6,414       12       0.19 %     3,563       15       0.42 %
Securities     46,844       873       1.86 %     48,307       663       1.37 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     637       3       0.47 %     732       3       0.38 %
Other     212       3       1.42 %     212       3       1.43 %
Total interest-earning assets     152,514       6,940       4.55 %     161,868       7,503       4.64 %
Noninterest-earning assets     17,005                       17,597                  
Total assets   $ 169,519                     $ 179,465                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Checking, money market and savings accounts   $ 51,773       237       0.46 %   $ 49,151       277       0.56 %
Certificates of deposit     69,674       722       1.04 %     77,805       973       1.25 %
Total deposits     121,447       959       0.79 %     126,956       1,250       0.98 %
Advances from FHLB of Dallas     11,309       404       3.57 %     14,415       581       4.03 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     132,756       1,363       1.03 %     141,371       1,831       1.30 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits     12,372                       12,514                  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,777                       1,517                  
Total liabilities     146,905                       155,402                  
Stockholders’ equity     22,614                       24,063                  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 169,519                     $ 179,465                  
Net interest income           $ 5,577                     $ 5,672          
Net interest rate spread (1)                     3.52 %                     3.34 %
Net interest-earning assets (2)   $ 19,758                     $ 20,497                  
Net interest margin (3)                     3.66 %                     3.50 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     114.88 %                     114.50 %                

_________________

(1) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following tables present the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). For purposes of these tables, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

  56  

Table of Contents  

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016 vs. 2015
    Years Ended
December 31, 2015 vs. 2014
 
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
 
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 248     $ 33     $ 281     $ 4,208     $ (56 )   $ 4,152  
Interest-earning deposits     (4 )     16       12       (0 )     2       2  
Securities     (28 )     (17 )     (45 )     (209 )     (128 )     (337 )
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock     3       (9 )     (6 )     9       21       30  
Other     (4 )           (4 )     1       9       10  
Total interest-earning assets     215       23       238       4,009       (152 )     3,857  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Checking, money-market and savings accounts     30       21       51       200       147       347  
Certificates of deposit     (17 )     (2 )     (19 )     37       (70 )     (33 )
Total deposits     13       19       32       237       77       314  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas     (3 )     5       2       235       (509 )     (274 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities     10       24       34       472       (432 )     40  
Change in net interest income   $ 205     $ (1 )   $ 204     $ 3,537     $ 280     $ 3,817  

 

   

Six Months Ended
December 31, 2014 vs. 2013

   

Years Ended
June 30, 2014 vs. 2013

 
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
 
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
                                     
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 1,639     $ (195 )   $ 1,444     $ (656 )   $ (114 )   $ (770 )
Interest-earning deposits     5             5       (10 )     7       (3 )
Securities     (73 )     42       (31 )     (19 )     229       210  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock           9       9                    
Other                                    
Total interest-earning assets     1,571       (144 )     1,427       (685 )     122       (563 )
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Checking, money-market and savings accounts     92       43       135       16       (56 )     (40 )
Certificates of deposit     65       (102 )     (37 )     (95 )     (156 )     (251 )
Total deposits     157       (59 )     98       (79 )     (212 )     (291 )
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas     22       (89 )     (67 )     (116 )     (61 )     (177 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities     179       (148 )     31       (195 )     (273 )     (468 )
Change in net interest income   $ 1,392     $ 4     $ 1,396     $ (490 )   $ 395     $ (95 )

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $3.9 million, or 19.7%, to $15.9 million at March 31, 2016 from $19.8 million at December 31, 2015. The decrease is due to the variability in timing of deposits.

 

Loans held for investment increased $2.9 million, or 1.5%, to $197.0 million at March 31, 2016 from $194.0 million at December 31, 2015, due to organic growth. During the quarter ended March 31, 2016, commercial real estate loans increased to 75.5% of the gross loan portfolio from 75.3%, while one- to four-family residential real estate loans decreased to 15.1% of the portfolio from 16.1%. The residential mortgage loan portfolio experienced natural run-off as we continued to focus on our secondary mortgage lending program whereby new loans are originated and sold for fee income as opposed to being held in the portfolio.

 

  57  

Table of Contents  

 

Loans held for sale at March 31, 2016 totaled $17.6 million, consisting entirely of residential mortgage loans. We currently sell a significant majority of our residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. At December 31, 2015, loans held for sale totaled $11.4 million. The balances at any date vary based upon the timing and volume of current loan originations and sales; however, the record high quarter end balance at March 31, 2016 was partially due to the addition of four new loan production offices in February 2016.

 

Available for sale securities increased $851,000, or 3.0%, during the three months ended March 31, 2016, due to the investment of excess funds from deposits.

 

Other real estate increased $196,000 to $502,000 at March 31, 2016 as a result of a foreclosure on a one- to four-family residential property during the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

 

Total deposits increased $8.9 million, or 4.0%, to $234.6 million at March 31, 2016 from $225.7 million at December 31, 2015. The increase included a $2.8 million, or 7.3%, increase in non-interest bearing demand deposits and an $8.5 million, or 7.5%, increase in savings and money market deposits, partially offset by a $2.4 million, or 3.2%, decrease in time deposits. The increase in savings and money market deposits is primarily due to maturing certificates of deposit customers preferring not to lock into term deposits, and growth from new and existing Arizona customers. We have been growing noninterest bearing demand and saving and money market balances while allowing certificates of deposit to run off at maturity to improve our deposit mix and reduce our cost of funds.

 

Borrowings, consisting solely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, decreased $2.0 million to $11.0 million at March 31, 2016 from $13.0 million at December 31, 2015. Excess funds from deposit growth were used to pay down advances during the period.

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $247,000, or 0.8%, to $29.9 million at March 31, 2016 from $29.6 million at December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from the improvement in the fair value of available-for-sale securities of $226,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased $5.0 million to $19.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $14.8 million at December 31, 2014. The increase is primarily the result of an increase in noninterest bearing deposits in late December 2015.

 

Loans held for investment increased $18.3 million, or 10.4%, to $194.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $175.7 million at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to a $16.7 million, or 12.9%, increase in commercial real estate loans. Most of the growth was in our Arizona market.

 

Loans held for sale increased $2.0 million to $11.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $9.4 million at December 31, 2014. We currently sell in the secondary market a significant majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate. The balances at any month end vary based upon the timing and volume of current loan originations and sales.

 

Available for sale securities decreased $387,000 to $28.6 million at December 31, 2015 from $29.0 million at December 31, 2014. In January 2015, we grew our securities portfolio $7.5 million by purchasing $9.8 million of securities and selling $2.3 million of securities. During the remainder of 2015, we did not initiate any purchase or sale activities and allowed our portfolio to decrease by using the monthly pay downs on securities to fund loan growth, which improves our earning asset mix and net interest margin. The January activities were part of a repositioning of the portfolio that began in December 2014 and was designed to reduce the risk in the portfolio. We sold corporate bonds acquired in the merger as well as smaller positions and longer duration securities in favor of larger balance, shorter duration mortgage-backed issues.

 

  58  

Table of Contents  

 

The core deposit intangible recorded in connection with the merger of Bank 1440, decreased $102,000 to $363,000 at December 31, 2015 from $465,000 at December 31, 2014, reflecting normal amortization.

 

Total deposits increased $23.8 million, or 11.8%, to $225.7 million at December 31, 2015 from $201.9 million at December 31, 2014. The increase includes a $20.0 million, or 111.2%, increase in non-interest bearing demand deposits and a $13.0 million, or 13.0%, increase in savings and money market deposits, partially offset by a $9.3 million, or 11.1%, decrease in time deposits. We have been growing noninterest bearing demand and saving and money market balances while allowing non-core certificates of deposit to run off at maturity to improve our deposit mix and reduce the cost of funds. Most of the growth in noninterest bearing demand deposits was the result of efforts to encourage new commercial loan customers to move their business checking accounts to Bank 34. In addition, the balance of these deposits can fluctuate due to regular cash flow needs of commercial loan customers.

 

Borrowings, consisting solely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increased $500,000 to $13.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $12.5 million at December 31, 2014. We utilized short-term borrowings during the course of the year to fund the origination of loans held for sale and some portfolio loans, but reduced such borrowings at the end of the year.

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $307,000, or 1.0%, to $29.6 million at December 31, 2015 from $29.3 million at December 31, 2014. The growth was primarily due to net income for the year of $321,000.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

 

General. In the fall of 2015 and again in February 2016, we announced the expansion of our mortgage banking program, which included the addition of new loan production offices in Scottsdale and Tucson, Arizona, Albuquerque, New Mexico, Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, and Medford, Oregon. Operating results were negatively affected as the start-up period operating costs exceeded revenue generated by this new operation. We had net income of $6,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to a net loss of $264,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $238,000, or 8.4%, to $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was due to a $5.1 million, or 2.2%, increase in average interest-earning assets and an improvement in asset mix as loans, our highest yielding assets, increased to 87.1% of average interest-earning assets from 81.9% of average interest-earning assets. The yield on average interest-earning assets increased 26 basis points to 5.26% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from 5.00% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due primarily to the improvement in asset mix. Interest and fees on loans increased $281,000, or 10.7%, to $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, partially offset by a $44,000, or 26.9%, decrease in interest income on available-for-sale securities. Interest income on loans increased due primarily to a $16.3 million, or 8.7%, increase in average loan balances, due to organic growth and a six basis point increase in yield. The average balance of securities decreased $6.1 million, or 17.8%, to $28.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and the average yield decreased from 1.95% to 1.71% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The securities yield for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was negatively affected by accelerated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities purchased at premiums, accelerating premium amortization expense in the period.

 

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $34,000, or 9.9%, to $376,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $342,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was the result of an increase in interest expense on deposits, which increased $32,000, or 9.6%, to $365,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $333,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

Interest paid on checking, money market and savings accounts increased $51,000, or 31.3%, to $214,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $163,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The average rate we paid on such deposit accounts increased seven basis points to 0.73% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from 0.66% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and the average balance increased $16.9 million, or

 

  59  

Table of Contents  

 

16.8%, to $117.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $100.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The average rates we pay on these accounts is considerably higher in the Arizona market we entered with the Bank 1440 acquisition.

 

Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $204,000, or 8.2%, to $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, as a result of a higher balance of net interest-earning assets and a higher net interest rate spread. Our average net interest-earning assets increased by $2.5 million, or 8.1%, to $34.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $31.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due primarily to organic growth. Our net interest rate spread improved by 20 basis points to 4.50% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from 4.30% for the three months ended March 31, 2015, as we carried 87.1% of our average interest-earning assets in loans, our highest yielding assets, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to 81.9% in loans for the comparable quarter in 2015. This repositioning of our asset portfolio was achieved principally through organic loan growth. Our cost of borrowings increased to 0.45% for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 from 0.23% for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 due to the increase in short term interest rates following the 25 basis point increase in the target Federal Funds rate in December 2015.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to establish an allowance for loan losses at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. If allowance for loan losses is larger than necessary, we post a negative provision as a benefit to earnings. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management analyzes several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including but not limited to, charge-off history over a relevant period, changes in management or underwriting policies, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower and results of internal and external loan reviews. See “—Asset Quality—Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information.

 

After an evaluation of these factors, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $52,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $100,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. In the quarter ended March 31, 2016, gross loans held for investment grew $2.9 million, or 1.5%. In addition, $117,000 in recoveries of previously charged-off balances were received during the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to $184,000 during the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

 

To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at March 31, 2016.  However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on its judgments about the recoverability of our loan balances based upon information available to it at the time of its examination.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $1.1 million, or 134.9%, to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $802,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to a higher volume of loan sales and related gains, and no impairment charge on other real estate compared to a charge of $200,000 for the comparable quarter in 2015.

 

Gain on sale of loans increased $800,000, or 90.1%, to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $888,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 as we have continued to expand our secondary mortgage loan operation. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we sold $41.5 million of mortgage loans for a gain of $1.6 million and $1.0 million of SBA loans for a gain of $99,000, compared to $29.3 million of mortgage loan sales during the three months ended March 31, 2015 for a gain of $888,000. There were no SBA loans sold during the three months ended March 31, 2015. We realized a 3.8% average premium (gain on sale/sold loans) on the sales of mortgage loans for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 3.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. We have experienced higher premiums on sales of mortgage loans since mid-2015 when we enhanced our pipeline management with the addition of more experienced personnel. Premiums vary from period to

 

  60  

Table of Contents  

 

period based upon the mix of government Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic markets and market interest rates, specifically 10-year Treasury rates.

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $1.1 million, or 30.4%, to $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due primarily to higher salaries and benefits, professional fees and other noninterest expense, partially offset by lower merger-related expenses. The increases were primarily related to expansion of our mortgage banking operations in the fall of 2015 and again in February 2016, which included the addition of new loan production offices in Scottsdale and Tucson, Arizona, Albuquerque, New Mexico, Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, and Medford, Oregon. Average assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 were 7.3% larger than for the quarter ended March 31, 2015. Coinciding with the increase in noninterest expense from the expansion of our mortgage banking operations was a 90.1% increase in gain on sale of loans.

 

We incurred no outside merger-related expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to $94,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $15,000 and $0 for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The $15,000 income tax expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 represented a tax extension payment expected to be applied to cover an alternative minimum tax liability. We have net operating loss carry-forwards from prior periods, which offset income for both periods, so no other income tax expense or income tax benefits were recorded.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

General. The acquisition of Bank 1440 was consummated on August 29, 2014 and the material increase in assets from the Bank 1440 acquisition makes direct comparisons between the two periods less meaningful. On September 24, 2015, we also announced the expansion of our mortgage banking program in Scottsdale, Arizona, and Albuquerque, New Mexico, adding 22 full-time equivalent employees and entering into leases for additional space in Scottsdale, Arizona and Albuquerque, New Mexico. Operating results for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2015 were negatively affected as the start-up period operating costs exceeded revenue generated by this new operation.

 

We had net income of $321,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $326,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. In August 2014, we recorded a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million in connection with the acquisition of Bank 1440. We incurred $100,000 of out-of-pocket merger-related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.4 million of such expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014. Other than the bargain purchase gain and merger-related expenses, we had $420,000 of net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a net loss of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $3.9 million, or 46.1%, to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to a $62.1 million, or 34.7%, increase in average interest-earning assets and an improvement in asset mix as loans, our highest yielding assets, increased to 82.5% of average interest-earning assets from 70.7% of average interest-earning assets. The yield on average interest-earning assets increased 40 basis points to 5.07% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 4.67% for the year ended December 31, 2014 due mostly to the improvement in asset mix. Interest and fees on loans increased $4.1 million, or 55.4%, to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by a $337,000, or 40.0%, decrease in interest income on available-for-sale securities. Interest income on loans increased due primarily to a $72.3 million, or 57.1%, increase in average loan balances, due to both the merger with Bank 1440 and organic growth. The average balance of securities decreased $10.8 million, or 24.8%, to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the average yield decreased from 1.94% in 2014 to 1.55% in 2015. The securities yield for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively affected by a lower interest rate environment and accelerated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities purchased at premiums, accelerating premium amortization expense in the year.

 

  61  

Table of Contents  

 

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $40,000, or 2.9%, and was $1.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The increase was the result of an increase in interest expense on deposits, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on borrowings.

 

Interest paid on checking, money market and savings accounts increased $347,000, or 93%, to $719,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $372,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The average rate we paid on such deposit accounts increased 14 basis points to 0.69% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.55% for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the average balance increased $36.6 million, or 53.7%, to $104.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $68.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The average rates we pay on these accounts is considerably higher in the Arizona market we entered as a result of the Bank 1440 acquisition in August 2014 and were in for all of 2015.

 

Interest on borrowings decreased $274,000 to $62,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $336,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, despite a 70.0% increase in average balances due to the replacement of longer-term, higher rate borrowings with shorter term, lower rate borrowings in December 2014. We prepaid $6.4 million of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances in December 2014 with average interest rates of 4.00%, and incurred prepayment penalties of $532,000. There were no prepayment penalties in 2015. As a result, the average rate paid on borrowings decreased 252 basis points to 0.31% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 2.83% for the year ended December 31, 2014. In 2015, we funded the origination of loans held for sale and some loans held in portfolio with low cost, short-term borrowings as our average Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $8.3 million, or 70.0%, to $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our December 31, 2015 balances of loans held for sale and borrowings were approximately equal.

 

Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $3.8 million, or 55.7%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as a result of a higher balance of net interest-earning assets and a higher net interest rate spread. Our average net interest-earning assets increased by $62.1 million, or 34.7%, to $241.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $179.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due primarily to the merger. Our net interest rate spread improved by 59 basis points to 4.36% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 3.77% for the year ended December 31, 2014, as we carried 82.5% of our average interest-earning assets in loans, our highest yielding assets, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 70.7% in loans for 2014. This repositioning of our asset portfolio was achieved through the merger in August 2014, organic loan growth and sales of securities in December 2014 and early 2015, which were not completely replaced during reinvestment. Our cost of borrowings decreased to 0.71% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.90% for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to the prepayment of longer-term, higher rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances in December 2014 and the continued low interest rate environment.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to establish an allowance for loan losses at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management analyzes several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including but not limited to, charge-off history over a relevant period, changes in management or underwriting policies, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower and results of internal and external loan reviews. See “—Asset Quality—Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information.

 

After an evaluation of these factors, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $694,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $50,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The provision for loan losses in the year ended December 31, 2015 was recorded due to growth in the loan portfolio of $18.3 million, or 10.6%, a $354,000 partial write-off of two loans in the fourth quarter of 2015, and the increased percentage of commercial loans in the portfolio, which generally carry a higher risk than residential real estate loans.

 

  62  

Table of Contents  

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $1.3 million, or 21.5%, to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due primarily to the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain from the merger recorded in the September 2014 quarter.

 

Gain on sale of loans increased $1.8 million, or 60.5%, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as we have continued to expand our secondary mortgage loan operation. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold $143.6 million of mortgage loans for a gain of $4.4 million and $5.1 million of SBA loans for a gain of $500,000, compared to $93.7 million of mortgage loan sales and $1.6 million of SBA loan sales during the year ended December 31, 2014 for gains of $2.8 million and $168,000, respectively. We realized a 3.0% average premium (gain on sale/sold loans) on the sales of mortgage loans for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Premiums vary from period to period based upon the mix of government FHA and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic markets and market interest rates, specifically 10-year Treasury rates.

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $1.9 million, or 14.8%, to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due primarily to higher salaries and benefits, occupancy, data processing fees, professional fees and other noninterest expense, partially offset by lower merger-related expenses. The increases in expenses resulted primarily from the acquisition of Bank 1440 as average assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 32.6% larger than in 2014.

 

Merger-related expenses for year ended December 31, 2015 were $100,000, compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Legal, consulting and data processing costs were the largest elements of merger-related expense.  Merger-related costs were being incurred over a year before the August 29, 2014 completion of the acquisition of Bank 1440.  We operated on two core operating systems and numerous other redundant ancillary systems from the August 29, 2014 merger date until late March 2015 when all the prior systems were converted.  The systems conversions have resulted in enhanced operating efficiencies The majority of merger-related expenses, totaling $801,000, were expensed in the six months ended December 31, 2014.  Material duplicative costs and exit fees from the old systems were expensed and classified as merger-related in our statement of comprehensive income as soon as those expense amounts were reasonably estimable and probable.  We do not expect to incur any merger-related expenses related to the Bank 1440 transaction in the future.

 

Provision for Income Taxes. We had pre-tax income of $341,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $399,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. A provision for income tax expense of $20,000 and $74,000 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. The provision for 2015 was the result of the alternative minimum tax. In the year ended December 31, 2014, it was determined that income tax receivables were overstated by $74,000 and that amount was written off as tax expense. We had net operating loss carry-forwards from prior periods which offset income for both periods so no other income tax expense or income tax benefits were recorded.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

General. Since the merger with Bank 1440 was consummated on August 29, 2014, income for the six months ended December 31, 2014 includes two months without and four months with the operating results of Bank 1440. The merger increased assets $84.5 million, representing a 50.4% increase over June 30, 2014’s total assets. This material increase in assets from Bank 1440 and the timing of the merger within the six months period ended of December 31, 2014 will make direct comparisons between the two periods less meaningful.

 

We generated net income of $949,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to a net loss of $611,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013, which represented a favorable change of $1.56 million. Larger items representing net favorable variances of $1.59 million included:

 

· A $2.9 million bargain purchase gain on the acquisition of Bank 1440 recorded in August 2014.

 

  63  

Table of Contents  

 

· Penalties of $532,000 were incurred in December 2014 on the prepayments of $6.4 million in long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances with average interest rates of 4.0% initiated to reduce our going-forward cost of funds.

 

· Out-of-pocket merger-related expenses increased $457,000 to $801,000 in the six month period ended December 31, 2014, compared to $344,000 in last six months of calendar 2013.

 

· Available-for-sale securities losses on sales increased $325,000 to $357,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to the portfolio restructuring, compared to $32,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2013.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $1.4 million, or 41.2%, to $4.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $3.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. Most of the increase was due to interest and fees on loans which increased $1.4 million, or 48.4%, to $4.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $3.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by a $30,000 or 6.3% decrease in available-for-sale securities interest. The loan interest income increase was primarily due to 59.7% increase in average loan balances, due to the merger and organic growth, partially offset by a 45 basis point decrease in loan yields to 5.86% from 6.31% as market rates continued to decline. The average interest rates on loans acquired in the merger were somewhat higher than those already in our portfolio, but amortization of the purchase accounting yield adjustment offset some of this benefit. The average balance of securities decreased 12.8% to $46.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to $53.2 million in 2013 but the average yield increased 13 basis points. The average interest rates on securities acquired in the merger were higher than those already in our portfolio, but this was partially offset by the shortening of the average duration and the sales of corporate securities in the December 2014 portfolio restructuring.

 

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $31,000, or 4.2%, to $767,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $736,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to an increase of $98,000, or 19.4%, in interest expense on deposits, partially offset by a $67,000, or 29.5% decrease in borrowing costs.

 

Average balances of interest bearing deposits increased by $41.4 million, or 33.9%, while the average cost of those deposits decreased nine basis points to 0.73% from 0.82%, or 11.0%, due to efforts to let higher rate certificates of deposit roll off to improve our deposit mix. Interest paid on certificates of deposit decreased $37,000, or 9.6%, to $350,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $387,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The average rate we paid on certificates of deposit decreased 21 basis points to 0.87% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 1.08% for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and the average balance increased $8.9 million, or 12.5%, to $79.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $71.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.

 

The average cost of borrowings decreased 121 basis points to 2.26% and was partially offset by a $1.1 million, or 8.7%, increase in average balances. We reduced borrowings gradually from $13.9 million on September 30, 2013 to $8.8 million on August 31, 2014, and then borrowed $7.5 million in low-rate, short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances in September 2014 due to loan demand and the cash requirements of the merger. No borrowings were assumed in the merger. Borrowings peaked at $19.0 million in October and November and were reduced in December 2014 when $6.4 million in long term Federal Home Loan Bank advances with rates averaging 4.0% were prepaid as part of the balance sheet restructuring. Prepayment penalties of $532,000 were incurred as a result of these prepayments.

 

Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $1.4 million, or 51.1%, to $4.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to $2.7 million in the six months ended December 31, 2013 due to higher average interest-earning assets as a result of the merger, and the impact of a 45 basis point increase in our interest rate spread to 3.84% from 3.39%.

 

  64  

Table of Contents  

 

Provision for Loan Losses . We made a $50,000 provision for loan losses for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and no provision for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The provision in the six months ended December 31, 2014 was due to loan portfolio growth. No provision was considered necessary in the six months ended December 31, 2013 due to loan portfolio shrinkage.

 

To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate.  However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on its judgments about the recoverability of our loan balances based upon information available to it at the time of its examination.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $3.2 million, or 240.3%, to $4.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $1.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The bargain purchase gain from the merger in 2014 accounted for $2.9 million of the increase. In addition, gain on sale of loans increased $518,000, or 46.0%, to $1.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $1.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. We sold $48.9 million of mortgage loans and $1.6 million of SBA loans during the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to sales of $45.7 million of mortgage loans and no sales of SBA loans during the six months ended December 31, 2013. We realized a more attractive average premium (gain on sale/sold loans) on mortgage loan sales for 2014. The premium increased to 3.3% of mortgage loans sold for the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2013. Premiums vary from period to period based upon the mix of government FHA and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic markets and market interest rates, specifically 10-year Treasury rates. Available-for-sale securities losses on sales increased $325,000 to $357,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to $32,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2013 due to the 2014 portfolio restructuring.

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $2.9 million, or 61.7%, to $7.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $4.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. Salaries and benefits were $3.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $1.2 million over the six months ended December 31, 2013, due primarily to the additional expense related to the Bank 1440 personnel for the four months ended December 31, 2014, higher commissions on loans originated for sale due to larger volumes and severance and related expenses in 2014. Penalties incurred on the prepayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances to benefit future funding costs were $532,000 in December 2014, compared to $0 in the six months ended December 31, 2013. Out-of-pocket merger-related expenses (including legal fees) related to our merger with Bank 1440 during the six months ended December 31, 2014 were $801,000, an increase of $457,000 over the $344,000 incurred in the six months ended December 31, 2013. Other noninterest expense in the six months ended December 31, 2014 was $791,000, an increase of $326,000 over the six months ended December 31, 2013, due primarily to increases in loan related expenses and the additional expenses from Bank 1440 operations beginning in September 2014.

 

Income Tax Expense. In the six months ended December 31, 2014, it was determined income tax receivables were overstated by $74,000 and that amount was written off as tax expense. Due to past and recent pre-tax losses incurred, and the inability to project future taxable income, no other income tax expense or income tax benefits were recorded in the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

 

Summary. We experienced a net loss of $1.2 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, compared to a net loss of $133,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The change was due to a $513,000 decrease in noninterest income, a $409,000 increase in noninterest expense, a $95,000 decrease in net interest income and a $121,000 credit to the provision for loan losses in fiscal 2013, compared to none in fiscal 2014. Each of these changes is discussed in more detail below.

 

  65  

Table of Contents  

 

Interest Income. Interest income decreased $563,000, or 7.5%, to $6.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $7.5 million for 2013. The decrease was caused by a decrease in interest and fees on loans, which decreased $771,000, or 11.3%, to $6.0 million for fiscal 2014 from $6.8 million for 2013, partially offset by an increase in interest income on securities of $210,000, or 31.8%, to $873,000 for 2014 from $663,000 for 2013.

 

The decrease in interest and fees on loans was due primarily to a decrease in average balances, which decreased $10.6 million, or 9.8%, to $98.4 million for 2014 from $109.0 million for 2013. Despite a $1.6 million increase in loans held for investment in the year ended June 30, 2014, the average balance decreased compared to the year ended June 30, 2013 due to declining balances throughout 2013. The ending balance at June 30, 2013 was $21.9 million, or 19.7%, below June 30, 2012 due to an acute focus on improving asset quality and a cautious attitude on pricing and underwriting risk which resulted in our losing some existing commercial and industrial loan customers to our competition. Our average loan yield decreased 10 basis points to 6.15% for 2014 from 6.25% for 2013 due primarily to a decrease in market rates on new loans and principal payments on older, higher yielding loans.

 

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $468,000, or 25.5%, to $1.4 million for 2014 from $1.8 million for 2013. The decrease was caused primarily by a decrease in interest expense on deposits, which decreased $291,000, or 23.2%, to $959,000 for 2014 from $1.2 million for 2013. Interest expense on certificates of deposit decreased $251,000, or 25.8%, to $722,000 for 2014 from $973,000 for 2013. Our average rate on certificates of deposit decreased 21 basis points to 1.04% for 2014 from 1.25% for 2013 and the average balance decreased $8.1 million, or 10.5%, to $69.7 million for 2014 from $77.8 million for 2013.

 

Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $177,000, or 30.5%, to $404,000 for 2014 from $581,000 for 2013. The average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $3.1 million, or 21.5%, to $11.3 million for 2014 from $14.4 million for 2013. In addition, the average rate paid on Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased 46 basis points to 3.57% for 2014 from 4.03% for 2013. In 2014, we were able to decrease average Federal Home Loan Bank advances as our securities portfolio balances declined.

 

Net Interest Income . Net interest income decreased $95,000, or 1.7%, to $5.6 million for 2014 from $5.7 million for 2013 due primarily to the decreases in average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by the increase in our net interest margin.

 

Provision for Loan Losses . We made no provision for loan losses for 2014, compared to a credit to the provision for loan losses of $121,000 in 2013. The credit to the provision in 2013 was due to both reduced loan portfolio balances and improving credit quality, including reductions in nonaccrual loans, impaired loans and total aggregate loans classified as special mention and substandard. In 2014, credit quality continued to improve and no increase in the allowance for loan losses was considered necessary as the reduction in the experience loss ratio offset the 1.6% increase in loans held for investment for the 2014 fiscal year. Net charge- offs to average loans were 0.18% for 2014, compared to 0.45% for 2013.

 

We had an allowance for loan losses of $1.6 million, or 1.77% of total loans held for investment and 371.33% of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2014, compared to an allowance for loan losses of $1.8 million, or 2.00% of total loans held for investment and 242.23% of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2013.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $513,000, or 14.3%, to $3.1 million for 2014 from $3.6 million for 2013. Gain on sale of mortgage loans decreased $624,000, or 20.0%, to $2.5 million for 2014 from $3.1 million for 2013. We sold $91.1 million of mortgage loans during 2014, a decrease of 8.7%, compared to $99.7 million of sales during 2013. We realized a more attractive average premium for the 2013 period. Average premiums decreased to 2.7% of mortgage loans sold for 2014 compared to 3.0% for 2013. Premiums vary from period to period based upon the mix of government FHA and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic market differences and market interest rates, specifically changes in 10-year Treasury rates.

 

  66  

Table of Contents  

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $409,000, or 4.3%, to $9.9 million for 2014 from $9.5 million for 2013 due primarily to a $686,000 increase in merger-related expenses (including legal fees) related to our merger with Bank 1440.

 

Salaries and benefits decreased $294,000 to $5.3 million for 2014 due primarily to reductions in retirement benefits and other employee benefits and incentive pay, partially offset by a 4% increase in base pay. Data processing fees increased $207,000 due primarily to higher core data processing fees and the completion of some special programming projects, including the implementation of a secure web portal.

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $0 for fiscal 2014, compared to $36,000 for 2013. No income tax expense was recorded in 2014 due to the pre-tax net loss of $1.2 million, and no income tax benefit was recorded since the ability to receive a future tax benefit utilizing those losses was uncertain.

 

Loans Held for Investment

 

We originate residential real estate loans, including multi-family residential real estate loans, as well as commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer and other loans. The following tables set forth the composition of our loans held for investment by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

          At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2016     2015     2014  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
       
Commercial real estate (1)   $ 149,190       75.5 %   $ 146,644       75.3 %   $ 129,949       73.7 %
One- to four-family residential real estate     29,930       15.1       31,412       16.1       32,959       18.7  
Commercial and industrial     10,798       5.5       10,235       5.3       8,594       4.9  
Consumer and other     7,703       3.9       6,429       3.3       4,816       2.7  
Total gross loans     197,621       100.0 %     194,720       100.0 %     176,318       100.0 %
Less:                                                
Unamortized loan fees     (665 )             (689 )             (621 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (2,052 )             (1,894 )             (1,707 )        
                                                 
Loans held for investment, net   $ 194,904             $ 192,137             $ 173,990          

 

   

At June 30,

 
   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 
   

Amount

   

Percent

   

Amount

   

Percent

   

Amount

   

Percent

   

Amount

   

Percent

 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
       
Commercial real estate (1)   $ 55,103       59.3 %   $ 48,081       52.6 %   $ 62,666       55.0 %   $ 76,325       55.2 %
One- to four-family residential real estate     34,015       36.6       38,432       42.1       45,154       39.6       53,294       38.5  
Commercial and industrial     2,787       3.0       3,346       3.7       5,622       4.9       7,868       5.7  
Consumer and other     1,007       1.1       1,487       1.6       510       0.5       805       0.6  
Total gross loans     92,912       100.0 %     91,346       100.0 %     113,952       100.0 %     138,292       100.0 %
Less:                                                                
Unamortized loan fees     (269 )             (132 )             (249 )             (289 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (1,645 )             (1,824 )             (2,437 )             (2,568 )        
                                                                 
Loans held for investment, net   $ 90,998             $ 89,390             $ 111,266             $ 135,435          

 

 

(1) Includes multi-family real estate loans.

 

The following tables set forth the contractual maturities of our loans held for investment at December 31, 2015. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The tables present contractual maturities and do not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.

 

  67  

Table of Contents  

 

    Commercial real estate     One- to four-family
residential real estate
 
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Due during the years ending December 31,                        
2016   $ 11,830       5.49 %   $ 1,003       6.17 %
2017 to 2020     81,788       5.22 %     4,774       5.35 %
2021 and beyond     53,026       5.22 %     25,635       5.64 %
    $ 146,644       5.24 %   $ 31,412       5.61 %

 

    Commercial and industrial     Consumer and other     Total  
    Amount    

Weighted
Average

Rate

    Amount    

Weighted
Average

Rate

    Amount    

Weighted
Average

Rate

 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Due during the years ending December 31,                                    
2016   $ 3,414       5.92 %   $ 1,777       6.05 %   $ 18,024       5.16 %
2017 to 2020     6,416       5.46 %     4,603       4.68 %     97,581       5.22 %
2021 and beyond     405       5.57 %     49       7.54 %     79,115       5.36 %
    $ 10,235       5.62 %   $ 6,429       5.08 %   $ 194,720       5.32 %

 

The following table sets forth our fixed and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2015 that are contractually due after December 31, 2016.

 

    Due after December 31, 2016  
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (In thousands)  
       
Commercial real estate   $ 60,773     $ 74,041     $ 134,814  
One- to four-family residential real estate     29,416       993       30,409  
Commercial and industrial     2,584       4,237       6,821  
Consumer and other     175       4,477       4,652  
    $ 92,948     $ 83,748     $ 176,696  

 

Asset Quality

 

We review loans on a regular basis, and place loans on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier if we do not expect to receive full payment of interest or principal. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed from interest income. Once a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the borrower must generally demonstrate at least six months of payment performance before the loan is eligible to return to accrual status.

 

  68  

Table of Contents  

 

Nonperforming Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding our nonperforming assets.

 

   

At

March 31,

    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2016     2015     2014     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Nonaccrual loans                                                        
Real estate loans:                                                        
One- to four-family residential real estate   $ 1,048     $ 1,490     $ 181     $ 99     $ 120     $ 701     $ 450  
Commercial real estate                 617       327       633       3,111       6,347  
Commercial and industrial loans     304       354       17       17                   180  
Consumer and other loans                                          
Total nonaccrual loans     1,352       1,844       815       443       753       3,812       6,977  
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:                                                        
Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more                                          
Total nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more     1,352       1,844       815       443       753       3,812       6,977  
Other real estate                                                        
One- to four-family residential real estate     196                   17       297       24       330  
Commercial real estate     306       306       820       820       1,095       2,031       2,554  
Total other real estate     502       306       820       837       1,392       2,055       2,884  
Other nonperforming assets                                          
Total nonperforming assets   $ 1,854     $ 2,150     $ 1,635     $ 1,280     $ 2,145     $ 5,867     $ 9,861  
                                                         
Ratios:                                                        
Nonperforming loans to gross loans held for investment     0.68 %     0.95 %     0.46 %     0.48 %     0.82 %     3.35 %     4.53 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.67 %     0.79 %     0.66 %     0.76 %     1.23 %     3.18 %     5.37 %
Nonperforming assets to gross loans held for investment and other real estate     0.94 %     1.10 %     0.92 %     1.37 %     2.31 %     5.06 %     6.98 %

 

The nonperforming assets ratios decreased from December 31, 2015 to March 31, 2016 due to a decrease in nonaccrual loans, as well as increases in loans and assets, partially offset by an increase in other real estate. Due to an increase in nonaccrual loans, the nonperforming asset ratios increased from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, had nonaccruing loans been current according to their original terms totaled $21,000 and $95,000, respectively. We recognized no interest income on these loans for the three months ended March 31, 2016 or the year ended December 31, 2015. Of such amounts, none was related to troubled debt restructurings for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

In addition to nonperforming assets, as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 we had $0, $0, $483,000, $489,000 and $505,000, respectively, of accruing troubled debt restructurings. Troubled debt restructurings include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven, or for loans modified at interest rates materially less than current market rates. The troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 consisted of three commercial real estate loans and one commercial and industrial loan. As of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 there were no specific allowances related to these loans, and, at each date, we had no commitments to lend additional amounts to the borrowers.

 

  69  

Table of Contents  

 

Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

   

30 to 59

Days

Past Due

   

60 to 89

Days

Past Due

   

90 Days

or more

Past Due

 
    (In thousands)  
At March 31, 2016                  
Commercial real estate   $     $     $  
One- to four-family residential real estate     434             634  
Commercial and industrial     304              
Consumer and other                  
    $ 738     $     $ 634  
                         
At December 31, 2015                        
Commercial real estate   $     $     $  
One- to four-family residential real estate     315       173       788  
Commercial and industrial                  
Consumer and other                  
    $ 315     $ 173     $ 788  
                         
At December 31, 2014                        
Commercial real estate   $     $ 894     $  
One- to four-family residential real estate     945       150       113  
Commercial and industrial                  
Consumer and other                  
    $ 945     $ 1,044     $ 113  
                         
At June 30, 2014                        
Commercial real estate   $ 162     $     $  
One- to four-family residential real estate           43        
Commercial and industrial                  
Consumer and other                  
    $ 162     $ 43     $  
                         
At June 30, 2013                        
Commercial real estate   $     $     $ 137  
One- to four-family residential real estate           45       65  
Commercial and industrial                  
Consumer and other                  
    $     $ 45     $ 202  
                         
At June 30, 2012                        
Commercial real estate   $ 153     $     $ 3,111  
One- to four-family residential real estate     339       142       701  
Commercial and industrial                  
Consumer and other                  
    $ 492     $ 142     $ 3,812  
                         
At June 30, 2011                        
Commercial real estate   $     $     $ 6,347  
One- to four-family residential real estate     68       25       450  
Commercial and industrial                 180  
Consumer and other                  
    $ 68     $ 25     $ 6,977  

 

Classified Assets . Federal regulations require loans and other assets of lesser quality be classified as “substandard”, “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that we will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered

 

  70  

Table of Contents  

 

“uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. We designate an asset as “special mention” if the asset has a potential weakness that warrants management’s close attention.

 

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified assets and assets designated as special mention as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014. The classified assets total at March 31, 2016 includes $1.4 million of nonperforming loans.

 

    At March 31,     At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2016     2015     2014     2014  
    (In thousands)  
Classified assets:                                
Substandard loans   $ 4,762     $ 4,052     $ 3,021     $ 2,437  
Substandard other real estate     502       306       820       837  
Substandard assets     5,264       4,358       3,841       3,274  
Doubtful     304       354              
Loss                        
Total classified assets   $ 5,568     $ 4,712     $ 3,841     $ 3,274  
                                 
Special mention   $ 1,793     $ 2,105     $ 657     $ 854  

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by full and partial charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the current level of net loan losses, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.

 

  71  

Table of Contents  

 

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

    Three Months Ended     Years Ended     Six Months Ended     Years Ended  
    March 31, (1)     December 31,     December 31, (1)     June 30,  
    2016     2015     2015     2014     2014     2013     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                           
Balance at beginning of period   $ 1,894     $ 1,707     $ 1,707     $ 1,733     $ 1,645     $ 1,824     $ 1,824     $ 2,437  
Provision for (credit to) loan losses     52       100       694       50       50                   (121 )
Charge-offs:                                                                
One- to four-family residential real estate loans     (11 )           (339 )     (101 )     (14 )           (86 )     (111 )
Commercial real estate loans                                   (76 )     (76 )     (383 )
Commercial and industrial loans                 (359 )                              
Consumer and other loans                       (33 )     (1 )     (16 )     (48 )     (187 )
Total charge-offs     (11 )           (693 )     (134 )     (15 )     (92 )     (210 )     (681 )
Recoveries:                                                                
One- to four-family residential real estate loans     1       184       3       26       26                   46  
Commercial real estate loans     116             183       30                   30       66  
Commercial and industrial loans                                                
Consumer and other loans                       2       1       1       1       77  
Total recoveries     117       184       186       58       27       1       31       189  
Net (charge-offs) recoveries     106       184       (507 )     (76 )     12       (91 )     (179 )     (492 )
                                                                 
Balance at end of period   $ 2,052     $ 1,991     $ 1,894     $ 1,707     $ 1,707     $ 1,733     $ 1,645     $ 1,824  
                                                                 
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans (2)     151.81 %     134.55 %     102.71 %     209.50 %     209.50 %     288.83 %     371.33 %     242.23 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans (2)     1.04 %     1.09 %     0.97 %     0.97 %     0.97 %     1.85 %     1.77 %     2.00 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans less acquired loans (2)     1.27 %     1.46 %     1.28 %     1.50 %     1.50 %     1.85 %     1.77 %     2.00 %
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period     0.21 %     0.39 %     (0.25 )%     (0.06 )%     0.02 %     (0.19 )%     (0.18 )%     (0.45 )%

______________________

(1) Ratios for the three- and six-month periods have been annualized.
(2) There is no allowance for loan losses on loans acquired in the acquisition of Bank 1440.

 

The ratio of our allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans increased during the three months ended March 31, 2016 due primarily to a 26.7% decrease in nonperforming loans. The ratio of our allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans decreased during the year ended December 31, 2015 due to an increase in nonperforming loans. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total gross loans decreased in 2014 as a result of charge-offs recognized and the absence of any allowance for loan losses on loans acquired.

 

  72  

Table of Contents  

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans held for investment at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

          At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2016     2015     2014  
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   

Percent of
Loans in

Each
Category to
Total Loans

 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
             
One- to four-family residential real estate loans   $ 567       15.15 %   $ 656       16.13 %   $ 388       18.69 %
Commercial real estate loans     1,241       75.49       1,136       75.31       1,125       73.70  
Commercial and industrial loans     198       5.46       64       5.26       178       4.88  
Consumer and other loans     46       3.90       38       3.30       16       2.73  
Total allocated allowance   $ 2,052       100.00 %   $ 1,894       100.00 %   $ 1,707       100.00 %

 

    At June 30,  
    2014     2013     2012     2011  
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   

Percent of
Loans in

Each
Category to
Total Loans

    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   

Percent of
Loans in

Each
Category to
Total Loans

    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
             
One- to four-family residential real estate loans   $ 375       36.61 %   $ 196       42.07 %   $ 262       39.63 %   $ 196       38.54 %
Commercial real estate loans     1,126       59.31       1,568       52.64       2,006       54.99       1,436       55.19  
Commercial and industrial loans     129       3.00       55       3.66       55       4.93       925       5.69  
Consumer and other loans     15       1.08       5       1.63       114       0.45       11       0.58  
Total allocated allowance   $ 1,645       100.00 %   $ 1,824       100.00 %   $ 2,437       100.00 %   $ 2,568       100.00 %

 

  73  

Table of Contents  

 

Investments

 

Our investment policy is established by our board of directors. The policy emphasizes safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy.

 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

          At December 31,     At June 30,  
    At March 31, 2016     2015     2014     2014     2013  
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
    (In thousands)  
             
Mortgage-backed securities (1)   $ 24,310     $ 24,272     $ 23,450     $ 23,271     $ 21,797     $ 21,728     $ 30,094     $ 29,819     $ 45,497     $ 45,306  
Agency securities     3,275       3,303       3,498       3,459       4,926       4,856       9,106       8,831       10,385       10,034  
Municipal obligations     1,887       1,907       1,899       1,901       2,443       2,434       309       309        ―        ―  
Total   $ 29,472     $ 29,481     $ 28,847     $ 28,631     $ 29,166     $ 29,018     $ 39,509     $ 38,959     $ 55,882     $ 55,340  

 

 

(1) Includes Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae.

 

  At March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

   

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio at March 31, 2016, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. Tax-equivalent yield adjustments have not been made for tax-exempt securities, as the effect thereof was not material.

 

    One Year or Less     More than One Year
Through Five Years
    More than Five Years
Through Ten Years
    More Than Ten Years     Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Mortgage-backed securities (1)   $        — %   $ 23,046       1.56 %   $ 1,264       1.96 %   $        —   $ 24,310     $ 24,272       1.59 %
Agency securities            — %     3,275       2.00 %            — %      ―        — %     3,275       3,303       2.00 %
Municipal obligations            — %     1,887       2.50 %            —  %      ―        — %     1,887       1,907       2.50 %
    $        —   $ 28,208       1.68 %   $ 1,264       1.96 %   $        — %   $ 29,472     $ 29,481       1.69 %

 

(1) Includes Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae.

 

  74  

Table of Contents  

 

Sources of Funds

 

General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also use Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas advances to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities, for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds. Funds are derived from scheduled loan payments, securities maturities, loan prepayments, loan sales, and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

 

Deposits. The following tables set forth the distribution of average total deposits by account type, for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Deposit Type:                                                
Non-interest bearing   $ 34,133       15.23 %     0.00 %   $ 19,172       9.56 %     0.00 %
Checking     29,050       12.96       0.47 %     29,672       14.80       0.48 %
Money market     82,595       36.86       0.87 %     41,448       20.68       0.91 %
Savings     5,680       2.54       0.12 %     29,287       14.61       0.47 %
Certificates of deposit     72,637       32.41       0.84 %     80,899       40.35       0.85 %
Total deposits   $ 224,095       100.00 %     0.57 %   $ 200,478       100.00 %     0.68 %

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Deposit Type:                                                
Non-interest bearing   $ 24,570       11.84 %     0.00 %   $ 14,488       9.24 %     0.00 %
Checking     30,080       14.50       0.50 %     18,131       11.56       0.35 %
Money market     63,298       30.51       0.84 %     19,893       12.69       0.82 %
Savings     11,420       5.51       0.34 %     30,152       19.23       0.49 %
Certificates of deposit     78,091       37.64       0.84 %     74,139       47.28       0.92 %
Total deposits   $ 207,459       100.00 %     0.50 %   $ 156,803       100.00 %     0.52 %

 

    For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2013  
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Deposit Type:                                                
Non-interest bearing   $ 17,134       9.48 %     0.00 %   $ 12,937       9.57 %     0.00 %
Checking     23,335       12.91       0.44 %     12,727       9.41       0.20 %
Money market     30,040       16.61       0.87 %     9,155       6.77       0.65 %
Savings     30,457       16.84       0.48 %     29,412       21.75       0.53 %
Certificates of deposit     79,844       44.16       0.87 %     70,987       52.50       1.08 %
Total deposits   $ 180,810       100.00 %     0.66 %   $ 135,218       100.00 %     0.75 %

 

  75  

Table of Contents  

 

    For the Years Ended June 30,  
    2014     2013  
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Deposit Type:                                                
Non-interest bearing   $ 12,372       9.25 %     0.00 %   $ 12,514       8.97 %     0.00 %
Checking     12783       9.55       0.20 %     12,038       8.63       0.22 %
Money market     9,365       7.00       0.65 %     9,919       7.11       0.68 %
Savings     29,625       22.14       0.51 %     27,194       19.50       0.67 %
Certificates of deposit     69,674       52.07       1.04 %     77,805       55.79       1.25 %
Total deposits   $ 133,819       100.00 %     0.72 %   $ 139,470       100.00 %     0.90 %

 

As of March 31, 2016, the aggregate amount of all our certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $250,000 was $13.8 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of March 31, 2016.

 

    At March 31, 2016  
    (In thousands)  
       
Three months or less   $ 3,717  
Over three through six months     3,002  
Over six through twelve months     3,899  
Over twelve months     3,223  
Total   $ 13,841  

 

Borrowings. As of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, our borrowings consisted solely of Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas advances. The following tables set forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

   

At or For the Three Months

Ended March 31,

   

At or For the Years

Ended December 31,

 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
             
Average amount outstanding during the period   $ 9,764     $ 15,832     $ 20,196     $ 11,878  
Highest amount outstanding at any month end during the period   $ 11,000     $ 20,000     $ 30,000     $ 18,960  
Weighted average interest rate during the period     0.45 %     0.23 %     0.31 %     2.83 %
Balance outstanding at end of period   $ 11,000     $ 20,000     $ 13,000     $ 12,500  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     0.44 %     0.26 %     0.41 %     0.22 %

 

    At or For the Six Months
Ended December 31,
   

At or For the Years

Ended June 30,

 
    2014     2013     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
             
Average amount outstanding during the period   $ 14,197     $ 13,018     $ 11,309     $ 14,415  
Highest amount outstanding at any month end during the period   $ 18,960     $ 13,281     $ 13,281     $ 15,452  
Weighted average interest rate during the period     2.26 %     3.47 %     3.57 %     4.03 %
Balance outstanding at end of period   $ 12,500     $ 11,973     $ 8,810     $ 13,327  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     0.22 %     2.84 %     3.39 %     3.11 %

 

  76  

Table of Contents  

 

Management of Market Risk

 

General . The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of mortgage loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and reduce the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established an Asset/Liability Management Committee, which is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors. Senior management monitors the level of interest rate risk on a regular basis and the Asset/Liability Management Committee reviews our asset/liability policies and position and the implementation of interest rate risk strategies.

 

We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. We have implemented the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:

 

· offering a variety of adjustable rate loan products;

 

· using alternate funding sources, such as advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas;

 

· maintaining pricing strategies that encourage “core” deposits; and

 

· selling longer-term, fixed rate loans into the secondary market.

 

By following these strategies, we believe that we are better positioned to react to increases in market interest rates.

 

Economic Value of Equity . We monitor interest rate risk through the use of a simulation model that estimates the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our economic value of equity or “EVE”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. The quarterly reports developed in the simulation model assist us in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling interest rate risk to ensure compliance within the our policy guidelines.

 

The tables below set forth, as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the estimated changes in our EVE that would result from the designated instantaneous changes in market interest rates. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

March 31, 2016  
Change in                  
Interest         Estimated Increase  
Rates   Estimated     (Decrease) in EVE  
(basis points) (1)   EVE (2)     Amount     Percent  
(Dollars in thousands)
                   
+300   $ 35,385     $ 2,855       8.78 %
+200     35,259       2,729       8.39  
+100     34,482       1,952       6.00  
    32,530        ―        ―  
(100)     29,231       (3,299 )     (10.14 )

 

 

(1) Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

 

  77  

Table of Contents  

 

December 31, 2015

Change in

Interest

Rates

  Estimated    

Estimated Increase

(Decrease) in EVE

 
(basis points) (1)   EVE (2)     Amount     Percent  
(Dollars in thousands)
 
+300   $ 40,538     $ 3,419       9.21 %
+200     40,594       3,475       9.36  
+100     39,543       2,424       6.53  
  ―     37,119              
(100)     33,097       (4,022 )     (10.84 )

 

 

(1) Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

 

December 31, 2014

Change in

Interest

Rates

  Estimated    

Estimated Increase

(Decrease) in EVE

 
(basis points) (1)   EVE (2)     Amount     Percent  
(Dollars in thousands)
 
+300   $ 26,379     $ (5,315 )     (16.77 )%
+200     28,754       (2,940 )     (9.28 )
+100     30,525       (1,169 )     (3.69 )
  ―     31,694              
(100)     33,981       2,287       7.22  

 

 

(1) Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

 

 The tables above indicate that at March 31, 2016, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 10.14% decrease in EVE. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates at March 31, 2016, we would have experienced an 8.39% increase in EVE. At December 31, 2015, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 10.84% decrease in EVE. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates at December 31, 2015, we would have experienced a 9.36% increase in EVE. At December 31, 2014, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 7.22% increase in EVE. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates at December 31, 2014, we would have experienced a 9.28% decrease in EVE.

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in EVE require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the EVE tables presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the EVE tables provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on EVE and will differ from actual results.

 

EVE calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of our loans, deposits and borrowings.

 

  78  

Table of Contents  

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and sales of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

 

We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows, yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits with other banks and short- and intermediate-term securities.

 

We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of March 31, 2016.

 

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At March 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents totaled $15.9 million. In each of the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 noninterest bearing commercial deposits increased unexpectedly at the end of the quarter and we carried excess liquidity into the next quarter. Available-for-sale securities, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $29.5 million at March 31, 2016. In addition, at March 31, 2016, we had $11.0 million of advances outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas and the ability to borrow an additional $104.6 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas. At that date, we also had two lines of credit with other financial institutions of $6.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, but we had no borrowings outstanding on those lines of credit as of March 31, 2016.

 

At March 31, 2016, we had $23.0 million in loan commitments outstanding, of which $8.4 million was for construction loans, and an additional $32.0 million in commitments to originate and sell loans held for sale. In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $4.8 million in unused lines of credit.

 

Time deposits due within one year of March 31, 2016 totaled $44.1 million, or 61.5% of total time deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before March 31, 2017. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us, either as certificates of deposit or as other deposit products. We expect that we will be able to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered, if necessary.

 

We have no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect our liquidity other than set forth above. In the event loan demand were to increase at a pace greater than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment were to occur, we would access our borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used for operating activities was $6.0 million and during the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $5.1 million, each representing net income adjusted for non-cash and investing items. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the largest outgoing cash flow was $47.6 million in funding of loans held for sale and the largest cash inflow was the $44.3 million in proceeds from sales of loans held for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the largest outgoing cash flow was $145.6 million in funding of loans held for sale and the largest cash inflow was the $153.6 million in proceeds from sales of loans held for sale.

 

Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of securities. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we originated $67.8 million, $201.4 million and $146.6 million of loans, respectively, and purchased $2.1 million, $9.7 million and $5.8 million of securities, respectively. We have not purchased any whole loans in recent periods.

 

  79  

Table of Contents  

 

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. We experienced a net increase in total deposits of $8.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016, due primarily to growth in savings and NOW accounts from new and existing Arizona customers, and a net increase in total deposits of $23.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to bringing in noninterest bearing deposits from new commercial loan customers. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors and other factors. We generally manage the pricing of our deposits so that we are competitive in our market area.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $2.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and increased $500,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Bank 34 is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Bank 34 is categorized as “well-capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.

 

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources.  Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including funding loans.  Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, which will increase our net interest-earning assets and net interest income.  However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, as well as other factors associated with the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.  See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering— Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.”

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

 

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans. For additional information, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-6 of this prospectus and Note 12 of the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-28 of this prospectus.

 

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowings and deposits and agreements with respect to securities.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

For recent accounting pronouncements see Note 1 of the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-6 of this prospectus and Note 1 of the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-28 of this prospectus.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and related notes of Alamogordo Financial Corp. have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). U.S. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, our assets and

 

  80  

Table of Contents  

 

liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

BUSINESS OF BANCORP 34 AND ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

 

Bancorp 34

 

Bancorp 34 is a Maryland corporation that was organized in March 2016. Upon completion of the conversion, Bancorp 34 will become the holding company of Bank 34 and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company, and each of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist.

 

As part of the conversion, Bancorp 34 will receive the cash and securities held by Alamogordo Financial Corp., as well as cash held by AF Mutual Holding Company, which totaled $227 as of March 31, 2016, and the net proceeds Bancorp 34 retains from the offering, part of which will be used to fund a loan to the Bank 34 Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Bancorp 34 will have no significant liabilities. Bancorp 34 intends to use the support staff and offices of Bank 34 and will pay Bank 34 for these services. If Bancorp 34 expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

 

Bancorp 34 intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

 

Bancorp 34 will be subject to comprehensive regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. is a federal corporation that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Bank 34. At March 31, 2016, Alamogordo Financial Corp. had consolidated assets of $278.5 million, deposits of $234.6 million and stockholders’ equity of $29.9 million.

 

In 1997, Bank 34 reorganized into the two-tier mutual holding company structure and became the wholly-owned subsidiary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. In 2000, Alamogordo Financial Corp. sold 357,000 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 28.0% of its then-outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share. An additional 918,000 shares, or 72.0% of the outstanding shares, were issued to AF Mutual Holding Company. On August 29, 2014 Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 completed their acquisition of Bank 1440. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. is subject to comprehensive regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

BUSINESS OF BANK 34

 

Bank 34 operates four full-service banking centers, one each in Otero and Dona Ana Counties, New Mexico and two in Maricopa County, Arizona. Bank 34’s New Mexico offices include the main office and corporate headquarters located in Alamogordo and a branch office in Las Cruces. The Arizona branch offices include the regional headquarters located in Scottsdale and a branch office in Peoria. We also operate loan production offices in El Paso, Texas (El Paso County), Albuquerque, New Mexico (Bernalillo County), Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County), Tubac, Arizona (Santa Cruz County), Kirkland, Washington (King County), Puyallup, Washington (Pierce County), Medford, Oregon (Jackson County) and Littleton, Colorado (Arapahoe County). Our Washington offices are located in the greater Seattle metropolitan area. Our principal business consists of attracting deposits from the general public in the communities where our full-service banking offices are located, and investing

 

  81  

Table of Contents  

 

those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, primarily in commercial real estate loans, and, to a lesser extent, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, multi-family real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. We also invest in investment securities. We generally sell one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. Our primary lending area is broader than our primary deposit market area and includes the counties where our loan production offices are located. Our revenues are derived principally from interest on loans and securities, and from loan origination and servicing fees. Our primary sources of funds are deposits and principal and interest payments on loans and securities.

 

Bank 34 is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

Our website address is www.bank34.com. Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

Competition

 

  We face significant competition in originating loans and attracting deposits. Our primary market area and other areas in which we operate have a high concentration of financial institutions, many of which are significantly larger institutions that have greater financial resources than we have, and many of which are our competitors to varying degrees. Our competition for loans and leases comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, mortgage banking companies, the U.S. Government, credit unions, leasing companies, insurance companies, real estate conduits and other companies that provide financial services to businesses and individuals. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from online financial institutions and non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and insurance companies.

 

We seek to meet this competition by emphasizing personalized service and efficient decision-making tailored to individual needs. In addition, we reward long-standing relationships with preferred rates and terms on deposit products based on existing and prospective lending business. We do not rely on any individual, group or entity for a material portion of our loans or deposits.

 

As of June 30, 2015 (the latest date for which information is available), Bank 34’s deposit market share was 18.37% of total Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured deposits in Otero County, New Mexico, representing the second largest market share of 16 institutions in Otero County; 1.75% of total deposits in Dona Ana County, New Mexico, representing the 13th largest market share of 18 institutions in Dona Ana County; and 0.10% of total Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured deposits in Maricopa County, Arizona, representing the 37th largest market share of 52 institutions in Maricopa County. This data excludes deposits held by credit unions.

 

Market Area

 

Bank 34 operates four full-service banking centers, one each in Otero and Dona Ana Counties, New Mexico and two in Maricopa County, Arizona. We also operate loan production offices in El Paso, Texas (El Paso County), Albuquerque, New Mexico (Bernalillo County), Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County), Tubac, Arizona (Santa Cruz County), Kirkland, Washington (King County), Puyallup, Washington (Pierce County), Medford, Oregon (Jackson County) and Littleton, Colorado (Arapahoe County). The following describes the market areas of our banking centers.

 

Arizona. The Arizona economy is expanding at a steady pace and faster than the national average. The Phoenix metropolitan statistical area (MSA) economy, which includes Maricopa County, expanded at a faster rate than the nation in 2015 and has done so since mid-2011. The Phoenix MSA accounted for nearly 90% of the net job growth statewide. According to the University of Arizona’s Economic and Business Research Center, population and household growth in Maricopa County is expected to continue this growth for the next five years. Maricopa County’s unemployment rate decreased to 5.7% as of August 2015 from 6.8% as of August 2014 and is below the state average of 6.8%. According to the same report, the economic forecast calls for economic growth in the

 

  82  

Table of Contents  

 

Phoenix MSA to strengthen during the next two years, with job growth reaching 2.9% in 2017. Due to the speed of recovery in the housing market, Maricopa County offers a more favorable lending environment than our New Mexico counties. Maricopa County has had steadily decreasing vacancy rates in multi-family, industrial, office and retail properties. Since 2010, according to the National Association of Realtors, Maricopa County has shown the fastest housing recovery and the highest growth in median sales price of single family homes among our market counties. In addition, during 2015, housing permits in the Phoenix MSA increased by over 40%, which was the best year for single-family housing permits in the area since 2007.

 

New Mexico. Despite currently ranking as the seventh most favorable tax state for operating a business, New Mexico’s employment growth has ranked among the lowest nationally since 2009, largely due to an above average loss of government transfer and subsidy programs. The trend showed some signs of reversing in 2015, with job growth increasing 1.4% in 2015. Nearly 65% of new jobs created during 2015 were in health care, and the growth in health care jobs was fairly evenly distributed in both metropolitan and rural areas of the state. According to the University of New Mexico’s Bureau of Business & Economic Research, ,the overall New Mexico employment growth forecast is 1.2% per year between 2016 and 2020, led by healthcare and educational services and, secondarily, by the combined contributions of leisure and hospitality, professional and technical services, retail and wholesale trade, and construction.

 

Otero County’s unemployment rate increased to 6.7% as of August 2015 from 6.3% as of August 2014. This was slightly lower than the state average of 6.9% but higher than the national average. Dona Ana’s unemployment rate also increased to 7.5% as of August 2015 from 7.2% as of August 2014 and is above the state and national averages. The top five employment sectors in Otero County as of December 2015 were food service, health care and social assistance, public administration, retail trade and education services, while the top five employment sectors in Dona Ana County as of December 2015 were health care and social assistance, educational services, retail trade, food service and public administration.

 

Housing permits showed signs of improvement in New Mexico during the second half of 2015, consistent with an improved climate for housing starts, which increased over 10% in the second half of 2015 from the first half of 2015. However, housing prices in Otero and Dona Ana Counties have remained relatively flat over the past five years. For 2014 (the latest date for which information is available), we ranked as the top originator of conforming one- to four-family residential first mortgage loans in Otero County and ranked in the top five in origination market share of such loans in Dona Ana County. According to the University of New Mexico’s Bureau of Business and Economic Research, home sales are improving throughout New Mexico but values are expected to remain relatively flat for the foreseeable future.

 

Lending Activities

 

At March 31, 2016, our gross loans held for investment consisted of: $149.2 million of commercial real estate loans (including multi-family), or 75.5% of our gross loans held for investment; $ 29.9 million, or 15.1%, of one- to four-family residential real estate loans; $10.8 million, or 5.5%, of commercial and industrial loans, and $7.7 million, or 3.9%, of consumer and other loans. At March 31, 2016, commercial real estate and multi-family loans included construction loans of $7.7 million. We currently sell in the secondary market a significant majority of the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate. Our residential mortgage loans held for sale portfolio totaled $17.6 million at March 31, 2016.

 

  83  

Table of Contents  

 

The following table sets forth the composition of our loans held for investment by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

          At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2016     2015     2014  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
             
Commercial real estate (1)   $ 149,190       75.5 %   $ 146,644       75.3 %   $ 129,949       73.7 %
One- to four-family residential real estate     29,930       15.1       31,412       16.1       32,959       18.7  
Commercial and industrial     10,798       5.5       10,235       5.3       8,594       4.9  
Consumer and other     7,703       3.9       6,429       3.3       4,816       2.7  
Total gross loans     197,621       100.0 %     194,720       100.0 %     176,318       100.0 %
Less:                                                
Unamortized loan fees     (665 )             (689 )             (621 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (2,052 )             (1,894 )             (1,707 )        
                                                 
Loans held for investment, net   $ 194,904             $ 192,137             $ 173,990          

 

 

(1) Includes multi-family real estate loans.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At March 31, 2016, commercial real estate loans were $149.2 million, or 75.5% of our gross loans held for investment. This amount includes $29.0 million of multi-family real estate loans, which are described below. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as hotels, office buildings, industrial and retail facilities. At March 31, 2016, $47.6 million of our commercial real estate portfolio was owner occupied commercial real estate, and $101.6 million was secured by income producing, or non-owner occupied commercial real estate. We currently target new commercial real estate loan originations to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area. The average outstanding loan in our commercial real estate portfolio was $570,000 as of March 31, 2016, although we originate commercial real estate loans with balances significantly larger than this average. At March 31, 2016, our ten largest commercial real estate loans had an average balance of $3.1 million.

 

We focus our commercial real estate lending on properties within our primary market areas, but we will originate commercial real estate loans on properties located outside this area based on an established relationship with a strong borrower. We intend to continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio while maintaining prudent underwriting standards.

 

We originate a variety of fixed and adjustable rate commercial real estate loans with terms and amortization periods generally up to 25 years, although our commercial real estate loans generally have balloon terms. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable rate loans generally adjust daily and generally are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a margin. We generally include pre-payment penalties on commercial real estate loans we originate. Commercial real estate loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% to 80% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. Aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, have a guideline minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.30x. For commercial real estate loans in excess of $250,000, we require independent appraisals from an approved appraisers list. For such loans below $250,000, we require formal evaluations but do not require an independent appraisal. We require commercial real estate loan borrowers with loan relationships in excess of $100,000 to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. We may request such information for smaller loans on a case-by-case basis. Commercial real estate properties may also be subject to annual inspections with pictures as evidence appropriate maintenance is being performed by the owner/borrower. The loan and its borrowers and/or guarantors are subject to an annual loan review verifying the loan is properly risk rated based upon covenant compliance and other terms as provided for in the loan agreements. While this process does not prevent loans from becoming delinquent, it provides us with the opportunity to better identify problem loans in a timely manner and to work with the borrower.

 

Our three largest commercial real estate loans at March 31, 2016 were all secured by hotels and consisted of a $3.7 million loan originated in May 2014, a $3.6 million loan originated in July 2015 and a $3.4 million loan

 

  84  

Table of Contents  

 

originated in May 2014. The collateral securing these loans is all located in our primary lending areas. At March 31 31, 2016, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their terms. At March 31, 2016, hospitality loans, including hotel loans, represented 15.7% of commercial real estate loans and 11.9% of our gross loans held for investment.

 

Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. At March 31, 2016, multi-family real estate loans were $29.0 million, or 14.7%, of our gross loans held for investment. We originate individual multi-family real estate loans to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market areas. Our multi-family real estate loans are generally secured by properties consisting of five to 40 rental units. The average outstanding loan size in our multi-family real estate portfolio was $852,000 as of March 31, 2016. We generally do not make multi-family real estate loans outside our primary market areas.

 

We originate a variety of fixed and adjustable rate multi-family real estate loans with balloon and amortization terms up to 30 years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable rate loans generally adjust daily and generally are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a margin. We generally include pre-payment penalties on loans we originate. Multi-family real estate loan amounts generally do not exceed 65% to 70% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. Aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, have a guideline minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.30x. We require multi-family real estate loan borrowers with loan relationships in excess of $100,000 to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. We may request such information for smaller loans on a case-by-case basis. These properties may also be subject to annual inspections with pictures as evidence appropriate maintenance is being performed.

 

Our largest multi-family real estate loan at March 31, 2016 totaled $2.7 million, was originated in December 2014 and is secured by an 84-unit apartment building. At March 31, 2016, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. We make commercial and industrial loans. primarily in our market area, to a variety of professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses. These loans are generally secured by business assets, and we may support this collateral with junior liens on real property. At March 31, 2016, commercial and industrial loans were $10.8 million, or 5.5% of our gross loans held for investment. As part of our relationship driven focus, we encourage our commercial borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us, which enhances our interest rate spread and profitability.

 

Commercial lending products include term loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial loans and lines of credit are made with either adjustable or fixed rates of interest. Adjustable rates and fixed rates are based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , plus a margin. We are focusing our efforts on experienced, growing small- to medium-sized, privately-held companies with solid historical and projected cash flow that operate in our market areas.

 

When making commercial and industrial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities and global cash flows of the borrower and other guarantors, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial and industrial loans are made in amounts of up to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. All of these loans are secured by assets of the respective borrowers.

 

A portion of our commercial and industrial loans are guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) through the SBA 7(a) loan program. The SBA 7(a) loan program supports, through a U.S. Government guarantee, some portion of the traditional commercial loan underwriting that might not be fully covered absent the guarantee. A typical example would be a business acquiring another business, where the value purchased is an enterprise value (as opposed to tangible assets), which results in a collateral shortfall under traditional loan underwriting requirements. In addition, SBA 7(a) loans, through term loans, can provide a good source of permanent working capital for growing companies.

 

  85  

Table of Contents  

 

Our largest commercial and industrial loan at March 31, 2016 totaled $3.4 million, was originated in May 2015 to an election printing-solutions company and is secured by a first lien on all business assets held by the company. At March 31, 2016, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.

 

Construction and Land Development Loans. At March 31, 2016, construction and land development loans were $14.4 million, or 7.3% of our gross loans held for investment, consisting of $2.0 million of consumer one- to four-family residential loans, $4.7 million of residential land or development loans, and $7.7 million of commercial and multi-family real estate loans. At March 31, 2016, none of our consumer one- to four-family construction loans and $7.7 million of our commercial and multi-family real estate construction loans are expected to convert to permanent loans upon completion of the construction phase. The majority of the balance of these loans is secured by properties located in our primary lending area.

 

We primarily make construction loans for commercial development projects, including hotels, small industrial, retail, office and apartment buildings. Most of our construction loans are interest-only loans that provide for the payment of interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 12 to 24 months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Construction loans generally can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% of the estimated appraised market value upon completion of the project. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser for loans in excess of $250,000. We also generally require inspections of the property before disbursements of funds during the term of the construction loan.

 

We also originate construction and land development loans to contractors and builders to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions. While we may originate these loans whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale, we consider each project carefully in light of current residential real estate market conditions. We actively monitor the number of unsold homes in our construction loan portfolio and local housing markets to attempt to maintain an appropriate balance between home sales and new loan originations.  We generally will limit the maximum number of speculative units (units that are not pre-sold) approved for each builder. We have attempted to diversify the risk associated with speculative construction lending by doing business with experienced small and mid-sized builders within our market area.

 

Our largest construction loan at March 31, 2016 totaled $2.6 million, was originated in August 2014 and is secured by multi-family real estate located in our primary market area. At March 31, 2016, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Loans. Our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. At March 31, 2016, $29.9 million, or 15.1% of our gross loans held for investment, consisted of one-to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

We generally originate one- to four family residential loans for sale. By selling a large majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans originated through our mortgage banking operations for the past several years, we have reduced the balance of these loans on our balance sheet and the percentage of residential real estate loans to total loans. This has helped diversify the portfolio and increase the relative share of shorter term fixed rate and adjustable rate commercial and commercial real estate loans.

 

Generally, one- to four-family residential real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%. We will not make loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 100% for loans secured by single family homes. Fixed rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally are originated for terms of 10 to 30 years. Generally, all fixed rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans are underwritten according to Freddie Mac, Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), Veterans Administration (“VA”), U.S. Department of Agriculture and correspondent investors policies and procedures.

 

  86  

Table of Contents  

 

In an effort to provide financing for moderate income home buyers, we offer VA, FHA and bond loans specific to the states where we conduct business. These programs offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans to qualified individuals. These loans are offered with fixed rates of interest and terms of up to 30 years, and are secured by one- to four-family residential properties. All of these loans are originated using agency underwriting guidelines.

 

We also offer adjustable rate mortgage loans for one- to four-family properties, with an interest rate based on the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury Bill Index, which adjusts annually from the outset of the loan or which adjusts annually after a three-, five-, seven-, or ten-year initial fixed rate period. We originated $462,000 and $2.1 million of adjustable rate one-to four-family residential loans during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, of which $400,000 and $884,000 was sold in the secondary market, respectively. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans generally provide for maximum rate adjustments of 2% per adjustment, with a lifetime maximum adjustment up to 6% above the initial rate, regardless of the initial rate. Our adjustable rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans amortize over terms of up to 30 years.

 

Regulations limit the amount that an institution may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal of the property at the time the loan is originated. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance, on properties securing real estate loans. At March 31, 2016, our largest one- to four-family residential real estate loan had a principal balance of $900,000 and was secured by a residence located in our primary market area. At March 31, 2016, this loan was performing in accordance with its original terms.

 

Consumer and Other Loans. We offer a limited range of consumer and other loans, principally to customers residing in our primary market area with other relationships with us and with acceptable credit ratings. Our consumer and other loans generally consist of home equity loans or lines of credit, loans secured by deposit accounts, loans on new and used automobiles and unsecured personal loans. At March 31, 2016, consumer and other loans were $7.7 million, or 3.9% of gross loans held for investment. The underwriting standards utilized for home equity lines of credit include a determination of the applicant’s credit history, an assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. The loan-to-value ratio for a home equity line of credit is generally limited to 80%, including all senior liens on the secured property. The procedures for underwriting other consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations plus payments on the proposed loan.

 

Loan Underwriting Risks

 

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. The primary concern in commercial and multi-family real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors to provide annual financial statements on commercial and multi-family real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have an aggregate debt service ratio, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, of at least 1.30x. An environmental phase one report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

 

  87  

Table of Contents  

 

If we foreclose on a commercial real estate or multi-family loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be lengthy with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

 

Construction and Land Development Loans. Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations.  

 

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraised value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Unlike residential real estate loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial and industrial loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral consists of real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.

 

Adjustable Rate Loans. While we anticipate that adjustable rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate loans, an increased monthly payment required of adjustable rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying collateral also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. For our adjustable rate residential real estate loans, upward adjustment of the contractual interest rate is also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents and, therefore, the effectiveness of adjustable rate residential real estate loans may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates.

 

Consumer and Other Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential real estate loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

  88  

Table of Contents  

 

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales

 

Lending activities are conducted primarily by our loan personnel operating at our four full-service banking offices and eight loan production offices. All loans originated by us are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. We originate both adjustable rate and fixed rate loans. Our ability to originate fixed or adjustable rate loans is dependent upon competition for such loans and the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by current and expected future levels of market interest rates.

 

We sell the majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate in the secondary market. The mortgage loans that we currently originate for sale include mortgage loans which conform to the underwriting standards specified by Freddie Mac, FHA, VA, USDA and other investors. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we originated $47.6 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and sold $41.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we originated $146.9 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and sold $143.6 million. We recognize, at the time of sale, the cash gain or loss on the sale of the loans based on the difference between the net cash proceeds received and the carrying value of the loans sold.

 

We participate out interests in commercial real estate loans to other financial institutions, primarily the 75% guaranteed portion of SBA loans and the portion of other loans exceeding our borrowing limits. At March 31, 2016, we were servicing $17.0 million of commercial real estate loans participated out to other financial institutions, including $11.2 million of SBA loans. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we participated out loan participations of $1.0 million, $5.1 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which included $1.0 million, $4.4 million and $2.4 million of SBA loans, respectively.

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

 

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by management and approved by the board of directors. The board of directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience, the type of loan and whether the loan is secured or unsecured. Loans to relationships of $1.5 million and below require approval by members of senior management. Loans to relationships greater than $1.5 million up to our internal loans-to-one borrower limitation ($4.8 million as of March 31, 2016) require approval by the Director’s Loan Committee. Loans that involve exceptions to loan policy must be authorized by senior management. Loan policy exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority, either an individual officer or the appropriate management or Director’s Loan Committee prior to commitment. Exceptions are reported to the board of directors monthly.

 

Loans-to-One Borrower Limit

 

The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by regulation, to 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus. At March 31, 2016, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $4.8 million. At that date, the largest aggregate amount loaned to one borrower was $4.4 million, consisting of a multi-family loan and a home equity line of credit secured by a first mortgage on a one- to four-family residential real estate property. The loans comprising this lending relationship were performing in accordance with their terms at March 31, 2016.

 

Investment Activities

 

Bank 34 has an Asset/Liability Committee which is responsible, among other duties, for implementing our Investment Policy. The Investment Policy is reviewed annually and any changes to the policy are recommended to, and subject to the approval of, our board of directors. While general investment strategies are developed and authorized by the Asset/Liability Committee, the execution of specific actions rests with the Chief Financial Officer, who is Bank 34’s designated Investment Officer. In the absence of the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer will be the designated Investment Officer. The Investment Officer is responsible for ensuring that the guidelines and requirements included in the Investment Policy are followed and that all securities are considered prudent for investment. The Investment Officer is authorized to execute investment transactions (purchases and

 

  89  

Table of Contents  

 

sales) without the prior approval of the Asset/Liability Committee and within the scope of the established investment policy; however, all transactions shall be reviewed and ratified by the Asset/Liability Committee and board of directors.

 

Bank 34 utilizes the services of an independent investment advisor to assist in managing the investment portfolio. The investment advisor is responsible for maintaining current information regarding securities dealers with whom they are conducting business on our behalf. A list of appropriate dealers is provided annually to the board of directors for approval and authorization prior to execution of trades. The investment advisor, through its assigned portfolio manager, must contact our designated Investment Officer to review all investment recommendations and transactions and receive approval from the designated Investment Officer prior to execution of any transaction that might be executed on our behalf. Upon receipt of approval, the investment advisor, or its assigned portfolio manager, is authorized to conduct all investment business on our behalf.

 

We have legal authority to invest in various types of investment securities and liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, residential mortgage-backed securities and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities, including common stock and money market mutual funds. Our equity securities generally pay dividends. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock, which investment is based on the level of our Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

 

Our investment objectives are to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, to provide a use of funds when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return.

 

At March 31, 2016, our investment security portfolio had a fair value of $29.5 million, and consisted primarily of mortgage-backed securities, securities of U.S. Government Agencies and municipal bonds. All investment securities as of March 31, 2016 were classified as available-for-sale. Bonds secured by adjustable rate loans were 22.8% of the total portfolio at March 31, 2016.

 

Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other than temporary. Other than temporary impairment is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. At March 31, 2016, our investment securities had a fair value of $29.5 million and a net unrealized gain of $10,000. No other-than-temporary impairment was recognized for any periods from 2012 through March 31, 2016.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae.

 

Mortgage-backed securities are created by the pooling of mortgages and the issuance of a security with an interest rate that is less than the interest rates on the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities typically represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, although we focus our investments on mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. The issuers of such securities (generally U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae) pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Bank 34, and guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize our specific liabilities and obligations.

 

  90  

Table of Contents  

 

At March 31, 2016, mortgage-backed securities totaled $24.3 million, or 82.3% of total securities, of which 28% were backed by adjustable-rate mortgage loans and 72% were backed by fixed-rate mortgage loans. The mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a weighted average yield of 1.59% at March 31, 2016.

 

Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments thereby changing the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or if such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.

 

U.S. Government and Government-Sponsored Securities . At March 31, 2016, our U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities portfolio totaled $3.3 million, or 11.2% of total securities. While U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities generally provide lower yields than other investments in our securities investment portfolio, we maintain these investments, to the extent appropriate, for liquidity purposes, as collateral for borrowings and prepayment protection.

 

Municipal Obligations . At March 31, 2016, our investment in municipal obligations totaled $1.9 million or 6.5% of total securities and 0.7% of total assets. Our policies provide that our investment in municipal bonds may not exceed 3% of total assets. Municipal obligations generally carry a higher interest rate than U. S. Government obligations but also carry a higher credit risk.

 

Deposit Activities

 

Our deposit accounts consist principally of certificates of deposit, savings accounts, checking accounts and money market accounts. We provide commercial checking accounts and related services, such as online cash management. We also provide low-cost checking account services.

 

Our deposits are generated mainly from residents and businesses within our primary deposit market area. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.

 

Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. Personalized customer service and long-standing relationships with customers are relied upon to attract and retain deposits.

 

 The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts offered allows us to be competitive in obtaining funds and responding to changes in consumer demand. Based on experience, we believe that our deposits are relatively stable. However, the ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

 

At March 31, 2016, our deposits totaled $234.6 million. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $193.9 million and noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $40.7 million. Savings, money market and checking deposits totaled $122.1 million, and certificates of deposit totaled $71.8 million, of which $44.1 million had maturities of one year or less.

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

 Alamogordo Financial Corp. has no subsidiaries other than Bank 34. Bank 34’s only subsidiary is Forward Holdings, LLC, which holds foreclosed real estate. As of March 31, 2016, Forward Holdings, LLC held one property and had assets of $306,000.

 

  91  

Table of Contents  

Personnel

 

At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 had 121 full-time employees and one part-time employee, none of whom was a party to a collective bargaining agreement. Bank 34 believes it has a good working relationship with its employees.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Periodically, we are involved in claims and lawsuits, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business. At March 31, 2016, we were not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Properties

 

We conduct business through our main office in Alamogordo, New Mexico and three branch offices located in Las Cruces, New Mexico and Peoria and Scottsdale, Arizona. We also operate loan production offices in El Paso, Texas (El Paso County), Albuquerque, New Mexico (Bernalillo County), Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County), Tubac, Arizona (Santa Cruz County), Kirkland, Washington (King County), Puyallup, Washington (Pierce County), Medford, Oregon (Jackson County) and Littleton, Colorado (Arapahoe County). At March 31, 2016, the total net book value of our premises, land and equipment was $9.8 million.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

As a federal savings association, Bank 34 is subject to examination and regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and is also subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which Bank 34 may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Deposit Insurance Fund. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s deposit insurance fund and depositors, and not for the protection of security holders. Bank 34 also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

 

Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that: establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; determine the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes; and establish the timing and amounts of assessments and fees. Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings and other factors. These ratings are inherently subjective and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution. A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as Bank 34 or its holding company, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

 

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

 

  92  

Table of Contents  

 

As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, Bancorp 34 will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. Bancorp 34 will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

 

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of Bancorp 34 and Bank 34.

 

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Bank 34 and Bancorp 34. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Bank 34 and Bancorp 34.

 

Federal Banking Regulation

 

Business Activities. A federal savings association derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, Bank 34 may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. Bank 34 may also establish subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for Bank 34, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

 

Capital Requirements . Federal regulations require federally insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. These capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that made such an election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.

 

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount

 

  93  

Table of Contents  

 

necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% of risk-weighted assets on January 1, 2019.

 

At March 31, 2016, Bank 34’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.

 

Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of March 31, 2016, Bank 34 was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

 

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings association, Bank 34 must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, Bank 34 must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings association, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings association’s business.

 

Bank 34 also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. This test generally requires a savings association to have at least 75% of its deposits held by the public and earn at least 25% of its income from loans and U.S. government obligations. Alternatively, a savings association can satisfy this test by maintaining at least 60% of its assets in cash, real estate loans and U.S. Government or state obligations.

 

A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions set forth in the Home Owners’ Loan Act. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 satisfied the QTL test.

 

Capital Distributions. Federal regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings association, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings association’s capital account. A federal savings association must file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of a capital distribution if:

 

· the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings association’s net income for that year to date plus the savings association’s retained net income for the preceding two years;

 

· the savings association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;

 

· the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or regulatory condition; or

 

· the savings association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings, generally due to an unsatisfactory CAMELS rating or being subject to a cease and desist order or formal written agreement that requires action to improve the institution’s financial condition.

 

Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings association that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as Bank 34, must still file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.

 

  94  

Table of Contents  

 

A notice or application related to a capital distribution may be disapproved if:

 

· the federal savings association would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

· the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

· the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

 

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. A federal savings association also may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.

 

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All federal savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a federal savings association, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to assess the federal savings association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. A savings association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

 

The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to publicly disclose their rating. Bank 34 received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.

 

Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings association’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Bank 34. Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be an affiliate of Bank 34 because of its control of Bank 34. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a savings association from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.

 

Bank 34’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

· be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

  95  

Table of Contents  

 

· not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Bank 34’s capital.

 

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Bank 34’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

 

Enforcement. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings associations and has authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings association. Formal enforcement action by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association. If such action is not taken, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take the action under specified circumstances.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, recent amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

 

Prompt Corrective Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The applicable Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations were amended to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective January 1, 2015. Under the amended regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio

 

  96  

Table of Contents  

 

of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

 

At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the Federal Reserve Board to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures deposits at Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured financial institutions such as Bank 34. Deposit accounts in Bank 34 are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Institutions deemed to be less risky pay lower rates while institutions deemed riskier pay higher rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2  1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s deposits.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Bank 34. We cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue

 

  97  

Table of Contents  

 

operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

 

In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended March 31, 2016, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.58 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

 

Privacy Regulations. Federal regulations generally require that Bank 34 disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, Bank 34 is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. Bank 34 currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.

 

USA Patriot Act. Bank 34 is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act contains provisions intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies and imposes affirmative obligations on financial institutions, such as enhanced recordkeeping and customer identification requirements.

 

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings associations are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

 

Other Regulations

 

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Bank 34 are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

· Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

· Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

· Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

· Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The deposit operations of Bank 34 also are subject to, among others, the:

 

· Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

  98  

Table of Contents  

 

· Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

· Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

 

Federal Reserve System

 

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $110.2 million or less (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $110.2 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $15.2 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. Bank 34 was in compliance with these requirements at March 31, 2016.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

Bank 34 is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. Bank 34 was in compliance with this requirement at March 31, 2016. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. Bank 34 reviews for impairment, based on the ultimate recoverability, the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock. As of March 31, 2016, no impairment had been recognized.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

Bancorp 34 will be a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board will have enforcement authority over Bancorp 34 and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to Bank 34.

 

As a savings and loan holding company, Bancorp 34’s activities will be limited to those activities permissible by law for financial holding companies (if Bancorp 34 makes an election to be treated as a financial holding company and meets the other requirements to be a financial holding company) or multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. Such activities include lending and other activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, insurance and underwriting equity securities. Multiple savings and loan holding companies are authorized to engage in activities specified by federal regulation, including activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act.

 

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, and from acquiring or retaining control of any depository institution not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider such things as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on and the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors. A savings and loan holding company may not acquire a savings institution in another state and

 

  99  

Table of Contents  

 

hold the target institution as a separate subsidiary unless it is a supervisory acquisition or the law of the state in which the target is located authorizes such acquisitions by out-of-state companies.

 

The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

 

Savings and loan holding companies historically have not been subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to establish minimum consolidated capital requirements for all depository institution holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. However, legislation was enacted in December 2014 that required the Federal Reserve Board to amend its “Small Bank Holding Company” exemption from consolidated holding company capital requirements to generally extend its applicability to bank and savings and loan holding companies of up to $1 billion in assets. Regulations implementing this amendment were effective May 15, 2015. Consequently, savings and loan holding companies of under $1 billion in consolidated assets remain exempt from consolidated regulatory capital requirements, unless the Federal Reserve determines otherwise in particular cases.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The Federal Reserve Board has promulgated regulations implementing the “source of strength” doctrine that require holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of capital distributions previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also states that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve Board supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of Bancorp 34 to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

In order for Bancorp 34 to be regulated as savings and loan holding company by the Federal Reserve Board, rather than as a bank holding company, Bank 34 must qualify as a “qualified thrift lender” under federal regulations or satisfy the “domestic building and loan association” test under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the qualified thrift lender test, a savings institution is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangible assets, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at least nine out of each 12 month period. At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 satisfied the qualified thrift lender requirement.

 

Federal Securities Laws

 

Bancorp 34 common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion and stock offering. Bancorp 34 will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in Bancorp 34’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of Bancorp 34 may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of Bancorp 34 will be

 

  100  

Table of Contents  

 

subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If Bancorp 34 meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of Bancorp 34 that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of Bancorp 34, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, Bancorp 34 may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

 

Change in Control Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company such as Bancorp 34 unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Bancorp 34, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

Bancorp 34 is an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our acquisition of Bank 1440, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

 

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation; however, Bancorp 34 will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates). Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company. Such

 

  101  

Table of Contents  

 

an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Bancorp 34 has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

 

TAXATION

 

AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 are, and Bancorp 34 will be, subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bancorp 34 or Bank 34.

 

Our federal and state tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.

 

Federal Taxation

 

Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 currently report their income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and use a tax year ending December 31 for filing their federal income tax returns.

 

Bad Debt Reserves . Prior to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), Bank 34 was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve. These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at our taxable income. As a result of the 1996 Act, Bank 34 is permitted to use the reserve method in computing its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal tax return. Savings institutions were required to recapture any excess reserves over those established as of December 31, 1987 (base year reserve). At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 had $765,000 of reserves subject to recapture in excess of its base year reserves.

 

Taxable Distributions and Recapture . Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Bank 34 failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests. Federal legislation has eliminated these thrift-related recapture rules. At March 31, 2016, our total federal pre-1988 base year reserve was approximately $2.7 million. However, under current law, pre-1988 base year reserves remain subject to recapture if Bank 34 makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter.

 

Alternative Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, which we refer to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The AMT is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain AMT payments may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At March 31, 2016, Alamogordo Financial Corp. had $47,000 of AMT payments available to carry forward to future periods.

 

Net Operating Loss Carryovers . Subject to certain limitations, a company may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At March 31, 2016, Alamogordo Financial Corp. had $7.3 million in net operating loss carry forwards for federal income tax purposes.

 

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction . Alamogordo Financial Corp. may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from Bank 34 as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% in the case of dividends received from a corporation in which a corporate recipient owns at least 20% of its stock, and corporations that own less than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct only 70% of dividends received or accrued on their behalf.

 

  102  

Table of Contents  

 

State Taxation

 

New Mexico State Taxation. AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp. are subject to the New Mexico corporation income tax and state corporation license tax (franchise tax).  The 2016 New Mexico corporate tax rates use a graduated rate structure with 4.8% being the lowest rate on New Mexico taxable income not over $500,000, and 6.6% being the highest rate on New Mexico income in excess of $1.0 million.

 

Because Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 are currently filing a consolidated corporate federal income tax return, the consolidated group also files a consolidated New Mexico corporate income tax return.

 

If a corporation is doing business outside of the State of New Mexico, an apportionment percentage is applied to the New Mexico tax. The apportionment also allows for the subtraction of non-business income from other state sources, and uses a three-factor apportionment of sales, property and payroll to determine a percentage of the New Mexico tax that is subject to tax. Because Alamogordo Financial Corp. is currently doing business in Arizona and Texas, such operations reduce the New Mexico state taxes owed.

 

New Mexico net operating losses generated on or after taxable years beginning January 1, 2013 may only be carried forward for 20 years or until the amount of loss carryover has been used, whichever occurs first. New Mexico net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 may be carried forward five years. Also, New Mexico no longer provides for an alternative minimum tax. However, there is a $50 annual New Mexico franchise tax required for each corporation. Bank 34 is also subject to the annual $50 New Mexico franchise tax.

 

Arizona State Taxation. Bank 34 operates in Arizona and is subject to Arizona state income tax. Accordingly, Bank 34 file a consolidated Arizona state income tax return. The 2016 Arizona corporate tax rate is 5.5% of Arizona taxable income. If there is an Arizona loss for the year, then a minimum tax of $50 is due. A taxpayer filing a combined or consolidated return is considered a single taxpayer, subject to one minimum tax.

 

Taxable income for corporations subject to Arizona income tax is similar to the computation of taxable income reported for federal income tax purposes less certain modifications with the most significant adjustment pertaining to calculation of Arizona depreciation.

 

If a corporation is doing business outside of the State of Arizona, an apportionment percentage is applied to the Arizona tax. The apportionment uses the average of a four-factor apportionment of sales (included twice), property and payroll to determine a percentage of the Arizona taxable income that is subject to tax. Since both Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 are also doing business in New Mexico, such operations reduce the Arizona net operating loss or Arizona taxable income for each year.

 

Arizona net operating losses may only be carried over. The carry forward period is five succeeding taxable years for net operating losses arising in taxable periods through December 31, 2011 and 20 succeeding taxable years for net operating losses arising in taxable periods from and after December 31, 2011.

 

Maryland State Taxation . As a Maryland business corporation, Bancorp 34 is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Maryland.

 

Bank 34’s loan production offices in Oregon, Texas, Washington and Colorado also subject Bank 34 to taxation in those states.

  

  103  

Table of Contents  

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Our Directors and Executive Officers

 

Directors of Bancorp 34 serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. The executive officers of Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 are elected annually. The following table states our directors’ and executive officers’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2015, the years when they began serving as directors of Bank 34 and the years when their current terms expire.

 

Name (1)

Position(s) Held With
Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 

Age

Director 
Since

Current Term 
Expires

William F. Burt   Director   65   2007   2016
Wortham A. (Pete) Cook   Director   67   2015   2018
Jill Gutierrez   Director and Chief Executive Officer   65   2011   2018
James D. Harris   Director   70   2008   2017
Randal L. Rabon   Chairman of the Board   59   2007   2018
Elaine E. Ralls   Director   66   2014   2017
Don P. Van Winkle   Director   60   2013   2016
William P. Kauper   President/Director of Corporate Development   64   N/A   N/A
Jan R. Thiry   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   63   N/A   N/A

 

 

(1) The mailing address for each person listed is 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310.

 

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. The directors’ biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Each director is also a director of Bank 34. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.

 

Directors

 

William F. Burt. Mr. Burt has served as director since 2007. He is currently Vice Chairman of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and is Chairman of Bank 34’s Compliance Committee. Mr. Burt has served in several different capacities in the broadcast industry since receiving his degree in mass communications from New Mexico State University in 1974. He has been the owner and general manager of Burt Broadcasting, Inc. since 1988. Mr. Burt is a current State Senator representing District #33. He has spent many years actively supporting the U.S. Air Force and Army. Mr. Burt was a charter member of the Governor Appointed New Mexico Military Base Planning Commission. He also serves as a Holloman Wingman, a member of the Air Force Air Combat Command Commanders Group and a member of the State Veterans and Military Affairs Committee. In the New Mexico State Senate, Mr. Burt serves on the Senate Finance Committee, as well as the Revenue Stabilization and Tax Committee and Science and Technology Committee. Mr. Burt has been awarded the New Mexico Broadcaster of the Year Award, Owner of the Radio Station of the Year Award and was named Alamogordo Citizen of the Year. He has also served as Chairman of the Alamogordo Chamber of Commerce, the Committee of 50 (military support committee), Flickinger Center for Performing Arts and the New Mexico Broadcasters Association. Mr. Burt’s media background, senatorial experience and experience in our local markets provides the franchise with substantial insights and discipline for enhancing our public perception and corporate citizenship initiatives.

 

Wortham A. (Pete) Cook. Mr. Cook has served as a director since March 2015. Prior to his appointment to the board of directors, Mr. Cook served as a financial consultant to Bank 34 from January 2014 to March 2015. From 1989 until his retirement in December 2013 he served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director at First National Bank in Alamogordo, New Mexico. Mr. Cook also served as Executive Vice President and Vice President at First National Bank from 1987 to 1989. He held the position of Executive Vice President and managed commercial lending, corporate strategy and administration at United Bank of Lea County, Hobbs, New Mexico,

 

  104  

Table of Contents  

 

from 1982 through 1987. He served as an executive branch manager overseeing consumer finance and administration from 1971 through 1982 in Hobbs, New Mexico and Farmington, New Mexico. Mr. Cook is a director emeritus of the New Mexico State University at Alamogordo Foundation; director and past chairman of the Economic Development Council of Otero County; and a member of the Committee of 50 (military support committee). His director experience spanned other organizations including: Federal Reserve Bank, El Paso, Texas; Federal Reserve Bank, Dallas, Texas; and the New Mexico Bankers Association. Mr. Cook’s banking background and leadership experience brings valuable insight in the areas of leadership, bank operations and corporate governance.

 

Jill Gutierrez. Ms. Gutierrez has been employed by Bank 34 since 2007. She has served as Chief Executive Officer since July 2011, and also served as President from July 2011 until January 2015. Ms. Gutierrez has also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, as well as the Las Cruces Division President. Ms. Gutierrez was appointed as a director in July 2011. Prior to joining Bank 34, Ms. Gutierrez held the position of Senior Vice President and Senior Lending Officer at Western Bank in Alamogordo, New Mexico, and at First National Bank in Alamogordo, New Mexico.  From 2001 to 2007 she was Senior Vice President and Market President at First Federal Bank in Las Cruces, New Mexico.  Ms. Gutierrez has been employed in the banking industry since 1972. Ms. Gutierrez’s direct experience in managing operations and employees provides the board of directors with insight into operations, and her position on the board of directors provides a clear and direct channel of communication between senior management to the full board and alignment on corporate strategy.

 

James D. Harris. Mr. Harris has served as a director since 2008. Previously, he served as a director of Pioneer Bank in New Mexico for seven years. Mr. Harris was the owner of Charles, Garland & Harris Agency, Alamogordo, New Mexico, until the sale of the firm and his retirement in 2008. He serves as a director of Gerald Champion Regional Medical Center in Alamogordo and is a current member of the Committee of 50 (military support committee). Mr. Harris is a Paul Harris Fellow of Rotary International and remains involved in economic, civic and cultural matters in Otero County, New Mexico. He also served as President of the New Mexico Amigos, a statewide organization of business and professional people and the Official Goodwill Ambassadors of the State of New Mexico. Mr. Harris’ experience in risk management provides valuable insights into the types and levels of insurance we should maintain for the complexity of our operating environment.

 

Elaine E. Ralls, Ph.D. Ms. Ralls has served as a director since August 2014 upon the completion of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s acquisition of Bank 1440. Since 2002, Ms. Ralls has been the Chief Executive Officer of Commit Agency, formerly AIR Integrated, a brand development, experience design and influence amplification advertising agency, serving clients nationally. She has been dubbed a “serial entrepreneur” by Biz AZ magazine, having started, grown and transitioned multiple businesses in various industries over the course of her career. Her companies have been ranked by the Business Journal in the Top Places to Work, Top Advertising Agencies, Fastest Growing Companies in Arizona, and Top Women Owned Businesses. She is the recipient of numerous awards, including the BBB Ethics Award, the Monster Entrepreneurial Award from Arizona State University, and the Spirit of Enterprise award. She is actively involved on the board of directors for the Better Business Bureau, the Boys and Girls Clubs of Metropolitan Phoenix, and is a founding member of Women Presidents’ Organization.  Ms. Ralls served as an organizer and Vice Chairman of the board of Bank 1440 beginning in 2007. Ms. Ralls’ experience in business growth strategies, company mergers and the associated integration of cultures provides us with a strong resource for guidance pertaining to our strategic planning and business development priorities.

 

Randal L. Rabon. Mr. Rabon has served as a director since 2007. He is currently Chairman of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Mr. Rabon is a private owner of and investor in construction and land development limited liability companies and partnerships, including Mesa Verde Enterprises, the largest civil contractor in Otero County, New Mexico. Mr. Rabon has served as a director of many civic and business organizations, including as president of the Board of the Otero County Electric Cooperative, overseeing approximately $100 million in assets and $20 million in annual revenues. In addition, his director experience spans other organizations including the Otero County Building Contractors Association and Otero County Fair Board. Mr. Rabon is an honorary Commander for the 311th Fighter Squadron, Holloman Air Force Base. A lifelong resident and active member of the community, he and his family also operate a cattle ranch in their hometown of Alamogordo, New Mexico. Mr.

 

  105  

Table of Contents  

 

Rabon’s deep economic roots in the community and experience dealing with regulatory matters associated with the government contract projects of his construction and development firms is highly beneficial in bringing perspective to our corporate governance matters.

 

Don P. Van Winkle. Mr. Van Winkle joined the board of directors in June 2013. He advises mid-market companies on corporate development processes and initiatives, bank-relations, chief financial officer and board issues.  Previous experience includes: Vistage Chair for Vistage International from 201 1 through 2014 (a CEO peer advisory organization); Managing Director for SDR Ventures, a Denver-based investment banking company and mezzanine debt fund; three years as both President and Corporate Banking Manager for two Denver-based middle-market banking groups; seven years as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Van Winkle’s Farmers Market, Inc. (a 500 employee IGA retail grocery store group based in New Mexico), which he successfully sold in 2002;  and Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Fresh Produce Sportswear, Inc., a sportswear design and distribution firm based in Boulder, Colorado where he additionally served on the board of directors for 10 years.  Mr. Van Winkle’s experience is instrumental in high level evaluation of our credit management processes and practices and his experience as a chief financial officer and chief executive officer qualifies him to serve as our audit committee financial expert.

 

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

 

William P. Kauper. Mr. Kauper has been employed by Bank 34 since October 2010. He was named President/Director of Corporate Development in January 2015, having previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. Mr. Kauper has served as an executive officer and board member in community and publicly-traded banks in Wisconsin, Arizona, Colorado and New Mexico. Prior to joining Bank 34, he was President and Chief Executive Officer and a board member of Peoples National Bank in Colorado from 2006 through July 2010. From 1999 through 2006, Mr. Kauper was employed by Western Security Bank in Scottsdale, Arizona, and served as its President/Chief Operating Officer and as a board member at the time of the bank’s acquisition in 2006. Mr. Kauper has been employed in the banking industry since 1975.

 

Jan R. Thiry. Mr. Thiry joined Bank 34 as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in February 2014, and was named Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in January 2015. Mr. Thiry has over 35 years of experience with Wisconsin and Illinois financial institutions and multi-bank holding companies ranging in assets from $1 billion to $22 billion, including Security Capital Corp./Security Bank SSB, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation/M&I Bank, CIB Marine Bancshares and Midwest Banc Holdings, with responsibilities including audit manager, controller and chief accounting officer.  He began his career as an auditor with KPMG LLP and, immediately prior to joining Bank 34, spent three years as a consultant with RGP, formerly Resources Global Professional, specializing in Securities and Exchange Commission reporting, investor relations, GAAP interpretation, merger and acquisition accounting and financial analysis with multi-national corporations in the Chicago area.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and has been an adjunct professor for the Keller Graduate School of Management, teaching courses in accounting, auditing, fraud investigation and business communications over the past 20 years.

 

Board Independence

 

The board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Chief Executive Officer Jill Gutierrez, is “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Ms. Gutierrez is not independent because she is one of our executive officers. In determining the independence of the other directors, the board of directors considered the following transactions, which are not required to be reported under “Transactions with Certain Related Persons.” During the year ended December 31, 2015, Bank 34 paid $14,142 for advertising on radio stations that are owned by director William Burt. Bank 34 also paid $12,915 in consulting fees to Director Wortham A. (Pete) Cook prior to his appointment as a director. Bank 34 also purchased artwork totaling $3,000 from Director James D. Harris.

 

  106  

Table of Contents  

 

Codes of Ethics for Senior Officers

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Officers that applies to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics for Senior Officers is available on our website at www.bank34.com . Amendments to and waivers from the Code of Ethics for Senior Officers will also be disclosed on our website.

 

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits us from making loans to our executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by Bank 34 to our executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, all of our loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Bank 34, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms during the year ended December 31, 2015, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

 

Pursuant to our Policy and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions, the Audit Committee periodically reviews, no less frequently than twice a year, a summary of transactions in excess of $25,000 with our directors, executive officers, and their family members, for the purpose of determining whether the transactions are within our policies and should be ratified and approved. Additionally, pursuant to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, all of our executive officers and directors must disclose any personal or financial interest in any matter that comes before Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The board of directors of Bancorp 34 has established standing committees, including a Compensation Committee, an Audit Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations. The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees.

 

Compensation

Audit

Nominating and
Corporate Governance

William F. Burt   Randal L. Rabon   William F. Burt*
Wortham A. Cook   Elaine E. Ralls*   Wortham A. Cook
James D. Harris   Don P. Van Winkle   Randal L. Rabon
Randal L. Rabon*       Elaine E. Ralls
Elaine E. Ralls       Don P. Van Winkle
Don P. Van Winkle        

 

 

* Denotes committee chair.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2015, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, certain information as to the total remuneration paid by Bank 34 to Ms. Gutierrez, who served as Chief Executive Officer during that time period, and the two most highly compensated executive officers of Bank 34 other than Ms. Gutierrez (“Named Executive Officers”). The “Stock Awards,” “Stock

 

  107  

Table of Contents  

 

Options” and “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns have been omitted because no listed individual earned any compensation during the fiscal year of a type required to be disclosed in these columns.

 

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Name and principal
position
  Fiscal Period   Salary ($)    

Bonus

($) (1)

   

Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings

($) (2)

    All other
compensation
($) (3)
    Total ($)  
Jill Gutierrez   Year Ended December 31, 2015     238,703       61,256       4,668       14,456       319,083  
Chief Executive Officer   Six Months Ended
December 31, 2014
    119,351       70,256       4,778       746       195,131  
    Year Ended June 30, 2014     238,703       600       7,008       10,318       256,629  
                                             
William P. Kauper   Year Ended December 31, 2015     164,997       42,254             2,967       210,218  
President/Director of Corporate Development   Six Months Ended
December 31, 2014
    82,483       50,253                   132,736  
    Year Ended June 30, 2014     162,032       600             1,616       164,248  
                                             
Jan R. Thiry
Executive Vice President,
  Year Ended December 31, 2015
Six Months Ended
    155,000
77,500
      60,254
60,253
      332
154
      3,910
      219,496
137,907
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   December 31, 2014                              

 

 

(1) See “—Bonuses,” below, for a description of the amounts in this column.
(2) Reflects the above-market interest rate paid on the accounts of the Named Executive Officers under deferred compensation agreements, described below.
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2015, none of the Named Executive Officers had perquisites the aggregate value of which exceeded $10,000. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the amounts in this column represent, in the case of Ms. Gutierrez, $822 representing the value of term life insurance protection received under her Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, $9,588 in employer matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan and $4,046 allocated under the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, in the case of Mr. Kauper, allocations under the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and for Mr. Thiry employer matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan contribution reflects the December 31 value of the shares allocated to each participant’s account for the plan year plus any cash allocated to participants account at the December 31 plan year end.

 

Bonuses . For the year ended December 31, 2015, Bank 34 paid discretionary bonuses to Ms. Gutierrez, Mr. Kauper and Mr. Thiry based on the Compensation Committee’s recommendation after a review of quantitative and qualitative performance-based metrics. The Committee considered three levels of corporate performance targets, with the lowest level (threshold) resulting in cash incentive payments to the Named Executive Officers of approximately 15% of base salary, and the highest level (out-perform) resulting in cash incentive payments of approximately 50% of base salary.

 

  108  

Table of Contents  

 

The performance targets and weightings were as follows:

 

    Bonus Level        
    Level 1 - Threshold
(15% of
Base Salary)
    Level 2 -
Commendable
(30% of
Base Salary)
    Level 3 - Out-Perform
(50% of
Base Salary)
    Weightings  
Performance Measure                                
Return on equity (pre-tax)     3.15%       3.50%       3.85%       20%  
Growth of loans held for investment     10.00%       15.00%       21.00%       20%  
Compensation plus benefits costs as a percentage of adjusted revenue     52.00%       50.00%       48.00%       15%  
Classified assets to Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for loan losses     20.0%       17.0%       13.0%       15%  
Liquid assets to total assets     7.00%       7.50%       8.00%       10%  
Compliance with internal capital plan     Met Capital Plan Goals       Exceeded Expectations       Significantly Exceeded Expectations       10%  
Revenue diversification strategies     Met Expectations of Board       Exceeded Expectations       Implemented Board-Approved Idea       10%  

 

The Compensation Committee determined it was appropriate to adjust actual performance levels to exclude $274,000 of net start-up operating losses related to Bank 34’s Board-approved expansion of Arizona mortgage operations in the fall of 2015.

 

For 2015, operating results (actual results and adjusted for the above-noted item) were as follows:

 

    Actual Result     Level     Adjusted Result     Level  
Performance Measure                                
Return on equity (pre-tax)     1.57%             2.49%        
Growth of loans held for investment     10.54%       1       10.74%       1  
Base salary plus benefits costs as a percentage of adjusted revenue     51.50%       1       48.97%       2  
Classified assets to Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for loan losses     14.92%       2       14.79%       2  
Liquid assets to total assets     15.87%       3       15.87%       3  
Compliance with internal capital plan     Significantly Exceeded Expectations       3       Significantly Exceeded Expectations       3  
Revenue diversification strategies     Implemented Board-Approved Idea       3       Implemented Board-Approved Idea       3  

 

Based on the performance measurements reviewed, the Compensation Committee recommended and the board of directors approved, on a discretionary basis, that the management bonus should be paid at a weighted level of 1.70 for all Named Executive Officers, resulting in bonuses to Ms. Gutierrez, Mr. Kauper and Mr. Thiry in the amounts of $61,000, $42,000 and $40,000, respectively, or approximately 36% of each individual’s base salary. These amounts were paid in the first quarter of 2016.

 

In February 2015, Bank 34 paid discretionary bonuses to Ms. Gutierrez, Mr. Kauper and Mr. Thiry in the amounts of $70,000, $50,000 and $40,000, respectively, as part of a pool of bonuses paid to management in recognition of Bank 34 completing its acquisition of Bank 1440 in August 2014 and subsequent integration. Mr. Thiry received a retention bonus of $20,000 for remaining employed with Bank 34 through August 23, 2014, and he received an additional retention bonus of $20,000 for remaining employed with Bank 34 through February 23, 2015. Remaining amounts represent holiday bonuses Bank 34 paid to its Named Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2015, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 .

 

  109  

Table of Contents  

 

Deferred Compensation Agreements. Bank 34 has entered into deferred compensation agreements with Ms. Gutierrez, Mr. Kauper and Mr. Thiry in order to provide them with retirement benefits. Under each of the agreements, the executive may annually defer the payment of a portion of his or her base salary, bonus and/or performance-based compensation by filing a deferral election form with the plan administrator, setting forth the amount of the deferral and its duration. Bank 34 may, in its discretion, annually contribute an incentive award amount to the executive’s deferral account if certain return on assets (ROA) and return on equity (ROE) criteria are met. The discretionary amount that may be contributed ranges, in the case of Ms. Gutierrez, between 10% and 20% of base salary if ROA is between 0.75% and 1.5% and ROE is between 2.0% and 7.0%, and in the case of Mr. Kauper and Mr. Thiry, between 5% and 15% of base salary if ROA is between 0.16% and 0.46% and ROE is between 1.3% and 3.5%. The executives will be at all times 100% vested in any of his or her elective deferrals. The executives will vest in Bank 34 contributions and any interest incrementally, over a period of five years, in the case of Mr. Kauper and Mr. Thiry, or seven years, in the case of Ms. Gutierrez. The agreements provide that interest will be credited monthly on the executives’ deferral account at an annual rate equal to the greater of The Wall Street Journal prime rate on the first business day of the plan year or 5%, compounded monthly. Benefits under the agreements will be paid to the executive upon attainment of his or her normal retirement date, as defined in each agreement, or in the event of early retirement (as defined in the agreement), following separation from service. Benefits will be distributed in either a lump sum or in a number of monthly installments, as selected by each executive and set forth in her or his agreement. Payment of benefits will commence on the first day of the month following an executive’s normal retirement date, separation from service or disability. In the event a change in control occurs prior to the executive’s normal retirement age, death or disability, followed by an executive’s separation from service, the benefit under the agreement will be equal to the executive’s deferral account balance, determined as of the date of the separation from service, and payable in a lump sum within 30 days following separation from service. In the event the change in control occurs during the period of installment payments, Bank 34 will pay the remaining deferral account balance in a lump sum within 30 days after the change in control. If the executive dies during active service, the executive’s deferral account balance will be paid to the executive’s beneficiary on the first day of the fourth month following the executive’s death.

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement . Bank 34 has entered into a split dollar life insurance agreement with Jill Gutierrez to retain and reward Ms. Gutierrez, by dividing the death proceeds of certain life insurance policies owned by Bank 34 on her life with her designated beneficiary. Bank 34 will pay the life insurance premiums from its general assets. Under the agreement, Ms. Gutierrez or her assignee has the right to designate the beneficiary of an amount of death proceeds. In the event Ms. Gutierrez dies prior to separation from service, her beneficiary will be entitled to a benefit equal to 100% of net death proceeds, defined as the total death proceeds of all policies minus the greater of the cash surrender value or the aggregate premiums paid by Bank 34. In the event of Ms. Gutierrez’s death after separation from service, there will be no benefit under the agreement. In the event Bank 34 discontinues a policy, Bank 34 will give Ms. Gutierrez at least 30 days to purchase such policy at a purchase price equal to the fair market value of the policy.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End . The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2015 for the Named Executive Officers.

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END
    Option awards
Name   Number of 
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable (1)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Option
exercise
price ($)
    Option
expiration date
Jill Gutierrez     5,500             19.75     7/1/2019

 

 

(1) Reflects stock options granted pursuant to the Alamogordo Financial Corp. 2001 Stock Option Plan.

 

Management Stock Plans . In connection with its 2001 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Alamogordo Financial Corp. adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan. Under the plans,

 

  110  

Table of Contents  

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. had the authority to grant a total of 63,749 stock options and a total of 31,874 restricted stock awards, respectively. The right of Alamogordo Financial Corp. to grant further awards under the plans expired on each plan’s tenth anniversary in 2011; however, outstanding stock options that were awarded prior to the expiration of the 2001 Stock Option Plan may be exercised during such stock options’ remaining term and outstanding restricted stock awards that were granted prior to expiration of the 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan will continue to vest pursuant to their designated vesting schedules.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust . Bank 34 implemented an employee stock ownership plan in connection with Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s initial public offering of shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Employees with at least one year of employment with Bank 34 are eligible to participate. As of December 31, 2015, the employee stock ownership plan held 17,395 unallocated shares of common stock. Shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan are held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loans utilized to purchase the shares are repaid. The loans are repaid principally from Bank 34 discretionary contributions to the employee stock ownership plan.

 

Contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and shares released from the suspense account in an amount proportional to the repayment of the employee stock ownership plan loan are allocated among employee stock ownership plan participants on the basis of compensation in the year of allocation. Benefits under the plan become fully vested upon completion of six years of credited service. A participant’s interest in his account under the plan also fully vests in the event of termination of service due to a participant’s early or normal retirement, death, disability, or upon a change in control (as defined in the plan). Vested benefits are payable in the form of shares of common stock and/or cash. Bank 34’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan are discretionary, subject to the loan terms and tax law limits. Therefore, benefits payable under the employee stock ownership plan cannot be estimated. Pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718-40, we are required to record compensation expense each year in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares released from the suspense account. The employee stock ownership plan will terminate in the event of a change in control.

 

In connection with the conversion, the trustee for our existing employee stock ownership plan is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.  We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Bancorp 34 equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock.  The loan will have a 30-year term and be repaid principally through Bank 34’scontributions to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the term of the loan.

 

  111  

Table of Contents  

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2015 certain information as to the total remuneration paid to directors other than Ms. Gutierrez, our Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Gutierrez’s compensation, including director’s fees , is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table. The “Stock Awards,” “Stock Options” and “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns have been omitted because no listed individual earned any compensation during the fiscal year of a type required to be disclosed in these columns .

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Name (1)   Fees earned or
paid in cash 
($)
    Non-qualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
($) (2)
    All other
compensation
($) (3)
    Total
 ($)
 
Randal Rabon     36,000       508       510       37,018  
William Burt     36,000             1,089       37,089  
Wortham A. Cook     27,000                   27,000  
James Harris     36,000             1,128       37,128  
Elaine E. Ralls     36,000       549             36,549  
Don P. Van Winkle     36,000                   36,000  

 

 

(1) Each of Messrs. Rabon, Burt and Harris has 2,800 vested stock options that were granted under the Alamogordo Financial Corp. 2001 Stock Option Plan. The stock options have an exercise price of $19.75 and expire on July 1, 2019.
(2) Reflects above-market interest under the Director Deferred Fee Plan.
(3) Reflects the value of the term life insurance protection under the director’s Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement for the fiscal year. For the year ended December 31, 2015, none of the directors received perquisites the aggregate value of which exceeded $10,000.

 

Each of the individuals who serves as a director of Alamogordo Financial Corp. also serves as a director of Bank 34 and AF Mutual Holding Company. Each director, other than our Chief Executive Officer, receives $3,000 per month. No fees are currently paid to directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

Director Retirement Agreements . Bank 34 has entered into director retirement agreements with William Burt, James Harris and Randal Rabon, which agreements were amended in 2013 to freeze the accrual balance at $74,238 for the duration of the director’s service. Each agreement provides for a normal retirement benefit equal to each director’s accrual balance, amortized with interest, and payable upon the later of the director’s normal retirement date (age 70) or his separation from service, in monthly installments over a 15-year period. In the event of the director’s separation from service prior to normal retirement age or in the event the director experiences a disability prior to normal retirement age, the director will be entitled to his accrual balance, payable as set forth in the director’s individual agreement. In the event a change in control occurs prior to the director’s normal retirement age, followed by separation from service within 24 months, the director will be entitled to the accrual balance of his account, payable in a lump sum within 30 days following separation from service. If the director dies during active service, the accrual balance of the director’s account at the time of death will be payable to the director’s beneficiary.

 

Director Deferred Fee Plan. Bank 34 has entered into a director deferred fee plan for the benefit of its directors. Under the plan, a director must be notified of eligibility to participate and then must elect to participate by entering into a participation agreement, a deferral election form and a distribution election form within 30 days of becoming eligible. A participant may modify his or her deferral election annually by entering into a subsequent deferral election and such modification shall become effective in the calendar year following the year in the subsequent deferral election is received by Bank 34. In addition to the directors’ deferrals, Bank 34 may, but is not required, to make contributions to the plan. The plan provides that interest will be credited monthly on the directors’ account at an annual rate equal to 5%, compounded monthly. The board may prospectively increase or decrease the crediting rate by providing notice to the directors. Benefits under the plan will be paid to the director following separation from service, whether due to early termination, normal retirement (i.e., on or after age 70), death, disability or following a change in control. Benefits will be distributed to the director in either a lump sum or in a

 

  112  

Table of Contents  

 

number of monthly installments, as selected by each director and set forth in her or his distribution election form. Payment of benefits will commence in the month following the occurrence of the event which entitles the director to the distribution. If the director dies during active service, the director’s deferral account balance will be paid to the director’s beneficiary commencing in the month following the director’s death. The benefit under the plan will be equal to the director’s deferral account balance, determined as of the date of the separation from service. In the event a director has a termination of service for cause, the director will forego the interest earned on the account, as well as the contributions made by Bank 34, if any, and will receive only the director’s own deferrals. Only directors Rabon and Ralls have elected to participate in the plan by deferring a portion of their directors fees into the plan.

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreements for Directors . Bank 34 has entered into split dollar life insurance agreements with directors William Burt, James Harris and Randal Rabon to retain and reward the directors, by dividing the death proceeds of certain life insurance policies owned by Bank 34 on the life of each director with the designated beneficiary of the director. Bank 34 will pay the life insurance premiums from its general assets. Under the agreement, the director or the director’s assignee has the right to designate the beneficiary of an amount of death proceeds. In the event the director dies prior to separation from service, the director’s beneficiary will be entitled to a benefit equal to 100% of net death proceeds, defined as the total death proceeds of all policies minus the greater of the cash surrender value or the aggregate premiums paid by Bank 34. In the event of the director’s death after separation from service, there will be no benefit paid to the director’s beneficiary under the agreement. In the event Bank 34 discontinues a policy, Bank 34 will give the director at least 30 days to purchase such policy at a purchase price equal to the fair market value of the policy.

 

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

 

Stock-Based Benefit Plans. Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the aggregate number of shares reserved for the exercise of stock options or available for stock awards under the stock-based benefit plans would be limited to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering.

 

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering, and if adopted within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the stock offering, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans only if such plans are adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

· non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans, in the aggregate, may not acquire more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless Bank 34 has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans may acquire up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

· the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans;

 

  113  

Table of Contents  

 

· accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Bank 34 or Bancorp 34; and

 

· our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that Bank 34 becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.

 

We have not determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval prior to or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. If either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

The actual value of the shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the price of Bancorp 34’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price     48,318 Shares Awarded
at Minimum of
Offering Range
    56,846 Shares Awarded
at Midpoint of
Offering Range
    65,373 Shares Awarded
at Maximum of 
Offering Range
    75,179 Shares
Awarded at
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
                           
$ 8.00     $ 387     $ 455     $ 523     $ 601  
  10.00       480       568       654       752  
  12.00       580       682       784       902  
  14.00       676       796       915       1,053  

 

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise Price     Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
    120,796 Options at
Minimum of
Offering Range
    142,116 Options at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
    163,433 Options at
Maximum of
Offering Range
    187,948 Options at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  
                                 
$ 8.00     $ 2.42     $ 292     $ 344     $ 396     $ 455  
  10.00       3.03       366       431       495       569  
  12.00       3.64       440       517       595       684  
  14.00       4.24       512       603       693       797  

 

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

 

Proposed Employment Agreements . In connection with the conversion and offering, Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 each intend to enter into employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers, Jill Gutierrez, William P. Kauper and Jan R. Thiry. The employment agreements will each have an initial

 

  114  

Table of Contents  

 

term of two years. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreements the disinterested members of the board of directors must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreements for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreements If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it shall provide with a written notice of non-renewal at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date. If the board fails to conduct the comprehensive performance evaluation prior to the anniversary date, the employment agreements will not renew.

 

The employment agreements are expected to provide for base salaries for Ms. Gutierrez and for Messrs. Kauper and Thiry in the amount of $238,703, $164,967 and $155,000, respectively. The base salaries may be increased, but not decreased (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers). In addition to base salary, the executives will be entitled to participate in any bonus programs and benefit plans that are made available to management employees, and will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses incurred.

 

In the event of an executive’s involuntary termination of employment for reasons other than cause, disability or death, or in the event of the executive’s resignation for “good reason,” the executive will receive a severance payment equal to the base salary (in effect at the date of termination) that the executive would have earned during the remaining term of the employment agreement. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 10 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive will be entitled to receive a cash lump sum payment within 10 days following termination of employment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage maintained for the executive’s benefit for a period equal to the number of months existing in the remaining term of the employment agreement. For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (i) the failure of Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 to appoint or re-elect the executive to his executive position; (ii) a material reduction in base salary or benefits (other than reduction by Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all employees); (iii) a material reduction in the executive’s duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from the executive’s principal place of employment as of the initial effective date of the employment agreement; or (iv) a material breach of the employment agreement by Bancorp 34 or Bank 34. In order to be entitled to the benefit set forth above, an executive will be required to enter into a release of claims against Bancorp 34 and Bank 34.

 

If an executive’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death or voluntary resignation for “good reason” occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of Bancorp 34 or Bank 34, the executive will be entitled to (in lieu of the payments and benefits described in the previous paragraph) a severance payment equal to two times the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary payable and bonus paid during the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs or either of the two calendar years immediately preceding the date of termination. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 10 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive would be entitled to receive a cash lump sum payment within 10 days following termination of employment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage maintained for the executive’s benefit for a period equal to the number of months existing in the remaining term of the employment agreement. If an executive has an involuntary termination or terminates for good reason within six months prior to the change in control, the executive will be entitled to an additional payment within ten days following the change in control equal to the difference, if any, between what he or she would have been entitled to under the change in control provisions of the contract and the severance benefit paid to the executive on the involuntary or good

 

  115  

Table of Contents  

 

reason termination occurring prior to a change in control. In the event the payments and benefits payable to an executive on a change in control resulted in an excess parachute payment, then under the Bank 34 employment agreement, the severance benefit would be reduced to an amount that would avoid the occurrence of an excess parachute payment. The Bancorp 34 employment agreement would not include such a reduction.

 

In addition, should the executives become disabled, they will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long-term disability plan sponsored by Bank 34 and will receive continued non-taxable medical and dental benefit coverage substantially comparable to that maintained for executive and his dependents prior to becoming disabled. In the event of an executive’s death while employed, the executive’s estate or beneficiary will be paid his base salary for one year following death, and his family will continue to receive non-taxable medical and dental coverage for one year after his death.

 

Upon any termination of employment that would entitle an executive to a severance payment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), the executives will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

 

  116  

Table of Contents  

 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock as of [voting record date].

 

Name of Beneficial Owner   Total Shares Beneficially
Owned
    Percent of All Common
Stock Outstanding
 
             
William F. Burt           %
Wortham A. (Pete) Cook                
Jill Gutierrez                
James D. Harris                
Randal L. Rabon                
Elaine E. Ralls                
Don P. Van Winkle                
William P. Kauper                
Jan R. Thiry                
                 
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)             %
                 
AF Mutual Holding Company
500 East 10th Street
Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310
    918,000       54.7 %

 

 

* Less than 1%.

 

  117  

Table of Contents  

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The table below sets forth, for each of Bancorp 34’s directors and executive officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:

 

(i) the number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock as of [voting record date];

 

(ii) the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and

 

(iii) the total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.

 

In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the offering range. See “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Federal and state regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.

  

    Number of     Proposed Purchases of Stock
in the Offering (2)
    Total Common Stock to be
Held at Minimum of
Offering Range (3)
Name of Beneficial Owner   Exchange
Shares to Be
Held (1)
    Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
  Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
 
William F. Burt               $         %
Wortham A. (Pete) Cook                                    
Jill Gutierrez                                    
James D. Harris                                    
Randal L. Rabon                                    
Elaine E. Ralls                                    
Don P. Van Winkle                                    
William P. Kauper                                    
Jan R. Thiry                                    
Total for Directors and Executive Officers             [insider purchase shares]     $     [insider ownership]     [insider ownership %] %  

 

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 1.3158 at the minimum of the offering range.
(2) Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
(3) At the adjusted maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would beneficially own ______________ shares, or _________% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

  118  

Table of Contents  

 

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

 

The boards of directors of AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp. have approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the members of AF Mutual Holding Company (depositors and eligible borrowers of Bank 34). Special meetings of stockholders and members have been called for this purpose. We have filed applications with the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the conversion and with respect to Bancorp 34 becoming the holding company for Bank 34, and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. We have also filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to the amendments to Bank 34’s charter, and the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

 

General

 

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. AF Mutual Holding Company will be merged into Alamogordo Financial Corp., and AF Mutual Holding Company will no longer exist. Alamogordo Financial Corp., which owns 100% of Bank 34, will be merged into a new Maryland corporation named Bancorp 34, Inc. As part of the conversion, the 54.7% ownership interest of AF Mutual Holding Company in Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be offered for sale in the stock offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of Bank 34 will be owned by Bancorp 34, and all of the outstanding common stock of Bancorp 34 will be owned by public stockholders. Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

 

Under the plan of conversion, at the completion of the conversion and offering, each share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned by persons other than AF Mutual Holding Company will be converted automatically into the right to receive new shares of Bancorp 34 common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. for new shares of Bancorp 34, the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 that they owned in Alamogordo Financial Corp. immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering and their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

We intend to retain between $4.4 million and $7.1 million of the net proceeds of the offering and to invest between $5.3 million and $8.8 million of the net proceeds in Bank 34. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

 

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, supplemental account holders and other members (including certain depositors). In addition, we may offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:

 

(i) Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico; and

 

(ii) Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders as of [voting record date].

 

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or after the

 

  119  

Table of Contents  

 

subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Federal Reserve Board. See “—Community Offering.”

 

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings in a syndicated offering in which Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be sole manager. See “—Syndicated Offering” herein.

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of Bancorp 34. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and offering and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of Bank 34. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to AF Mutual Holding Company’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

Our primary reasons for converting and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

· Support our planned growth and strengthen our regulatory capital position with the additional capital we will raise in the stock offering. While Bank 34 exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth. Minimum regulatory capital requirements have also increased under recently adopted regulations. Compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

· Facilitate our stock holding company’s ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders . Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) became the federal regulator of all savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies. This has resulted in changes in regulations with respect to the payment of dividends applicable to AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp., adversely affecting our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enhance our ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all financial institutions. See “Our Dividend Policy.”

 

· Transition our organization to a more common and flexible stock holding company structure from our existing mutual holding company structure . The stock holding company structure is a more common and flexible form of organization, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

  120  

Table of Contents  

 

· Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for Bancorp 34 common stock. A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

· Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or business lines as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions. Although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of Bancorp 34 for three years following completion of the conversion, and also prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock without regulatory approval.

 

Approvals Required

 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the members of AF Mutual Holding Company (depositors and eligible borrowers of Bank 34) is required to approve the plan of conversion. By their approval of the plan of conversion, the members of AF Mutual Holding Company will also be approving the merger of AF Mutual Holding Company into Alamogordo Financial Corp. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. held by the public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (stockholders other than AF Mutual Holding Company) also are required to approve the plan of conversion. We have filed applications with the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the conversion and with respect to Bancorp 34 becoming the holding company for Bank 34, and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency must also approve an amendment to Bank 34’s charter to establish a liquidation account.

 

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders

 

At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive a number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in Bancorp 34 after the conversion as they held in Alamogordo Financial Corp. immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of Bancorp 34 prepared by Keller & Company, Inc., and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 1.3158 shares for each publicly held share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at the minimum of the offering range to 2.0473 shares for each publicly held share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of Bancorp 34 as of May 16, 2016, assuming public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. own 45.3% of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock and AF Mutual Holding Company has cash of $227 immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The table also shows how many shares of Bancorp 34 a hypothetical owner of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.

 

  121  

Table of Contents  

 

   

Shares to be Sold in
This Offering

   

Shares of Bancorp 34 to be
Issued for Shares of
Alamogordo Financial Corp.

    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange and
    Exchange     Equivalent 
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering
    Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book Value
Per
Exchanged
    Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing
 
   

Amount

   

Percent

   

Amount

   

Percent

   

Offering

   

Ratio

   

Price (1)

   

Share (2)

   

Shares (3)

 
                                                       
Minimum     1,207,986       54.7 %     1,002,014       45.3 %     2,210,000       1.3158     $ 13.16     $ 23.08       131  
Midpoint     1,421,160       54.7       1,178,840       45.3       2,600,000       1.5480       15.48       24.21       154  
Maximum     1,634,334       54.7       1,355,666       45.3       2,990,000       1.7803       17.80       25.33       178  
Adjusted Maximum     1,879,484       54.7       1,559,016       45.3       3,438,500       2.0473       20.47       26.59       204  

 

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Alamogordo Financial Corp., pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share offering price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

Options to purchase shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the conversion will be converted into options to purchase shares of Bancorp 34 common stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the options will remain unchanged.

 

Effects of Conversion

 

Continuity . The conversion will not affect the normal business of Bank 34 of accepting deposits and making loans. Bank 34 will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. After the conversion, Bank 34 will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. serving at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Bancorp 34 upon the completion of the conversion.

 

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Bank 34 at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

 

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Bank 34 will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

 

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors and Borrowers . Depositors and certain borrowers of Bank 34 are members of, and have voting rights in, AF Mutual Holding Company, as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors and borrowers will no longer have voting rights. All voting rights in Bank 34 will be vested in Bancorp 34 as the sole stockholder of Bank 34, and the stockholders of Bancorp 34 will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Bancorp 34 common stock.

 

Tax Effects . We have received an opinion of counsel with regard to the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and an opinion of our tax advisor with regard to the state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bank 34, the public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (except for cash paid for fractional shares), eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders or other members. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Bank 34 has both a deposit account in Bank 34 and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of AF Mutual Holding Company based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate

 

  122  

Table of Contents  

 

from the deposit account. This ownership interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of AF Mutual Holding Company and Bank 34; however, there has never been a liquidation of a solvent mutual holding company. Any depositor who opens a deposit account receives a pro rata ownership interest in AF Mutual Holding Company without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of AF Mutual Holding Company, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

 

Consequently, depositors in a stock depository institution that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which would be realizable only in the unlikely event that AF Mutual Holding Company and Bank 34 are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of AF Mutual Holding Company after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

 

Under the plan of conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 in an aggregate amount equal to (i) AF Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus, plus (ii) the value of the net assets of AF Mutual Holding Company as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of AF Mutual Holding Company prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Alamogordo Financial Corp.). Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Bank 34 after the conversion. The liquidation accounts are intended to preserve for Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with Bank 34 a liquidation interest in the residual net worth, if any, of Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 (after the payment of all creditors, including depositors to the full extent of their deposit accounts) in the event of a liquidation of (a) Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 or (b) Bank 34. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

 

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

 

The plan of conversion and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained Keller & Company, Inc. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and one valuation update, Keller & Company, Inc. will receive a fee of $50,000, as well as payment for reimbursable expenses, and will receive a fee of $3,000 for any additional valuation updates. We have paid Keller & Company, Inc. no other fees during the previous three years. We have agreed to indemnify Keller & Company, Inc. and its employees and affiliates for certain costs and expenses in connection with claims or litigation relating to the appraisal and arising out of any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact in information supplied to Keller & Company, Inc. by us or by an intentional omission by us to state a material fact in the information provided, except where Keller & Company, Inc. has been negligent or at fault.

 

The independent valuation was prepared by Keller & Company, Inc. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Keller & Company, Inc. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

· the present results and financial condition of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the projected results and financial condition of Bancorp 34;

 

· the economic and demographic conditions in Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s existing market area;

 

· certain historical, financial and other information relating to Alamogordo Financial Corp.;

 

  123  

Table of Contents  

 

· a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Alamogordo Financial Corp. with those of other publicly traded savings institutions;

 

· the effect of the conversion and offering on Bancorp 34’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

· the proposed dividend policy of Bancorp 34; and

 

· the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

The independent valuation is also based on an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded savings and loan and bank holding companies that Keller & Company, Inc. considered comparable to Bancorp 34 under regulatory guidelines applicable to the independent valuation. Under these guidelines, a minimum of ten peer group companies are selected from the universe of all publicly-traded financial institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial and other operating characteristics. Such companies must also be traded on an exchange (such as Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange). The peer group companies selected for Bancorp 34 also consisted of fully-converted stock institutions that were not subject to an actual or rumored acquisition and that had been publicly traded for at least one year. In addition, Keller & Company, Inc. limited the peer group companies with assets of less than $1.0 billion, located in the Midwest, Southwest, North Central and Western regions of the United States, equity to assets ratios of at least 6.0% but not more than 18.0%, and a core return on average assets of less than 1.35%.

 

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies. Keller & Company, Inc. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. Keller & Company, Inc. did not consider a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings. The price-to-assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, Keller & Company, Inc. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Bancorp 34 with the peer group. Keller & Company, Inc. made downward adjustments for financial condition, earnings, liquidity of the stock and marketing of the issue. Keller and Company, Inc. made a modest upward adjustment for subscription interest and a slight upward adjustment for assets, loan and deposit growth. Keller & Company, Inc. made no adjustments for market area, dividend payments and management.

 

Included in Keller & Company, Inc.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Bancorp 34 after the conversion that were used in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 1.17% on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning assumptions included in the independent valuation and used in preparing pro forma data. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

 

The independent valuation states that as of May 16, 2016, the estimated pro forma market value of Bancorp 34 was $26.0 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $22.1 million and a maximum of $29.9 million. The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned by

 

  124  

Table of Contents  

 

AF Mutual Holding Company. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the percentage of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned by AF Mutual Holding Company, certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 1,207,986 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 1,421,160 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 1,634,334 shares.

 

The board of directors of Bancorp 34 reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

· Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

· a comparison of financial performance ratios of Alamogordo Financial Corp. to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

· market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and

 

· the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock.

 

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by Keller & Company, Inc. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or Bank 34 or market conditions generally. If the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Bancorp 34 to less than $22.1 million or more than $34.4 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Bancorp 34’s registration statement.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Bancorp 34 (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, with stock prices as of May 16, 2016, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 28.74% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 31.87% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 174.53% on a price-to-earnings basis. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial effect of the conversion and offering as well as the trading price of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock. The closing price of the common stock $16.19 per share on March 4, 2016, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion, and $22.00 per share on May 16, 2016, the effective date of the appraisal.

 

  125  

Table of Contents  

 

   

Price-to-earnings

multiple (1)

    Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
Bancorp 34 (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)                        
Adjusted Maximum     47.71 x     76.36 %     76.94 %
Maximum     41.16 x     69.74 %     70.30 %
Midpoint     35.55 x     63.42 %     63.95 %
Minimum     30.01 x     56.49 %     56.99 %
                         
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)                        
Averages     16.75 x     89.00 %     93.87 %
Medians     17.39 x     92.65 %     96.99 %

 

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by Keller & Company, Inc. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core,” or recurring, earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. Keller & Company, Inc. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did Keller & Company, Inc. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Bank 34 as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Bank 34. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above $10.00 per share.

 

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $34.4 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 1,879,484 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 1,879,484 shares.

 

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $34.4 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 1,879,484 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $22.1 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 1,207,986 shares, then we will promptly return with interest at [interest rate]% per annum all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to complete the offering. If we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation due to a change in the independent valuation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of depositors to approve the plan of conversion.

 

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Bancorp 34’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Bancorp 34’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

 

  126  

Table of Contents  

 

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of Keller & Company, Inc. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

 

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on the purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor of Bank 34 with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on December 31, 2014 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of $250,000 (25,000 shares) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each remaining Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in same the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2014. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or who are associates of such persons will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding December 31, 2014.

 

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee plans, including Bank 34’s employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each depositor of Bank 34 with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account

 

  127  

Table of Contents  

 

Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [supplemental eligibility record date]. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

 

Priority 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of Bank 34 as of the close of business on [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and each borrower of Bank 34 as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum or adjusted maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

 

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in the offering. If at least 1,207,986 shares have not been sold in the offering by [extension date] and the Federal Reserve Board not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If the Federal Reserve Board grants an extension beyond [extension date], we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date.”

 

Community Offering

 

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares would be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

(i) Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico;

 

(ii) Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]; and

 

(iii) Other members of the general public.

 

  128  

Table of Contents  

 

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

 

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the orders of such persons. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

 

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus with respect to the community means any person who occupies a dwelling within the local community, has a present intent to remain within the local community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the local community together with an indication that such presence within the local community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to determine whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

 

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and we are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date], in which event we will resolicit purchasers.

 

Syndicated Offering

 

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

 

If a syndicated offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will serve as sole manager, and we will pay fees of 6% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($10.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

 

In the event of a syndicated offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of stock order forms and the submission of funds directly to Bancorp 34 for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at Bank 34 or wire transfers). See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings.” “Sweep” arrangements and delivery versus payment settlement will only be used in a syndicated offering to the extent consistent with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 and then-existing guidance and interpretations thereof of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the conduct of “min/max” offerings.

 

  129  

Table of Contents  

 

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or if there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares.  The Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

 

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

 

The plan of conversion includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

(i) No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock, to the extent those shares are available for purchase;

 

(ii) Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

 

(iii) Except for the employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $350,000 (35,000 shares) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

(iv) The number of shares of common stock that an existing Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering; and

 

(v) The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of Bank 34 and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 30% of the total shares issued in the conversion.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with regulatory approval and without further approval of members of AF Mutual Holding Company, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount of shares of common stock and who indicated on their stock order forms a desire to be resolicited in the event of an increase will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit, and other large subscribers may be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering may not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.

 

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 1,879,484 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

(i) to fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan, for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;

 

  130  

Table of Contents  

 

(ii) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

(iii) to fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico, then to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders as of [voting record date], and then to members of the general public.

 

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

(i) any corporation or organization (other than Bank 34, Bancorp 34, Alamogordo Financial Corp. or AF Mutual Holding Company or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of those entities) of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

(ii) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

(iii) any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or Bank 34.

 

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

(i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

(ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

 

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

 

We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” We may presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon, among other things, joint account relationships or the fact that persons share a common address (whether or not related by blood or marriage) or may have filed joint Schedules 13D or 13G with the SEC with respect to other companies. Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors.

 

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Bancorp 34.”

 

  131  

Table of Contents  

 

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation

 

Subscription and Community Offerings. To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

· advising us on the financial and securities market implications of the conversion and the plan of conversion;

 

· assisting us in structuring and marketing the offering;

 

· reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be our responsibility and that of our counsel);

 

· assisting us in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, if necessary;

 

· assisting us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors in connection with the offering, as needed;

 

· assisting us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the offering;

 

· meeting with our board of directors and/or our management to discuss any of the above services; and

 

· providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offering.

 

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee of $250,000, of which $50,000 has been paid to date. In addition, if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is required or requested to provide significant services as a result of a resolicitation of subscribers, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, not to exceed $25,000.

 

Syndicated Offering. If shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, we will pay a fee of 6% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering. The fee to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its services in the subscription and community offerings will be credited against any fee payable for services in the syndicated offering.

 

Expenses. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses, not to exceed $30,000, and fees and expenses of its legal counsel in an amount not to exceed $75,000. Such expenses may be increased by additional amounts not to exceed $10,000 and $15,000, respectively, in the event unusual circumstance arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs, including in the event of delay in the offering that would require an update to the financial information included in this prospectus. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. shall have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable as of such date of termination. We have separately agreed to pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. up to $50,000 in fees and expenses for serving as records agent, as described below.

 

  132  

Table of Contents  

 

Records Management

 

We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. as records agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings. In its role as records agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will assist us in the offering by:

 

· consolidating deposit and loan accounts into a central file;

  

· designing and preparing proxy forms and stock order forms;

 

· organizing and supervising our stock information center;

 

· providing proxy and ballot tabulation services for the special meeting of members, including acting as or supporting the inspector of election; and

 

· providing necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the offering.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive fees of $25,000 for these services, plus reimbursement for reasonable expenses up to $10,000. Of the fees for serving as records agent, $5,000 has been paid as of the date of this prospectus. Such fees can be increased by up to $10,000, respectively, in the event of changes in regulations or the plan of conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing, and such expenses can be increase by up to $5,000 with our written consent.

 

Indemnity

 

We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as well as certain other claims and litigation arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement with respect to the conversion.

 

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

 

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Bank 34 may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after the closing of the offering, without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., we will not, directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Bancorp 34 stock or any securities

 

  133  

Table of Contents  

 

convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Bancorp 34 stock, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Bancorp 34 stock, or (iii) announce any intention to take any of the foregoing actions, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  In addition, our directors and executive officers have agreed that they will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Bancorp 34 common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Bancorp 34 common stock.

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

Expiration Date . The subscription and community offerings will expire at 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of Federal Reserve Board, if required. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. If the offering is so extended, all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the offering range is decreased below the minimum of the offering range or is increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings. We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a period of time.

 

To ensure each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [expiration date], the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of a stock order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Stock order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus.

 

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date of receipt as described above.

 

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . To purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms. All stock order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to the address listed on the stock order form. You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to our main office, located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico, or to our Scottsdale office, located at 14850 N. Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona, which are open between 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at these two locations. We will not accept stock order forms at our other offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Bank 34’s offices.

 

Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering

 

  134  

Table of Contents  

 

by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

 

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Bank 34, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock must accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

(i) personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Bancorp 34, Inc.; or

 

(ii) authorization of withdrawal of available funds from your Bank 34 deposit accounts.

 

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Bank 34 are provided on the stock order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Bank 34 and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

 

You may not remit cash, Bank 34 line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Bancorp 34). You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from a Bank 34 retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from Bank 34 deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Instead, a check should be provided. If you request a direct withdrawal, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s). If permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, in the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. Wire transfers will not be accepted.

 

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date]. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

 

Regulations prohibit Bank 34 from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

  135  

Table of Contents  

 

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Bancorp 34 to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

 

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, Bank 34’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in a Bank 34 retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at Bank 34 or elsewhere , to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and stock offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

(i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state;

 

(ii) the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us or our employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

(iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

  136  

Table of Contents  

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

 

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. You may only add those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

 

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

Stock Information Center

 

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [Stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Liquidation prior to the conversion. In the unlikely event that AF Mutual Holding Company is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of AF Mutual Holding Company would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of AF Mutual Holding Company remaining, these assets would first be distributed to depositors of Bank 34 pro rata based on the value of their accounts at Bank 34.

 

Liquidation following the conversion. The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Bancorp 34 for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) AF Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of AF Mutual Holding Company as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of AF Mutual Holding Company prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Alamogordo Financial Corp.). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in Bank 34 to support the Bancorp 34 liquidation account in the event Bancorp 34 does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the Bancorp 34 liquidation account.

 

In the unlikely event that Bank 34 were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in Alamogordo Financial Corp., a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Bank 34 or Bancorp 34 above that amount.

 

The liquidation account established by Bancorp 34 is intended to provide qualifying depositors a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in AF Mutual Holding Company) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 or a liquidation solely of Bank 34. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Bank 34 or (ii) Bancorp 34 and Bank 34 were to liquidate after the

 

  137  

Table of Contents  

 

conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of December 31, 2014 and [supplemental eligibility record date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Bancorp 34. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Bank 34 only, when Bancorp 34 has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Bank 34) to fund the liquidation account distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders, and Bank 34 has positive net worth, then Bank 34 shall immediately make a distribution to fund Bancorp 34’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by Bancorp 34 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. If Bancorp 34 is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Bank 34, then the Bancorp 34 liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Bank 34 liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the Bancorp 34 liquidation account.

 

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, Bancorp 34 will transfer, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Bancorp 34 may transfer, the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to Bank 34 and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of Bank 34.

 

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

 

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Bank 34 on December 31, 2014 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, equal to the proportion that the balance of such account holder’s deposit account on December 31, 2014 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in Bank 34 on such dates.

 

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on December 31, 2014 or [supplemental eligibility record date], or any other annual closing date, then the liquidation account as well as the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositors. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bank 34, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or tax advisor is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Bancorp 34 or Bank 34 would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

 

AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bank 34 and Bancorp 34 have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which include the following:

 

  138  

Table of Contents  

 

1. The merger of AF Mutual Holding Company with and into Alamogordo Financial Corp. will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2. The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in AF Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in Alamogordo Financial Corp. will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

3. None of AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of AF Mutual Holding Company to Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the assumption by Alamogordo Financial Corp. of AF Mutual Holding Company’s liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

4. The basis of the assets of AF Mutual Holding Company and the holding period of such assets to be received by Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in AF Mutual Holding Company immediately before the exchange.

 

5. The merger of Alamogordo Financial Corp. with and into Bancorp 34 will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Alamogordo Financial Corp. nor Bancorp 34 will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

6. The basis of the assets of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the holding period of such assets to be received by Bancorp 34 will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Alamogordo Financial Corp. immediately before the exchange.

 

7. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Alamogordo Financial Corp. for interests in the liquidation account in Bancorp 34.

 

8. The exchange by the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests that they constructively received in Alamogordo Financial Corp. for interests in the liquidation account established in Bancorp 34 will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

9. Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of Bancorp 34 common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

10. Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Bancorp 34 common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.

 

11. Except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares, current stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock for Bancorp 34 common stock.

 

12. Cash received by any current stockholder of Alamogordo Financial Corp. in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of Bancorp 34 common

 

  139  

Table of Contents  

 

stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

 

13. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Bancorp 34 common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Bancorp 34 common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

14. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Bank 34 supporting the payment of the Bancorp 34 liquidation account in the event Bancorp 34 lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank 34 liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Alamogordo Financial Corp. with and into Bancorp 34.

 

15. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Bancorp 34 common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

16. No gain or loss will be recognized by Bancorp 34 on the receipt of money in exchange for Bancorp 34 common stock sold in the offering.

 

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bank 34, Bancorp 34 and persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. With respect to items 13 and 15 above, Luse Gorman, PC noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that Keller & Company, Inc. has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on the distribution of such rights. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Bank 34 are reduced; and (iv) the Bank 34 liquidation account payment obligation arises only if Bancorp 34 lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

 

  140  

Table of Contents  

 

In addition, we have received a letter from Keller & Company, Inc. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank 34 liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Bancorp 34 lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank 34 liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

 

The opinion of Luse Gorman, PC, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

 

We have also received an opinion from Crowe Horwath LLP that the Arizona and New Mexico state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

 

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to Bancorp 34’s registration statement.

 

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

 

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or certain officers of Bank 34, Alamogordo Financial Corp., Bancorp 34 or AF Mutual Holding Company generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the individual. Restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Bancorp 34 also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion, may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.

 

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

 

General. As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will become stockholders of Bancorp 34. There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and stockholders of Bancorp 34 caused by differences between federal and Maryland law and regulations and differences in Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s federal stock charter and bylaws and Bancorp 34’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

  141  

Table of Contents  

 

Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. consists of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

 

The authorized capital stock of Bancorp 34 consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Under Maryland General Corporation Law and Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation, the board of directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval. Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter and Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.

 

Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, AF Mutual Holding Company is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. AF Mutual Holding Company will no longer exist following completion of the conversion.

 

Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would generally be issued has been approved by stockholders. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by Bancorp 34 stockholders due to requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.

 

Voting Rights. Neither Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter or bylaws nor Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.

 

Payment of Dividends. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon Bank 34’s ability to pay dividends to Alamogordo Financial Corp., which is restricted by federal regulations and by federal income tax considerations related to savings banks.

 

The same restrictions will apply to Bank 34’s payment of dividends to Bancorp 34. In addition, Maryland law generally provides that Bancorp 34 is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.

 

Board of Directors . Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s bylaws and Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation require the board of directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.

 

Under Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s bylaws, any vacancies on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. to fill vacancies may only serve until the next election of directors by stockholders. Under Bancorp 34’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

  142  

Table of Contents  

 

Limitations on Liability. The charter and bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corp. do not limit the personal liability of directors or officers.

 

Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation provide that directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages to Bancorp 34 for certain actions as directors or officers, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have materially involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent otherwise provided by Maryland law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit Bancorp 34.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. As generally allowed under current Federal Reserve Board regulations and Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Bylaws, Alamogordo Financial Corp. will indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees for any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in, and any reasonable costs incurred in connection with, any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or its stockholders. Alamogordo Financial Corp. also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may become entitled to indemnification.

 

The articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 provide that it shall indemnify (i) its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses, and (ii) other employees or agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the board of directors and Maryland law, all subject to any applicable federal law and regulation. Maryland law allows Bancorp 34 to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of Bancorp 34. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

 

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting. Bancorp 34’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the president, the chairman or by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, and shall be called upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s bylaws provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Alamogordo Financial Corp. at least five days before the date of any such meeting.

 

Bancorp 34’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Bancorp 34 not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of Bancorp 34 at the principal executive office of the corporation no

 

  143  

Table of Contents  

 

earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

 

Management believes that it is in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.

 

Stockholder Action Without a Meeting. Under the bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and under Maryland law with respect to Bancorp 34, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.

 

Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records. A federal regulation, which is applicable to Alamogordo Financial Corp., provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose. Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements. However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who together, for at least six months, hold at least 5% of the company’s total shares, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.

 

Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders. Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter contained voting limits based on stock ownership that expired in 2002, five years after the date of Bank 34’s initial conversion to stock form.

 

In addition, federal regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion and offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Bancorp 34’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Bancorp 34’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

 

Director Qualifications. Bancorp 34’s Bylaws provide that certain individuals are not eligible for election or appointment as a director, including an individual who (i) in the past ten years, has been subject to a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, from a financial or securities regulatory agency; (ii) has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; or (iii) is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime. The Bylaws also prohibits service on the board of directors where an individual: is, at the same time, associated with a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers in the same market area as Bancorp 34 or any of its subsidiaries; does not agree in writing to comply with all of Bancorp 34’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications under the Bylaws; is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than Bancorp 34 or a subsidiary that (1) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the board of directors, or (2) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of Bancorp 34;

 

  144  

Table of Contents  

 

or is the nominee or representative of a company or other entity of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the board of directors under the Bylaws.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter and bylaws do not provide for restrictions on service as a director.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between Bancorp 34 and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of Bancorp 34’s voting stock after the date on which Bancorp 34 had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Bancorp 34 at any time after the date on which Bancorp 34 had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Bancorp 34. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Bancorp 34 and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Bancorp 34 and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of Bancorp 34, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Bancorp 34 other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if Bancorp 34’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for business combinations involving federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

 

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets . As a result of an election made in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation, a merger or consolidation of Bancorp 34 requires approval of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by stockholders. However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

· the plan of merger does not make an amendment to the articles of incorporation that would be required to be approved by the stockholders;

 

· each stockholder of the surviving corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger will hold the same number of shares, with identical designations, preferences, limitations, and rights, immediately after; and

 

· the number of shares of any class or series of stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger will not increase by more than 20% the total number of voting shares outstanding immediately before the merger.

 

  In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders shall not be required to authorize a merger with or into a 90% owned subsidiary of Bancorp 34.

 

  145  

Table of Contents  

 

Under Maryland law, a sale of all or substantially all of Bancorp 34’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business, or a voluntary dissolution of Bancorp 34, requires the approval of its board of directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes of stockholders entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for mergers, consolidations or sales of assets by federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

 

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Bancorp 34 (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

· the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Bancorp 34’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

· the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Bancorp 34 and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Bancorp 34 and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

· whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Bancorp 34;

 

· whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Bancorp 34’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

· the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Bancorp 34 and its subsidiaries;

 

· the future value of the stock or any other securities of Bancorp 34 or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

· any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

· the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

· the ability of Bancorp 34 to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

 

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

 

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . Under Maryland law, stockholders of Bancorp 34 will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which Bancorp 34 is a party as long as the common stock of Bancorp 34 trades on a national securities exchange.

 

  146  

Table of Contents  

 

Current federal regulations do not provide for dissenters’ appraisal rights for stockholders of federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

 

Forum Selection for Certain Stockholder Lawsuits. The Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp 34 provide that, unless Bancorp 34 consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Bancorp 34, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of Bancorp 34 to Bancorp 34 or Bancorp 34’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

 

Amendment of Governing Instruments . No amendment of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then approved or preapproved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. Amendments to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s bylaws require either preliminary approval by or post-adoption notice to the Federal Reserve Board as well as approval of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized board of directors, or by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at any legal meeting.

 

Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the board of directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

(i) the limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ii) the division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

(iii) the ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

(iv) the requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;

 

(v) the ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

(vi) the ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Bancorp 34;

 

(vii) the authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

(viii) the validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ix) the number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

(x) the indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Bancorp 34;

 

(xi) the limitation of liability of officers and directors to Bancorp 34 for money damages;

 

  147  

Table of Contents  

 

(xii) the inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;

 

(xiii) the advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

(xiv) The requirement that the forum for certain actions or disputes will be a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland and

 

(xv) the provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiv) of this list.

 

Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANCORP 34

 

Although the board of directors of Bancorp 34 is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Bancorp 34 after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders from takeovers which the board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Bank 34, Bancorp 34 or Bancorp 34’s stockholders.

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Maryland law, Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Bank 34’s charter and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of AF Mutual Holding Company’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board, Bancorp 34’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and Bancorp 34’s application filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Maryland Law and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Bancorp 34

 

Maryland law, as well as Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Bancorp 34 more difficult.

 

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the board of directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of Bank 34 and restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings . The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the president, the chairman, by a majority of the whole board of directors

 

  148  

Table of Contents  

 

or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.

 

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of Bancorp 34’s then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”).

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Bancorp 34 will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Bancorp 34.” The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Bancorp 34 is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Bancorp 34 that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Bancorp 34. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp.—Amendment of Governing Instruments.”

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of Bancorp 34’s directors or by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast.

 

The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the total eligible votes eligible to be cast for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law. Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Maryland law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between Bancorp 34 and an “interested stockholder.” See “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp.—Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets.”

 

  149  

Table of Contents  

 

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Bancorp 34 (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors. For a list of these enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp.—Evaluation of Offers.”

 

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of Bancorp 34’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. We believe these provisions are in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of Bancorp 34 and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of Bancorp 34 and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

 

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation.

 

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

 

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions also may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

 

Charter of Bank 34

 

Bank 34’s charter will provide that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion and offering, no person other than Bancorp 34 may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Bank 34. This provision will not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Bank 34 or Bancorp 34 or to underwriters in connection with a public offering. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.

 

  150  

Table of Contents  

 

Federal Conversion Regulations

 

Federal Reserve Board regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

 

Change in Control Law and Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured savings association or its parent holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board takes into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings association without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Bancorp 34, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF BANCORP 34

 

General

 

Bancorp 34 is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Bancorp 34 currently expects to issue in the offering and exchange up to 3,438,500 shares of common stock, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Bancorp 34 will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  151  

Table of Contents  

 

The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

Common Stock

 

Dividends . Bancorp 34 may pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such dividends, it would be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business and its total assets would exceed the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividends. However, even if Bancorp 34’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth above, Bancorp 34 may pay dividends from: its net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; its net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or the sum of its net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The payment of dividends by Bancorp 34 is also subject to limitations that are imposed by applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce Bancorp 34’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of Bancorp 34 will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Bancorp 34 issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

Voting Rights . Upon completion of the offering and exchange, the holders of common stock of Bancorp 34 will have exclusive voting rights in Bancorp 34. They will elect Bancorp 34’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Bancorp 34’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Bancorp 34 issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock.

 

As a federally chartered stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Bank 34 are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Bank 34 and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Bank 34 are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Bank 34, which will be Bancorp 34, and voted at the direction of Bancorp 34’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Bancorp 34 will not have direct control of Bank 34.

 

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Bank 34, Bancorp 34, as the holder of 100% of Bank 34’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Bank 34 available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Bank 34, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Bancorp 34, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of Bancorp 34 available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Bancorp 34 will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of the shares of Bancorp 34’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

  152  

Table of Contents  

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

The transfer agent and registrar for Bancorp 34’s common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of Briggs & Veselka Co., independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Keller & Company, Inc. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., counsel to Bancorp 34, AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34, has issued to Bancorp 34 its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Crowe Horwath LLP, Oak Brook, Illinois, has provided an opinion to us regarding the Arizona and New Mexico income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and, in the event of a syndicated offering, for any other co-managers, by Vedder Price P.C., Chicago, Illinois.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Bancorp 34 has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report, which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission’s telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Bancorp 34. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

AF Mutual Holding Company has filed an application for approval of the conversion with the Federal Reserve Board, and Bancorp 34 has filed a savings and loan holding company application with the Federal Reserve Board. To obtain a copy of the applications filed with the Federal Reserve Board, you may contact Karen R. Smith, Director-Applications, of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas at (214) 922-6786. The plan of conversion is available, upon request, at each of Bank 34’s offices.

 

In connection with the offering, Bancorp 34 will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Bancorp 34 and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain

 

  153  

Table of Contents  

 

other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, Bancorp 34 has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

  154  

Table of Contents  

 

   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

 

 

    Page
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015   F-2
     
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015   F-3
     
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015   F-4
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015   F-5
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)   F-6
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-21
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014   F-22
     
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014, the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013   F-23
     
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013   F-24
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014, the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013   F-25
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-26

 

  F- 1  

Table of Contents  

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    March 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
             
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 3,772,798     $ 5,959,864  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     12,145,000       13,865,000  
Total cash and cash equivalents     15,917,798       19,824,864  
                 
Loans held for investment     196,956,689       194,031,590  
Allowance for loan losses     (2,052,365 )     (1,894,196 )
Loans held for investment, net     194,904,324       192,137,394  
                 
Loans held for sale     17,597,841       11,380,627  
Available-for-sale securities     29,481,319       28,630,551  
Other real estate     501,558       306,000  
Premises and equipment, net     9,800,123       9,801,328  
Stock in financial institutions     1,552,961       1,546,847  
Accrued interest receivable     678,287       698,904  
Bank owned life insurance     5,386,242       5,355,013  
Core deposit intangible     341,237       362,780  
Prepaid and other assets     2,344,340       940,099  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 278,506,030     $ 270,984,407  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Deposits                
Demand deposits   $ 40,758,662     $ 37,969,000  
Savings and NOW deposits     122,114,090       113,624,419  
Time deposits     71,756,018       74,106,894  
Total deposits     234,628,770       225,700,313  
                 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     11,000,000       13,000,000  
Escrows     370,154       277,370  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     2,616,782       2,363,000  
Total liabilities     248,615,706       241,340,683  
                 
Commitments and contingencies     -       -  
                 
Stockholders’ equity                
Common stock, $0.10 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized,     168,513       168,513  
1,685,132 issued, 1,679,500 outstanding at                
March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.                
Additional paid-in capital     9,715,209       9,713,894  
Retained earnings     20,410,736       20,404,880  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     9,636       (216,047 )
Treasury stock, at cost; 5,632 shares     (139,332 )     (139,332 )
Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares     (274,438 )     (288,184 )
Total stockholders’ equity     29,890,324       29,643,724  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 278,506,030     $ 270,984,407  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 2  
Table of Contents

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Interest income                
Interest and fees on loans   $ 2,918,231     $ 2,637,116  
Interest on securities     120,407       164,609  
Interest on other interest-earning assets     22,299       21,454  
Total interest income     3,060,937       2,823,179  
                 
Interest expense                
Interest on deposits     364,808       332,866  
Interest on borrowings     10,808       8,926  
Total interest expense     375,616       341,792  
                 
Net interest income     2,685,321       2,481,387  
Provision for loan losses     52,000       100,000  
                 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     2,633,321       2,381,387  
                 
Noninterest income                
Gain on sale of loans     1,688,434       888,200  
Service charges and fees     99,157       50,119  
Loss on sale and impairments of other real estate     -       (200,000 )
Loss on sale of securities     -       (13,800 )
Bank owned life insurance income     43,024       32,414  
Other     53,151       44,894  
Total noninterest income     1,883,766       801,827  
                 
Noninterest expense                
Salaries and benefits     2,581,184       1,925,621  
Occupancy     451,529       426,300  
Data processing fees     358,690       312,335  
FDIC and other insurance expense     71,400       60,600  
Professional fees     402,951       232,301  
Merger-related expenses     -       94,324  
Advertising     52,389       37,569  
Net other real estate expenses     2,756       6,945  
Other     575,332       351,476  
Total noninterest expense     4,496,231       3,447,471  
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes     20,856       (264,257 )
Provision for income taxes     15,000       -  
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)     5,856       (264,257 )
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)                
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities     225,683       (19,914 )
                 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)   $ 231,539     $ (284,171 )
                 
Income (loss) per common share:                
Basic   $ 0.00     $ (0.16 )
Diluted   $ 0.00     $ (0.16 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 3  
Table of Contents

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

                      Accumulated                    
                      Other                    
          Additional           Comprehensive           Unearned     Total  
    Common     Paid-In     Retained     Income     Treasury     ESOP     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Capital     Earnings     (Loss)       Stock     Shares     Equity  
                                           
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2014   $ 168,552     $ 9,714,459     $ 20,084,266     $ (148,446 )   $ (139,332 )   $ (343,168 )   $ 29,336,331  
                                                         
Net loss     -       -       (264,257 )     -       -       -       (264,257 )
Unrealized (loss) on available-for-sale securities     -       -       -       (19,914 )     -       -       (19,914 )
Amortization of ESOP award     -       (1,605 )     -       -       -       13,746       12,141  
                                                         
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2015   $ 168,552     $ 9,712,854     $ 19,820,009     $ (168,360 )   $ (139,332 )   $ (329,422 )   $ 29,064,301  
                                                         
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2015   $ 168,513     $ 9,713,894     $ 20,404,880     $ (216,047 )   $ (139,332 )   $ (288,184 )   $ 29,643,724  
                                                         
Net income     -       -       5,856       -       -       -       5,856  
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities     -       -       -       225,683       -       -       225,683  
Amortization of ESOP award     -       1,315       -       -       -       13,746       15,061  
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2016   $ 168,513     $ 9,715,209     $ 20,410,736     $ 9,636     $ (139,332 )   $ (274,438 )   $ 29,890,324  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 4  
Table of Contents  

 

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities                
Net income (loss)   $ 5,856     $ (264,257 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     151,091       169,228  
Stock dividend on financial institution stock     (6,114 )     (4,212 )
Loss on sale and impairments of other real estate     -       200,000  
Amortization of premiums and discounts on securities, net     122,978       131,367  
ESOP expense     15,061       12,141  
Amortization of core deposit intangible     21,543       27,624  
Loss on sale of available-for-sale securities     -       13,800  
Gain on sale of loans     (1,688,434 )     (888,200 )
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale     44,263,954       30,161,715  
Funding of loans held for sale     (47,590,265 )     (32,021,824 )
Provision for loan losses     52,000       100,000  
Net increase in bank-owned life insurance     (31,229 )     (32,414 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accrued interest receivable     20,617       (36,487 )
Prepaid and other assets     (1,404,241 )     (25,281 )
Accrued interest and other liabilities     97,019       (399,281 )
Net cash used for operating activities     (5,970,164 )     (2,856,081 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities                
Proceeds from principal payments on available-for-sale securities     1,354,204       1,330,908  
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities     -       2,286,200  
Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (2,102,266 )     (9,742,836 )
Net change in loans held for investment     (4,060,195 )     (6,225,233 )
Purchases of premises and equipment     (149,886 )     (39,421 )
Redemption of stock in financial institutions     -       432,000  
Net cash used for investing activities     (4,958,143 )     (11,958,382 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities                
Net change in deposits     8,928,457       (1,090,324 )
Net change in escrows     92,784       95,162  
Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank advances     (2,000,000 )     7,500,000  
Net cash provided by financing activities     7,021,241       6,504,838  
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (3,907,066 )     (8,309,625 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     19,824,864       14,823,973  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 15,917,798     $ 6,514,348  
                 
Supplemental disclosures:                
Interest on deposits and advances paid   $ 378,436     $ 335,632  
Income taxes paid   $ 15,000     $ -  
Noncash investing and financing activities:                
Transfers of loans to other real estate   $ 195,558     $ -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 5  
Table of Contents  

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company that owns 100% of Bank 34 (the “Bank”). On June 30, 2008, the Bank changed its name from Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association to Bank 34. Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Parent”) was incorporated on April 30, 1997 and is a majority-owned subsidiary of AF Mutual Holding Company. As of March 31, 2016, AF Mutual Holding Company owned 54.7% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.

 

The Bank provides a variety of banking services to individuals and businesses through its full-service branches in Alamogordo and Las Cruces, New Mexico, and Scottsdale and Peoria, Arizona. The Bank also operates seven loan production offices in El Paso, Texas, Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona, Albuquerque, New Mexico, Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, and Medford, Oregon. The loan production offices in Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, Medford, Oregon, and Tucson, Arizona were opened in early 2016.

 

A large portion of the Bank’s New Mexico loans are secured by real estate in Otero and Dona Ana Counties. The economy for these counties is heavily dependent on two U.S. Government military installations located in those counties. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of the Bank’s New Mexico loans are susceptible to changes in U.S. Government military operations in southern New Mexico.

 

The primary deposit products are demand deposits, certificates of deposit, NOW, savings and money market accounts. The primary lending products are real estate mortgage loans and commercial loans. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions, regulation by certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by regulatory authorities.

 

Rising and falling interest rate environments can have various impacts on the Bank’s net interest income, depending on the short-term interest rate gap that the Bank maintains. The Bank’s net interest income is also affected by prepayments of loans and early withdrawals of deposits.

 

On March 7, 2016, the Boards of Directors of AF Mutual Holding Company, the Parent and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, AF Mutual Holding Company will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form in a “second-step” stock offering. AF Mutual Holding Company will be merged into the Parent, and AF Mutual Holding Company will no longer exist. The Parent will then merge into a new Maryland corporation named Bancorp 34, Inc. The existing publicly held shares of the Parent, which represent the remaining ownership interest in the Parent, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of the new Maryland corporation.

 

Basis of Presentation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of operations at the dates and for the periods presented. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full fiscal year. This information should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Basis of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Reclassifications – Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods financial information to conform to the current period presentation.

 

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported

 

  F- 6  
Table of Contents  

  

amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for loan losses, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance, valuation of other real estate and core deposit intangibles.

 

Subsequent Events – Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

 

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

 

Debt Issuance Costs - In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03, Interest — Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03). This update requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt and would be applied using a retrospective approach. This guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other companies, including emerging growth companies, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Business Combinations - In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement for an acquirer to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recorded in a business combination to reflect new information about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and that, if known, would have affected measurement or recognition of amounts initially recognized. As an alternative, the amendment requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments require that the acquirer record, in the financial statements of the period in which adjustments to provisional amounts are determined, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The new standard is effective for public companies prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. For all other companies, including emerging growth companies, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2015-16 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Leases - In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This standard requires entities that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The standard is effective for public companies for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. For all other companies, including emerging growth companies, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The guidance is required to be applied by the modified retrospective transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 – AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

 

Available-for-sale securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The carrying amount of such securities and their approximate fair values were as follows:

 

 

  F- 7  
Table of Contents  

 

    Gross     Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized        
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
                         
March 31, 2016                                
Available-for-sale securities                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 24,309,721     $ 103,826     $ (141,879 )   $ 24,271,668  
U.S. Government agencies     3,274,868       32,999       (5,249 )     3,302,618  
Municipal obligations     1,887,094       20,592       (653 )     1,907,033  
                                 
    $ 29,471,683     $ 157,417     $ (147,781 )   $ 29,481,319  
                                 
December 31, 2015                                
Available-for-sale securities                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 23,449,558     $ 52,498     $ (231,560 )   $ 23,270,496  
U.S. Government agencies     3,498,469       10,429       (50,085 )     3,458,813  
Municipal obligations     1,898,571       3,317       (646 )     1,901,242  
                                 
    $ 28,846,598     $ 66,244     $ (282,291 )   $ 28,630,551  

 

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities and resulting net gains and net losses were as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Proceeds from sale   $ -     $ 2,286,200  
(Losses), net   $ -     $ (13,800 )

 

Amortized cost and fair value of securities by contractual maturity as of March 31, 2016 are shown below. For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities, which are not due at a single maturity date, have been allocated over maturity groupings based on the actual contractual maturities of underlying collateral. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may call or prepay obligations.

 

The scheduled maturities of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

    March 31, 2016  
    Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value  
             
Due in one year or less   $ -     $ -  
Due after one to five years     28,207,821       28,193,363  
Due after five to ten years     1,263,862       1,287,956  
Due after ten years     -       -  
                 
Totals   $ 29,471,683     $ 29,481,319  

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

 

  F- 8  
Table of Contents  

 

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, mortgage-backed securities included collateralized mortgage obligations of $6.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, which are backed by single-family mortgage loans. The Company does not hold any securities backed by commercial real estate loans.

 

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value – The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair values of securities by length of time that individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position.

 

    March 31, 2016  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
          Gross           Gross           Gross  
Description of         Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized  
Securities   Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
                                     
Available-for-sale securities:                                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 3,556,124     $ (25,291 )   $ 8,423,645     $ (116,588 )   $ 11,979,769     $ (141,879 )
U.S. Government agencies     -       -       1,364,141       (5,249 )     1,364,141       (5,249 )
    Municipal obligations     35,300       (653 )     -       -       35,300       (653 )
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities   $ 3,591,424     $ (25,944 )   $ 9,787,786     $ (121,837 )   $ 13,379,210     $ (147,781 )

 

    December 31, 2015  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
          Gross           Gross           Gross  
Description of         Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized  
Securities   Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
                                     
Available-for-sale securities:                                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 13,002,963     $ (133,816 )   $ 5,833,352     $ (97,744 )   $ 18,836,315     $ (231,560 )
U.S. Government agencies     1,242,250       (6,715 )     1,477,876       (43,370 )     2,720,126       (50,085 )
    Municipal obligations     35,541       (646 )     -       -       35,541       (646 )
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities   $ 14,280,754     $ (141,177 )   $ 7,311,228     $ (141,114 )   $ 21,591,982     $ (282,291 )

 

At March 31, 2016, all of the government agencies and mortgage-backed securities held by the Company were issued by U.S. Government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

 

Loans and securities carried at approximately $115.6 million at March 31, 2016 were pledged to secure FHLB advances. In addition, securities carried at approximately $6.7 million at March 31, 2016 were pledged to secure public deposits.

 

NOTE 3 – LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, NET

 

The components of loans held for investment, net in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 

  F- 9  
Table of Contents  

 

 

    March 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
                         
Loans held for investment, net:                                
Commercial real estate   $ 149,189,698       75.5 %   $ 146,643,998       75.3 %
One- to four-family residential real estate     29,930,302       15.1       31,412,437       16.1  
Commercial and industrial     10,798,417       5.5       10,235,492       5.3  
Consumer and other     7,703,009       3.9       6,428,765       3.3  
Total gross loans     197,621,426       100.0 %     194,720,692       100.0 %
Unamortized loan fees     (664,737 )             (689,102 )        
Loans held for investment     196,956,689               194,031,590          
Allowance for loan losses     (2,052,365 )             (1,894,196 )        
Loans held for investment, net   $ 194,904,324             $ 192,137,394          

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 commercial real estate loans include construction loans of $7.7 million and $7.8 million, respectively.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans – The following is a summary of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

    As of March 31, 2016  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to Four-
Family
Residential Real
Estate
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment     1,241,068       567,465       197,713       46,119       2,052,365  
                                         
Total     1,241,068       567,465       197,713       46,119       2,052,365  
                                         
Gross loans                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment   $ 3,122,828     $ 1,289,486     $ 630,195     $ 23,247     $ 5,065,756  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment     146,066,870       28,640,816       10,168,222       7,679,762       192,555,670  
Ending balance:  loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Total   $ 149,189,698     $ 29,930,302     $ 10,798,417     $ 7,703,009     $ 197,621,426  

 

  F- 10  
Table of Contents  

  

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to Four-
Family
Residential Real
Estate
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for
impairment
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for
impairment
    1,136,458       656,089       63,527       38,122       1,894,196  
Total   $ 1,136,458     $ 656,089     $ 63,527     $ 38,122     $ 1,894,196  
                                         
Gross loans                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for
impairment
  $ 2,221,619     $ 1,830,826     $ 354,208     $ -     $ 4,406,653  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for
impairment
    144,422,379       29,581,611       9,881,284       6,428,765       190,314,039  
Ending balance:  loans acquired with deteriorated
credit quality
    -       -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 146,643,998     $ 31,412,437     $ 10,235,492     $ 6,428,765     $ 194,720,692  

 

The following is a summary of activities for the allowance for loan losses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Beginning balance   $ 1,894,196     $ 1,707,282  
                 
Provision for loan losses     52,000       100,000  
                 
Charge-offs:                
Commercial real estate     -       -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     (10,756 )     -  
Commercial and industrial     -       -  
Consumer and other     -       (160 )
Total charge-offs     (10,756 )     (160 )
                 
Recoveries:                
Commercial real estate     116,125       183,546  
One- to four-family residential real estate     800       -  
Commercial and industrial     -       -  
Consumer and other     -       -  
Total recoveries     116,925       183,546  
Net recoveries     106,169       183,386  
                 
Ending balance   $ 2,052,365     $ 1,990,668  

 

Nonperforming Assets – The following tables present an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Payment activity is reviewed by management on a monthly

 

  F- 11  
Table of Contents  

 

basis to determine the performance of each loan. Per Company policy, loans past due 90 days or more no longer accrue interest.

 

    Past Due           Total  
                90 Days                 Financing  
    30 - 59 Days     60 - 89 Days     or More     Total     Current     Receivables  
                                     
March 31, 2016                                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 149,189,698     $ 149,189,698  
One- to four-family residential real estate     434,237       -       634,087       1,068,324       28,861,978       29,930,302  
Commercial and industrial     304,144       -       -       304,144       10,494,273       10,798,417  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -       7,703,009       7,703,009  
                                                 
Totals   $ 738,381     $ -     $ 634,087     $ 1,372,468     $ 196,248,958     $ 197,621,426  

 

    Past Due           Total  
                90 Days                 Financing  
    30 - 59 Days     60 - 89 Days     or More     Total     Current     Receivables  
                                     
December 31, 2015                                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 146,643,998     $ 146,643,998  
One- to four-family residential real estate     314,541       173,467       788,159       1,276,167       30,136,270       31,412,437  
Commercial and industrial     -       -       -       -       10,235,492       10,235,492  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -       6,428,765       6,428,765  
                                                 
Totals   $ 314,541     $ 173,467     $ 788,159     $ 1,276,167     $ 193,444,525     $ 194,720,692  

 

The following table sets forth nonaccrual loans and other real estate at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Nonaccrual loans                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,048,451       1,489,851  
Commercial and industrial     304,144       354,208  
Consumer and other     -       -  
Total nonaccrual loans     1,352,595       1,844,059  
Other real estate (ORE)     501,558       306,000  
                 
Total nonperforming assets   $ 1,854,153     $ 2,150,059  
                 
Nonperforming assets to gross loans held for investment and ORE     0.94 %     1.10 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.67 %     0.79 %

 

Other real estate consisted of one commercial property and one 1-4 family residence at March 31, 2016 and one commercial property at December 31, 2015.

 

  F- 12  
Table of Contents  

 

Credit Quality Indicators – The following table represents the credit exposure by internally assigned grades at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. This grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements in accordance with the loan terms. The Bank’s internal credit risk grading system is based on management’s experiences with similarly graded loans. Credit risk grades are reassessed each quarter based on any recent developments potentially impacting the creditworthiness of the borrower, as well as other external statistics and factors, which may affect the risk characteristics of the respective loan.

 

    As of March 31, 2016  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to Four-
Family
Residential Real
Estate
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
                               
Grade                                        
Pass   $ 144,577,449     $ 28,427,054     $ 10,078,247     $ 7,679,762     $ 190,762,512  
Special mention     1,489,421       213,762       89,975       -       1,793,158  
Substandard     3,122,828       1,289,486       326,051       23,247       4,761,612  
Doubtful     -       -       304,144       -       304,144  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Totals   $ 149,189,698     $ 29,930,302     $ 10,798,417     $ 7,703,009     $ 197,621,426  

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to Four-
Family
Residential Real
Estate
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
                               
Grade                                        
Pass   $ 142,560,320     $ 29,434,236     $ 9,785,619     $ 6,428,765     $ 188,208,940  
Special mention     1,862,059       147,375       95,665       -       2,105,099  
Substandard     2,221,619       1,830,826       -       -       4,052,445  
Doubtful     -       -       354,208       -       354,208  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Totals   $ 146,643,998     $ 31,412,437     $ 10,235,492     $ 6,428,765     $ 194,720,692  

 

The Bank’s internally assigned grades are as follows:

 

Pass – Strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.

 

Special Mention – Potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Borrower and guarantor’s capacity to meet all financial obligations is marginally adequate or deteriorating.

 

Substandard – Inadequately protected by the paying capacity of the Borrower and/or collateral pledged. The borrower or guarantor is unwilling or unable to meet loan terms or loan covenants for the foreseeable future.

 

Doubtful – All the weakness inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that those weaknesses in place make the collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loss – Considered uncollectible or no longer a bankable asset. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recoverable value. In fact, a certain salvage value is inherent in these loans. Nevertheless, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a portion or whole of a perceived asset even though partial recovery may be collected in the future.

 

Impaired Loans – The following table includes the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances, net of charge-offs for impaired loans with the associated allowance amount, if applicable. Management determined the allocated allowance based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when the remaining source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the

 

  F- 13  
Table of Contents  

 

collateral. In those cases, the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs was used to determine the allocated allowance recorded.

 

    As of March 31, 2016  
          Principal           Average  
    Recorded     Net of     Related     Recorded  
    Investment     Charge-offs     Allowance     Investment  
                         
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,048,451       1,048,451       -       1,395,991  
Commercial and industrial     304,144       304,144       -       380,998  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,048,451       1,048,451       -       1,395,991  
Commercial and industrial     304,144       304,144       -       380,998  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
          Principal           Average  
    Recorded     Net of     Related     Recorded  
    Investment     Charge-offs     Allowance     Investment  
                         
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,489,851       1,489,851       -       1,949,279  
Commercial and industrial     354,208       354,208       -       733,940  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,489,851       1,489,851       -       1,949,279  
Commercial and industrial     354,208       354,208       -       733,940  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, no interest income was recognized on these loans as interest collected was credited to loan principal.

 

Certain loans within the Company’s loan and ORE portfolios are guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (VA). In the event of default by the borrower, the VA can elect to pay the guaranteed amount or take possession of the property. If the VA takes possession of the property, the Company is entitled to be reimbursed for the outstanding

 

  F- 14  
Table of Contents  

 

principal balance, accrued interest and certain other expenses. There were no commitments from the VA to take title to foreclosed VA properties at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings – Restructured loans are considered “troubled debt restructurings” if due to the borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank has granted a concession that they would not otherwise consider. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, rates, or a combination of the two. All troubled debt restructurings placed on nonaccrual status must show no less than six consecutive months of repayment performance by the borrower in accordance with contractual terms to return to accrual status. Once a loan has been identified as a troubled debt restructuring, it will continue to be reported as such until the loan is paid in full.

 

There were no troubled debt restructurings as of March 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may modify a loan for a credit worthy borrower where the modified loan is not considered a troubled debt restructuring. In these cases, the modified terms are consistent with loan terms available to credit worthy borrowers and within normal loan pricing. The modifications to such loans are done according to existing underwriting standards which include review of historical financial statements, including current interim information if available, an analysis of the causes of the borrower’s decline in performance, and projections intended to assess repayment ability going forward.

 

NOTE 4 – CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE

 

The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of core deposit intangible is as follows:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Gross carrying value   $ 502,000     $ 502,000  
Less accumulated amortization     (160,763 )     (139,220 )
                 
Core deposit intangible   $ 341,237     $ 362,780  

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible was $21,543 and $27,624 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

 

In the normal course of business, the Bank has outstanding commitments to extend credit and may have standby letters of credit, which are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments that are included in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent off-balance-sheet credit risk are as follows as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

  F- 15  
Table of Contents  

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Commitments to originate and sell mortgage loans   $ 31,960,061     $ 15,661,263  
Commitments to extend credit     22,994,407       18,695,121  
Unused lines of credit     4,819,999       4,591,908  
                 
Totals   $ 59,774,467     $ 38,948,292  

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies by and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit. There were no standby letters of credit at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

NOTE 6 – REGULATORY MATTERS

 

Bank 34 is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total risk-based capital and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets. Management believes, as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

 

Banks are also subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that they may declare without prior regulatory approval.

 

As of March 31, 2016, the Bank was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank has to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as disclosed in the table below. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action category.

 

The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are as follows:

 

  F- 16  
Table of Contents  

 

                            To be Well  
                            Capitalized Under  
                For Capital     Prompt Corrective  
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                                     
As of March 31, 2016:                                                
(Dollars in thousands)                                                
                                                 
Total Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 31,687       16.26 %   $ 15,592       ³ 8.00 %   $ 19,490       ³ 10.00 %
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 29,635       15.21 %   $ 11,694       ³ 6.00 %   $ 15,592       ³ 8.00 %
                                                 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 29,635       15.21 %   $ 8,771       ³ 4.50 %   $ 12,669       ³ 6.50 %
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Average Assets)   $ 29,635       11.09 %   $ 10,690       ³ 4.00 %   $ 13,363       ³ 5.00 %
                                                 
As of December 31, 2015:                                                
(Dollars in thousands)                                                
                                                 
Total Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 31,584       16.93 %   $ 14,928       ³ 8.00 %   $ 18,660       ³ 10.00 %
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 29,690       15.91 %   $ 11,196       ³ 6.00 %   $ 14,928       ³ 8.00 %
                                                 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 29,690       15.91 %   $ 8,397       ³ 4.50 %   $ 12,129       ³ 6.50 %
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Average Assets)   $ 29,690       11.06 %   $ 10,742       ³ 4.00 %   $ 13,428       ³ 5.00 %

 

NOTE 7 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

Available-for-sale Securities – Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly-liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange-traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include certain collateralized mortgage and debt obligations and certain municipal securities. In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy and include certain residual municipal securities and other less liquid securities.

 

  F- 17  
Table of Contents  

 

Loans Held for Sale – The fair value of loans held for sale is based on quoted market prices from FHLMC. FHLMC quotes are updated daily and represent prices at which loans are exchanged in high volumes and in a liquid market.

 

Other Real Estate – Other real estate is fair valued under Level 3 based on property appraisals less estimated disposition costs, which include both observable and unobservable inputs, at the time of transfer and as appropriate thereafter.

 

Loans Held for Investment – Loans held for investment are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Bank records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of these loans based on fair value measurements for loans subject to impairment. The fair value of impaired loans is typically determined using a combination of observable inputs, such as interest rates, contract terms, appraisals of collateral supporting the loan and recent comparable sales of similar properties, and unobservable inputs such as creditworthiness, disposition costs and underlying cash flows associated with the loan. Since the estimates of fair value utilized for loans also involve unobservable inputs, valuations of impaired loans have been classified as Level 3.

 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets at fair value:

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Quoted Prices     Significant              
    in Active     Other     Significant        
    Markets for     Observable     Unobservable        
    Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs        
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair Value  
                         
March 31, 2016                                
Recurring basis                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 24,271,668     $ -     $ 24,271,668  
U.S. Government agencies     -     $ 3,302,618       -       3,302,618  
Municipal obligations     -     $ 1,907,033       -       1,907,033  
Nonrecurring basis                                
Loans held for sale     -       17,597,841       -       17,597,841  
Other real estate     -       -       501,558       501,558  
Impaired loans     -       -       1,352,595       1,352,595  
                                 
Totals   $ -     $ 47,079,160     $ 1,854,153     $ 48,933,314  
                                 
December 31, 2015                                
Recurring basis                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 23,270,496     $ -     $ 23,270,496  
U.S. Government agencies     -       3,458,813       -       3,458,813  
Municipal obligations     -       1,901,242       -       1,901,242  
Nonrecurring basis                                
Loans held for sale     -       11,380,627       -       11,380,627  
Other real estate     -       -       306,000       306,000  
Impaired loans     -       -       1,844,059       1,844,059  
                                 
Totals   $ -     $ 40,011,178     $ 2,150,059     $ 42,161,237  

 

The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties. Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Bank does not know whether the fair values shown represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.

 

  F- 18  
Table of Contents  

 

The following tables present estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

                Quoted Prices     Significant        
                in Active     Other     Significant  
                Markets for     Observable     Unobservable  
    Carrying           Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Amount     Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
At March 31, 2016                                        
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 3,773     $ 3,773     $ 3,773     $ -     $ -  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     12,145       12,145       12,145       -       -  
Available-for-sale securities     29,481       29,481       -       29,481       -  
Loans held for sale     17,598       17,598       -       17,598       -  
Loans held for investment, net     194,904       194,934       -       -       194,934  
Stock in financial institutions     1,553       1,553       -       1,553       -  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Demand deposits, savings and NOW deposits     162,873       160,198       160,198       -       -  
Time deposits     71,756       71,791       -       71,791       -  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     11,000       10,998       -       10,998       -  
                                         
At December 31, 2015                                        
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 5,960     $ 5,960     $ 5,960     $ -     $ -  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     13,865       13,865       13,865       -       -  
Available-for-sale securities     28,631       28,631       -       28,631       -  
Loans held for sale     11,381       11,381       -       11,381       -  
Loans held for investment, net     192,137       195,631       -       -       195,631  
Stock in financial institutions     1,547       1,547       -       1,547       -  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Demand deposits, savings and NOW deposits     151,593       147,947       147,947       -       -  
Time deposits     74,107       74,149       -       74,149       -  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     13,000       13,004       -       13,004       -  

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the additional classes of financial instruments shown:

 

Cash and Due from Banks, Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks and Stock in Financial Institutions – The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances – Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and money market deposits. The carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits and FHLB advances is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits and advances of similar remaining maturities.

 

NOTE 8 –EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share – Basic earnings (loss) per share have been calculated based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. For earning per share computations, unallocated ESOP shares are treated like treasury shares and not considered outstanding. The calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

  F- 19  
Table of Contents  

 

for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 excludes 18,020 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Net income (loss)   $ 5,856     $ (264,257 )
                 
Weighted-average shares outstanding     1,662,105       1,657,227  
                 
Income (loss) per common share:                
Basic   $ 0.00     $ (0.16 )
Diluted   $ 0.00     $ (0.16 )

 

 

  F- 20  
Table of Contents  

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Alamogordo, New Mexico

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, the six months ended December 31, 2014, and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Briggs & Veselka Co.

 

Briggs & Veselka Co.

Houston, Texas

 

March 28, 2016

 

  F- 21  
Table of Contents  

  

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
             
    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
             
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 5,959,864     $ 12,708,542  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     13,865,000       2,115,431  
Total cash and cash equivalents     19,824,864       14,823,973  
                 
Loans held for investment     194,031,590       175,697,082  
Allowance for loan losses     (1,894,196 )     (1,707,282 )
Loans held for investment, net     192,137,394       173,989,800  
                 
Loans held for sale     11,380,627       9,429,090  
Available-for-sale securities     28,630,551       29,017,912  
Other real estate     306,000       820,000  
Premises and equipment, net     9,801,328       10,031,492  
Stock in financial institutions     1,546,847       1,905,935  
Accrued interest receivable     698,904       655,201  
Bank owned life insurance     5,355,013       5,223,189  
Core deposit intangible     362,780       465,168  
Prepaid and other assets     940,099       592,225  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 270,984,407     $ 246,953,985  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Deposits                
Demand deposits   $ 37,969,000     $ 17,975,857  
Savings and NOW deposits     113,624,419       100,574,790  
Time deposits     74,106,894       83,388,039  
Total deposits     225,700,313       201,938,686  
                 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     13,000,000       12,500,000  
Escrows     277,370       271,141  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     2,363,000       2,907,827  
Total liabilities     241,340,683       217,617,654  
                 
Commitments and contingencies     -       -  
                 
Stockholders’ equity                
Common stock, $0.10 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 1,685,132 issued, 1,679,500 outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014.     168,513       168,552  
Additional paid-in capital     9,713,894       9,714,459  
Retained earnings     20,404,880       20,084,266  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (216,047 )     (148,446 )
Treasury stock, at cost; 5,632 shares     (139,332 )     (139,332 )
Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares     (288,184 )     (343,168 )
Total stockholders’ equity     29,643,724       29,336,331  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 270,984,407     $ 246,953,985  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

 

  F- 22  
Table of Contents  

  

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                               
          Twelve Months     Six-Months              
    Year ended     Ended     Ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Year ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
          (Unaudited)                    
Interest income                                        
Interest and fees on loans   $ 11,643,531     $ 7,492,547     $ 4,429,322     $ 6,048,268     $ 6,819,081  
Interest on securities     506,108       843,251       445,056       873,239       662,709  
Interest on other interest-earning assets     74,087       31,306       19,880       18,271       20,717  
Total interest income     12,223,726       8,367,104       4,894,258       6,939,778       7,502,507  
                                         
Interest expense                                        
Interest on deposits     1,371,703       1,057,718       606,050       959,395       1,249,672  
Interest on borrowings     62,192       336,322       161,216       403,820       581,119  
Total interest expense     1,433,895       1,394,040       767,266       1,363,215       1,830,791  
                                         
Net interest income     10,789,831       6,973,064       4,126,992       5,576,563       5,671,716  
Provision for (credit to) loan losses     694,000       50,000       50,000       -       (121,000 )
                              -       -  
Net interest income after provision for (credit to) loan losses     10,095,831       6,923,064       4,076,992       5,576,563       5,792,716  
                                         
Noninterest income                                        
Gain on sale of loans     4,847,600       3,019,831       1,643,230       2,501,821       3,125,796  
Service charges and fees     296,629       269,388       119,025       250,256       199,452  
(Loss) gain on sale and impairments of other real estate     (517,863 )     60,332       -       23,846       (14,388 )
Gain (loss) on sale of securities     6,414       (327,914 )     (356,645 )     (3,000 )     (81,572 )
Bank owned life insurance income     131,823       141,896       71,353       148,377       196,972  
Bargain purchase gain     -       2,898,847       2,898,847       -       -  
Other     138,309       180,184       97,547       162,302       170,130  
Total noninterest income     4,902,912       6,242,564       4,473,357       3,083,602       3,596,390  
                                         
Noninterest expense                                        
Salaries and benefits     8,304,436       6,476,691       3,760,807       5,305,419       5,599,006  
Occupancy     1,597,282       1,275,693       728,654       1,107,211       1,145,149  
Data processing fees     1,612,302       882,945       471,658       754,833       548,172  
FDIC and other insurance expense     258,854       252,319       108,499       231,180       308,727  
Professional fees     945,859       519,129       266,783       356,662       383,943  
Merger-related expenses     99,577       1,377,168       800,965       920,420       234,007  
Advertising     220,230       130,160       59,616       192,705       178,853  
Net other real estate expenses     23,175       25,840       7,030       58,509       102,752  
Prepayment penalty, FHLB advances     -       532,125       532,125       -       -  
Other     1,596,414       1,294,214       791,479       967,802       985,492  
Total noninterest expense     14,658,129       12,766,284       7,527,616       9,894,741       9,486,101  
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes     340,614       399,344       1,022,733       (1,234,576 )     (96,995 )
Provision for income taxes     20,000       73,760       73,760       -       35,527  
                                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)     320,614       325,584       948,973       (1,234,576 )     (132,522 )
                                         
Other comprehensive (loss) income                                        
Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities     (67,601 )     916,352       401,181       (38,184 )     (635,904 )
                                         
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)   $ 253,013     $ 1,241,936     $ 1,350,154     $ (1,272,760 )   $ (768,426 )
                                         
Income (loss) per common share:                                        
Basic   $ 0.19     $ 0.23     $ 0.61     $ (0.95 )   $ (0.10 )
Diluted   $ 0.19     $ 0.23     $ 0.61     $ (0.95 )   $ (0.10 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

 

  F- 23  
Table of Contents  

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                 
                      Accumulated                          
                      Other                          
          Additional           Comprehensive                 Unearned     Total  
    Common     Paid-In     Retained     Income     Unearned     Treasury     ESOP     Stockholders'  
    Stock     Capital     Earnings     (Loss)       Stock awards     Stock     Shares     Equity  
                                                 
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2012   $ 132,411     $ 4,090,889     $ 20,502,391     $ 124,461     $ (10,280 )   $ (163,625 )   $ -     $ 24,676,247  
                                                              -  
Net loss     -       -       (132,522 )     -       -       -       -       (132,522 )
Unrealized (loss) on available-for-sale securities     -       -       -       (635,904 )     -       -       -       (635,904 )
Stock repurchases     -       -       -       -       -       (320,781 )     -       (320,781 )
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       10,280       -       -       10,280  
                                                                 
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2013   $ 132,411     $ 4,090,889     $ 20,369,869     $ (511,443 )   $ -     $ (484,406 )   $ -     $ 23,597,320  
                                                                 
Net loss     -       -       (1,234,576 )     -       -       -       -       (1,234,576 )
Unrealized (loss) on available-for-sale securities     -       -       -       (38,184 )     -       -       -       (38,184 )
Unallocated/unearned ESOP shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       (160,895 )     (160,895 )
Amortization of ESOP award     -       (4,165 )     -       -       -       -       24,106       19,941  
Sale of treasury shares to ESOP     -       (117,303 )     -       -       -       345,074       (227,771 )     -  
                                                                 
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2014   $ 132,411     $ 3,969,421     $ 19,135,293     $ (549,627 )   $ -     $ (139,332 )   $ (364,560 )   $ 22,183,606  
                                                                 
Net income     -       -       948,973       -       -       -       -       948,973  
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities     -       -       -       401,181       -       -       -       401,181  
Issuance of common stock in merger     36,141       5,747,287       -       -       -       -       -       5,783,428  
Amortization of ESOP award     -       (2,249 )     -       -       -       -       21,392       19,143  
                                                                 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2014   $ 168,552     $ 9,714,459     $ 20,084,266     $ (148,446 )   $ -     $ (139,332 )   $ (343,168 )   $ 29,336,331  
                                                                 
Net income     -       -       320,614       -       -       -       -       320,614  
Unrealized (loss) on available-for-sale securities     -       -       -       (67,601 )     -       -       -       (67,601 )
Amortization of ESOP award     -       (604 )     -       -       -       -       54,984       54,380  
Other     (39 )     39       -       -       -       -       -       -  
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2015   $ 168,513     $ 9,713,894     $ 20,404,880     $ (216,047 )   $ -     $ (139,332 )   $ (288,184 )   $ 29,643,724  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 24  
Table of Contents  

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                               
          Twelve-month     Six-month              
    Year ended     period ended     period ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Year ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
            (Unaudited)                          
Cash flows from operating activities                                        
Net income (loss)   $ 320,614     $ 325,584     $ 948,973     $ (1,234,576 )   $ (132,522 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:                                        
Depreciation and amortization     630,595       535,755       285,318       506,932       530,614  
Stock dividend on financial institution stock     (7,112 )     -       -       -       (5,816 )
Loss (gain) on sale and impairments of other real estate     517,863       (60,332 )     -       (23,846 )     14,388  
Amortization of premiums and discounts on securities, net     612,725       1,151,175       870,747       730,956       1,065,162  
ESOP expense     54,380       39,084       19,143       19,941       -  
Amortization of core deposit intangible     102,388       36,832       36,832       -       -  
Bargain purchase gain     -       (2,898,847 )     (2,898,847 )     -       -  
(Gain) loss on sale of available-for-sale securities     (6,414 )     327,914       356,645       3,000       81,572  
Gain on sale of loans     (4,847,600 )     (3,019,831 )     (1,643,230 )     (2,501,821 )     (3,125,796 )
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       10,280  
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale     153,629,618       98,308,994       50,497,855       93,554,202       102,865,408  
Funding of loans held for sale     (145,588,454 )     (98,376,190 )     (48,004,914 )     (95,036,120 )     (99,149,636 )
Provision for (credit to) loan losses     694,000       50,000       50,000       -       (121,000 )
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance     (131,823 )     (141,896 )     (71,353 )     (148,377 )     (196,972 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                                        
Accrued interest receivable     (43,703 )     169,144       180,395       (13,332 )     23,065  
Income taxes receivable     -       534,442       224,111       310,331       74,600  
Prepaid and other assets     (347,874 )     (178,241 )     (181,974 )     (18,166 )     912,713  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     (544,827 )     1,176,051       764,374       204,008       770,445  
Other     40,517       (22,586 )     (90 )     -       -  
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities     5,084,893       (2,042,948 )     1,433,985       (3,646,868 )     3,616,505  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities                                        
Proceeds from principal payments on available-for-sale securities     6,656,949       5,226,173       2,569,444       7,441,124       11,729,090  
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities     2,799,336       31,163,517       29,108,517       15,092,151       3,685,377  
Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (9,742,836 )     (5,848,077 )     (5,848,077 )     (6,924,730 )     (31,265,472 )
Funding of ESOP     -       (106,919 )     -       (106,919 )     -  
Net change in loans held for investment     (24,038,173 )     (15,222,549 )     (15,657,885 )     (1,689,674 )     19,488,012  
Purchases of premises and equipment     (417,788 )     (23,398 )     (11,063 )     (27,671 )     (255,872 )
Redemption (purchases) of stock in financial institutions     366,200       (391,315 )     (593,500 )     307,752       (19,771 )
Net proceeds from sales of other real estate     24,454       631,221       16,888       660,189       3,158,151  
Cash paid for acquisition     -       (3,804,414 )     (3,804,414 )     -       -  
Cash received for acquisition     -       2,208,730       2,208,730       -       -  
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities     (24,351,858 )     13,832,969       7,988,640       14,752,222       6,519,515  
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities                                        
Net change in deposits     23,761,627       (4,527,102 )     (8,239,212 )     (844,339 )     (7,903,880 )
Net change in escrows     6,229       3,226       4,732       (14,284 )     (69,259 )
Stock repurchases     -       -       -       -       (320,781 )
Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank advances     500,000       526,655       3,690,068       (4,517,267 )     (2,175,048 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities     24,267,856       (3,997,221 )     (4,544,412 )     (5,375,890 )     (10,468,968 )
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     5,000,891       7,792,800       4,878,213       5,729,464       (332,948 )
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     14,823,973       7,031,173       9,945,760       4,216,296       4,549,244  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 19,824,864     $ 14,823,973     $ 14,823,973     $ 9,945,760     $ 4,216,296  
                                         
Supplemental disclosures:                                        
Interest on deposits and advances paid   $ 1,426,975     $ 1,422,814     $ 792,846     $ 1,373,379     $ 1,864,243  
Income taxes paid (refund)   $ 20,000     $ (310,331 )   $ -     $ (310,331 )   $ -  
Noncash investing and financing activities:                                        
Transfers of loans to other real estate   $ 28,317     $ 81,518     $ -     $ 81,518     $ -  
Sale and financing of other real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 2,509,570  
Sale of treasury shares to ESOP   $ -     $ 345,074     $ -     $ 345,074     $ -  
Issuance of common stock in merger   $ -     $ 5,783,428     $ 5,783,428     $ -     $ -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 25  
Table of Contents  

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company that owns 100% of Bank 34 (the “Bank”). On June 30, 2008, the Bank changed its name from Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association to Bank 34. Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Parent”) was incorporated on April 30, 1997 and is a majority-owned subsidiary of AF Mutual Holding Company. As of December 31, 2015, AF Mutual Holding Company owned 54.7% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Effective December 31, 2014 all three companies changed their fiscal year ends to December 31 from June 30.

 

The Company completed its acquisition of Bank 1440 on August 29, 2014. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million. In the merger, the Company received assets valued at $88.3 million and assumed liabilities of $75.8 million. The transaction resulted in an increase in stockholders’ equity of $8.7 million, including $5.8 million due to the fair value of shares issued and the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

The Bank provides a variety of banking services to individuals and businesses through its full-service branches in Alamogordo and Las Cruces, New Mexico and Scottsdale and Peoria, Arizona. The Bank opened a loan production office in El Paso, Texas in the first quarter of 2015.

 

A large portion of the Bank’s New Mexico loans are secured by real estate in Otero and Dona Ana Counties. The economy for these counties is heavily dependent on two U.S. Government military installations located in those counties. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of the Bank’s New Mexico loans are susceptible to changes in U.S. Government military operations in southern New Mexico.

 

The primary deposit products are demand deposits, certificates of deposit, NOW, savings and money market accounts. The primary lending products are real estate mortgage loans and commercial loans. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions, regulation by certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by regulatory authorities.

 

Rising and falling interest rate environments can have various impacts on the Bank’s net interest income, depending on the short-term interest rate gap that the Bank maintains. The Bank’s net interest income is also affected by prepayments of loans and early withdrawals of deposits.

 

Basis of Presentation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

 

Basis of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Reclassifications – Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods financial information to conform to the current period presentation.

 

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported

 

  F- 26  
Table of Contents  

 

amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for loan losses, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance, valuation of other real estate and core deposit intangibles.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, the Company considers all highly-liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. In monitoring credit risk associated with deposits in other banks, the Bank periodically evaluates the stability of the correspondent financial institutions.

 

Securities – The Company reviews its financial position, liquidity, and future plans in evaluating the criteria for classifying securities. Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, debentures, mortgage-backed securities, municipal obligations and certain equity securities not classified as trading securities or as held-to-maturity securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale securities are reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. The related write-downs are included in earnings as realized losses. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the expected life of the security.

 

Loans Held for Investment, Net – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances reduced by any charge-offs or specific allowances and net of any deferred fees or costs. Loans are considered past due or delinquent based on the contractual terms in the loan agreement and how recently repayments have been received. Interest income is recognized based upon principal amounts outstanding. The accrual of interest is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due or when, in the opinion of management, there is doubt about the ability of the borrower to pay interest or principal, unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. Interest previously accrued but uncollected on such loans is reversed and charged against current income. Subsequent interest collected on such loans is credited to loan principal if, in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is doubtful; otherwise, the interest collected is recognized as income and resumption of interest accruals may occur. Loans are charged-off as uncollectible when, in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is improbable. Personal loans are typically charged off when no later than 180 days past due.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio; credit concentrations; trends in historical loss experience; and specific impaired loans and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the current level of net loan losses, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.

 

Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

 

Loans Held for Sale – Loans held for sale includes one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and periodically, a portion of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans the Company intends to sell. They are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of mortgage loans are recognized

 

  F- 27  
Table of Contents  

 

upon sale and are determined by the difference between the sales proceeds and carrying value of the loans. These loans are generally sold within 7 to 14 days of origination. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to operations. The December 31, 2015 and 2014 loans held for sale portfolio totaled $11.4 million and $9.4 million, respectively, all of which were one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right, free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right, to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

 

Other Real Estate (ORE) – ORE consists of properties acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. These properties are carried at fair market value based on appraisal value less estimated sales costs. Loan losses arising from the acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses; any subsequent valuation adjustments are charged to expense, and the basis of the properties is reduced accordingly. These properties are not held for the production of income and, therefore, are not depreciated. Significant improvements expected to increase the resale value are capitalized and added to the value of the property.

 

Premises and Equipment – Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from three to seven years for equipment and fifteen to forty years for leasehold improvements and buildings. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful lives of premises and equipment are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) – The Bank holds BOLI representing life insurance on the lives of certain executives of the Bank purchased in order to help offset the costs of the Bank’s benefit expenses. BOLI is carried on our consolidated balance sheets at the net cash surrender value of the policies and increases in the net cash surrender value are recorded in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as bank owned life insurance income.

 

Core deposit intangible (CDI) – Core deposit intangible represents a premium paid to acquire core deposits representing the net present value of core deposits acquired over their book value on the acquisition date. The core deposit intangible is amortized using the double declining balance method over the 9-year estimated useful lives of the core deposits. Core deposit intangibles are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may be larger than the value of the future undiscounted cash flows.

 

Income Taxes – Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the income tax provision. The Company has no uncertain tax provisions.

 

Fair Value Measurements – Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

 

· Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; includes certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agency debt that is highly-liquid and is actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

 

· Level 2 – Inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or

 

  F- 28  
Table of Contents  

 

liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

· Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk – In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The credit risk associated with these instruments is evaluated using the same methodology as for loans held for investment.

 

Advertising Cost – The Company conducts direct and non-direct response advertising. These costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the year ended December 31, 2015 , the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $220,000, $130,000, $60,000, $193,000 and $179,000, respectively.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) – Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and net unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes when applicable.

 

Stock-Based Compensation – The Company has a Stock Option Plan and a Recognition and Retention Plan which each award shares of the Company’s stock to directors and key employees.

 

The Company separates each award into vesting tranches and recognizes expense on the fair value of the option for each tranche over the vesting period. The fair value of options granted are estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free rate of return, and the expected life of the options.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no options granted.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) – The cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet committed to be released, is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. For ESOP shares committed to be released, the Bank recognizes compensation expense equal to the average fair value of the shares committed to be released during the period in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 718-40-30, “Compensation-Stock Compensation-Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” To the extent that the fair value of the ESOP shares differs from the cost of such shares, the difference is charged or credited to stockholders’ equity as additional paid-in capital. The Bank makes contributions equal to the ESOP's debt service, less dividends on unallocated and allocated (if any) shares used to repay the loan. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are charged to retained earnings.

 

Business Combinations – The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). The Company recognizes the full estimated fair value of the assets received and liabilities assumed, immediately expenses transaction costs and accounts for restructuring plans separately from the business combination. There is no recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on our consolidated balance sheet as credit related factors are incorporated directly into the estimated fair value of the loans recorded at the effective date of the business combination. The excess of the cost of the merger over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Alternatively, a bargain purchase gain is recorded equal to the amount by which the estimated fair value of assets received exceeds the estimated fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid. Results of operations of the

 

  F- 29  
Table of Contents  

 

acquired business are included in our statement of comprehensive income (loss) from the effective date of the business combination.

 

Subsequent Events – Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date of the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

 

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements :

 

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure - In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-04, "Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure." The objective of this guidance is to clarify when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. ASU No. 2014-04 states that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, ASU No. 2014-04 requires interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. ASU No. 2014-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-04 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Debt Issuance Costs - In April 2015, Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03). This update requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt and would be applied using a retrospective approach. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 31, 2015, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Business Combinations - In September 2015, the FASB issued ASC 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement for an acquirer to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recorded in a business combination to reflect new information about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and that, if known, would have affected measurement or recognition of amounts initially recognized. As an alternative, the amendment requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments require that the acquirer record, in the financial statements of the period in which adjustments to provisional amounts are determined, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The new standard is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Leases - In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842).” This standard requires entities that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The standard is effective for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied by the modified retrospective transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 30  
Table of Contents  

 

NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

On August 29, 2014 (“acquisition date”), the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Bank 1440, a state-chartered commercial bank headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona with approximately $88.3 million in assets at fair value and two branches. Bank 1440 shareholders received $0.94 in cash and 0.17064 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for each share of Bank 1440 common stock and Series A preferred stock, resulting in the Company issuing 360,635 shares of its common stock, subject to adjustment for cash paid in lieu of fractional shares. The acquisition resulted from a combination of expected synergies and the intent to expand business operations in Phoenix, Arizona.

 

The Bank 1440 transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Per the applicable accounting guidance for business combinations, these fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information relative to closing date fair values become available. No subsequent fair value refinements were made related to the Bank 1440 transaction.

 

A bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million was recognized in noninterest income, which is calculated as the excess of net identifiable assets acquired at $12.5 million over consideration transferred of $9.6 million. No tax benefit or expense was recognized on the fair market value adjustments since the Company and Bank 1440 both have 100% valuation allowances against their net deferred tax assets and neither has been imputing tax benefits or expense on current income due to past years net operating losses. The following tables provide the purchase price calculation as of the acquisition date and the identifiable assets purchased and the liabilities assumed at their estimated fair value. These fair value measurements are based on third-party valuations that are subject to refinement for up to one year after the acquisition date based on additional information obtained by management that existed as of the acquisition date.

 

    August 29,  
    2014  
Purchase Price        
         
Gross AFC Shares Issued on Exchange     360,635  
Closing price per share of the Company's Common Stock   $ 16.00  
         
Stock Consideration (0.17064 ratio)   $ 5,770,160  
         
Option and Warrant consideration   $ 1,298,629  
20% Cash and Cash in Lieu     2,105,785  
Dissenters Payments     400,000  
         
Cash Consideration   $ 3,804,414  
         
Total purchase price   $ 9,574,574  

 

  F- 31  
Table of Contents  

 

Statement of Net Assets Acquired at Fair Value:

 

ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 2,208,730          
Available-for-sale securities     17,365,877          
Loans held for investment, net     67,383,915          
Premises and equipment, net     326,428          
Core deposit intangible     502,000          
Accrued interest receivable and other assets     482,354          
Total assets   $ 88,269,304     $ 88,269,304  
                 
LIABILITIES                
Deposits   $ 75,504,917          
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     -          
Accrued interest and other liabilities     290,966          
Total liabilities   $ 75,795,883       (75,795,883 )
                 
Net identifiable assets acquired           $ 12,473,421  
                 
Total purchase price           $ (9,574,574 )
                 
Bargain purchase gain           $ 2,898,847  

 

Bank 1440’s results of operations prior to the Acquisition Date are not included in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The operating results of the Company include the operating results of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities subsequent to the Acquisition Date. The operations of Bank 1440 provided approximately $1.3 million in interest income on loans and approximately $215,000 in interest income on securities for the period from the Acquisition Date to December 31, 2014, ignoring purchase accounting fair value adjustment amortization.

 

Merger-related charges of $100,000 and $1.4 million were recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and include incremental costs to integrate the operations of the Company and Bank 1440. Such expenses were for professional services including legal fees, costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements for various services including the write off of tenant improvements as a result of planned relocation of the Phoenix office, travel costs, printing, supplies and other costs. Core operating systems were converted in March 2015. The integration of Bank 1440 into the Company is complete.

 

The following table provides the unaudited pro forma information for the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 as if the acquisition had occurred January 1 of each year. These adjustments include the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments including accretion of loan discounts, core deposit intangible amortization, fixed asset depreciation and deposit premium amortization as well as a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million in August 2014. In addition, the merger expenses previously discussed are included in each period presented. The Company expected to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts. These unaudited pro-forma results are presented for illustrative purposes and are not intended to represent or be indicative of the actual results of operations of the combined corporation that would have been achieved had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of each period presented, nor are they intended to represent or be indicative of future results of operations.

 

  F- 32  
Table of Contents  

 

Pro-Forma Results of Operations

 

          Twelve-month  
    Year ended     period ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
             
Total revenue, net of interest expense   $ 15,693     $ 15,747  
Net income   $ 321     $ 1,102  

 

In many cases, determining the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. The most significant of those determinations relates to the valuation of acquired loans. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and other factors, such as prepayments. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of Bank 1440’s previously established allowance for loan losses.

 

All of the acquired loans were evaluated for evidence of credit quality deterioration and none were found to be accountable under ASC 310-30 (acquired impaired). All acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-20 (acquired non-impaired). The fair value of the acquired loans at the Acquisition Date was $67.4 million. The gross contractually required principal and interest payments receivable for acquired loans was $68.5 million.

 

The fair value of the investment securities acquired was approximately $17.4 million.

 

NOTE 3 – RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

 

Banks are required to maintain reserve funds in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve required at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $482,000 and $308,000, respectively, and is included in cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

NOTE 4 – AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

 

Available-for-sale securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The carrying amount of such securities and their approximate fair values were as follows:

 

  F- 33  
Table of Contents  

 

    Gross     Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized        
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
                         
December 31, 2015                                
Available-for-sale securities                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 23,449,558     $ 52,498     $ (231,560 )   $ 23,270,496  
U.S. Government agencies     3,498,469       10,429       (50,085 )     3,458,813  
Municipal obligations     1,898,571       3,317       (646 )     1,901,242  
                                 
    $ 28,846,598     $ 66,244     $ (282,291 )   $ 28,630,551  
                                 
December 31, 2014                                
Available-for-sale securities                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 21,797,221     $ 72,984     $ (142,394 )   $ 21,727,811  
U.S. Government agencies     4,925,972       4,355       (73,798 )     4,856,529  
Municipal obligations     2,443,165       9,059       (18,652 )     2,433,572  
                                 
    $ 29,166,358     $ 86,398     $ (234,844 )   $ 29,017,912  

 

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities and resulting net gains and net losses were as follows: 

 

          Twelve-month  
    Year ended     period ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
          (Unaudited)  
             
Proceeds from sale   $ 2,799,336     $ 31,163,517  
Income (losses), net   $ 6,414     $ (327,914 )

 

Amortized cost and fair value of securities by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown below. For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities, which are not due at a single maturity date, have been allocated over maturity groupings based on the actual contractual maturities of underlying collateral. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may call or prepay obligations.

 

The scheduled maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
                         
Due in one year or less   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Due after one to five years     25,131,259       24,942,098       18,462,435       18,353,451  
Due after five to ten years     3,715,339       3,688,453       10,703,923       10,664,461  
Due after ten years     -       -       -       -  
                                 
Totals   $ 28,846,598     $ 28,630,551     $ 29,166,358     $ 29,017,912  

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

 

  F- 34  
Table of Contents  

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, mortgage-backed securities included collateralized mortgage obligations of $5.9 million and $5.5 million, respectively, which are backed by single-family mortgage loans. The Company does not hold any securities backed by commercial real estate loans.

 

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value – The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair values of securities by length of time that individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position.

 

    December 31, 2015  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
          Gross           Gross           Gross  
Description of         Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized  
Securities   Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
                                     
Available-for-sale securities:                                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 13,002,963     $ (133,816 )   $ 5,833,352     $ (97,744 )   $ 18,836,315     $ (231,560 )
U.S. Government agencies     1,242,250       (6,715 )     1,477,876       (43,370 )     2,720,126       (50,085 )
Municipal obligations     35,541       (646 )     -       -       35,541       (646 )
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities   $ 14,280,754     $ (141,177 )   $ 7,311,228     $ (141,114 )   $ 21,591,982     $ (282,291 )

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, all of the government agencies and mortgage-backed securities held by the Company were issued by U.S. Government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.

 

Loans and securities carried at approximately $114.9 million at December 31, 2015 were pledged to secure FHLB advances. In addition, securities carried at approximately $5.4 million at December 31, 2015 were pledged to secure public deposits.

 

  F- 35  
Table of Contents  

 

NOTE 5 – LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, NET

 

The components of loans held for investment, net in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
                         
Loans held for investment, net:                                
Commercial real estate   $ 146,643,998       75.3 %   $ 129,948,473       73.7 %
One- to four-family residential real estate     31,412,437       16.1       32,959,380       18.7  
Commercial and industrial     10,235,492       5.3       8,594,344       4.9  
Consumer and other     6,428,765       3.3       4,816,230       2.7  
Total gross loans     194,720,692       100.0 %     176,318,427       100.0 %
Unamortized loan fees     (689,102 )             (621,345 )        
Loans held for investment     194,031,590               175,697,082          
Allowance for loan losses     (1,894,196 )             (1,707,282 )        
Loans held for investment, net   $ 192,137,394             $ 173,989,800          

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014 commercial real estate loans include construction loans of $7.8 million and $13.0 million, respectively.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans – The following is a summary of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to
Four-Family
Residential
Real Estate
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment     1,136,458       656,089       63,527       38,122       1,894,196  
                                         
Total   $ 1,136,458     $ 656,089     $ 63,527     $ 38,122     $ 1,894,196  
                                         
Gross loans                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment   $ 2,221,619     $ 1,830,826     $ 354,208     $ -     $ 4,406,653  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 144,422,379     $ 29,581,611     $ 9,881,284     $ 6,428,765       190,314,039  
Ending balance:  loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality     -       -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 146,643,998     $ 31,412,437     $ 10,235,492     $ 6,428,765     $ 194,720,692  

 

  F- 36  
Table of Contents  

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to
Four-Family
Residential
Real Estate
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
                               
Allowance for loan losses                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment     1,125,491       387,801       177,820       16,170       1,707,282  
                                         
Total   $ 1,125,491     $ 387,801     $ 177,820     $ 16,170     $ 1,707,282  
                                         
Gross loans                                        
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment   $ 2,512,377     $ 491,780     $ 16,796     $ -     $ 3,020,953  
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment     127,436,096       32,467,600       8,577,548       4,816,230       173,297,474  
Total   $ 129,948,473     $ 32,959,380     $ 8,594,344     $ 4,816,230     $ 176,318,427  

 

The following is a summary of activities for the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015, twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

          Twelve-month     Six-month              
    Year ended     period ended     period ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
          (Unaudited)                    
                               
Beginning balance   $ 1,707,282     $ 1,733,097     $ 1,644,550     $ 1,824,388     $ 2,436,785  
                                         
Provision for (credit to) loan losses     694,000       50,000       50,000       -       (121,000 )
                                         
Charge-offs:                                        
Commercial real estate     -       -       -       (76,000 )     (382,592 )
One- to four-family residential real estate     (339,352 )     (100,962 )     (14,252 )     (86,710 )     (111,237 )
Commercial and industrial     (354,000 )     -       -       -       -  
Consumer and other     (160 )     (32,562 )     (872 )     (47,981 )     (187,397 )
Total charge-offs     (693,512 )     (133,524 )     (15,124 )     (210,691 )     (681,226 )
                                         
Recoveries:                                        
Commercial real estate     183,546       29,700       -       29,700       66,265  
One- to four-family residential real estate     2,800       26,153       26,153       -       45,820  
Commercial and industrial     -       -       -       -       -  
Consumer and other     80       1,856       1,703       1,153       77,744  
Total recoveries     186,426       57,709       27,856       30,853       189,829  
Net (charge-offs) recoveries     (507,086 )     (75,815 )     12,732       (179,838 )     (491,397 )
                                         
Ending balance   $ 1,894,196     $ 1,707,282     $ 1,707,282     $ 1,644,550     $ 1,824,388  

 

  F- 37  
Table of Contents  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets – The following tables present an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Payment activity is reviewed by management on a monthly basis to determine the performance of each loan. Per Company policy, loans past due 90 days or more no longer accrue interest.

 

    Past Due           Total  
    30 - 59     60 - 89     90 Days                 Financing  
    Days     Days     or More     Total     Current     Receivables  
                                     
December 31, 2015                                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 146,643,998     $ 146,643,998  
One- to four-family residential real estate     314,541       173,467       788,159       1,276,167       30,136,270       31,412,437  
Commercial and industrial     -       -       -       -       10,235,492       10,235,492  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -       6,428,765       6,428,765  
                                                 
Totals   $ 314,541     $ 173,467     $ 788,159     $ 1,276,167     $ 193,444,525     $ 194,720,692  

 

    Past Due              
    30 - 59 Days     60 - 89 Days     90 Days
or More
    Total     Current     Financing
Receivables
 
December 31, 2014                                    
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ 894,137     $ -     $ 894,137     $ 129,054,336     $ 129,948,473  
One- to four-family residential real estate     945,427       149,832       113,239       1,208,497       31,750,882       32,959,380  
Commercial and industrial     -       -       -       -       8,594,344       8,594,344  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -       4,816,230       4,816,230  
                                                 
Totals   $ 945,427     $ 1,043,969     $ 113,239     $ 2,102,634     $ 174,215,792     $ 176,318,427  

  

The following table sets forth nonaccrual loans and other real estate at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Nonaccrual loans                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ 616,605  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,489,851       181,284  
Commercial and industrial     354,208       16,795  
Consumer and other     -       -  
Total nonaccrual loans     1,844,059       814,684  
Other real estate (ORE)     306,000       820,000  
                 
Total nonperforming assets   $ 2,150,059     $ 1,634,684  
                 
Nonperforming assets to gross loans held for investment and ORE     1.10 %     0.92 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.79 %     0.66 %

 

  F- 38  
Table of Contents  

 

Credit Quality Indicators – The following table represents the credit exposure by internally assigned grades at December 31, 2015 and 2014. This grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements in accordance with the loan terms. The Bank’s internal credit risk grading system is based on management’s experiences with similarly graded loans. Credit risk grades are reassessed each quarter based on any recent developments potentially impacting the creditworthiness of the borrower, as well as other external statistics and factors, which may affect the risk characteristics of the respective loan.

   

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to
Four-Family
Residential
Real Estate
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
                               
Grade                                        
Pass   $ 142,560,320     $ 29,434,236     $ 9,785,619     $ 6,428,765     $ 188,208,940  
Special mention     1,862,059       147,375       95,665       -       2,105,099  
Substandard     2,221,619       1,830,826       -       -       4,052,445  
Doubtful     -       -       354,208       -       354,208  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Totals   $ 146,643,998     $ 31,412,437     $ 10,235,492     $ 6,428,765     $ 194,720,692  

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to
Four-Family
Residential
Real Estate
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Consumer and
Other
    Total  
                               
Grade                                        
Pass   $ 126,864,801     $ 32,382,072     $ 8,577,548     $ 4,816,230     $ 172,640,651  
Special mention     571,294       85,528       -       -       656,823  
Substandard     2,512,377       491,780       16,795       -       3,020,953  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Totals   $ 129,948,473     $ 32,959,380     $ 8,594,344     $ 4,816,230     $ 176,318,427  

 

The Bank’s internally assigned grades are as follows:

 

Pass – Strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.

 

Special Mention – Potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Borrower and guarantor’s capacity to meet all financial obligations is marginally adequate or deteriorating.

 

Substandard – Inadequately protected by the paying capacity of the Borrower and/or collateral pledged. The borrower or guarantor is unwilling or unable to meet loan terms or loan covenants for the foreseeable future.

 

Doubtful – All the weakness inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that those weaknesses in place make the collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loss – Considered uncollectible or no longer a bankable asset. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recoverable value. In fact, a certain salvage value is inherent in these loans. Nevertheless, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a portion or whole of a perceived asset even though partial recovery may be collected in the future.

 

  F- 39  
Table of Contents  

 

Impaired Loans – The following table includes the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances, net of charge-offs for impaired loans with the associated allowance amount, if applicable. Management determined the allocated allowance based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when the remaining source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In those cases, the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs was used to determine the allocated allowance recorded.

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
          Principal           Average  
    Recorded     Net of     Related     Recorded  
    Investment     Charge-offs     Allowance     Investment  
                         
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,489,851       1,489,851       -       1,949,279  
Commercial and industrial     354,208       354,208       -       733,940  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One- to four-family residential real estate     1,489,851       1,489,851       -       1,949,279  
Commercial and industrial     354,208       354,208       -       733,940  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  
                                 
    As of December 31, 2014  
          Principal           Average  
    Recorded     Net of     Related     Recorded  
    Investment     Charge-offs     Allowance     Investment  
                         
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate   $ 1,099,680     $ 1,099,680     $ -     $ 1,103,367  
One- to four-family residential real estate     181,284       181,284       -       186,279  
Commercial and industrial     16,795       16,795       -       16,795  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate   $ 1,099,680     $ 1,099,680     $ -     $ 1,103,367  
One- to four-family residential real estate     181,284       181,284       -       186,279  
Commercial and industrial     16,795       16,795       -       16,795  
Consumer and other     -       -       -       -  

 

  F- 40  
Table of Contents  

 

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, no interest income was recognized on these loans as interest collected was credited to loan principal.

 

Certain loans within the Company’s loan and ORE portfolios are guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (VA). In the event of default by the borrower, the VA can elect to pay the guaranteed amount or take possession of the property. If the VA takes possession of the property, the Company is entitled to be reimbursed for the outstanding principal balance, accrued interest and certain other expenses. There were no commitments from the VA to take title to foreclosed VA properties at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings – Restructured loans are considered “troubled debt restructurings” if due to the borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank has granted a concession that they would not otherwise consider. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, rates, or a combination of the two. All troubled debt restructurings placed on nonaccrual status must show no less than six months of repayment performance by the borrower in accordance with contractual terms to return to accrual status. Once a loan has been identified as a troubled debt restructuring, it will continue to be reported as such until the loan is paid in full.

  

There were no troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2015. The following is a summary of total troubled debt restructurings by class as of December 31, 2014:

 

    Number of
Modifications
  Recorded
Investment
Pre-Modification
    Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
    Principal Net of
Charge-offs
 
                       
December 31, 2014                            
Commercial real estate   3   $ 1,016,728     $ 1,137,660     $ 963,844  
One- to four-family residential real estate   -     -       -       -  
Commercial and industrial   1     99,040       113,053       16,795  
Consumer and other   -     -       -       -  
                             
Totals   4   $ 1,115,768     $ 1,250,712     $ 980,639  

 

Troubled debt restructurings (post-modification) were the result of adding real estate taxes to the loan, along with legal costs related to bankruptcies. There were no allocated specific allowances related to these credits and there were no commitments to lend additional amounts to these customers as of December 31, 2014.

 

During the 12 months ended December 31, 2014, there was one commercial real estate loan of $231,000, which was modified as a troubled debt restructuring. This restructuring was not in default during the 12 months ended December 31, 2014.

 

Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $0 and $498,000, respectively.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may modify a loan for a credit worthy borrower where the modified loan is not considered a troubled debt restructuring. In these cases, the modified terms are consistent with loan terms available to credit worthy borrowers and within normal loan pricing. The modifications to such loans are done according to existing underwriting standards which include review of historical financial statements, including current interim information if available, an analysis of the causes of the borrower’s decline in performance, and projections intended to assess repayment ability going forward.

 

  F- 41  
Table of Contents  

 

NOTE 6 – STOCK IN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

The Bank has acquired stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Dallas, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, The Independent Bankers Bank (TIB) and Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares (PCBB). The carrying value of the stocks at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1,547,000 and $1,906,000, respectively, and is accounted for using the cost basis of accounting. The Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of FHLB stock based on various factors, including the amount of mortgage assets and the Bank’s total assets.

  

NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE

 

Other real estate is summarized as follows:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Other real estate:                
Commercial   $ 306,000     $ 820,000  
Residential     -       -  
                 
Total other real estate   $ 306,000     $ 820,000  

 

Other real estate at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of one commercial property.

 

An analysis of the change in other real estate follows:

 

          Twelve Months  
    Year Ended     Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Beginning balance   $ 820,000     $ 1,286,854  
Foreclosures and additions     28,317       16,888  
Impairments     (517,863 )     -  
Sales     (24,454 )     (483,742 )
                 
Ending balance   $ 306,000     $ 820,000  

 

NOTE 8 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Components of premises and equipment, net included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

  F- 42  
Table of Contents  

 

    At December 31,     At December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Cost:                
Land   $ 2,083,915     $ 2,043,881  
Building and improvements     11,383,618       11,400,145  
Furniture and equipment     2,011,609       1,933,912  
Automobiles     129,902       129,902  
Total cost     15,609,044       15,507,839  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (5,807,716 )     (5,476,347 )
                 
Net book value   $ 9,801,328     $ 10,031,492  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $565,000 and $536,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

NOTE 9 – CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE

 

The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of core deposit intangible is as follows:

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Gross carrying value   $ 502,000     $ 502,000  
Less accumulated amortization     (139,220 )     (36,832 )
                 
Core deposit intangible   $ 362,780     $ 465,168  

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible was $102,000 and $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

The future amortization expense related to core deposit intangible remaining as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

Year one   $ 79,847  
Year two     62,266  
Year three     48,556  
Year four     39,057  
Year five     35,443  
Thereafter     97,611  
    $ 362,780  

 

  F- 43  
Table of Contents  

 

 

NOTE 10 – TIME DEPOSITS

 

Following are maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    At December 31, 2015     At December 31, 2014  
                         
    Weighted-           Weighted-        
    Average           Average        
Maturity   Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount  
                         
One year or less     0.73 %   $ 39,107,831       0.66 %   $ 44,146,102  
Over one through three years     0.95 %     29,330,472       0.88 %     37,195,516  
Over three through five years     1.16 %     5,661,734       1.10 %     2,046,421  
Over five years     1.25 %     6,857       - %     -  
                                 
      0.85 %   $ 74,106,894       0.77 %   $ 83,388,039  

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had $13.6 million and $12.8 million, respectively, in time deposits of $250,000 or more. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $10.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively, of such time deposits mature within one year.

 

Interest expense on time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more amounted to $72,000, $82,000, $45,000, $77,000 and $79,000 for the years ended 2015 and 2014, six months ended December 31, 2014 and years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

 

NOTE 11 – BORROWINGS

 

The Bank has established a borrowing line with the FHLB of Dallas. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had outstanding advances totaling $13.0 million and $12.5 million, respectively, carrying interest rates from 0.18% to 0.51%. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had unused credit available under the FHLB blanket pledge agreement of $101.9 million. The following are maturities of outstanding FHLB advances at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    At December 31,  
Maturity   2015     2014  
Year one   $ 13,000,000     $ 12,500,000  
Year two     -       -  
Year three     -       -  
Year four     -       -  
Year five     -       -  
Thereafter     -       -  
                 
    $ 13,000,000     $ 12,500,000  

 

The Bank has two lines of credit available with other financial institutions of $6.0 and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

In an effort to improve the future net interest margin, in December 2014 the Bank prepaid $6.4 million of long term FHLB advances with average interest rates of 4.0% and incurred prepayment penalties of $532,000.

 

  F- 44  
Table of Contents  

 

NOTE 12 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

 

In the normal course of business, the Bank has outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments that are included in the consolidated balance sheets.

  

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent off-balance-sheet credit risk are as follows as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Commitments to originate and sell mortgage loans   $ 15,661,263     $ 9,426,644  
Commitments to extend credit     18,695,121       19,319,363  
Unused lines of credit     4,591,908       4,319,272  
Standby letters of credit     -       71,579  
                 
Totals   $ 38,948,292     $ 33,136,858  

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies by and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.

 

NOTE 13 – LEASES

 

The Bank has noncancelable operating leases that expire over the next five years that require the payment of base lease amounts and executory costs such as taxes, maintenance and insurance. Rental expense for leases was $360,000 and $181,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended 2014, respectively.

 

Approximate future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases are:

 

  F- 45  
Table of Contents  

 

For the Year Ending      
December 31,   Amount  
2016   $ 443,034  
2017     310,451  
2018     500,049  
2019     508,030  
2020     452,921  
    $ 2,214,485  

 

NOTE 14 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

 

Profit Sharing Plan – The Company has established a profit-sharing 401(k) type salary reduction plan (Plan) for all employees that meet the necessary eligibility requirements and participants are fully vested after six years of service. For Company matching contributions made for plan years prior to 2014, annual Company contributions were at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2014, the Company adopted a Safe Harbor matching contribution provision, whereby it agreed to match 100% of participant’s contributions up to the first 3% of salary and 50% of the next 2%, for a total maximum Company matching contribution of 4% of participant salary, as defined by the Plan. The Safe Harbor matching contribution is guaranteed.

 

Profit sharing plan expense was $151,000 and $103,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan – Employees participate in a leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). In the year ended December 31, 2015 there were no sales of shares to the ESOP and no repurchases of shares from the ESOP. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, the Company sold 13,948 treasury shares to the ESOP. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company repurchased 1,135 ESOP shares related to terminating participants. The Company makes discretionary contributions to the ESOP and the ESOP uses funds it receives to repay the loan. When loan payments are made, ESOP shares are allocated to participants based on relative compensation. Participants may receive the shares, cash, or a combination at the end of employment.

 

ESOP expense was $50,000, $100,000, $60,900, $20,000 and $70,400 for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Shares held by the ESOP at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Allocated and committed to be allocated to participants     11,184       6,306  
Unallocated/unearned     17,395       22,273  
                 
Total ESOP shares     28,579       28,579  
                 
Fair value of unallocated/unearned shares   $ 313,110     $ 334,095  

 

Defined Benefit Plan – The Company contributes to a multiemployer defined benefit pension plan, the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (“Pentegra DB Plan”, EIN 13-5645888 and, Plan No. 333).

 

  F- 46  
Table of Contents  

 

On June 1, 2006, the Company froze the benefits available under the defined benefit pension plan. The risk of participating in the Pentegra DB Plan is different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

 

· Assets contributed to the Pentegra DB Plan may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

· If a participating employer stops contributing to the Pentegra DB Plan, the unfunded obligations may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

· If the Company chooses to stop participating in the Pentegra DB Plan, it may be required to pay a withdrawal liability.

 

The Company’s cash contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan were $186,000, $240,000, $240,000, $204,000 and $150,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, all of which represented less than 5% of the total plan contributions. As of July 1, 2015 (the most recent valuation report available), the unfunded pension liability was approximately $242,000 (94.6% funded). Pension plan expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $247,000, $83,000, ($16,000), $231,000 and $225,000, respectively. The net pension plan benefit booked for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the lower expense booked in the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 was due to an accrual adjustment in December 2014. There are no funding improvement or rehabilitation plans pending, and no future minimum contributions required by collective-bargaining or other contractual agreements.

 

NOTE 15 – BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RETIREMENT POLICY

 

The Bank has entered into director retirement agreements with three current Board members, which were amended in 2013.  Each agreement provides for a normal retirement benefit equal to each director’s accrual balance of $74,238 amortized with interest and payable upon the later of the director’s normal retirement date (age 70) or his separation from service, in monthly installments over a 15-year period.  The director’s account balance is payable to the director or the director’s beneficiary under certain circumstances as set forth in the director’s individual agreement.

 

The Board previously had a deferred compensation policy (Policy) to compensate Board members for their service to the Company. The retirement date for directors was the later of the last month in which they reached age 70 or completion of their term if they were elected to the Board during the annual meeting resulting in service beyond age 70. Upon retirement, Board members receive deferred compensation for the remainder of their life up to a maximum of $2,000 per month. Board members vested in the Policy based on service as follows: zero to four years of service (20%), five years of service (40%), six years of service (60%), seven years of service (80%) and eight years of service (100%). On September 21, 2011, the Board rescinded this retirement policy for current directors. The total liability for the combined policies and agreements at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $268,000 and $259,000, respectively.

 

NOTE 16 – INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve and six months end December 31, 2014 and years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 includes these components:

 

  F- 47  
Table of Contents  

 

          Twelve Months                    
    Year Ended     Ended     Six Months Ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
                               
Current                                        
Federal   $ 20,000     $ 73,760     $ 73,760     $ -     $ -  
State     -       -       -       -       35,527  
Deferred     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Total income tax expense   $ 20,000     $ 73,760     $ 73,760     $ -     $ 35,527  

 

Federal income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $20,000 due to the alternative minimum tax. Federal income tax expense for the twelve and six months ended December 31, 2014 was $73,760 due to the correction of an overstated Federal income tax receivable. The income tax expense for all periods presented differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal income tax rate of 34% to earnings before federal income tax expense. These differences are primarily caused by expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes and tax adjustments related to prior federal income tax returns.

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense at the Federal statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense for all periods presented is shown below:

 

          Twelve Months                    
    Year Ended     Ended     Six Months Ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
                               
Federal tax at the statutory rate (34%)   $ 115,809     $ 135,777     $ 366,130     $ (419,758 )   $ (45,057 )
Benefit from permanent differences:                                        
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit     (107,109 )     -       -       -       23,448  
Bargain purchase gain     -       (985,608 )     (985,608 )     -       -  
Bank-owned life insurance     (61,622 )     (63,152 )     (31,399 )     (63,470 )     (60,943 )
                                         
Change in valuation allowance     (138,703 )     465,739       465,739       196,600       209,745  
Other, net     211,625       521,004       258,898       286,628       (91,666 )
                                         
Total income tax expense   $ 20,000     $ 73,760     $ 73,760     $ -     $ 35,527  

 

  F- 48  
Table of Contents  

 

The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes were:

 

    At December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Deferred tax assets:                
Allowance for loan losses   $ 472,681     $ 664,127  
Stock awards     -       46,940  
Board of Directors retirement plan     453,287       126,788  
Tax credits     46,869       27,965  
Other     623,368       131,043  
Deferred compensation     -       151,282  
Purchase accounting     52,967       243,308  
Organizational costs     204,024       680,030  
Net operating loss carryforwards     2,783,762       3,456,274  
Total deferred tax assets     4,636,958       5,527,757  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
FHLB stock dividends     (22,445 )     (59,888 )
Depreciation and amortization     (439,734 )     (405,423 )
Loan origination costs     (83,889 )     (49,708 )
Other     (9,172 )     (156,192 )
Total deferred tax liabilities     (555,240 )     (671,211 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance     4,081,718       4,856,546  
                 
Valuation allowance:                
Beginning balance     (4,856,546 )     (1,748,285 )
Decrease/(Increase) due to merger/prior adjustments     636,125       (2,642,522 )
Decrease/(Increase) during the period     138,703       (465,739 )
Ending balance     (4,081,718 )     (4,856,546 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset   $ -     $ -  

 

A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and tax planning strategies which will create taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, NOL carry-back potential, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, management established a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of approximately $4.1 million, $4.9 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, based on its assessment of the amount of net deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had federal operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $7.6 million. At December 31, 2014, Bank 34 acquired net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11.0 million. The acquired losses are subject to IRC 382 limitations, which limit the annual use of acquired losses to $250,000 per year, and begin to expire in 2027. As such, as of December 31, 2015, Bank 34 has recorded deferred tax assets and

 

  F- 49  
Table of Contents  

 

related valuation allowance for $5.0 million of net operating losses related to the merger. Previously held loss carryforwards are not subject to the same limitations and begin to expire in 2031.

 

It is the Company’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. The Company files consolidated U.S. federal, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas income/franchise tax returns. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s tax returns open for review by the taxing authorities were 2012 to 2014 for federal and 2011 to 2014 for states.

 

NOTE 17 – REGULATORY MATTERS

 

Bank 34 is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total risk-based capital and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

 

Banks are also subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that they may declare without prior regulatory approval.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Bank was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank has to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as disclosed in the table below. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action category.

 

The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are as follows:

 

  F- 50  
Table of Contents  

  

                            To be Well  
                            Capitalized Under  
                For Capital     Prompt Corrective  
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                                     
As of December 31, 2015:                                                
(Dollars in thousands)                                                
                                                 
Total Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 31,584       16.93 %   $ 14,928       ³ 8.00 %   $ 18,660       ³ 10.00 %
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 29,690       15.91 %   $ 11,196       ³ 6.00 %   $ 14,928       ³ 8.00 %
                                                 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 29,690       15.91 %   $ 8,397       ³ 4.50 %   $ 12,129       ³ 6.50 %
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Average Assets)   $ 29,690       11.06 %   $ 10,742       ³ 4.00 %   $ 13,428       ³ 5.00 %
                                                 
As of December 31, 2014:                                                
(Dollars in thousands)                                                
                                                 
Total Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 30,574       17.09 %   $ 14,313       ³ 8.00 %   $ 17,891       ³ 10.00
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $ 28,867       16.13 %   $ 7,157       ³ 4.00 %   $ 10,735       ³ 6.00
                                                 
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Average Assets)   $ 28,867       11.68 %   $ 9,887       ³ 4.00 %   $ 12,359       ³ 5.00

 

NOTE 18 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Bank has entered into transactions with its executive officers, directors, significant stockholders, and their affiliates (related parties).

 

The activity of loans to such related parties is as follows:

 

  F- 51  
Table of Contents  

 

    Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Beginning balance   $ 1,745,920     $ 1,846,432  
New loans     223,920       -  
Repayments     (1,969,840 )     (100,512 )
Credit line, net activity     -       -  
                 
Ending balance   $ -     $ 1,745,920  
                 
Fees and bonuses paid to directors during the period   $ 207,000     $ 159,000  
                 
Deposits from related parties held by the Bank at end of period   $ 2,480,334     $ 1,545,341  

 

In management’s opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in management’s opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

  

NOTE 19 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Bank’s Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), which is stockholder approved, permits the grant of stock options and shares to its employees or directors for up to 63,749 shares of common stock. The exercise price equaled the market price on the date the options were granted. The directors are 100% vested. The options become exercisable for the key employees at a vesting rate of 20% per year over five years and have an expiration date of the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or five years from termination.

 

A summary of option activity under the Plan during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 is presented below:

 

  F- 52  
Table of Contents  

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2015  
                Average  
          Weighted-     Remaining  
          Average     Contractual  
    Shares     Exercise Price     Term  
                   
Outstanding, beginning of period     18,020     $ 19.75       4.1  
Granted     -                  
Exercised     -                  
Forfeited or expired     -                  
                         
Outstanding, end of period     18,020     $ 19.75       3.1  
                         
Exercisable, end of period     18,020     $ 19.75       3.1  

 

    For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014  
                Average  
          Weighted-     Remaining  
          Average     Contractual  
    Shares     Exercise Price     Term  
                   
Outstanding, beginning of period     21,420     $ 19.75       4.4  
Granted     -                  
Exercised     -                  
Forfeited or expired     (3,400 )     19.75       0.4  
                         
Outstanding, end of period     18,020     $ 19.75       4.1  
                         
Exercisable, end of period     18,020     $ 19.75       4.1  

 

In November 2007, the Company contributed $323,068 allowing the Recognition and Retention Plan (RRP) to acquire 9,502 shares of common stock of the Company, at $34.00 per share, which were subsequently awarded to directors and key employees. Stock awards for 3,670 shares to the directors vested 50% on January 1, 2008 and the remaining 50% vested on January 1, 2009. Stock awards for 5,832 shares to key employees vest at 20% per year over five years beginning July 1, 2008. The unamortized cost of shares not yet earned (vested) is reported as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

In July 2009, the Company contributed $126,558 allowing the RRP to acquire 6,408 shares of common stock of the Company, at $19.25 per share, which were subsequently awarded to directors and key employees. Stock awards for 2,000 shares to the directors vested 50% on July 1, 2009 and the remaining 50% vested on July 1, 2011. Stock awards for 4,408 shares to key employees vest at 20% per year over five years beginning July 1, 2009. The unamortized cost of shares not yet earned (vested) is reported as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

  F- 53  
Table of Contents  

 

As of June 30, 2013 and all subsequent periods all shares were vested.

 

The RRP expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 and twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and six months ended December 31, 2014 and years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $0, $0, $0, $0 and $10,280, respectively.

 

NOTE 20 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Available-for-sale Securities – Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly-liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange-traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include certain collateralized mortgage and debt obligations and certain municipal securities. In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy and include certain residual municipal securities and other less liquid securities.

 

Loans Held for Sale – The fair value of loans held for sale is based on quoted market prices from FHLMC. FHLMC quotes are updated daily and represent prices at which loans are exchanged in high volumes and in a liquid market.

 

Other Real Estate – Other real estate is fair valued under Level 3 based on property appraisals less estimated disposition costs, which include both observable and unobservable inputs, at the time of transfer and as appropriate thereafter.

 

Loans Held for Investment – Loans held for investment are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Bank records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of these loans based on fair value measurements for loans subject to impairment. The fair value of impaired loans is typically determined using a combination of observable inputs, such as interest rates, contract terms, appraisals of collateral supporting the loan and recent comparable sales of similar properties, and unobservable inputs such as creditworthiness, disposition costs and underlying cash flows associated with the loan. Since the estimates of fair value utilized for loans also involve unobservable inputs, valuations of impaired loans have been classified as Level 3.

   

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets at fair value:

 

  F- 54  
Table of Contents  

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Quoted Prices     Significant              
    in Active     Other     Significant        
    Markets for     Observable     Unobservable        
    Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs        
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair Value  
                         
December 31, 2015                                
Recurring basis                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 23,270,496     $ -     $ 23,270,496  
U.S. Government agencies     -       3,458,813       -       3,458,813  
Municipal obligations     -       1,901,242       -       1,901,242  
Nonrecurring basis                                
Loans held for sale     -       11,380,627       -       11,380,627  
Other real estate     -       -       306,000       306,000  
Impaired loans     -       -       1,844,059       1,844,059  
                                 
Totals   $ -     $ 40,011,178     $ 2,150,059     $ 42,161,237  
                                 
December 31, 2014                                
Recurring basis                                
Mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 21,727,811     $ -     $ 21,727,811  
U.S. Government agencies     -       4,856,529       -       4,856,529  
Municipal obligations     -       2,433,572       -       2,433,572  
Nonrecurring basis                                
Loans held for sale     -       9,429,090       -       9,429,090  
Other real estate     -       -       820,000       820,000  
Impaired loans     -       -       1,297,759       1,297,759  
                                 
Totals   $ -     $ 38,447,002     $ 2,117,759     $ 40,564,761  

 

The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties. Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Bank does not know whether the fair values shown represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.

 

The following tables present estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

  F- 55  
Table of Contents  

 

                Quoted Prices     Significant        
                in Active     Other     Significant  
                Markets for     Observable     Unobservable  
    Carrying           Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Amount     Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
At December 31, 2015                                        
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 5,960     $ 5,960     $ 5,960     $ -     $ -  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     13,865       13,865       13,865       -       -  
Available-for-sale securities     28,631       28,631       -       28,631       -  
Loans held for sale     11,381       11,381       -       11,381       -  
Loans held for investment, net     192,137       195,631       -       -       195,631  
Stock in financial institutions     1,547       1,547       -       1,547       -  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Demand deposits, savings and NOW deposits     151,593       147,947       147,947       -       -  
Time deposits     74,107       74,149       -       74,149       -  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     13,000       13,004       -       13,004       -  
                                         
At December 31, 2014                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 12,709     $ 12,709     $ 12,709     $ -     $ -  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     2,115       2,115       2,115       -       -  
Available-for-sale securities     29,018       29,018       -       29,018       -  
Loans held for sale     9,429       9,429       -       9,429       -  
Loans held for investment, net     173,990       175,417       -       -       175,417  
Stock in financial institutions     1,906       1,906       -       1,906       -  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Demand deposits, savings and NOW deposits     118,551       117,285       117,285       -       -  
Time deposits     83,388       83,571       -       83,571       -  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     12,500       12,503       -       12,503       -  

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the additional classes of financial instruments shown:

 

Cash and Due from Banks, Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks and Stock in Financial Institutions – The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances – Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and money market deposits. The carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits and FHLB advances is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits and advances of similar remaining maturities.

  

  F- 56  
Table of Contents  

  

NOTE 21 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

 

Financial information as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, pertaining only to Alamogordo Financial Corp. is as follows: 

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 394,074     $ 514,887  
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary     29,618,697       29,185,530  
ESOP note receivable     283,887       331,790  
Prepaid and other assets     8,541       5,799  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 30,305,199     $ 30,038,006  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Income taxes payable   $ 646,054     $ 651,675  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     15,421       50,000  
Total liabilities     661,475       701,675  
                 
Stockholders’ equity                
Common stock, $0.10 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized,                
1,685,132 issued, 1,679,500 outstanding at                
December 31, 2015 and 2014.     168,513       168,552  
Additional paid-in capital     9,713,894       9,714,459  
Retained earnings     20,404,880       20,084,266  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (216,047 )     (148,446 )
Treasury stock, at cost; 5,632 shares     (139,332 )     (139,332 )
Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares     (288,184 )     (343,168 )
Total stockholders’ equity     29,643,724       29,336,331  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 30,305,199     $ 30,038,006  

 

  F- 57  
Table of Contents  

 

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                               
          Twelve Months     Six Months              
    Year Ended     Ended     Ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
          (Unaudited)                    
Interest income on ESOP note receivable   $ 12,986     $ 30,422     $ 11,560     $ 18,862     $ -  
Noninterest income                                        
 Equity in income (loss) of subsidiary     446,390       540,326       1,047,091       (1,027,871 )     12,600  
                                         
Noninterest expense                                        
Professional fees and other     138,762       245,164       109,678       225,567       145,122  
                                         
Income (loss) before income  taxes     320,614       325,584       948,973       (1,234,576 )     (132,522 )
                                         
Provision for income taxes     -       -       -       -       -  
                                         
Net income (loss)     320,614       325,584       948,973       (1,234,576 )     (132,522 )
                                         
Other comprehensive (loss) income                                        
Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities     (67,601 )     916,352       401,181       (38,184 )     (635,904 )
                                         
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)   $ 253,013     $ 1,241,936     $ 1,350,154     $ (1,272,760 )   $ (768,426 )

  

  F- 58  
Table of Contents  

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                               
          Twelve Months     Six Months              
    Year Ended     Ended     Ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
          (Unaudited)                    
Cash flows from operating activities                                        
Net income (loss)   $ 320,614     $ 325,584     $ 948,973     $ (1,234,576 )   $ (132,522 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities                                        
Equity in (income) loss of subsidiary     (446,390 )     (540,326 )     (1,047,091 )     1,027,871       (12,600 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities                                        
Income taxes payable     (5,621 )     460,682       150,352       310,330       190,943  
Prepaid and other assets     (2,742 )     (5,799 )     41,370       (47,169 )     360,804  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     (34,579 )     70,957       (42,559 )     33,361       (211,792 )
Other, net     2       24,545       7,499       21       -  
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities     (168,716 )     335,643       58,544       89,838       194,833  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities -                                        
Principal collections on ESOP note receivable     47,903       29,197       29,197       -       -  
Funding of ESOP     -       (106,919 )     -       (106,919 )     -  
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities     47,903       (77,722 )     29,197       (106,919 )     -  
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities -                                        
Stock repurchases     -       -       -       -       (320,781 )
                                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks     (120,813 )     257,921       87,741       (17,081 )     (125,948 )
                                         
Cash and due from banks, beginning of period     514,887       256,966       427,146       444,227       570,175  
                                         
Cash and due from banks, end of period   $ 394,074     $ 514,887     $ 514,887     $ 427,146     $ 444,227  
                                         
Supplemental disclosures:                                        
Noncash investing and financing activities:                                        
Sale of treasury shares to ESOP   $ -     $ 345,074     $ -     $ 345,074     $ -  
Issuance of common stock in merger   $ -     $ 5,783,428     $ 5,783,428     $ -     $ -  

 

  F- 59  
Table of Contents  

 

NOTE 22 –EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share – Basic earnings (loss) per share have been calculated based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. For earning per share computations, unallocated ESOP shares are treated like treasury shares and not considered outstanding. The calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 excludes 18,020, 20,487, 21,420, 21,420, and 21,420 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

          Twelve Months     Six Months              
    Year ended     Ended     Ended              
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2015     2014     2014     2014     2013  
          (Unaudited)                    
                               
Net income (loss)   $ 320,614     $ 325,584     $ 948,973     $ (1,234,576 )   $ (132,522 )
                                         
Weighted-average shares outstanding     1,659,349       1,416,798       1,561,623       1,295,518       1,311,500  
                                         
Income (loss) per common share:                                        
Basic   $ 0.19     $ 0.23     $ 0.61     $ (0.95 )   $ (0.10 )
Diluted   $ 0.19     $ 0.23     $ 0.61     $ (0.95 )   $ (0.10 )

 

NOTE 23 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Second Step Offering - On March 7, 2016, the Boards of Directors of AF Mutual Holding Company, the Parent and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, AF Mutual Holding Company will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. AF Mutual Holding Company will be merged into the Parent, and AF Mutual Holding Company will no longer exist. The Parent will then merge into a new Maryland corporation named Bancorp 34, Inc. As part of the conversion, AF Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in the Parent will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of the Parent, which represent the remaining ownership interest in the Parent, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of the new Maryland corporation.

 

The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of the Bank in an amount equal to AF Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in the equity of the Parent as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus plus the value of the net assets of AF Mutual Holding Company as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of AF Mutual Holding Company prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Parent). The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering.

 

Mortgage Banking Northwest Expansion – In February 2016, we expanded our physical mortgage origination footprint to Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, Medford, Oregon and Tucson, Arizona with loan production offices and established mortgage origination teams in each market area.

 


 

  F- 60  

Table of Contents  

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Bancorp 34, Inc. or Bank 34. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Bancorp 34, Inc. or Bank 34 since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

 

Up to 1,634,334 Shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 1,879,484 Shares)

 

Bancorp 34, Inc.

 

(Proposed Holding Company for

Bank 34)

 

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

             A Stifel Company

 

[Prospectus date]

 

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

 

Until __________________, 2016, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Existing Logo of Alamogordo Financial Corp.]

 

Dear Fellow Stockholder:

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp. is soliciting stockholder votes regarding the mutual-to-stock conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, our organization will convert from a partially public company to a fully public company by selling a minimum of 1,207,986 shares of common stock of a newly formed company, named Bancorp 34, Inc. (“Bancorp 34”), which will become the holding company for Bank 34.

 

The Proxy Vote

We must receive the approval of our stockholders before we can proceeds with the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. Enclosed is a proxy statement/prospectus describing the proposals being presented at our special meeting of stockholders. Please promptly vote the enclosed proxy card. Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” the approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and “FOR” the other matters being presented at the special meeting.

 

The Exchange

At the conclusion of the conversion, your shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock will be exchanged for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock. The number of new shares that you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that is described in the proxy statement/prospectus. Shortly after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each stockholder of Alamogordo Financial Corp. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal form explains the procedure to follow to exchange your shares. Please do not deliver your certificate(s) before you receive the transmittal form. Shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. that are held in street name (e.g., in a brokerage account) will be converted automatically at the conclusion of the conversion; no action or documentation is required of you.

 

The Stock Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 for sale at $10.00 per share. The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and borrowers of Bank 34. Alamogordo Financial Corp. public stockholders do not have priority rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering unless they are also depositors or borrowers of Bank 34. However, if all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, shares would be available in a community offering to Alamogordo Financial Corp. public stockholders and others not eligible to place orders in the subscription offering. If you may be interested in purchasing shares of our common stock, contact our Stock Information Center at [stock center number] to receive a stock order form and prospectus. The stock offering period is expected to expire on [expiration date] .

 

If you have any questions, please refer to the Questions & Answers section herein.

 

We thank you for your support as a stockholder of Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

Jill Gutierrez

Chief Executive Officer

 

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS OF BANCORP 34, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION

PROXY STATEMENT OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP., A FEDERAL

CORPORATION

 

Bank 34 is converting from the mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. Currently, Bank 34 is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federally chartered corporation, which we sometimes refer to in this document as “Alamogordo Financial,” and AF Mutual Holding Company owns 54.7% of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock. The remaining 45.3% of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation named Bancorp 34, Inc., which we sometimes refer to in this document as “Bancorp 34,” will replace Alamogordo Financial Corp. as the holding company of Bank 34. Each share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.3158 and 2.0473 shares of common stock of Bancorp 34, so that immediately after the conversion Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders will own the same percentage of Bancorp 34 common stock as they owned of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and reflecting certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, certain assets help by AF Mutual Holding Company, the final independent appraisal of Bancorp 34 and the number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $_______________ per share closing price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least _____________________ shares of Bancorp 34 common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the _____________ and the _____________ of the offering range), the initial value of the Bancorp 34 common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors—The market value of Bancorp 34 common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock exchanged.”

 

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering for sale up to 1,879,484 shares of common stock of Bancorp 34, representing the ownership interest of AF Mutual Holding Company in Alamogordo Financial Corp. as well as certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company. We are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Bank 34, to Bank 34’s tax qualified benefit plans and to the public, including Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders, at a price of $10.00 per share. The conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company and the offering and exchange of common stock by Bancorp 34 is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” After the conversion and offering are completed, Bank 34 will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp 34, and 100% of the common stock of Bancorp 34 will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Alamogordo Financial Corp., the federal corporation, and AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist.

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is currently traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by OTC Markets Group under the trading symbol “ALMG,” and we expect the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCTF.”

 

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company, which may be referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” Alamogordo Financial Corp. is holding a special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location], on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Mountain Time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders, including shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders other than AF Mutual Holding Company. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the plan of conversion.

 

 

 

 

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the prospectus for the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Bancorp 34 of its shares of common stock in the offering, which is being made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. are not required to participate in the stock offering.

 

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page ____ for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.

 

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

For answers to your questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], Monday through Friday from _________ a.m. to _______ p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturdays from _________ a.m. to ___________ p.m., Eastern Time. Brokers can call (_________) ______-_______________, and all others can call, toll-free, (_________) ___________-____________.

 

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [document date], and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. on or about _________________, 2016.

 

 

 

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

500 East 10th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

(575) 443-9334

 

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

On [meeting date], Alamogordo Financial Corp. will hold a special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location]. The meeting will begin at [meeting time], Mountain Time. At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:

 

1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement;

 

2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;

 

The following informational proposals:

 

3. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation;

 

4. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Bancorp 34’s bylaws;

 

5. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

 

NOTE: The board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.

 

The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.

 

The board of directors has fixed [record date], as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the plan of conversion, the written request should be received by Alamogordo Financial Corp. by [request date].

 

 

 

 

Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy card, which is solicited by the board of directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope. The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.

 

  BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
   
   
  Dorothy Valdez
  Corporate Secretary

Alamogordo, New Mexico

[document date]

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION 1
SUMMARY 6
RISK FACTORS 11
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING 13
PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION 16
PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING 18
PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF BANCORP 34. 18
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA 22
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 22
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING 22
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY 22
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK 22
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE 22
CAPITALIZATION 22
PRO FORMA DATA 22
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 22
BUSINESS OF BANCORP 34 AND ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. 22
BUSINESS OF BANK 34 22
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 22
TAXATION 23
MANAGEMENT 23
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK 23
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 23
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. 23
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANCORP 34 23
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF BANCORP 34 FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION 23
TRANSFER AGENT 23
EXPERTS 23
LEGAL MATTERS 23
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 23
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS 23
ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING 24
IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING 25
OTHER MATTERS 25
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

 

Table of Contents  

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

 

You should read this document for more information about the conversion. We have filed an application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) with respect to the conversion and stock offering and with respect to Bancorp 34 becoming the holding company for Bank 34, and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. We have also filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to amendments to Bank 34’s Charter, and the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization. Consummation of the conversion is also subject to approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization by Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s stockholders, and to the satisfaction of certain other conditions.

 

Q. WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?

 

A. Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders as of [record date] are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion pursuant to which AF Mutual Holding Company will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation, Bancorp 34, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of Bank 34, to Bank 34’s tax qualified benefit plans, to stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of [record date] and to the public. The shares offered represent AF Mutual Holding Company’s current ownership interest in Alamogordo Financial Corp., adjusted for certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company. Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its adoption, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and complete the stock offering.

 

In addition, Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

 

Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34:

 

· Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation;

 

· Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Bancorp 34’s bylaws; and

 

· Approval of a provision to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock.

 

The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of Bancorp 34 if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may

 

1  

Table of Contents  

 

make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” adoption of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and the related stock offering.

 

Q. WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?

 

A . The primary reasons for the conversion and offering are to:

 

· support our planned growth and strengthen our regulatory capital position with the additional capital we will raise in the stock offering;

 

· facilitate our stock holding company's ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders;

 

· transition our organization to a more common and flexible stock holding company structure from our existing mutual holding company structure;

 

· improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock; and

 

· facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

 

As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since AF Mutual Holding Company is required to own a majority of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s outstanding shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition. See “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Reasons for the Conversion” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

Q. WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. SHARES?

 

A. As more fully described in “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization — Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 1.3158 shares at the minimum and 2.0473 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of Bancorp 34 common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, and the exchange ratio is 2.0473 (at the maximum of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 204 shares of Bancorp 34 common stock and $7.30 in cash, the value of the fractional share based on the $10.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering.

 

If you own shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock or receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. If you own shares in the form of Alamogordo Financial Corp. stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion and stock offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. A statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 and a check representing cash in lieu of fractional shares will be mailed to you within five business days after the transfer agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your existing Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

2  

Table of Contents  

 

stock certificate(s). Bancorp 34 will not issue stock certificates. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.

 

Q. WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $10.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?

 

A. The shares will be based on a price of $10.00 per share because that is the price at which Bancorp 34 will sell shares in its stock offering. The amount of common stock Bancorp 34 will issue at $10.00 per share in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Bancorp 34 Keller and Company, Inc., assuming the conversion and offering are completed. Keller and Company, Inc., an appraisal firm experienced in the appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of [appraisal date], this market value was $26.0 million. Based on Federal Reserve Board regulations, the market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $22.1 million and a maximum of $29.9 million. Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the number of shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 that existing public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will receive in exchange for their shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock is expected to range from 1,002,914 to 1,355,666 with a midpoint of 1,178,840 (a value of approximately $10.0 million to $13.6 million, with a midpoint of $11.8 million, at $10.00 per share). If demand for shares or market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%, which would result in an appraised value of $34.4 million and the value of exchanged shares of $15.6 million. The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. is intended to maintain their existing ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company). The independent appraisal is based in part on Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings and loan and bank holding companies that Keller and Company, Inc. considered comparable to Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Q. Does the exchange ratio depend on the TRADING price of ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. common stock?

 

A. No, the exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. Instead, the exchange ratio will be based on the appraised value of Bancorp 34. The purpose of the exchange ratio is to maintain the ownership percentage of public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp., as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company. Therefore, changes in the price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and offering will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.

 

Q. SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?

 

A. No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after completion of the conversion. If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.

 

Q. HOW DO I VOTE?

 

A. Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to instructions on the enclosed proxy card. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.

 

3  

Table of Contents  

 

Q. IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?

 

A. No. Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.

 

Q. WHY SHOULD I VOTE? WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?

 

A. Your vote is very important. We believe the conversion and offering are in the best interests of our stockholders. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the plan of conversion. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the plan of conversion, we cannot complete the conversion and offering.

 

Q. WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

 

A. Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion.

 

Q. MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE COMMUNITY OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?

 

A. Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at [stock center number], Monday through Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. The Stock Information Center is closed bank holidays.

 

Eligible depositors and borrowers of Bank 34 have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described herein. In the event orders for Bancorp 34 common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico; second to cover orders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders as of [record date]; and thereafter to cover orders of the general public.

 

Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. are subject to an ownership limitation. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.

 

Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) no later than 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time on [expiration date].

 

Q. WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT BANK 34?

 

A. No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Depositors and borrowers will no longer have voting rights in AF Mutual Holding Company as to matters currently requiring such vote. AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist after the conversion and offering. Only stockholders of Bancorp 34 will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.

 

4  

Table of Contents  

 

OTHER QUESTIONS?

 

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], Monday through Friday from ___________ a.m. to ____________ p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturdays from 10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Brokers can call (_________) ______-_______________, and all others can call, toll-free, (_________) ___________-____________. Questions about the stock offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at [stock center number], Monday through Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. The Stock Information Center is closed bank holidays.

 

5  

Table of Contents  

 

 

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 — Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2 — Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 3 through 5 — Informational Proposals Related to the Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp 34” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Special Meeting

 

Date, Time and Place. Alamogordo Financial Corp. will hold its special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location], on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Mountain Time.

 

The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization whereby: (a) AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Bancorp 34”), will become the new stock holding company of Bank 34; (c) the outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp., other than those held by AF Mutual Holding Company, will be converted into shares of common stock of Bancorp 34; and (d) Bancorp 34 will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated offering;

 

2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion;

 

The following informational proposals:

 

3. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation;

 

4. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Bancorp 34’s bylaws;

 

5. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

 

The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Bancorp 34, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

 

6  

Table of Contents  

 

 

Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders, including shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders other than AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

Proposal 1 must also be approved by the members of AF Mutual Holding Company (depositors and certain borrowers of Bank 34) at a special meeting called for that purpose. Depositors and borrowers will receive separate proxy materials from AF Mutual Holding Company regarding the conversion.

 

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

 

Informational Proposals 3 through 5. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Bancorp 34, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

 

Revocability of Proxies

 

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

 

Vote by AF Mutual Holding Company

 

Management anticipates that AF Mutual Holding Company, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If AF Mutual Holding Company votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, would be assured.

 

As of [record date] the directors and executive officers of Alamogordo Financial Corp. beneficially owned _________________ shares (excluding exercisable options), or approximately _____________% of the outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock, and AF Mutual Holding Company owned 918,000 shares, or approximately 54.7% of the outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock.

 

 

7  

Table of Contents  

 

 

Vote Recommendations

 

Your board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the plan of conversion, “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” the Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

 

Our Business

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

 

The Boards of Directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp., AF Mutual Holding Company, Bank 34 and Bancorp 34 have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which Bank 34 will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. Public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will receive shares in Bancorp 34 in exchange for their shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock based on an exchange ratio. See “—The Exchange of Existing Shares of Alamogordo Financial Common Stock.” This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by Bancorp 34 of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of Bank 34 and to the public, including Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or in a separate offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the syndicated offering. Following the conversion and offering, AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp. will no longer exist, and Bancorp 34 will be the parent company of Bank 34.

 

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. approve the plan of conversion. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of Bancorp 34 regarding the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock to be issued to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Bancorp 34 of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

 

Our Organizational Structure

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Business Strategy

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

[same as prospectus]

 

See “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

 

[same as prospectus]

 

 

8  

Table of Contents  

 

 

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Alamogordo Financial Common Stock

 

[same as prospectus]

 

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

 

[same as prospectus]

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Market for Common Stock

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Tax Consequences

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will become stockholders of Bancorp 34. Some rights of stockholders of Bancorp 34 will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Alamogordo Financial Corp. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters/articles of incorporation and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Bancorp 34 are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Bancorp 34 include the following provisions chosen by the board: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for certain provisions of new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock and (iv) director qualifications. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial” for a discussion of these differences.

 

 

9  

Table of Contents  

 

 

Dissenters’ Rights

 

Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.

 

Important Risks in Owning Bancorp 34’s Common Stock

 

Before you vote on the conversion, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page ___ of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

 

10  

Table of Contents  

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion and before purchasing shares of Bancorp 34 common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

[same as prospectus]

 

Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange

 

The market value of Bancorp 34 common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Alamogordo Financial common stock exchanged.

 

The number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of Bancorp 34 common stock prepared by Keller and Company, Inc. and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock will own the same percentage of Bancorp 34 common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and adjusted to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company). The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock.

 

The exchange ratio ranges from 1.3158 shares at the minimum and 2.0473 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of Bancorp 34 common stock per share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. Shares of Bancorp 34 common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $10.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the Bancorp 34 common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, which was $____________, unless at least __________ shares of Bancorp 34 common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the _____________ and the ____________ of the offering range), the initial value of the Bancorp 34 common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock you currently own.

 

There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial.

 

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Alamogordo Financial will become stockholders of Bancorp 34. In addition to the provisions discussed above that may discourage takeover attempts that may be favored by stockholders, some rights of stockholders of Bancorp 34 will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Alamogordo Financial. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland chartering documents and bylaws, and from differences between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Bancorp 34 are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of Bancorp 34 include the following provisions: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally is required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock; and (iv) director qualifications. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial” for a discussion of these differences.

 

11  

Table of Contents  

 

[Remaining risks same as prospectus]

 

12  

Table of Contents  

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

 

General

 

This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at [meeting location], on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Mountain Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”).

 

In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal. Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34.

 

Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at Bank 34.

 

Who Can Vote at the Meeting

 

You are entitled to vote your Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [record date]. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.

 

As of the close of business on [record date], there were _______________ shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.

 

Attending the Meeting

 

If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [record date], you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.

 

Quorum; Vote Required

 

The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

 

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company, and (ii) a majority of the

 

13  

Table of Contents  

 

outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

 

Informational Proposals 3 through 5: Approval of certain provisions in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Bancorp 34, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

 

Shares Held by AF Mutual Holding Company and Our Officers and Directors

 

As of [record date], AF Mutual Holding Company beneficially owned 918,000 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock. This equals approximately 54.7% of our outstanding shares. We expect that AF Mutual Holding Company will vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, Proposal 2—Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

 

As of [record date], our officers and directors beneficially owned ___________ shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock (excluding exercisable options). This equals _______________% of our outstanding shares and ___________% of shares held by persons other than AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

Voting by Proxy

 

Our board of directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our board of directors. Our board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” each of the Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

 

If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the board of directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

 

If your Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or

 

14  

Table of Contents  

 

other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet. Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

Revocability of Proxies

 

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

 

Solicitation of Proxies

 

This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the board of directors. Alamogordo Financial Corp. will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, [proxy solicitor], our proxy solicitor, and directors, officers or employees of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. For its services as information agent and stockholder proxy solicitor, we will pay [proxy solicitor] $______________ plus out-of-pocket expenses and charges for telephone calls made and received in connection with the solicitation.

 

We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

 

Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 

If you participate in Bank 34 Employee Stock Ownership Plan, you will receive a voting instruction form that reflects all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plan. Under the terms of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee votes all shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, but each Employee Stock Ownership Plan participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which it has received timely voting instructions. The deadline for returning your voting instructions to the plan’s trustee is _____________, 2016.

 

The board of directors recommends that you promptly sign and mark the enclosed proxy in favor of the above described proposals, including the adoption of the plan of conversion, and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.

 

Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion.

 

15  

Table of Contents  

 

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

 

The boards of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company have approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the members of AF Mutual Holding Company and the stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp., and is subject to the satisfaction of certain other conditions. Special meetings of members and stockholders have been called for this purpose. The approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. We have also filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to the amendments to Bank 34’s Charter, and the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization.

 

General

 

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Currently, Bank 34 is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company owns approximately 54.7% of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock. The remaining 45.3% of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed company, Bancorp 34, will become the holding company of Bank 34. Each share of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.3158 shares at the minimum and 2.0473 shares at the maximum of the offering range of Bancorp 34 common stock, so that Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of Bancorp 34 common stock as they owned of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and adjusted to reflect certain assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company). The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held by the public immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Bancorp 34 and the number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock.

 

The board of directors considered the possibility that stockholders could receive less than the current market price of Alamogordo Financial Corp. when they exchange their shares for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock depending on the amount of stock sold in the offering. However, the board of directors believes that stockholders should vote to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization because the long-term benefits to stockholder of completing the conversion from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form of organization outweigh any short-term decline in market price that may occur. The board of directors believes that the completion of the conversion and stock offering will increase our capital and support continued growth and future business activities which will increase long-term stockholder value.

 

Concurrently with the exchange offer, Bancorp 34 is offering up to 1,879,484 shares of common stock for sale, representing the ownership interest of AF Mutual Holding Company in Alamogordo Financial Corp., to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $10.00 per share. After the conversion and offering are completed, Bank 34 will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp 34, and 100% of the common stock of Bancorp 34 will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist.

 

Bancorp 34 intends to contribute between $5.4 million and $8.7 million of the net proceeds to Bank 34 and to retain between $4.4 million and $6.2 million of the net proceeds. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

  

16  

Table of Contents  

 

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

(i) To depositors with accounts at Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2014.

 

(ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Bank 34’s employee stock ownership plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering, although we reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 8% of the shares sold in the offering to the extent necessary to complete the offering at the minimum of the offering range.

 

(iii) To depositors with accounts at Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on ______________.

 

(iv) To depositors of Bank 34 at the close of business on [record date] and to borrowers of Bank 34 as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of [record date].

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Maricopa County, Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico. To the extent shares of common stock remain available, we will also offer the shares to Alamogordo Financial’ public stockholders as of [record date]. The community offering may begin concurrently with the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of Bancorp 34. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of Bank 34 and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to AF Mutual Holding Company’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

[Remaining sections same as Prospectus under “The Conversion and Offering,” with the following to be added]

 

Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates

 

The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial common stock into the right to receive shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Alamogordo Financial who holds physical stock certificates. The transmittal form will contain instructions on how to surrender certificates evidencing Alamogordo Financial common stock in exchange for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock in book entry form, to be held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. Bancorp 34 will not issue stock certificates. We expect that a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Alamogordo Financial stock certificates and other required documents. Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.

 

17  

Table of Contents  

 

No fractional shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Alamogordo Financial when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Alamogordo Financial stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.

 

You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of Bancorp 34 common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Alamogordo Financial common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Alamogordo Financial common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.

 

If a certificate for Alamogordo Financial common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

 

All shares of Bancorp 34 common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Alamogordo Financial common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

 

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

 

If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Alamogordo Financial Corp. at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Alamogordo Financial Corp. has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.

 

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

 

PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF BANCORP 34

 

By their approval of the plan of conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 3 through 5, all of which relate to provisions included in the articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34. Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.

 

18  

Table of Contents  

 

As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp., whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corp., will become stockholders of Bancorp 34, whose rights will be governed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Bancorp 34. The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Bancorp 34. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

 

The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation and bylaws that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Bancorp 34, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Informational Proposal 3 – Approval of a Provision in Bancorp 34’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote to Amend Certain Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp 34. No amendment of the charter of Alamogordo Financial Corp. may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then preliminarily approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. The articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 generally may be amended by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that any amendment of Section C, D, E or F of Article Fifth (Preferred Stock, Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities, Majority Vote and Quorum), Article 7 (Directors), Article 8 (Bylaws), Article 9 (Evaluation of Certain Offers), Article 10 (Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers), Article 11 (Limitation of Liability), Article 12 (Selection of Forum) and Article 13 (Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that the board of directors may amend the articles of incorporation without any action by the stockholders to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of capital stock.

 

These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, AF Mutual Holding Company, as a 54.7% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.

 

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend specified provisions of Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the articles of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the articles of incorporation will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Bancorp 34 and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

 

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation.

 

19  

Table of Contents  

 

Informational Proposal 4 – Approval of a Provision in Bancorp 34’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to Bancorp 34’s Bylaws. An amendment to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting subject to applicable approval by the Federal Reserve Board. The articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 provides that stockholders may only amend the bylaws if such proposal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend the bylaws of Bancorp 34 is intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, AF Mutual Holding Company, as a 54.7% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws. Also, the board of directors of both Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bancorp 34 may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws.

 

This provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Bancorp 34 and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

 

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of the provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Bancorp 34’s bylaws.

 

Informational Proposal 5 – Approval of a Provision in Bancorp 34’s Articles of Incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s Outstanding Voting Stock. The articles of incorporation of Bancorp 34 provide that in no event shall any person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (i) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (ii) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by Bancorp 34 to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).

 

The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of Bancorp 34 or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.

 

The provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause Bancorp 34 to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of Bancorp 34 and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in Bancorp 34, but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the board of directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder. The board of directors of Bancorp 34 believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the board of directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal. This provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar

 

20  

Table of Contents  

 

corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the 10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction. Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.

 

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock.

 

21  

Table of Contents  

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

BUSINESS OF BANCORP 34 AND ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

BUSINESS OF BANK 34

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

22  

Table of Contents  

 

TAXATION

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

MANAGEMENT

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING

STOCKHOLDERS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANCORP 34

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF BANCORP 34

FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

EXPERTS

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

[Same as prospectus]

 

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

 

In order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at our executive office, 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310, no later than _________________, 2016. Any such proposals shall be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Exchange Act.

 

23  

Table of Contents  

 

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

 

Provisions of Alamogordo Financial’ Bylaws. Under Alamogordo Financial’s Bylaws, a stockholder must follow certain procedures to nominate persons for election as directors or to introduce an item of business at a meeting of stockholders. These procedures provide, generally, that stockholders desiring to make nominations for directors, or to bring a proper subject of business before the meeting, must do so by a written notice timely received (generally not less than five days in advance of such meeting, subject to certain exceptions) by the Secretary of Alamogordo Financial.

 

Provisions of Bancorp 34’s Bylaws. Bancorp 34’s Bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. In order for a stockholder to properly bring business before an annual meeting, or to propose a nominee to the board of directors, Bancorp 34’s Secretary must receive written notice not earlier than the 120th day nor later than the 110th day prior to date of the annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

 

The notice with respect to stockholder proposals that are not nominations for director must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on Bancorp 34’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of Bancorp 34 which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

The notice with respect to director nominations must include: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of Bancorp 34; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of Bancorp 34’s Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on Bancorp 34’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of Bancorp 34 which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.

 

The 2017 annual meeting of stockholders is expected to be held ______________, 2017. If the conversion is completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us no earlier than _________ and no later than _____________, 2017. If notice is received before __________________, 2017 or after _____________, 2017, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting. If the conversion is not completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought

 

24  

Table of Contents  

 

before the next annual meeting must be given to us by _____________, 2017. If notice is received after _____________, 2017, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.

 

Nothing in this proxy statement/prospectus shall be deemed to require us to include in our proxy statement and proxy relating to an annual meeting any stockholder proposal that does not meet all of the requirements for inclusion established by the Securities and Exchange Commission in effect at the time such proposal is received.

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE

SPECIAL MEETING

 

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Proxy Card are available at ____________________________.

 

OTHER MATTERS

 

As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

 

25  

Table of Contents  

 

 

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of shares of common stock being registered.

 

*   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 460,000  
*   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses     100,000  
*   Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses     405,000  
*   Records Management Fees and Expenses     50,000  
*   Appraisal Fees and Expenses     50,000  
*   Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees     110,000  
*   Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA, SEC)     60,000  
*   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     15,000  
*   Business Plan Fees and Expenses     42,000  
*   State Tax Opinion Fees and Expenses     14,000  
*   Proxy Solicitor Fees and Expense     20,000  
*   Other     74,000  
*   Total   $ 1,400,000  

 

 

* Estimated.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.           Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.           Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,

 

  II- 1  

 

 

independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C.           Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.           Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.           Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.           Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

  II- 2  

 

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

 

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

(a) List of Exhibits

 

1.1 Engagement Letters between Bank 34, AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
1.2 Form of Agency Agreement between Bancorp 34, Inc., Bank 34, AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
2 Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, as amended
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp 34, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of Bancorp 34, Inc.
4 Form of Common Stock Certificate of Bancorp 34, Inc.
5 Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1 Federal Tax Opinion
8.2 State Tax Opinion
10.1 Amended and Restated Employee Stock Ownership Plan, including amendments (4) †
10.2 Deferred Compensation Agreement with Jill Gutierrez (1) †
10.3 Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement with Jan R. Thiry (1) †
10.4 Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement with William P. Kauper (1) †
10.5 Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with Jill Gutierrez (1) †
10.6 Form of Director Retirement Agreement, as amended (1) †
10.7 Form of Director Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement (1) †
10.8 Alamogordo Financial Corp. 2001 Stock Option Plan (2) †
10.9 Alamogordo Financial Corp. 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan (2) †
10.10 Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement with Jill Gutierrez, Jan R. Thiry and William P. Kauper (3) †
10.11 Director Deferred Fee Plan (5) †
10.12 Retention Bonus Agreement with Jan R. Thiry (6) †
10.13 Form of Employment Agreement by and between Bank 34 and Jill Gutierrez, Jan R. Thiry and William P. Kauper †
10.14 Form of Employment Agreement by and between Bancorp 34, Inc. and Jill Gutierrez, Jan R. Thiry and William P. Kauper †
21 Subsidiaries of Bancorp 34, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2 Consent of Briggs & Veselka Co.
23.3 Consent of Keller & Company, Inc.
23.4 Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 8.2)
24 Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1 Engagement Letter with Keller & Company, Inc. to serve as appraiser
99.2 Letter of Keller & Company, Inc. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3 Appraisal Report of Keller & Company, Inc.*
99.4 Marketing Materials
99.5 Stock Order and Certification Form
99.6 Letter of Keller & Company, Inc. with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7 Form of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Stockholder Proxy Card
101 Interactive Data Files‡

 

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this Registration Statement are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language).
* Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (File No. 333-192233), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013, as amended.
(2) Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2001.
(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2015.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2016.
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2016.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2016.

 

  II- 3  

 

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  II- 4  

 

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  II- 5  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Alamogordo, State of New Mexico on June 3, 2016. 

 

  BANCORP 34, Inc.  
       
  By: /s/ Jill Gutierrez  
    Jill Gutierrez  
    Chief Executive Officer  
    (Duly Authorized Representative)  

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors of Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Company”), severally constitute and appoint Jill Gutierrez with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Jill Gutierrez may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Jill Gutierrez shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures   Title   Date
         
/s/ Jill Gutierrez   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)    June 3, 2016
Jill Gutierrez      
         
/s/ Jan R. Thiry   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 3 , 2016
Jan R. Thiry      
         
/s/ Randal L. Rabon   Chairman of the Board   June 3 , 2016
Randal L. Rabon        
         
/s/ William F. Burt   Director   June 3 , 2016
William F. Burt        
         
/s/ Wortham A. Cook   Director   June 3 , 2016
Wortham A. Cook        
         
/s/ James D. Harris   Director   June 3 , 2016
James D. Harris        
         
/s/ Elaine E. Ralls   Director   June 3 , 2016
Elaine E. Ralls        
         
/s/ Don P. Van Winkle   Director   June 3 , 2016
Don P. Van Winkle        

 

 

 

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2016

 

Registration No. 333-______

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

TO

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ON

FORM S-1

 

Bancorp 34, Inc.

 

Alamogordo, New Mexico

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1.1 Engagement Letters between Bank 34, AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
1.2 Form of Agency Agreement between Bancorp 34, Inc., Bank 34, AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
2 Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, as amended
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp 34, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of Bancorp 34, Inc.
4 Form of Common Stock Certificate of Bancorp 34, Inc.
5 Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1 Federal Tax Opinion
8.2 State Tax Opinion
10.1 Amended and Restated Employee Stock Ownership Plan, including amendments (4) †
10.2 Deferred Compensation Agreement with Jill Gutierrez (1) †
10.3 Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement with Jan R. Thiry (1) †
10.4 Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement with William P. Kauper (1) †
10.5 Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with Jill Gutierrez (1) †
10.6 Form of Director Retirement Agreement, as amended (1) †
10.7 Form of Director Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement (1) †
10.8 Alamogordo Financial Corp. 2001 Stock Option Plan (2) †
10.9 Alamogordo Financial Corp. 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan (2) †
10.10 Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement with Jill Gutierrez, Jan R. Thiry and William P. Kauper (3) †
10.11 Director Deferred Fee Plan (5) †
10.12 Retention Bonus Agreement with Jan R. Thiry (6) †
10.13 Form of Employment Agreement by and between Bank 34 and Jill Gutierrez, Jan R. Thiry and William P. Kauper †
10.14 Form of Employment Agreement by and between Bancorp 34, Inc. and Jill Gutierrez, Jan R. Thiry and William P. Kauper †
21 Subsidiaries of Bancorp 34, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2 Consent of Briggs & Veselka Co.
23.3 Consent of Keller & Company, Inc.
23.4 Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 8.2)
24 Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1 Engagement Letter with Keller & Company, Inc. to serve as appraiser
99.2 Letter of Keller & Company, Inc. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3 Appraisal Report of Keller & Company, Inc.*
99.4 Marketing Materials
99.5 Stock Order and Certification Form
99.6 Letter of Keller & Company, Inc. with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7 Form of Alamogordo Financial Corp. Stockholder Proxy Card
101 Interactive Data Files‡

 

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this Registration Statement are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language).
* Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (File No. 333-192233), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013, as amended.
(2) Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2001.
(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2015.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2016.
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2016.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2016.

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

December 23, 2015

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, NM 88310

 

Attention: Ms. Jill Gutierrez
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to (i) AF Mutual Holding Company, (ii) Alamogordo Financial Corp., and (iii) BANK’34 (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to the full stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s proposed Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of certain shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Community Offering (as defined herein) (a Subscription Offering, a Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering (as defined herein) are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent and Data Processing Records Management Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Bank and KBW. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

1. Advisory/Offering Services

 

As the Company's exclusive financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

1. Providing advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization;

 

2. Assisting in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 2 of 9

 

implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

3. Serving as sole bookrunning manager in connection with the Offerings;
4. Reviewing all offering documents related to the Offerings, including the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) and any related offering materials, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);
5. Assisting the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;
6. Assisting the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
7. Assisting the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;
8. Meeting with the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and
9. Performing such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2. Due Diligence Review

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances (the “Due Diligence Review”).

 

The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests (the “Information”), and will permit KBW to discuss with the Board of Directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all Confidential Information (as defined herein) as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW will rely upon Company management as to the reasonableness and achievability of any financial and operating forecasts and projections provided to KBW or which KBW is directed to use, and that KBW will assume, at the Company’s direction, that all financial forecasts and projections have been reasonably prepared by Company management on a basis reflecting the best then currently available estimates and judgments of management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company, and that such forecasts and projections will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 3 of 9

 

3. Regulatory Filings

 

The Company will cause the registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and will cause all other offering documents in respect of the Conversion and the Offerings to be filed, as necessary or appropriate, with applicable regulatory agencies including the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4. Fees

 

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following non-refundable cash fees to KBW, in the amounts and at the times set forth below:

 

(a) Management Fee:   A non-refundable cash fee in an amount of $50,000 (the “Management Fee”) shall be payable by the Company to KBW, as follows: (i) $25,000 shall be paid immediately upon the execution of this Agreement and (ii) the remaining $25,000 shall be paid immediately upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement (whether or not such filing is publicly available). Each payment in respect of the Management Fee shall be deemed to have been earned in full when due. Should the Offerings or this Agreement be terminated for any reason, KBW shall be deemed to have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable as of such date of termination.

 

(b) Success Fee:    A Success Fee of $250,000 for shares of the Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering shall be paid upon the completion of the Offerings. The Management Fee described in 4(a), to the extent then already paid, will be credited against the Success Fee. The obligation to pay to KBW the full Success Fee upon completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering shall survive any termination of this agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings.

 

(c) Fees for Syndicated Community Offering :  If any shares of the Common Stock remain unsold after the completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), to assist on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and KBW. KBW will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among broker-dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Conversion. In the event of a Syndicated Community Offering, KBW will be paid a transaction fee not

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 4 of 9

 

to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. The Success Fee described in 4(b) will be credited against the transaction fee. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers (if any), who assist in the Syndicated Community Offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer.

 

(d) In connection with the Subscription Offering, if, as a result of any resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, KBW reasonably determines that it is required or requested to provide significant services, KBW will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, which additional compensation will not exceed $25,000.

 

The terms of any Agency Agreement (as defined herein) to be entered into between the Company and KBW in connection with the Offerings shall contain fee provisions no less favorable to KBW than those set forth above. To the extent required under applicable FINRA rules and regulations, the payment of compensation by the Company to KBW pursuant to this Section 4 is subject to FINRA’s review thereof.

 

5. Additional Services

 

KBW further agrees to provide general financial advisory assistance to the Company that is not in the context of any contemplated transaction, for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6. Expenses

 

The Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, "Blue Sky," and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Company's accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for "Blue Sky" legal work. If KBW incurs any expenses on behalf of Company in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 5 of 9

 

KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $30,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offerings, including, but not limited to, costs of travel, meals and lodging, clerical assistance, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph). These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no resolicitation in connection with the Offerings. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs (including but not limited to a delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents), such expense caps may be increased by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket expenses of KBW and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of KBW’s legal counsel. In no event shall out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, exceed $130,000. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.

 

7. Limitations

 

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that any such opinion or advice, as well as this Agreement (including any of the terms hereof) shall not be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives, without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

It is expressly understood and agreed that KBW is not undertaking to provide any advice relating to legal, regulatory, accounting or tax matters. In furtherance thereof, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) it and its affiliates have relied and will continue to rely on the advice of its own legal, tax and accounting advisors for all matters relating to the Conversion and the Offerings, and all other matters and (b) neither it, or any of its affiliates, has received, or has relied upon, the advice of KBW or any of its affiliates regarding matters of law, regulation, taxation or accounting.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 6 of 9

 

The Company acknowledges that KBW is a securities firm engaged in securities trading and brokerage activities and providing investment banking and financial advisory services. In the ordinary course of business, KBW and its affiliates may at any time hold long or short positions, and may trade or otherwise effect transactions, for its own account or the accounts of customers, in the Company's debt or equity securities, or the debt or equity securities of the Company's affiliates or other entities that may be involved in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In addition, KBW and its affiliates may from time to time perform various investment banking and financial advisory services for other clients and customers who may have conflicting interests with respect to the Company. The Company acknowledges that KBW and its affiliates have no obligation to use in connection with this engagement or to furnish the Company confidential information obtained from other companies.

 

8. Benefit

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable without the mutual consent of KBW and the Company.

 

9. Confidentiality

 

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company.

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that all presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 7 of 9

 

10. Advertisements

 

The Company agrees that, following the closing of the Offerings, KBW has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of such offering. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing any such offering a reference to KBW’s role as financial advisor and sole bookrunning manager with respect to such offering, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to KBW for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

11. Indemnification

 

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Conversion or the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.

 

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided,

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 8 of 9

 

however , in no event shall KBW's aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

 

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

 

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

12. Definitive Agreement

 

This Agreement reflects KBW's present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on the proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 6, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 7, (v) the limitations of liability, the indemnification and contribution obligations and the other provisions set forth in Section 11 and (iv) those terms as may be set forth in a mutually agreed upon agency agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings (the “Agency Agreement”), all of which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained herein, shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s provision of services in connection with the

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 9 of 9

 

Conversion and the Offerings, as contemplated herein, is expressly subject to (a) satisfactory completion of Due Diligence Review by KBW, (b) the preparation of a Registration Statement and Prospectus and other offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW in form and substance, (c) compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) market conditions (including at the time of any of the proposed Offerings), (e) approval of KBW’s internal committee and (f) any other conditions that KBW may deem appropriate for the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning an original copy of this Agreement to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By: /s/ James T. Crotty   Date: 12/23/2015
  James T. Crotty      
  Director      

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

BANK ‘34

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

By: /s/ Jill Gutierrez   Date: 12/29/2015
  Jill Gutierrez      
  Chief Executive Officer      

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 
 

 

 

December 23, 2015

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, NM 88310

 

Attention: Ms. Jill Gutierrez
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Re: Services of Conversion Agent and Data Processing Records Management Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) by (i) AF Mutual Holding Company, (ii) Alamogordo Financial Corp., and (iii) BANK’34 (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step offering, the “Bank”), on behalf of both itself and the Company (as defined herein), to act as the conversion agent and the data processing records management agent (KBW in such capacities, the “Agent”) to the Company in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to the full stock form of organization, including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Company’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”). The sale will be to eligible persons in a subscription offering (the “Subscription Offering”), with any remaining unsold shares of Common Stock to then be offered to the general public in a community offering (the “Community Offering”) and if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”) (the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”).

 

This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of KBW’s engagement solely in its capacity as Agent. It is acknowledged that the terms of KBW’s engagement by the Company as exclusive financial advisor in the Conversion and as sole bookrunning manager in the Offerings is set forth in a separate agreement entered into by and between KBW and the Bank (on behalf of both itself and the Company) on or about the date hereof (such separate agreement, the “Advisory Agreement”).

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 2 of 13

 

1. Description of Services.

 

As Agent, and as the Company may reasonably request, KBW will provide the services further described below (the “Services”):

 

1. Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:
· Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;
· Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and
· Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts.

 

2. Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:
· Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting;
· Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials;
· Proxy and ballot tabulation; and
· Act as Inspector of Election for the Company’s special meeting of members, if requested, assuming the election is not contested.

 

3. Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:
· Assist the Company in establishing and managing a Stock Information Center;
· Advise on the physical location of the Stock Information Center including logistical and materials requirements;
· Assist in educating Company personnel;
· Establish recordkeeping and reporting procedures;
· Supervise the Stock Information Center during the Offerings;
· Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of offering materials for subscribing for shares of Common Stock;
· Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;
· Common Stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;
· Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for “blue sky” research and applicable registration;
· Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates or statements of ownership;
· Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks; and

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 3 of 13

 

· Create 1099-INT forms for interest reporting, as well as magnetic media reporting to the IRS, for subscribers paid $10 or more in interest for subscriptions paid by check, if this service is not provided by the Company’s transfer agent.

 

4. Records Processing Services: KBW will provide records processing services (the “Records Processing Services”) contemplated hereby. The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that KBW expects to subcontract certain Records Processing Services, including without limitation certain integral data processing functions, to any one or more of its affiliates or to any other party (including non-affiliate third parties).

 

2. Duties and Obligations.

 

KBW, as Agent, hereby agrees to perform the Services in a commercially reasonable manner and to comply with all timely, appropriate and lawful instructions received from duly authorized representatives of the Company. KBW makes no warranties regarding the rendering of the Services (including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability, security, accuracy, non-infringement, and fitness for a particular purpose), and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Company will: (i) inform all of its authorized representatives, which may include attorneys, agents and advisors, that KBW shall act as the exclusive Agent and that they are authorized and directed to communicate with KBW and to promptly provide KBW with all information that is reasonably requested; (ii) cause KBW to have adequate notice of, and permit KBW to attend, meetings (whether in person or otherwise) where KBW’s attendance is, in the discretion of KBW, relevant, advisable or necessary; (iii) cause KBW to receive, as they become available, copies of the documents relating to the Plan of Conversion, the Conversion and the Offerings, to the extent KBW believes that such documents are necessary or appropriate for it to perform the Services and (iv) cause KBW to have adequate advance notice of any proposed changes to the Plan of Conversion, the proposed Services or the timetable of the Offerings. Failure by the Company to keep KBW timely and adequately informed or to provide KBW with complete and accurate necessary information on a timely basis shall excuse KBW’s delay in the performance of its Services and may be grounds for KBW to terminate the Services pursuant to this Agreement.

 

The actions to be taken by KBW hereunder are deemed by the parties to be ministerial only and not discretionary. KBW, in its capacity as Agent under this Agreement, shall not be called upon at any time to give any advice regarding implementing the Plan of Conversion. The Company shall have the sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to implementing the Plan of Conversion, including but not limited to decisions regarding which customer bank accounts are to be included in accountholder records provided to KBW.

 

KBW expects to subcontract certain data processing functions integral to the Services with any one or more of its affiliates or with any other party. The fees and expenses of such subcontractor shall not be billed to the Company, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto in writing.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 4 of 13

 

Such subcontractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement set forth under the heading “Confidentiality and Consumer Privacy.”

 

3. Fees Payable to KBW.

 

For the Services described above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a non-refundable cash fee of $25,000 (the “Services Fee”) . Such fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Company’s Plan of Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in applicable regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not exceeding $10,000 payable to KBW. The Services Fee shall be payable as follows: (i) $5,000 shall be payable immediately upon execution of this Agreement, which shall be non-refundable and deemed to be earned in full when paid and (ii) all remaining amounts shall be payable immediately upon the completion of the Offerings.

 

4. Costs and Expenses; Reimbursement.

 

The Company will bear all of expenses in connection with the Offerings and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. The Company shall also reimburse KBW for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Services, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, provided that such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $10,000 without the Company’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in which case such additional expenses shall not exceed $5,000. Typical expenses include, but are not limited to, additional programming costs, postage, overnight delivery, telephone and travel. Not later than two days before the closing of the Offerings, KBW will provide the Company with documentation of all reimbursable expenses of KBW, to be paid at closing. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair the indemnification, contribution or liability limitation provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5. Reliance on Information Provided.

 

The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out the Services under this Agreement (all such information so provided, the “Information). The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of such Information in performing the Services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information (including, without limitation, accountholder records provided or processed) or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 5 of 13

 

KBW, as Agent, may further rely upon the instructions and representations (whether oral or in writing) of the Company’s duly authorized representatives, without inquiry or investigation. KBW shall not be responsible for any action taken in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice or instruction (whether written or oral), or other instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be valid, genuine and sufficient in carrying out its duties hereunder. KBW shall not be liable or responsible, and shall be fully authorized and protected for, acting or failing to act in accordance with any oral instructions or requests.

 

KBW may consult with legal counsel chosen in good faith as to KBW’s obligations or performance under this Agreement, and KBW shall not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel with respect to KBW’s obligations or performance under this Agreement.

 

6. Confidentiality and Consumer Privacy.

 

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company. It is understood by the parties hereto that the receiving party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold the Confidential Information confidential if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve the confidentiality of its own similar information.

 

KBW further acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder will include nonpublic personal data regarding Company customers and bank account records. KBW agrees that such information shall be deemed to be “Confidential Information” under this Agreement and shall not be used or disclosed except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

If at any time KBW is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, motion, writ, or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects any property of the Company, KBW is authorized to comply therewith in any reasonable manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate; provided that the Agent shall, if

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 6 of 13

 

permissible by law or regulation, endeavor to give notice thereof to the Company. If KBW complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, KBW shall not be liable to any of the parties, or to any other person or entity, even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

 

7. Limitations of Responsibilities.

 

KBW, as Agent, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than the contractual obligations specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or statements of ownership or the shares of Common Stock represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of any offer in connection with the Offerings or otherwise; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its sole judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

The duties, responsibilities and obligations of KBW, as Agent, shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be inferred or implied. KBW, in its capacity as Agent, shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the parties hereto and/or any other person or entity, even though reference thereto may be made herein or therein, or to comply with any direction or instruction (other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Agreement) from any person or entity other than the Company. Except as may otherwise specifically be set forth herein, KBW shall not be required to, and shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.

 

KBW, as Agent in furnishing services to the Company under this Agreement, is acting only as an independent contractor and is not a fiduciary of, nor will its entering into this Agreement give rise to fiduciary duties to, the Company. KBW does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of the Company, whether regulatory, contractual, or otherwise. KBW has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by it under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company understands and agrees that KBW may perform services substantially similar to those to be performed hereunder for others, and nothing herein is intended to restrict or prohibit KBW from performing such services for others.

 

No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against KBW, and KBW, in its capacity as such, shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity other than this Agreement, and KBW shall have no duty to inquire

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 7 of 13

 

into, or to take into account its knowledge of, the terms and conditions of any agreement made or entered into in connection with this Agreement.

 

8. Indemnification; Contribution; Limitations of Liability .

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, and reasonably related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement , and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

 

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , in no event shall KBW's aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

 

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 8 of 13

 

except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other Indemnified Party.

 

KBW shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising from, relating to or made in connection with circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of its advisors or agents, acts of governmental authorities, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority, war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, flood, weather-related problems, acts of God or nature, mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer problems, failure or unavailability of communications or power supply or any change in law or regulation materially affecting KBW or the Company.

 

In no event shall KBW be liable for: (i) acting in accordance with or relying upon any instruction, request, notice, demand, certificate, order or document from the Company or any authorized representative acting on its behalf or (ii) for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if KBW has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Any liability of KBW shall be limited to the amount of fees paid to KBW for the Services performed by KBW as Agent pursuant to this Agreement. A claim by Company for a return of fees paid to KBW by the Company for the Services performed as Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any damages. This limitation of liability is intended to apply to the full extent allowed by law, regardless of the grounds or nature of any claim asserted.

 

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

It is understood that KBW’s engagement referred to above may be embodied in one or more separate written agreements and that, in connection with such engagement, KBW may also be requested to provide additional services or to act for the Company in one or more additional capacities. The indemnification provided hereunder shall apply to said engagement, any such additional services or activities and any modification, and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of KBW’s engagement or this Agreement.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 9 of 13

 

9. Commencement and Termination.

 

This Agreement shall commence immediately upon execution hereof by all parties and shall continue in force until the consummation or termination of the Conversion or the Offerings or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Company for cause due to action by KBW constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement, which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of such breach is delivered by the Company to KBW. This Agreement may only be terminated by KBW in the event of one or more of the following: (i) termination of the Advisor Agreement; (ii) circumstances described in this Agreement in the second paragraph under the heading “Miscellaneous”; (iii) action by the Company constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement (including as described in this Agreement in the first paragraph under the heading “Duties and Obligations” or failure to pay the fees and expenses of KBW as set forth herein), which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of breach is delivered by KBW to the Company or (iv) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation, guaranty fund action, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against the Company, the Company shall become insolvent, or cease paying its obligations as they become due.

 

10. Survival of Obligations.

 

The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, including those set forth under “Indemnification; Contribution; Limitations of Liability” above, will remain in full force and effect and will survive the consummation of the Conversion and the Offerings or the termination of this Agreement, and KBW, its affiliates, the officers, directors, employees and agents of KBW and any of its affiliates, and any person controlling KBW and any of its affiliates, shall be entitled to the benefit of the covenants and agreements thereafter.

 

11. Miscellaneous.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that there are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, which is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto. No other person or entity or their respective heirs, successors and assigns shall be deemed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim hereto.

 

In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by KBW hereunder, KBW will provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to resolve such uncertainty or ambiguity and in the event that such uncertainty or ambiguity is unresolved KBW may, in its sole discretion, take any action it deems appropriate or refrain from taking any action unless and until KBW receives written instructions from the Company clarifying the ambiguity or uncertainty, and KBW shall not be liable for acting or the failure to take any action during this period. In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other person or entity resulting in adverse claims and demands being made

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 10 of 13

 

herein or affected hereby, KBW shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any such claims or demands as long as such disagreement may continue, and in so refusing, shall make no delivery or other disposition under this Agreement, and in so doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting until: (i) the right of adverse claimants shall have been finally settled by binding arbitration or finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) all differences shall have been settled by agreement among the adverse claimants and the Company or other persons or entities and KBW shall have been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the Company and the adverse person(s) or entity(ies). In the event of such disagreement, KBW may, but need not, tender into the registry or custody of any court of competent jurisdiction all property in KBW’s possession pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with such legal proceedings as KBW deems appropriate, and thereupon KBW shall be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The filing of any such legal proceeding shall not deprive KBW of compensation or expenses paid or payable hereunder for Services, and KBW shall not be liable with respect to any suspension of performance, delay or otherwise as a result of the tendering of such property. KBW shall have no obligation to take any legal action in connection with this Agreement or towards its enforcement, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would or might involve KBW in any cost, expense, loss or liability unless indemnification, satisfactory to KBW, in its sole discretion, shall be furnished by the Company. KBW shall be indemnified for all reasonable costs (including employee time at the employee’s hourly rate determined by his annual salary) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any such action.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, but not any engagement, underwriting, agency or other agreements among the parties pursuant to which KBW is acting as the Company’s financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity, including without limitation the Advisory Agreement. Except as specifically set forth herein, each party hereto acknowledges that no representation, inducement, promise or agreement, written, oral or otherwise, has been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied or expressly stated herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding in relation to the Services. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) KBW has made full and complete disclosure to the Company of the possibility or existence of any conflict of interest resulting from KBW serving as both data processing records management agent pursuant to this Agreement and as financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity pursuant to the Advisory Agreement or any other separate agreement and (ii) having received full disclosure thereof, the Company hereby waives any such conflict of interest and consents to KBW serving in such dual capacity.

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 11 of 13

 

respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

 

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. All section headings used herein are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to for the purpose of defining, interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the party or parties to this Agreement may require.

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment made in violation of the foregoing shall be void and have no legal effect; except that consent is not required for an assignment to a KBW affiliate or successor in interest. This Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all of the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. No waiver of the breach of any provision or term of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

Should any term or provision, or portion of such provision, of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable, the scope thereof or the period covered thereby or otherwise, such term, provision, or portion of such provision, shall be deemed to be reduced and limited to enable KBW or the Company, as applicable, to enforce it to the maximum extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied under the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court of competent jurisdiction, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement which shall be construed to preserve, to the maximum extent permissible, the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such terms or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by either party or its agents relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement, but not including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution at such party or any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of such party, shall be coordinated with and approved by the other party prior to the release thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 12 of 13

 

12. Notices.

 

Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement, other than in the normal course of conducting the Services, can be by certified or registered mail, personal delivery or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication with proof of delivery addressed as follows:

 

  (a) If to the Agent:
    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
    70 W Madison, Suite 2401
    Chicago, IL 60602
    Attn: James T. Crotty
    Telephone:  (312) 423-8274
    Fax:  (312) 423-8232
     
    If to the Company:
    AF Mutual Holding Company
    Alamogordo Financial Corp.
    BANK’34
    500 East 10 th Street
    Alamogordo, NM 88310
    Attn: Jill Gutierrez

 

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address/addressee to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be provided. If the foregoing correctly sets

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 13 of 13

 

forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By: /s/ James T. Crotty    Date: 12/23/2015  
  James T. Crotty      
  Director      

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

BANK ‘34

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

By: /s/ Jill Gutierrez   Date: 12/29/2015   
  Jill Gutierrez      
  Chief Executive Officer      

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.2

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

(a Maryland corporation)

 

Up to 1,634,334 Shares

(Subject to increase to up to 1,879,484 shares)

 

COMMON STOCK

($0.01 Par Value)

 

Offering Price $10.00 Per Share

 

AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

_____________, 2016

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10019

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), Bancorp 34, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation organized to be the successor to the Mid-Tier Holding Company (the “Holding Company”), AF Mutual Holding Company, a federally-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”) and Bank 34, a federally-chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”), the deposit accounts of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) (collectively, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank are referred to as the “Primary Parties”) hereby confirm their agreement with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (the “Agent”) as follows:

 

Section 1. The Offering.   The MHC, in accordance with the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”), intends to convert from the federally-chartered mutual holding company form of organization to the stock holding company form of organization (the “Conversion”) in accordance with the laws of the United States and 12 C.F.R. Part 239 (Regulation MM) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) (collectively, the “Conversion Regulations”). In connection with the Conversion, the Holding Company will offer shares of Common Stock (as defined below) on a priority basis to (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Holding Company or the Bank; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members (all capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan).

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Holding Company is offering a minimum of 1,207,986 shares and a maximum of 1,634,334 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) (subject to an increase to up to 1,879,484 shares) (the “Offer Shares”), in the Subscription Offering, and, if necessary, (1) the Community Offering and/or (2) the Syndicated

 

 

 

 

Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”). The Holding Company will sell the Offer Shares in the Offering at $10.00 per share (the “Purchase Price”).

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Holding Company will issue a minimum of 1,002,014 shares and a maximum of 1,355,666 shares of its Common Stock (subject to an increase to up to 1,559,016 shares) (the “Exchange Shares”) to existing public stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their existing shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (the “Exchange”) so that, upon completion of the Offering and the Exchange, 100% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company will be publicly held, 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank will be held by the Holding Company, and the MHC and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will cease to exist. Collectively, the Offer Shares and the Exchange Shares may also be termed the “Shares.” If the number of Shares is increased or decreased in accordance with the Plan, the term “Shares” shall mean such greater or lesser number, where applicable.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, in the Subscription Offering, the Holding Company will offer the Offer Shares, subject to the allocation procedures and purchase limitations set forth in the Plan, in descending order of priority to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Holding Company or the Bank; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. The Holding Company may offer the Offer Shares, if any, remaining after the Subscription Offering, in the Community Offering on a priority basis first to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Maricopa County in Arizona and Dona Ana and Otero Counties in New Mexico, and then to the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s public stockholders as of the Voting Record Date and then to the general public. In the event a Community Offering is held, it may be held at any time during or immediately after the Subscription Offering. Depending on market conditions, Offer Shares available for sale but not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or purchased in the Community Offering may be offered in the Syndicated Community Offering to selected members of the general public through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers (“Assisting Brokers”) that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) managed by the Agent as the sole book-running manager.

 

It is acknowledged that the number of Offer Shares to be sold in the Offering may be increased or decreased as described in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined); that the purchase of the Offer Shares in the Offering is subject to minimum and maximum purchase limitations as described in the Plan and the Prospectus; and that the Holding Company may reject, in whole or in part, any subscription received in the Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

The Holding Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-________) in order to register the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1933 Act Regulations”), and has filed such amendments thereto as have been required to the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”). The prospectus, as amended, included in the Registration Statement at the time it initially became effective is hereinafter called the “Prospectus,” except that if any prospectus is filed by the Holding Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) of the 1933 Act Regulations differing from the

 

  2  

 

 

prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it initially becomes effective, the term “Prospectus” shall refer to the prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) from and after the time said prospectus is filed with the Commission and shall include any supplements and amendments thereto from and after their dates of effectiveness or use, respectively.

 

In connection with the Conversion, the MHC filed with the Federal Reserve Board an application for conversion to a stock company (together with any other required ancillary applications and/or notices and amendments thereto, the “Conversion Application”) as required by the Federal Reserve Board in accordance with the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended (the “HOLA”), and 12 C.F.R. Part 239. The Holding Company has also filed with the Federal Reserve Board its application on Form H-(e)1 (together with any other required ancillary applications and/or notices and amendments thereto, the “Holding Company Application”) to become a unitary savings and loan holding company under the HOLA and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Holding Company has also filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) an application for approval for the Holding Company to acquire the Bank and to amend the Bank’s charter (together with any other required ancillary applications and/or notices and amendments thereto, the “OCC Application”), as required by the rules and regulations of the OCC promulgated under 12 C.F.R. Part 192.

 

Section 2. Retention of Agent; Compensation. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Primary Parties hereby appoint the Agent as their exclusive financial advisor and marketing agent (1) to utilize its best efforts to solicit subscriptions for the Offer Shares and to advise and assist the Primary Parties with respect to the sale by the Holding Company of the Offer Shares in the Offering and (2) to participate in the Offering in the areas of market making and in syndicate formation (if necessary).

 

On the basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Agent accepts such appointment and agrees to consult with and advise the Primary Parties as to the matters set forth in the letter agreement, dated December 23, 2015, by and between the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank and the Agent (the “Letter Agreement”) (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ).  The Primary Parties acknowledge that the Agent shall not be required to purchase any Shares or be obligated to take any action that is inconsistent with all applicable laws, regulations, decisions or orders.

 

Except as specifically provided for in Section 11 hereof, the obligations of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate upon consummation of the Offering, but in no event later than 45 days after the completion of the Subscription Offering (the “End Date”) unless the Primary Parties and the Agent agree in writing to extend such period and the Federal Reserve Board agrees to extend the period of time in which the Offer Shares may be sold.  All fees or expenses due to the Agent but unpaid will be payable to the Agent in same day funds at the earlier of the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) or the End Date.

 

In the event that the Conversion and the Offering are not consummated for any reason, including but not limited to the inability to sell a minimum of 1,207,986 Offer Shares within the period herein provided (including any permitted extension thereof), or such other minimum number of Offer Shares as shall be established consistent with the Plan and the Conversion

 

  3  

 

 

Regulations, this Agreement shall terminate and the Holding Company shall refund to any persons who have subscribed for or ordered any of the Shares the full amount that it may have received from them plus accrued interest, as set forth in the Prospectus; and none of the parties to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the other parties hereunder, except that (i) the Primary Parties shall remain jointly and severally liable for amounts due as set forth in this Section 2 and in Sections 9 and 10 hereof, unless the transaction is not consummated due to the breach by the Agent of a warranty, representation or covenant and (ii) the Agent shall remain liable for any amount due pursuant to Sections 9 and 10 hereof unless the transaction is not consummated due to the breach by the Primary Parties of a warranty, representation or covenant.  In the event the Offering is terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of the Agent that is not permitted by this Agreement, the Agent shall be paid the fees due to the date of such termination pursuant to subparagraph (a) and be reimbursed for its reasonable documented expenses through the date of termination pursuant to subparagraph (d) below.

 

The Agent shall receive the following compensation and expense reimbursement for its services hereunder:

 

(a)          A management fee of $50,000 payable as follows: $25,000, which was paid upon the signing of the Letter Agreement and $25,000, which was paid upon the filing of the initial Registration Statement.

 

(b)          A success fee of $250,000 shall be paid upon completion of the Offerings for Offer Shares sold in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering.  The management fee described in subparagraph (a) above will be credited against the success fee paid pursuant to this subparagraph (b).  In the event the Agent is required or requested to provide significant services as a result of any re-solicitation of subscribers in connection with the Subscription Offering, the Holding Company will pay the Agent an additional $25,000.

 

(c)          If any Offer Shares remain available after the Subscription and Community Offerings, at the request of the Holding Company, the Agent will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in the sale of Offer Shares on a best-efforts basis in the Syndicated Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Agent and each selected dealer.  The Agent will endeavor to distribute the Offer Shares among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Holding Company and the Plan.  The Agent will be paid a fee not to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering.  From this fee, the Agent will pass onto selected broker-dealers, who assist in the Syndicated Community Offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than the Agent shall be transmitted by the Agent to such broker/dealer.  The Agent reserves the right and may, in its sole discretion, determine not to proceed with the Syndicated Community Offering based upon market conditions.  The decision to utilize selected broker-dealers will be made by the Agent upon consultation with the Holding Company.  The success fee described in paragraph (b) above will be credited against the fee to be paid pursuant to this subparagraph (c).

 

  4  

 

 

(d)          The Agent will also be reimbursed for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $30,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offering, including, but not limited to, costs of travel, meals and lodging, clerical assistance, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers.  The Agent will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph).  These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no re-solicitation in connection with the Offering.  The Holding Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs, including but not limited to a delay in the Offering that would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents, such expense caps may be increased by mutual consent of the Agent and the Bank by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of the Agent’s legal counsel.  In no event shall out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and expenses of Agent’s legal counsel, exceed $130,000.  The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.  The Holding Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offering customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, the Commission, “blue sky,” and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Holding Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and Syndicated Community Offering expenses associated with the Offering; the fees set forth under this Section 2; and fees for “blue sky” legal work.  If the Agent incurs such expenses on behalf of the Holding Company, the Holding Company will reimburse the Agent for such expenses; provided, however, the Agent agrees that it will not incur expenses on behalf of the Holding Company without the Holding Company’s prior written consent.

 

(e)          The Agent shall also receive a fee of $25,000 for certain conversion agent services set forth in the letter agreement, dated December 23, 2015, among the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Agent (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B ), $5,000 of which has already been paid to the Agent and is nonrefundable and the balance of which shall be payable to the Agent upon completion of the Offering.  In the event of any material changes in applicable regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, the Holding Company will pay the Agent an additional fee of $10,000.  The Holding Company will reimburse the Agent, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its conversion agent services, which shall not exceed $10,000 without the Holding Company’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in which case such additional expenses shall not exceed $5,000.

 

Section 3. Sale and Delivery of Shares.   If all conditions precedent to the consummation of the Conversion, including without limitation, the sale of all Offer Shares required by the Plan to be sold, are satisfied, the Holding Company agrees to issue, or have issued, the Offer Shares sold in the Offering and to release for delivery certificates or book-entry statements as applicable for the Shares on the Closing Date against payment to the Holding Company by any means authorized by the Plan; provided, however, that no funds shall be released to the Holding Company until the conditions specified in Section 8 hereof shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent or its counsel.  The release of

 

  5  

 

 

Shares against payment therefor shall be made on a date and at a place acceptable to the Primary Parties and the Agent as set forth in Section 14. Certificates for the Shares or book-entry statements, as applicable, shall be delivered directly to the purchasers in accordance with their directions as provided by the Holding Company to its registrar and transfer agent.  The date upon which the Holding Company shall release or deliver the Shares in accordance with the terms herein is called the “Closing Date.”

 

Section 4. Representations and Warranties of the Primary Parties.   The Primary Parties jointly and severally represent and warrant to and agree with the Agent as follows:

 

(a)          The Registration Statement, which was prepared by the Primary Parties and filed with the Commission, has been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order has been issued with respect thereto and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Commission.  At the time the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement), became effective, at the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 4(c) hereof) and at the Closing Date, (i) the Registration Statement complied and will comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and (ii) the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto), and any information regarding the Primary Parties contained in Sales Information (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof) authorized by the Primary Parties for use in connection with the Offering, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. At the time any Rule 424(b) or (c) Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date referred to in Section 3 hereof, the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto) and any information regarding the Primary Parties contained in Sales Information (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof) authorized by the Primary Parties for use in connection with the Offering will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this Section 4(a) shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Primary Parties by the Agent or its counsel expressly regarding the Agent for use in the Prospectus in the second paragraph under the caption “The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation,” “The Conversion and Offering—Syndicated Offering” or written statements or omissions contained in Sales Information or information filed pursuant to state securities or blue sky laws or regulations regarding the Agent (the “Agent Information”).

 

(b)          None of the Primary Parties has directly or indirectly distributed or otherwise used and will not directly or indirectly distribute or otherwise use any prospectus, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations) or other offering material (including, without limitation, content on the Bank’s or the Holding Company’s website that may be deemed to be a prospectus, free writing prospectus or other offering material) in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations distributed by the Holding Company and reviewed and approved in advance for

 

  6  

 

 

distribution by the Agent or the Agent’s counsel.  The Holding Company has not, directly or indirectly, prepared or used and will not directly or indirectly, prepare or use, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus except in compliance with the filing and other requirements of Rules 164 and 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations; assuming that such Permitted Free Writing Prospectus is so sent or given after the Registration Statement was filed with the Commission (and after such Permitted Free Writing Prospectus was, if required pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act Regulations, filed with the Commission), the sending or giving, by the Agent, of any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus will satisfy the provisions of Rules 164 and 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (without reliance on subsections (b), (c) and (d) for Rule 164); and the Holding Company is not an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations) as of the eligibility determination date for purposes of Rules 164 and 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations with respect to the offering of the Shares or otherwise precluded under Rule 164 of the 1933 Act Regulations from using free writing prospectuses in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

(c)          As of the Applicable Time (as defined below), neither (i) the Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Statutory Prospectus, all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), nor (ii) any individual Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Prospectus included in the Registration Statement relating to the Offer Shares or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with Agent Information.  As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:

 

1.          “Applicable Time” means each and every date when a potential purchaser submitted a subscription or otherwise committed to purchase Shares.

 

2.          “Statutory Prospectus,” as of any time, means the Prospectus relating to the Offer Shares that is included in the Registration Statement (including any prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the 1933 Act Regulations) relating to the Offer Shares immediately prior to the Applicable Time, including any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

3.          “Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433(h) of the 1933 Act Regulations, relating to the Offer Shares in the form filed or required to be filed or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Holding Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) under the 1933 Act Regulations.  The term does not include any writing exempted from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the 1933 Act, without regard to Rule 172 or Rule 173 of the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

  7  

 

 

4.          “Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors.

 

5.          “Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus.  The term Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus also includes any “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433(h) of the 1933 Act Regulations, that is made available without restriction pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the 1933 Act Regulations or otherwise, even though not required to be filed with the Commission.

 

6.          “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus” means any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations that is consented to by the Primary Parties and the Agent.

 

(d)       Each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, as of its date of first use and at all subsequent times through the completion of the Offering and sale of the Offer Shares or until any earlier date that the Holding Company notified or notifies the Agent (as described in the next sentence), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified.  If at any time following the date of first use of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the Shares, or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact, or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Holding Company has notified or will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free-Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented, and the Holding Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.  The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with Agent Information.

 

(e)       The Conversion Application, including the Plan, the Prospectus, the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies from the Voting Members (as defined in the Plan) for the special meeting to approve the Plan (the “Members’ Proxy Statement”) and the proxy statement/prospectus for the solicitation of proxies from shareholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company for the special meeting at which shareholders will vote on a proposal to approve the Plan (the “Shareholders’ Proxy Statement”), was approved by the Federal Reserve Board on _____________, 2016, and no approval or authorization of any other regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the distribution of the Members’ Proxy Statement and Shareholders’ Proxy Statement.  At the time of its use, the Members’ Proxy

 

  8  

 

 

Statement and any other proxy solicitation or informational materials will comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Conversion Regulations except to the extent waived or otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.  No order has been issued by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulators preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus, the Members’ Proxy Statement or the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement and no action by or before the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator to revoke any approval, authorization or order of effectiveness related to the Offering is pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened.  At the time of the approval of the Conversion Application, including the Plan, the Prospectus, the Members’ Proxy Statement and the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto), by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator and at all times subsequent thereto until the Closing Date, the Conversion Application, including the Plan, the Prospectus, the Members’ Proxy Statement and the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto), will comply as to form in all material respects with the Conversion Regulations, except to the extent waived or otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.  The Conversion Application, including the Plan, the Prospectus, the Members’ Proxy Statement and the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto), does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this Section 4(e) shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with Agent Information.

 

(f)        The Holding Company has filed the Holding Company Application with the Federal Reserve Board and has published notice of such filing and the Holding Company Application is accurate and complete in all material respects.  The Holding Company has received written notice from the Federal Reserve Board of its approval of the acquisition of the Bank on _____________, 2016, such approval remains in full force and effect and no order has been issued by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.  At the date of such approval, the Holding Company Application complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the HOLA and the regulations promulgated thereunder, except as the Federal Reserve Board has expressly waived such regulations in writing.

 

(g)        The Holding Company has received written notice from the OCC of its approval of the OCC Application on ________, 2016, such approval remains in full force and effect and no order has been issued by the OCC or any other applicable regulator suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the OCC or any other applicable regulator.  At the date of such approval, the OCC Application complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the regulations of the OCC, except as the OCC has expressly waived such regulations in writing.

 

(h)        The MHC has filed the Prospectus and any Sales Information with the Federal Reserve Board as part of the Conversion Application.  The Prospectus, the Shareholders’

 

  9  

 

 

Proxy Statement and all Sales Information, as of the date the Registration Statement became effective and on the Closing Date referred to in Section 3, complied and will comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act Regulations, the Conversion Regulations and, at or prior to the time of their first use, will have received all required authorizations of the Federal Reserve Board and any other applicable regulator and the Commission for use in final form.  No approval of any other regulatory, supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the distribution of the Prospectus, the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement and any Sales Information that has not been obtained and a copy of which has been delivered to the Agent.  The Primary Parties have not distributed any offering materials in connection with the Offering except for the Prospectus, the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement and any Sales Information that has been filed with the Registration Statement and the Conversion Application and authorized for use by the Commission and the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.  The information contained in the Sales Information filed as an exhibit to both the Registration Statement and the Conversion Application does not conflict in any material respects with information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(i)         The Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of each of the Primary Parties, and the offer and sale of the Shares will have been conducted in all material respects, except to the extent waived or otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator, in accordance with the Plan, the Conversion Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Offering imposed upon the Primary Parties by the Federal Reserve Board or any other regulatory authority and in the manner described in the Prospectus.  To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, no person has sought to obtain review of the final action of the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator in approving the Conversion pursuant to the HOLA.

 

(j)         The Conversion will be effected in all material respects in accordance with all applicable statutes, regulations, decisions and orders; and, except with respect to the filing of certain post-sale, post-Conversion reports, and documents in compliance with the 1933 Act Regulations, the Conversion Regulations or letters of approval, at the Closing Date, all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Conversion imposed by the Federal Reserve Board if any, will have been complied with by the Primary Parties in all material respects or appropriate waivers will have been obtained and all applicable notice and waiting periods will have been satisfied, waived or elapsed.

 

(k)        The Bank is a duly organized and validly existing federally-chartered stock savings bank and upon completion of the Conversion will continue to be a duly organized and validly existing federally-chartered stock savings bank, in both instances duly authorized to conduct its business and own its property as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; the Bank has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business, except those that individually or in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect on the conduct of the business, financial condition, results of operations, affairs or prospects of the Primary Parties, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”); all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the Bank is in compliance with all laws, rules,

 

  10  

 

 

regulations and orders applicable to the operation of its business, except where failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the Bank is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, unless the failure to be so qualified in one or more of such jurisdictions would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Bank does not own equity securities or any equity interest in any other business enterprise except as described in the Prospectus or as would not be material to the operations of the Primary Parties, taken as a whole.  The Bank does not have any subsidiaries other than Forward Holdings, LLC.

 

(l)         The Holding Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and the Holding Company, at the Closing Date, will be qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing Date, the Holding Company will have obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations required for the conduct of its business except those that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and as of the Closing Date, all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations will be in full force and effect, and the Holding Company will comply therewith and with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the operation of its business, except where failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no outstanding warrants or options to purchase any securities of the Holding Company. Upon completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will have no direct subsidiary other than the Bank.

 

(m)       None of the Primary Parties owns equity securities or any equity interest in any other business enterprise except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as are immaterial in amount and are not required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(n)        The authorized capital stock of the Holding Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Company Common Stock”), and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Company Preferred Stock”).  The authorized capital stock of the Bank consists of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Bank Common Stock”), of which 1,000 shares of Bank Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  The issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and, upon completion of the Conversion, will be owned directly by the Holding Company free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or legal or equitable claim.  Following completion of the Conversion: (i) the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock will be duly authorized and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and will be issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws; (ii) the provisions of the Company Common Stock will conform with the requirements of applicable law and to all statements

 

  11  

 

 

relating thereto contained in the Prospectus; (iii) the shares of Bank Common Stock to be issued to the Holding Company will be duly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Bank pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration described in the Plan, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and all such Bank Common Stock will be owned beneficially and of record by the Holding Company, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or legal or equitable claim; and (iv) the certificates representing the shares of the Company Common Stock will conform with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations.  The issuance of the Company Common Stock is not subject to preemptive rights.

 

(o)        The MHC is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a mutual holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America with full corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, at the Closing Date, the corporate existence of the MHC will cease to exist.  The MHC has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business except those that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the MHC is in all material respects complying therewith and with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the operations of its business.  The MHC has no capital stock.

 

(p)        The Mid-Tier Holding Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a stock holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America with full corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, at the Closing Date, the corporate existence of the Mid-Tier Holding Company will cease to exist.  The Mid-Tier Holding Company has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business except those that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the Mid-Tier Holding Company is in all material respects complying therewith and with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the operations of its business.

 

(q)        Except as described in the Prospectus there are no contractual encumbrances or restrictions or requirements or material legal restrictions or requirements required to be described therein, on the ability of any of the Primary Parties, (A) to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or to pay any indebtedness owed to another party, (B) to make any loans or advances to, or investments in, another party or (C) to transfer any of its property or assets to another party.

 

(r)        The Bank has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including but not limited to accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents and applicable state and federal law and regulation, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Bank, nor any of its respective directors, officers or employees, has committed any material breach of trust with

 

  12  

 

 

respect to any such fiduciary account, and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account in all material respects.

 

(s)        The Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas (“FHLB-Dallas”).  The Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Reserve System.  The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits, and upon consummation of the Conversion, the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be duly established in accordance with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations.  No proceedings for the termination or revocation of such insurance are pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened.

 

(t)         The Primary Parties have good and marketable title to all real property and good title to all other assets material to the business of the Primary Parties, taken as a whole, and to those properties and assets described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as owned by them, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as are not material to the business of the Primary Parties, taken as a whole; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Primary Parties, taken as a whole, under which the Primary Parties hold properties, including those described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect.

 

(u)        The Primary Parties have received an opinion of their special counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion and the opinion of its tax advisor, Crowe Horwath, LLP, with respect to the Arizona and New Mexico income tax consequences of the Conversion, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement; and all material aspects of such opinions are accurately summarized in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The facts upon which such opinions are based are truthful, accurate and complete in all material respects.  None of the Primary Parties has taken or will take any action inconsistent therewith.

 

(v)        Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, each of the Primary Parties has or will have as of the Closing Date all such power, authority, authorizations, approvals and orders as may be required to enter into this Agreement, to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and to issue and sell the Shares as provided herein and as described in the Prospectus, subject to approval or confirmation by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator of the final Appraisal.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of the Primary Parties.  This Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by each of the Primary Parties and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Agent, is the valid, legal and binding agreement of each of the Primary Parties enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and

 

  13  

 

 

except to the extent, if any, that the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy or pursuant to applicable federal law and the rules, regulations and policy of the Federal Reserve Board or the FDIC).

 

(w)       Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, since January 1, 2015, none of the Primary Parties has been a party to any cease and desist order, written agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or has been subject to any action, proceeding, order or directive by any governmental entity or regulatory authority, agency, court, commission, or other administrative entity (“Governmental Entity”), or has adopted any board resolutions relating to such matters as are material to the business of the Primary Parties at the request of any Governmental Entity, or has been advised by any Governmental Entity that it is contemplating issuing or requesting (or is considering the appropriateness of issuing or requesting) any such action, proceeding, order, directive, written agreement, memorandum of understanding, commitment letter, board resolutions or similar undertaking.  There are no unresolved violations, criticisms or exceptions by any Governmental Entity with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations of the Primary Parties, which would reasonably be expected to materially affect the Conversion, the performance by the Primary Parties of their duties and obligations under this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Plan or which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)        None of the Primary Parties is in violation of any directive received from any Governmental Entity to make any material change in the method of conducting its business so as to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes and regulations (including, without limitation, regulations, decisions, directives and orders of the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC) except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and, except as may be set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no suit or proceeding or charge or action before or by any Governmental Entity, pending or, to the knowledge of any of the Primary Parties, threatened, which might materially and adversely affect the Conversion or the Offering, or which might result in any Material Adverse Effect.

 

(y)        The consolidated financial statements, schedules and notes related thereto, which are included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present the consolidated balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income (loss), statements of changes in stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows of the Mid-Tier Holding Company at the respective dates indicated and for the respective periods covered thereby and comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933 Act Regulations, Regulation S-X and the Conversion Regulations.  Such financial statements, schedules and notes related thereto have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied through the periods involved, present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein and are consistent with the most recent financial statements and other reports filed by the Bank with the FDIC, and the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Federal Reserve Board, except that accounting principles employed in such regulatory filings conform to the requirements of the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board and not necessarily to GAAP.  The other financial, statistical and pro forma information and related notes included in the

 

  14  

 

 

Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements of the Mid-Tier Holding Company included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and as to the pro forma adjustments, the adjustments made therein have been properly applied on the basis described therein.

 

(z)        The Primary Parties carry, or are covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the Primary Parties deem adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties as is customary for companies engaged in a similar industry.

 

(aa)      Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, and except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus: (i) there has not been any material adverse change, financial or otherwise, in the condition of the Primary Parties, considered as one enterprise, or in the earnings, capital, properties, business or prospects of the Primary Parties, considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (ii) there has not been any material increase in the long-term debt of any of the Primary Parties or in the principal amount of the Primary Parties’ consolidated assets, which are classified by any of such entities as impaired, substandard, doubtful or loss or in loans past due 90 days or more or real estate acquired by foreclosure, by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or deemed in-substance foreclosure or any material decrease in equity capital or total assets of any of the Primary Parties; nor has any of the Primary Parties issued any securities (other than in connection with the incorporation of the Holding Company) or incurred any liability or obligation for borrowing other than in the ordinary course of business; (iii) there have not been any material transactions entered into by any of the Primary Parties other than those in the ordinary course of business or as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus; (iv) there has been no material adverse change in any of the Primary Parties’ relationship with its insurance carriers, including, without limitation, cancellation or other termination of any of the Primary Parties’ fidelity bond or any other type of insurance coverage; (v) there has been no material change in management of any of the Primary Parties; (vi) none of the Primary Parties has sustained any material loss or interference with its respective business or properties from fire, flood, windstorm, earthquake, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance; (vii) none of the Primary Parties has defaulted in the payment of principal or interest on any outstanding debt obligations; (viii) the capitalization, liabilities, assets, properties and business of the Primary Parties conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (ix) none of the Primary Parties has any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(bb)      None of the Primary Parties is (i) in violation of its respective charter or certificate or articles of incorporation, as applicable, or bylaws (and none of the Primary Parties will be in violation of its charter or certificate or articles of incorporation, as applicable, or bylaws upon completion of the Offering and the Conversion), or (ii) in default (nor has any event occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant, or condition contained in any contract, lease, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, or other instrument to which it is a party or

 

  15  

 

 

by which it or any of its property may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Primary Parties is subject, except in the case of clause (ii) above only, for defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not: (i) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the assets of any of the Primary Parties pursuant to (x) its respective charter or certificate or articles of incorporation, as applicable, or bylaws of any of the Primary Parties, or (y) any material contract, lease or other instrument in which any of the Primary Parties has a beneficial interest, or (z) any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, except in the case of clause (y) above only, that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) violate any authorization, approval, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to any of the Primary Parties; or (iii) result in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property of the Primary Parties.

 

(cc)      All documents made available or delivered by, or to be made available or delivered by, the Primary Parties or their representatives in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offer Shares, including records of account holders and depositors of the Bank, or in connection with the Agent’s exercise of its due diligence, except for those documents that were prepared by parties other than the Primary Parties or their representatives, were on the dates on which they were made available or delivered, true, complete and correct in all material respects.

 

(dd)      Upon consummation of the Conversion, the authorized, issued and outstanding equity capital of the Holding Company will be within the range set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization,” and, except for any shares that are necessary to incorporate the Holding Company which will be cancelled on the Closing Date, no Shares have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Date; the Shares will have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Holding Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, except for shares purchased by the ESOP with funds borrowed from the Holding Company to the extent payment therefor in cash has not been received by the Holding Company; except to the extent that subscription rights and priorities pursuant thereto exist pursuant to the Plan, no preemptive rights exist with respect to the Shares; and the terms and provisions of the Shares will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  Upon the issuance of the Shares, good title to the Shares will be transferred from the Holding Company to the purchasers thereof against payment therefor, subject to such claims as may be asserted against the purchasers thereof by third-party claimants.

 

(ee)      No default exists, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, on the part of any of the Primary Parties in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant, agreement, obligation, representation, warranty or condition of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, bank loan or credit agreement, lease, license, permit or any other instrument or agreement to which the Primary Parties or by which any of them or any of their respective property is bound or affected that, in any such case, could have, individually or in the aggregate with other breaches, violations or

 

  16  

 

 

defaults, a Material Adverse Effect; each of such agreements is in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Primary Parties that are a party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity, and no other party to any such agreement has instituted or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened any action or proceeding wherein any of the Primary Parties is alleged to be in default thereunder where such action or proceeding, if determined adversely to the Primary Parties, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ff)       There are no contracts or documents that are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus that are not so filed or described as required, and such contracts and documents as are summarized in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus are fairly summarized in all material respects.  No party has sent or received any notice indicating the termination of or intention to terminate any of the contracts or agreements referred to or described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, or filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the Conversion Application, the OCC Application and the Holding Company Application, and, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, no such termination has been threatened by any party to any such contract or agreement.

 

(gg)      Subsequent to the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and prior to the Closing Date, except as otherwise may be indicated or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Primary Parties has or will have issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings from the same or similar sources as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the ordinary course of its business.

 

(hh)      Except for the Bank 34 401(k) Savings Plan, none of the Primary Parties maintains any “pension plan,” as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).  In addition, (A) the employee benefit plans, including employee welfare benefit plans, of the Primary Parties (the “Employee Plans”) have been operated in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), all regulations, rulings and announcements promulgated or issued thereunder and all other applicable laws and governmental regulations, (B) no reportable event under Section 4043(c) of ERISA has occurred with respect to any Employee Plan of the Primary Parties for which the reporting requirements have not been waived by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, (C) no prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, for which an exemption does not apply, has occurred with respect to any Employee Plan of the Primary Parties, and (D) all Employee Plans that are group health plans have been operated in compliance with the group health plan continuation coverage requirements of Section 4980B of the Code, except to the extent such noncompliance, reportable event or prohibited transaction would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened, claims by or on behalf of any Employee Plan, by any employee or beneficiary covered under any such Employee Plan or by any governmental

 

  17  

 

 

authority, or otherwise involving such Employee Plans or any of their respective fiduciaries (other than for routine claims for benefits).

 

(ii)        No approval of any Governmental Entity is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance of the Shares, except for the approval of the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC and any necessary qualification, notification, registration or exemption under the securities or blue sky laws of the various states in which the Shares are to be offered, and except as may be required under the rules and regulations of the FINRA or the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

(jj)        Briggs & Veselka Co., which has certified the audited consolidated financial statements of the Mid-Tier Holding Company included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, has advised the Primary Parties in writing that it is, with respect to the Primary Parties, an independent registered public accounting firm within the applicable rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

 

(kk)      Keller & Company, Inc., which has prepared the Holding Company’s appraisal of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Common Stock (the “Appraisal”), has advised the Primary Parties in writing that it is independent of the Primary Parties within the meaning of the Conversion Regulations and is believed by the Primary Parties to be experienced and expert in the valuation and the appraisal of business entities, including savings institutions, and the Primary Parties believe that Keller & Company, Inc.  has prepared the pricing information set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in accordance with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations.

 

(ll)        The Primary Parties have timely filed or extended all required federal, state and local income and franchise tax returns required to be filed; except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Primary Parties have timely paid all taxes that have become due and payable in respect of such returns, and no deficiency has been asserted with respect thereto by any taxing authority.  The Primary Parties have no knowledge of any tax deficiency that has been or might be assessed against them which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, could have, individually or in the aggregate with other tax deficiencies, a Material Adverse Effect.  All material tax liabilities have been adequately provided for in the financial statements of the Primary Parties in accordance with GAAP.  There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Primary Parties or with the issuance or sale by the Holding Company of the Shares.

 

(mm)    Each of the Primary Parties is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder. The Bank has established compliance programs in accordance with and is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and all applicable rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, and there is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before any court, regulatory authority or governmental entity or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened regarding the Bank’s compliance

 

  18  

 

 

with the USA PATRIOT Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.  None of the Primary Parties nor, to the Primary Parties’ knowledge, any director, officer, employee or agent or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Primary Parties has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (B) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (C) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (D) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

 

(nn)       All Sales Information (as defined in Section 9(a)) used by the Holding Company in connection with the Conversion that is required by the Federal Reserve Board to be filed has been filed with the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.

 

(oo)     To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, except for the loan by the Holding Company to the ESOP to fund the purchase of up to 10% of the Shares in the Offering, none of the Primary Parties or the employees of the Primary Parties has made any payment of funds of the Primary Parties as a loan for the purchase of the Shares or made any other payment of funds prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

 

(pp)     None of the Primary Parties has: (i) issued any securities within the last 18 months (except for (a) notes to evidence bank loans and reverse repurchase agreements or other liabilities in the ordinary course of business or as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (b) shares of Common Stock issued with respect to the initial capitalization of the Holding Company; and (c) shares of Company Common Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards); (ii) had any material dealings within the 12 months prior to the date hereof with any member of the FINRA, or any person related to or associated with such member, other than discussions and meetings relating to the proposed Offering and routine purchases and sales of United States government and agency and other securities in the ordinary course of business; (iii) entered into a financial or management consulting agreement in connection with the Conversion and the Offering except as contemplated hereunder; and (iv) engaged any intermediary between the Agent and the Primary Parties in connection with the offering of the Shares, and no person is being compensated in any manner for such service.

 

(qq)     The Primary Parties have not relied upon the Agent or its legal counsel for any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Conversion.

 

(rr)       None of the Primary Parties is, or intends to conduct business in a manner which would cause it to become, an “investment company,” an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” or an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(ss)      To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, none of the Primary Parties or any properties owned or operated by any of the Primary Parties is in violation of or liable under any Environmental Law (as defined below), except for such violations or liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no actions,

 

  19  

 

 

suits or proceedings, or demands, claims, notices or investigations (including, without limitation, notices, demand letters or requests for information from any environmental agency) instituted or pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened relating to the liability of any property owned or operated by the Primary Parties under any Environmental Law.  To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, there are no events or circumstances that could form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Primary Parties relating to any Environmental Law. For purposes of this subsection, the term “Environmental Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, order, judgment, decree, injunction or agreement with any regulatory authority relating to (i) the protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including, without limitation, air, water, vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, surface soil, subsurface soil, plant and animal life or any other natural resource), and/or (ii) the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal of any substance presently listed, defined, designated or classified as hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous, or otherwise regulated, whether by type or by quantity, including any material containing any such substance as a component.

 

(tt)       The Mid-Tier Holding Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (D) the recorded accounts or assets are compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  The books, records and accounts and systems of internal accounting control of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and its subsidiaries comply in all material respects with the requirements of Section 13(b)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).  The Mid-Tier Holding Company has established and maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the rules and regulations of the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”) that are effective in ensuring that the information it is or will be required to disclose in the reports it files or submits under the 1934 Act is accumulated and communicated to such company’s management (including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer) in a timely manner and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.  To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, Briggs & Veselka Co.  and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company have been advised of: (A) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting that could adversely affect the Primary Parties’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Primary Parties’ internal accounting controls.

 

(uu)       All of the loans represented as assets of the Bank in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus meet or are exempt from all requirements of federal, state and local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulation Z and 12 C.F.R.  Part 226), real estate

 

  20  

 

 

settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and all disclosure laws applicable to such loans, except for violations which, if asserted, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vv)      To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, there are no affiliations or associations between any member of the FINRA and any of the Primary Parties’ officers, directors or 5% or greater security holders, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the FINRA filings or the Prospectus.

 

(ww)    The Holding Company has taken all actions necessary to obtain at the Closing Date a blue sky memorandum from Luse Gorman, PC.

 

(xx)      Any certificates signed by an officer of any of the Primary Parties pursuant to the conditions of this Agreement and delivered to the Agent or their counsel that refers to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by such Primary Party to the Agent as to the matters covered thereby with the same force and effect as if such representation and warranty were set forth herein.

 

(yy)      The statistical and market related data contained in any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and the Registration Statement are based on or derived from sources that the Primary Parties believe were reliable and accurate at the time such documents were declared effective, first used or filed with the Commission, as applicable.  No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the 1933 Act and Section 21E of the 1934 Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of the Agent.   The Agent represents and warrants to the Primary Parties as follows:

 

(a)        The Agent is a corporation and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York with full power and authority to provide the services to be furnished to the Primary Parties hereunder.

 

(b)        The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Agent, and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Agent and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Agent, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the legality, validity, binding nature and enforceability thereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership or other similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) general equity principles regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(c)        Each of the Agent and its employees, agents and representatives who shall perform any of the services hereunder shall be duly authorized and empowered, and shall have all licenses, approvals and permits necessary, to perform such services; and the Agent is a registered selling agent in each of the jurisdictions in which the Shares are to be offered by the

 

  21  

 

 

Holding Company in reliance upon the Agent as a registered selling agent as set forth in the blue sky memorandum prepared with respect to the Offering.

 

(d)        The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Agent, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will not conflict with, or result in a breach of, any of the terms, provisions or conditions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default) under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Agent or any material agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Agent is a party or by which it or its property is bound.

 

(e)        No approval of any regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the Agent’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, except as may have been received.

 

(f)        There is no suit or proceeding or charge or action pending before or by any court, regulatory authority or government agency or body or, to the knowledge of the Agent, threatened, which might materially adversely affect the Agent’s performance under this Agreement.

 

(g)        The Agent is registered as a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the 1934 Act and is a member of FINRA.

 

(h)        Any funds received in the Offering by the Agent will be handled by the Agent in accordance with Rule 15c2-4 under the 1934 Act Regulations to the extent applicable.

 

Section 6. Covenants of the Primary Parties.   The Primary Parties hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Agent as follows:

 

(a)        The Holding Company will not, at any time after the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review such amendment or supplement, or file any amendment or supplement to which amendment or supplement the Agent and its counsel shall reasonably object.

 

(b)        If at any time following issuance of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurs an event or development the result of which would be that such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances prevailing at the subsequent time, not misleading, the Holding Company will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented, and the Holding Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Agent Information.

 

  22  

 

 

(c)        Each of the Primary Parties agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the Agent agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Primary Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, each will not make any offer relating to the Offer Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations, or that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations, required to be filed with the Commission.  The Holding Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations, and has complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission when and if required, legending and record keeping.  The Primary Parties need not treat any communication as a free writing prospectus if it is exempt from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the 1933 Act without regard to Rule 172 or 173 of the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

(d)        The Primary Parties will not, at any time after the Conversion Application is approved by the Federal Reserve Board and any other applicable regulator, file any amendment or supplement to the Conversion Application without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review such amendment or supplement, or file any amendment or supplement to which amendment or supplement the Agent and its counsel shall reasonably object.

 

(e)        The Holding Company will not, at any time after the Holding Company Application is approved by the Federal Reserve Board and any other applicable regulator, file any amendment or supplement to such Holding Company Application without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review such amendment, or supplement or file any amendment or supplement to which amendment or supplement the Agent and its counsel shall reasonably object.

 

(f)        The Holding Company will not, at any time after the OCC Application is approved by the OCC and any other applicable regulator, file any amendment or supplement to such OCC Application without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review such amendment, or supplement or file any amendment or supplement to which amendment or supplement the Agent and its counsel shall reasonably object.

 

(g)        The Primary Parties will use their best efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission and any post-approval amendment to the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application or the OCC Application to be approved by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other applicable regulator and will immediately upon receipt of any information concerning the events listed below notify the Agent: (i) when the Registration Statement, as amended, has become effective; (ii) when the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application or the OCC Application, as amended, has been approved by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other applicable regulator; (iii) of any comments from the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other applicable regulator or any other governmental entity with respect to the Conversion contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) of the request by the Commission, the

 

  23  

 

 

Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other governmental entity for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application or the OCC Application or for additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other governmental entity of any order or other action suspending the Conversion or the use of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any other filing of the Primary Parties under the Conversion Regulations, or other applicable law, or the threat of any such action; or (vi) of the issuance by the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the initiation or threat of initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose.  The Primary Parties will make every reasonable effort (i) to prevent the issuance by the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other federal or state authority of any such order and (ii) if any such order shall at any time be issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

 

(h)        The Primary Parties will deliver to the Agent and to its counsel as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement, the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application and the OCC Application as originally filed and of each amendment or supplement thereto, including all exhibits as reasonably requested by the Agent.

 

(i)         The Primary Parties will furnish to the Agent, from time to time during the period when the Prospectus (or any later prospectus related to this offering) is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, such number of copies of such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as the Agent may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations.  The Holding Company authorizes the Agent to use the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if amended or supplemented) in any lawful manner contemplated by the Plan in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Agent.

 

(j)         The Primary Parties will comply with any and all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Conversion and the Offering imposed by the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator or the Conversion Regulations, and by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations to be complied with prior to or subsequent to the Closing Date and when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, and during such time period the Primary Parties will comply, at their own expense, with all material requirements imposed upon them by the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator or the Conversion Regulations, by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations, including, without limitation, Rule 10b-5 under the 1934 Act Regulations, in each case as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales or dealing in the Shares during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.  The Holding Company will comply with all undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

 

(k)        If, at any time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, any event relating to or affecting any of the Primary Parties shall occur, as a result of which it is necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of counsel for the Holding Company and in the opinion of the Agent’s counsel, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the

 

  24  

 

 

Prospectus in order to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus not misleading in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, the Holding Company will immediately so inform the Agent and prepare and file, at its own expense, with the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other applicable regulator, and furnish to the Agent a reasonable number of copies of an amendment or amendments of, or a supplement or supplements to, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel after a reasonable time for review) that will amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that as amended or supplemented it will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading.  For the purpose of this Agreement, the Holding Company will timely furnish to the Agent such information with respect to the Primary Parties as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(l)         The Holding Company will take all necessary actions in cooperating with the Agent and furnish to whomever the Agent may direct such information as may be required to qualify or register the Shares for offering and sale by the Holding Company or to exempt such Shares from registration, or to exempt the Holding Company as a broker-dealer and its officers, directors and employees as broker-dealers or agents under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in which the Shares are required under the Conversion Regulations to be sold or as the Agent and the Holding Company may reasonably agree upon; provided, however, that the Holding Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process, to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, or to register its directors or officers as brokers, dealers, salesmen or agents in any jurisdiction.  In each jurisdiction where any of the Shares shall have been qualified or registered as above provided, the Holding Company will make and file such statements and reports in each fiscal period as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

 

(m)       The liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be duly established and maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations, and such Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their savings accounts in the Bank will have an inchoate interest in their pro rata portion of the liquidation account, which shall have a priority superior to that of the holders of the Common Stock in the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank.

 

(n)        The Holding Company will not sell or issue, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, for a period of 90 days after the Closing Date, without the Agent’s prior written consent, any of its shares of the Common Stock, other than the Shares or other than in connection with any plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus.

 

(o)        The Holding Company will register the Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the 1934 Act no later than the Closing Date.  The Holding Company shall maintain the effectiveness of such registration under the 1934 Act for not less than three years from the time of effectiveness or such shorter period as may be required by the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.

 

  25  

 

 

 

(p)          During the period during which the Common Stock is registered under the 1934 Act or for three years from the date hereof, whichever period is greater, the Holding Company will furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report of the Holding Company (including consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of and for such year, certified by independent registered public accountants in accordance with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act) and make available as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the first fiscal quarter ending after the effective time of the Registration Statement) financial information of the consolidated Holding Company for such quarter in reasonable detail.

 

(q)          During the period of three years from the date hereof, the Holding Company will furnish to the Agent: (i) as soon as practicable after such information is publicly available, a copy of each report of the Holding Company furnished to or filed with the Commission under the 1934 Act or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Holding Company is listed or quoted (including, but not limited to, reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K and all proxy statements and annual reports to stockholders); (ii) a copy of each other nonconfidential report of the Holding Company mailed to its shareholders or filed with the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other supervisory or regulatory authority or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Holding Company is listed or quoted, (iii) each press release and material news items and additional documents and information with respect to the Holding Company or the Bank as the Agent may reasonably request; and (iv) from time to time, such other nonconfidential information concerning the Holding Company or the Bank as the Agent may reasonably request.  The Holding Company shall be deemed to have furnished to the Agent all documents and reports that the Holding Company files with the Commission through the Commission’s EDGAR System concurrently with such filings.

 

(r)          The Holding Company and the Bank will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(s)          The Holding Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than 60 days after the close of the period covered thereby, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 of the 1933 Act Regulations) covering a twelve-month period beginning not later than the first day of the Holding Company’s fiscal quarter next following the effective date (as defined in such Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

 

(t)          The Holding Company will maintain appropriate arrangements for depositing all funds received from persons mailing or delivering subscriptions for or orders to purchase Offer Shares in the Offering with the Bank, on an interest-bearing basis at the rate described in the Prospectus until the Closing Date and satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the release of the Holding Company’s or the Bank’s obligation to refund payments received from persons subscribing for or ordering Offer Shares in the Offering in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or until refunds of such funds have been made to the persons entitled thereto or withdrawal

 

  26  

 

 

authorizations canceled in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  The Holding Company will maintain such records of all funds received to permit the funds of each subscriber to be separately insured by the FDIC (to the maximum extent allowable) and to enable the Holding Company to make the appropriate refunds of such funds in the event that such refunds are required to be made in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(u)          The Holding Company will report the use of proceeds of the Offering on its first periodic report filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the 1934 Act and on any subsequent periodic reports as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 of the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

(v)          The Bank is a “qualified thrift lender” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C.  Section 1467a(m).

 

(w)         The Holding Company and the Bank will take such actions and furnish such information as are reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Agent to ensure compliance with FINRA Rule 5130.

 

(x)          None of the Primary Parties will amend the Plan without the consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(y)          The Holding Company shall assist the Agent, if necessary, in connection with the allocation of the Shares in the event of an oversubscription and shall provide the Agent with any information necessary to assist the Holding Company in allocating the Shares in such event, and such information shall be accurate and reliable in all material respects.

 

(z)          Prior to the Closing Date, the Holding Company will inform the Agent of any event or circumstances of which it is aware as a result of which the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(aa)        The Holding Company will not deliver the Shares until the Primary Parties have satisfied or caused to be satisfied each condition set forth in Section 8 hereof, unless such condition is waived in writing by the Agent.

 

(bb)        Subsequent to the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and prior to the Closing Date, except as otherwise may be indicated or contemplated therein or set forth in an amendment or supplement thereto, none of the Primary Parties will have: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings from the same or similar sources indicated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the ordinary course of its business, or (ii) entered into any transaction which is material in light of the business and properties of the Primary Parties, taken as a whole.

 

  27  

 

 

(cc)         Until the Closing Date, the Primary Parties will conduct their businesses in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations, decisions, directives and orders, including all decisions, directives and orders of the Commission, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC.

 

(dd)         The facts and representations provided to Luse Gorman, PC and Vedder Price P.C.  by the Primary Parties and upon which each of Luse Gorman, PC and Vedder Price P.C.  will base its opinion under Sections 8(c) and 8(d), respectively, are and will be truthful, accurate and complete.

 

(ee)         The Primary Parties will not distribute any offering material in connection with the Offering except for the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any Sales Information that has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and with the Conversion Application and authorized for use by the Commission and the Federal Reserve Board or any other applicable regulator.  The information contained in any Sales Information shall not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(ff)         The Holding Company will comply with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all applicable rules, regulations, guidelines and interpretations promulgated thereunder by the Commission.

 

(gg)         The Primary Parties will not, prior to the Closing Time, incur any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, or enter into any material transaction, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, except as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(hh)         The Primary Parties will use all reasonable efforts to comply with, or cause to be complied with, the conditions precedent to the several obligations of the Agent specified in Section 8.

 

Section 7.  Payment of Expenses .   Whether or not the Conversion is completed or the sale of the Shares by the Holding Company is consummated, the Primary Parties jointly and severally agree to pay or reimburse the Agent for: (a) all filing fees in connection with all filings related to the Offering and the Conversion with the FINRA; (b) any stock issue or transfer taxes that may be payable with respect to the sale of the Shares; (c) subject to Section 2(d), all expenses of the Conversion, including but not limited to the Agent’s attorneys’ fees and expenses, blue sky fees, transfer agent, registrar and other agent charges, fees relating to auditing and accounting or other advisors and costs of printing all documents necessary in connection with the Offering.  In the event the Holding Company is unable to sell the minimum number of shares necessary to complete the Conversion or the Conversion is terminated or otherwise abandoned, the Primary Parties shall promptly reimburse the Agent in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof.

 

Section 8.  Conditions to the Agent’s Obligations.    The obligations of the Agent hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at the Closing Date, are subject, to the extent not

 

  28  

 

 

waived in writing by the Agent, (1) to the condition that all representations and warranties of the Primary Parties herein are, at and as of the commencement of the Offering and at and as of the Closing Date, true and correct in all material respects, (2) to the condition that the Primary Parties shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed on or before such dates, and (3) to the following further conditions:

 

(a)          At the Closing Date, the Primary Parties shall have conducted the Conversion in all material respects in accordance with the Plan, the Conversion Regulations (except to the extent waived or otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve Board and any other applicable regulator) and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Conversion imposed upon them by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other applicable regulator.

 

(b)          The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission, and the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application and the OCC Application shall have been approved by the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC not later than 5:30 p.m.  on the date of this Agreement, or with the Agent’s consent at a later time and date; and at the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Commission or any state authority, and no order or other action suspending the authorization of the Prospectus or the consummation of the Conversion shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the Primary Parties’ knowledge, threatened by the Commission, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other federal or state authority.

 

(c)          At the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Agent and for its benefit, of Luse Gorman, PC, special counsel for the Primary Parties, which shall also state that Vedder Price P.C.  may rely on such opinion in rendering its opinion pursuant to Section 8(d) of this Agreement, in form and substance as attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

(d)          At the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Agent and for its benefit, of Vedder Price P.C., special counsel for the Agent, in form and substance as reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

(e)          A blue sky memorandum from Luse Gorman, PC relating to the Offering, including the Agent’s participation therein, shall have been furnished to the Holding Company prior to the mailing of the Prospectus with a copy thereof addressed to the Agent or upon which Luse Gorman, PC shall state the Agent may rely.  The blue sky memorandum will relate to the necessity of obtaining or confirming exemptions, qualifications or the registration of the Shares under applicable state securities law.

 

(f)          At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of each of the Primary Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent’s counsel, dated as of such Closing Date, to the effect that: (i) they have carefully examined the Prospectus and, in their opinion, at the time the Prospectus became authorized for final use, the Prospectus did not contain any untrue statement

 

  29  

 

 

of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no event has occurred that should have been set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus that has not been so set forth, including specifically, but without limitation, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, capital, properties, business or prospects of the Primary Parties independently, or of the Primary Parties considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business and the conditions set forth in this Section 8 have been satisfied; (iii) the representations and warranties in Section 4 are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date; (iv) the Primary Parties have complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date, including the conditions contained in this Section 8; (v) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Commission or any state authority; (vi) no order suspending the Conversion, the Offering or the use of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose are pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other federal or state authority; and (vii) to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the final action of the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other applicable regulator approving the Conversion.

 

(g)          None of the Primary Parties shall have sustained, since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there shall not have been any Material Adverse Effect that is in the Agent’s reasonable judgment sufficiently material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

 

(h)          Prior to and at the Closing Date: (i) in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Primary Parties considered as one enterprise, from and as of the latest date as of which such condition is set forth in the Prospectus, other than transactions referred to or contemplated therein; (ii) none of the Primary Parties shall have received from any Governmental Entity any direction (oral or written) to make any material change in the method of conducting their business with which it has not complied in all material respects (which direction, if any, shall have been disclosed to the Agent) and which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) none of the Primary Parties shall have been in default (nor shall an event have occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under any provision of any agreement or instrument relating to any material outstanding indebtedness; (iv) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity or before or by any federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency, not disclosed in the

 

  30  

 

 

Prospectus, shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened against any of the Primary Parties or affecting any of their properties wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (v) no Governmental Entity shall have instituted any proceeding for the purpose of enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Conversion or the Offering, and no statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any Governmental Entity that prohibits or makes illegal consummation of the Conversion or the Offering; and (vi) the Shares shall have been qualified or registered for offering and sale or exempted therefrom under the securities or blue sky laws of the jurisdictions as the Agent shall have reasonably requested and as agreed to by the Primary Parties.

 

(i)          Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Agent shall receive a letter from Briggs & Veselka Co., dated as of the date hereof and addressed to the Agent: (i) confirming that Briggs & Veselka Co.  is an independent registered public accounting firm within the applicable rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and stating in effect that, in its opinion, the financial statements and related notes of the Mid-Tier Holding Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, covered by their opinion included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and related published rules and regulations of the Commission and the 1933 Act; (ii) stating in effect that, on the basis of certain agreed upon procedures (but not an audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)) consisting of a review (in accordance with Statement of Auditing Standards No.  100, Interim Financial Information) of the unaudited interim financial statements of the Mid-Tier Holding Company prepared by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and from which the “Recent Developments” information included in the Prospectus was derived, a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Boards of Directors and committees of each of the Primary Parties and consultations with officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company responsible for financial and accounting matters, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that: (A) such unaudited interim financial statements and “Recent Developments” information included in the Prospectus are not in conformity with the 1933 Act, applicable accounting requirements of the Commission, and GAAP applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; or (B) during the period from the date of the recent developments financial information included in the “Recent Developments” section of the Prospectus to a specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of the Prospectus, except as has been described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there was any increase in long-term debt of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, other than normal deposit fluctuations for the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or decreases in the total assets, total loans, the allowance for loan losses, total deposits or total equity of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and (C) during the period from the date of the “Recent Developments” financial information included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus to a specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of the Prospectus, except as has been described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, in total interest income, net interest income, net interest income after provision for loan losses, income before income tax expense or net income of the Mid-Tier Holding Company; and (iii) stating that, in addition to the audit referred to in its opinion

 

  31  

 

 

included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and the performance of the procedures referred to in clause (ii) of this subsection (i), it has compared with the general accounting records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, which are subject to the internal controls of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the accounting system and other data prepared by the Mid-Tier Holding Company, directly from such accounting records, to the extent specified in such letter, such amounts and/or percentages set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as the Agent may reasonably request; and it has found such amounts and percentages to be in agreement therewith (subject to rounding).

 

(j)          At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a letter dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Agent, confirming the statements made by Briggs & Veselka Co.  in the letter delivered by it pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 8, the “specified date” referred to in clause (i) of subsection (j) to be a date specified in the letter required by this subsection (j) which for purposes of such letter shall not be more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(k)          At the Closing Date, the Holding Company shall receive a letter from Keller & Company, Inc., dated the Closing Date (i) confirming that said firm is independent of the Primary Parties and is experienced and expert in the area of corporate appraisals within the meaning of the Conversion Regulations, (ii) stating in effect that the Appraisal prepared by such firm complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Conversion Regulations, and (iii) further stating that its opinion of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding Company including the Bank, as most recently updated, remains in effect.

 

(l)          To the extent a sale or other disposition or transfer of shares of common stock or other securities of the Holding Company is not otherwise prohibited by applicable law or regulation for the duration of the time period provided therein, each of the persons set forth on Exhibit D hereto shall deliver to the Agent a “lock-up” agreement, each in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, relating to the sales and certain other dispositions or transfers of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities of the Holding Company on or before the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

(m)        At or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive: (i) a copy of the letters from the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and any other applicable regulator approving the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application and the OCC Application and authorizing the use of the Prospectus; (ii) a copy of the order from the Commission that declared the Registration Statement effective; (iii) certificates from the Federal Reserve Board evidencing the valid existence of the MHC and the Mid-Tier Holding Company; (iv) a certificate from the OCC evidencing the good standing of the Bank; (v) a certificate from the FDIC evidencing the Bank’s insurance of accounts; (vi) a certificate from the FHLB-Dallas evidencing the Bank’s membership therein; (vii) a certificate from the Federal Reserve Bank-Dallas evidencing the Bank’s membership therein; (viii) a certificate from the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation evidencing the good standing of the Holding Company; and (ix) such other documents and certificates as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

(n)         Subsequent to the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock

 

  32  

 

 

Exchange (the “NYSE”) or in the over-the-counter market, or quotations halted generally on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required by either of such exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority other than temporary trading halts; (ii) a general moratorium on the operations of commercial banks, or a general moratorium on the withdrawal of deposits from commercial banks declared by federal or state authorities; (iii) the engagement by the United States in hostilities that have resulted in the declaration, on or after the date hereof, of a national emergency or war or a material decline in the price of equity or debt securities, if the effect of such declaration or decline is so material and adverse, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(o)          At or prior to the Closing Date, counsel to the Agent shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the sale of the Shares as herein contemplated and related proceedings or in order to evidence the occurrence or completeness of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Primary Parties in connection with the sale of the Shares as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent or its counsel.

 

(p)          All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent or to counsel for the Agent.  Any certificate signed by an officer of any of the Primary Parties and delivered to the Agent or to counsel for the Agent shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Primary Party to the Agent as to the statements made therein.

 

Section 9.  Indemnification .

 

(a)          Each of the Primary Parties jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its officers and directors, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act (collectively, “Related Persons”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, settlement expenses (subject to the limitation set forth in the last sentence of subsection (c) below, joint or several, that the Agent or any Related Person may suffer or to which the Agent and any Related Person may become subject under all applicable federal or state laws or otherwise, and to promptly reimburse the Agent and any Related Persons upon written demand for any reasonable expense (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Agent or Related Persons in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions, proceedings or claims (whether commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions: (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, any Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Conversion Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the

 

  33  

 

 

Holding Company Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the OCC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any instrument or document executed by the Primary Parties or based upon written information supplied by the Holding Company filed in any state or jurisdiction to register or qualify any or all of the Shares or to claim an exemption therefrom or provided to any state or jurisdiction to exempt the Primary Parties as a broker-dealer or their officers, directors and employees as broker-dealers or agents, under the securities laws thereof (collectively, the “Blue Sky Application”), or any document, advertisement, oral statement or communication (“Sales Information”) prepared, made or executed by or on behalf of the Primary Parties with their consent and based upon written or oral information furnished by or on behalf of the Primary Parties, whether or not filed in any jurisdiction, in order to qualify or register the Shares or to claim an exemption therefrom under the securities laws thereof; (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents or information, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) arise from any theory of liability whatsoever relating to or arising from or based upon the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, any Issuer–Represented General Free Writing Prospectus, the Conversion Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto) the Holding Company Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the OCC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information or other documentation distributed in connection with the Conversion; provided, however, that no indemnification is required under this paragraph (a) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue material statement or alleged untrue material statement in, or material omission or alleged material omission from, the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, any Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus, the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application, the OCC Application, any Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Holding Company, by the Agent or its counsel regarding the Agent, or written statements or omissions contained in any Sales Information regarding the Agent or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

(b)          The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Primary Parties, their directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Holding Company or the Bank within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not limited to settlement expenses, joint or several, which they, or any of them, may suffer or to which they, or any of them, may become subject under all applicable federal and state laws or otherwise) and to promptly reimburse the Primary Parties and any such persons upon written demand for any expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by them, or any of them, in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions, proceedings or claims (whether commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions: (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of

 

  34  

 

 

a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Conversion Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Holding Company Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the OCC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information, (ii) are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) arise from any theory of liability whatsoever relating to or arising from or based upon the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Conversion Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Holding Company Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the OCC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information or other documentation distributed in connection with the Offering; provided, however, that the Agent’s obligations under this Section 9(b) shall exist only if and only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement was made in, or such material fact or alleged material fact was omitted from, the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Conversion Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Holding Company Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the OCC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Holding Company or the Bank, by the Agent or its counsel regarding the Agent, or written statements or omissions contained in any Sales Information regarding the Agent.

 

(c)          Each indemnified party shall give prompt written notice to each indemnifying party of any action, proceeding, claim (whether commenced or threatened) or suit instituted against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have on account of this Section 9 or otherwise.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action.  In addition, if it so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and reasonably acceptable to the indemnified parties that are defendants in such action, unless such indemnified parties reasonably object to such assumption on the ground that there may be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in addition to those available to such indemnifying party.  If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying parties shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action, proceeding or claim, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (and any special counsel that said firm may retain) for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action, proceeding or claim or separate but similar or related actions, proceedings or claims in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  To the extent required by law, Section 9 hereof is subject to and limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Part 359 of the FDIC Regulations.  The Primary Parties and the Agent shall be liable for any settlement of any claim against the other (or their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates or controlling persons), made with the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Neither the

 

  35  

 

 

Primary Parties nor the Agent shall, without the written consent of the other, settle or compromise any claim against themselves based upon circumstances giving rise to an indemnification claim hereunder unless such settlement or compromise proves that the non-settling party and the other parties hereunder shall be unconditionally and irrevocably released from all liability in respect of such claim.

 

Section 10.  Contribution.    In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is due in accordance with its terms but is for any reason held in a final judgment by a court to be unavailable from the Primary Parties or the Agent, the Primary Parties and the Agent shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding, but after deducting any contribution received by the Primary Parties or the Agent from persons other than the other parties thereto, who may also be liable for contribution) in such proportion so that the Agent is responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the fees paid to the Agent pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement (not including expenses) bears to the gross proceeds received by the Holding Company from the sale of the Shares in the Offering, and the Primary Parties shall be responsible for the balance.  If, however, the allocation provided above is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault of the Primary Parties on the one hand and the Agent on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions, proceedings or claims in respect thereto), but also the relative benefits received by the Primary Parties on the one hand and the Agent on the other from the Offering (after deducting expenses).  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Primary Parties on the one hand or the Agent on the other and the parties’ relative intent, good faith, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Primary Parties and the Agent agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 10.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions, proceedings or claims in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 10 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action, proceeding or claim.  It is expressly agreed that the Agent shall not be liable for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense or be required to contribute any amount pursuant to Section 9(b) or this Section 10 that in the aggregate exceeds the amount paid (excluding reimbursable expenses) to the Agent under this Agreement.  It is understood that the above stated limitation on the Agent’s liability is essential to the Agent and that the Agent would not have entered into this Agreement if such limitation had not been agreed to by the parties to this Agreement.  No person found guilty of any fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The obligations of the Primary Parties under this Section 10 and under Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability that the Holding Company and the Agent may otherwise have.  For purposes of this Section 10, each of the

 

  36  

 

 

Agent’s and the Primary Parties’ officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Agent or any of the Primary Parties within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Agent on the one hand, or, the Primary Parties on the other hand.  Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit, claim or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party under this Section 10, will notify such party from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise than under this Section 10.  To the extent required by law, Section 10 hereof is subject to and limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Part 359 of the FDIC Regulations.

 

Section 11.  Termination.    The Agent may terminate this Agreement by giving the notice indicated below in Section 12 at any time after this Agreement becomes effective as follows:

 

(a)          If any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted the United States securities markets such as to make it, in the Agent’s reasonable opinion, impracticable to proceed with the offering of the Shares; or if trading on the NYSE or NASDAQ shall have suspended (except that this shall not apply to the imposition of NYSE or NASDAQ trading collars imposed on program trading); or if the United States shall have become involved in a war or major hostilities or escalation thereof; or if a general banking moratorium has been declared by a state or federal authority that has a material effect on the Primary Parties on a consolidated basis; or if there shall have been a Material Adverse Effect on the Primary Parties, or if any of the Primary Parties shall have sustained a material or substantial loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act, whether or not said loss shall have been insured.

 

(b)          In the event the Holding Company fails to sell the required minimum number of the Shares by the date when such sales must be completed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as required by the Conversion Regulations and applicable law, this Agreement shall terminate upon refund by the Holding Company to each person who has subscribed for or ordered any of the Shares the full amount that it may have received from such person, together with interest as provided in the Prospectus, and no party to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the other hereunder, except as set forth in Sections 2(a), 2(d), 9 and 10 hereof.

 

(c)          If any of the conditions specified in Section 8 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, unless waived in writing, or by the Closing Date, this Agreement and all of the Agent’s obligations hereunder may be cancelled by the Agent by notifying the Holding Company of such cancellation in writing or by electronic mail at any time at or prior to the Closing Date, and any such cancellation shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as otherwise provided in Sections 2(a), 2(d), 9 and 10 hereof.

 

If the Agent elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Holding Company and the Bank shall be notified promptly by telephone or electronic mail, confirmed by letter.

 

  37  

 

 

Any of the Primary Parties may terminate this Agreement in the event the Agent is in material breach of the representations and warranties or covenants contained in Section 5 and such breach has not been cured within a reasonable time period after such Primary Party has provided the Agent with written notice of such breach.

 

This Agreement may also be terminated by mutual written consent of the parties hereto.

 

Section 12.  Notices.    All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be mailed in writing and if sent to the Agent shall be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Chief Counsel – Investment Banking (with a copy to Vedder Price P.C., 222 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2600, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention: Jennifer Durham King, Esq.) and, if sent to any of the Primary Parties, shall be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Bank at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310, Attention: Jill Gutierrez, Chief Executive Officer (with a copy to Luse Gorman, PC, 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, D.C.  20015, Attention: Eric Luse, Esq.)

 

Section 13.  Parties.    The Primary Parties shall be entitled to act and rely on any request, notice, consent, waiver or agreement purportedly given on behalf of the Agent when the same shall have been given by the undersigned.  The Agent shall be entitled to act and rely on any request, notice, consent, waiver or agreement purportedly given on behalf of the Primary Parties, when the same shall have been given by the undersigned or any other officer of any of the Primary Parties.  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Agent, the Primary Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.

 

Section 14.  Closing.    The closing for the sale and issuance of the Shares (the “Closing”) shall take place on the Closing Date at the offices of Luse Gorman, PC or at such other location as mutually agreed upon by the Agent and the Primary Parties.  At the Closing, the Primary Parties shall deliver to the Agent in immediately available funds the commissions, fees and expenses due and owing to the Agent as set forth in Section 2 hereof, and the opinions and certificates required hereby and other documents deemed reasonably necessary by the Agent shall be executed and delivered to effect the sale of the Shares as contemplated hereby and pursuant to the terms of the Prospectus.

 

Section 15.  Partial Invalidity.    In the event that any term, provision or covenant herein or the application thereof to any circumstance or situation shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder hereof and the application of said term, provision or covenant to any other circumstances or situation shall not be affected thereby, and each term, provision or covenant herein shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Section 16.  Governing Law and Construction.    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

  38  

 

 

Section 17.  Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 18.  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement, including schedules and exhibits hereto, which are integral parts hereof and incorporated as though set forth in full, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof superseding any and all prior or contemporaneous oral or prior written agreements, proposals, letters of intent and understandings, and cannot be modified, changed, waived or terminated except by a writing that expressly states that it is an amendment, modification or waiver, refers to this Agreement and is signed by the party to be charged.  No course of conduct or dealing shall be construed to modify, amend or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

Section 19.  Survival.    The respective indemnities, representations and warranties of the Primary Parties and the Agent, as set forth in this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of the Agent or any of the Agent’s officers or directors or any person controlling the Agent, or the Primary Parties or any of their respective officers or directors or any person controlling the Primary Parties, and shall survive termination of this Agreement and receipt or delivery of any payment for the Shares.

 

Section 20.  Waiver of Trial by Jury.    EACH OF THE AGENT AND THE PRIMARY PARTIES WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 21.  Successors.    Except as provided for in Section 9, this Agreement is made solely for the benefit of and will be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and directors, officers and controlling persons and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the arrangement among the Primary Parties and the Agent, please indicate acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and the Agent’s acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

  39  

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

BANK 34   BANCORP 34, INC.
     
By Its Authorized Representative:   By Its Authorized Representative:
     
     
Name:  Jill Gutierrez   Name:  Jill Gutierrez
Title:  Chief Executive Officer   Title:  Chief Executive Officer
     
AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY   ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
     
By Its Authorized Representative:   By Its Authorized Representative:
     
     
Name:  Jill Gutierrez   Name:  Jill Gutierrez
Title:  Chief Executive Officer   Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted as of the date first above  
written:  
   
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.  
   
By its Authorized Representative  
   
   
Name:  
Title:  

 

 
 

 

exhibit a

 

Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2015

 

  A- 1  

 

 

 

December 23, 2015

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, NM 88310

 

Attention: Ms. Jill Gutierrez
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to (i) AF Mutual Holding Company, (ii) Alamogordo Financial Corp., and (iii) BANK’34 (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to the full stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s proposed Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of certain shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Community Offering (as defined herein) (a Subscription Offering, a Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering (as defined herein) are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent and Data Processing Records Management Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Bank and KBW. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

1. Advisory/Offering Services

 

As the Company's exclusive financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

1. Providing advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization;

 

2. Assisting in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 2  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 2 of 9

 

implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

3. Serving as sole bookrunning manager in connection with the Offerings;
4. Reviewing all offering documents related to the Offerings, including the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) and any related offering materials, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);
5. Assisting the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;
6. Assisting the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
7. Assisting the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;
8. Meeting with the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and
9. Performing such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2. Due Diligence Review

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances (the “Due Diligence Review”).

 

The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests (the “Information”), and will permit KBW to discuss with the Board of Directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all Confidential Information (as defined herein) as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW will rely upon Company management as to the reasonableness and achievability of any financial and operating forecasts and projections provided to KBW or which KBW is directed to use, and that KBW will assume, at the Company’s direction, that all financial forecasts and projections have been reasonably prepared by Company management on a basis reflecting the best then currently available estimates and judgments of management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company, and that such forecasts and projections will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 3  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 3 of 9

 

3. Regulatory Filings

 

The Company will cause the registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and will cause all other offering documents in respect of the Conversion and the Offerings to be filed, as necessary or appropriate, with applicable regulatory agencies including the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4. Fees

 

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following non-refundable cash fees to KBW, in the amounts and at the times set forth below:

 

(a) Management Fee:   A non-refundable cash fee in an amount of $50,000 (the “Management Fee”) shall be payable by the Company to KBW, as follows: (i) $25,000 shall be paid immediately upon the execution of this Agreement and (ii) the remaining $25,000 shall be paid immediately upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement (whether or not such filing is publicly available). Each payment in respect of the Management Fee shall be deemed to have been earned in full when due. Should the Offerings or this Agreement be terminated for any reason, KBW shall be deemed to have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable as of such date of termination.

 

(b) Success Fee:    A Success Fee of $250,000 for shares of the Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering shall be paid upon the completion of the Offerings. The Management Fee described in 4(a), to the extent then already paid, will be credited against the Success Fee. The obligation to pay to KBW the full Success Fee upon completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering shall survive any termination of this agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings.

 

(c) Fees for Syndicated Community Offering :  If any shares of the Common Stock remain unsold after the completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), to assist on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and KBW. KBW will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among broker-dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Conversion. In the event of a Syndicated Community Offering, KBW will be paid a transaction fee not

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 4  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 4 of 9

 

to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. The Success Fee described in 4(b) will be credited against the transaction fee. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers (if any), who assist in the Syndicated Community Offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer.

 

(d) In connection with the Subscription Offering, if, as a result of any resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, KBW reasonably determines that it is required or requested to provide significant services, KBW will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, which additional compensation will not exceed $25,000.

 

The terms of any Agency Agreement (as defined herein) to be entered into between the Company and KBW in connection with the Offerings shall contain fee provisions no less favorable to KBW than those set forth above. To the extent required under applicable FINRA rules and regulations, the payment of compensation by the Company to KBW pursuant to this Section 4 is subject to FINRA’s review thereof.

 

5. Additional Services

 

KBW further agrees to provide general financial advisory assistance to the Company that is not in the context of any contemplated transaction, for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6. Expenses

 

The Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, "Blue Sky," and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Company's accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for "Blue Sky" legal work. If KBW incurs any expenses on behalf of Company in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 5  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 5 of 9

 

KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $30,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offerings, including, but not limited to, costs of travel, meals and lodging, clerical assistance, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph). These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no resolicitation in connection with the Offerings. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs (including but not limited to a delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents), such expense caps may be increased by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket expenses of KBW and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of KBW’s legal counsel. In no event shall out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, exceed $130,000. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.

 

7. Limitations

 

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that any such opinion or advice, as well as this Agreement (including any of the terms hereof) shall not be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives, without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

It is expressly understood and agreed that KBW is not undertaking to provide any advice relating to legal, regulatory, accounting or tax matters. In furtherance thereof, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) it and its affiliates have relied and will continue to rely on the advice of its own legal, tax and accounting advisors for all matters relating to the Conversion and the Offerings, and all other matters and (b) neither it, or any of its affiliates, has received, or has relied upon, the advice of KBW or any of its affiliates regarding matters of law, regulation, taxation or accounting.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 6  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 6 of 9

 

The Company acknowledges that KBW is a securities firm engaged in securities trading and brokerage activities and providing investment banking and financial advisory services. In the ordinary course of business, KBW and its affiliates may at any time hold long or short positions, and may trade or otherwise effect transactions, for its own account or the accounts of customers, in the Company's debt or equity securities, or the debt or equity securities of the Company's affiliates or other entities that may be involved in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In addition, KBW and its affiliates may from time to time perform various investment banking and financial advisory services for other clients and customers who may have conflicting interests with respect to the Company. The Company acknowledges that KBW and its affiliates have no obligation to use in connection with this engagement or to furnish the Company confidential information obtained from other companies.

 

8. Benefit

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable without the mutual consent of KBW and the Company.

 

9. Confidentiality

 

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company.

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that all presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 7  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 7 of 9

 

10. Advertisements

 

The Company agrees that, following the closing of the Offerings, KBW has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of such offering. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing any such offering a reference to KBW’s role as financial advisor and sole bookrunning manager with respect to such offering, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to KBW for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

11. Indemnification

 

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Conversion or the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.

 

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided,

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 8  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 8 of 9

 

however , in no event shall KBW's aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

 

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

 

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

12. Definitive Agreement

 

This Agreement reflects KBW's present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on the proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 6, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 7, (v) the limitations of liability, the indemnification and contribution obligations and the other provisions set forth in Section 11 and (iv) those terms as may be set forth in a mutually agreed upon agency agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings (the “Agency Agreement”), all of which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained herein, shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s provision of services in connection with the

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 9  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 9 of 9

 

Conversion and the Offerings, as contemplated herein, is expressly subject to (a) satisfactory completion of Due Diligence Review by KBW, (b) the preparation of a Registration Statement and Prospectus and other offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW in form and substance, (c) compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) market conditions (including at the time of any of the proposed Offerings), (e) approval of KBW’s internal committee and (f) any other conditions that KBW may deem appropriate for the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning an original copy of this Agreement to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By: /s/ James T. Crotty   Date: 12/23/2015
  James T. Crotty      
  Director      

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

BANK ‘34

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

By: /s/ Jill Gutierrez   Date: 12/23/2015
  Jill Gutierrez      
  Chief Executive Officer      

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  A- 10  

 

 

exhibit B

 

Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2015

 

  B- 1  

 

 

 

December 23, 2015

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, NM 88310

 

Attention: Ms. Jill Gutierrez
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Re: Services of Conversion Agent and Data Processing Records Management Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) by (i) AF Mutual Holding Company, (ii) Alamogordo Financial Corp., and (iii) BANK’34 (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step offering, the “Bank”), on behalf of both itself and the Company (as defined herein), to act as the conversion agent and the data processing records management agent (KBW in such capacities, the “Agent”) to the Company in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to the full stock form of organization, including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Company’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”). The sale will be to eligible persons in a subscription offering (the “Subscription Offering”), with any remaining unsold shares of Common Stock to then be offered to the general public in a community offering (the “Community Offering”) and if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”) (the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”).

 

This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of KBW’s engagement solely in its capacity as Agent. It is acknowledged that the terms of KBW’s engagement by the Company as exclusive financial advisor in the Conversion and as sole bookrunning manager in the Offerings is set forth in a separate agreement entered into by and between KBW and the Bank (on behalf of both itself and the Company) on or about the date hereof (such separate agreement, the “Advisory Agreement”).

 

  B- 2  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 2 of 13

 

1. Description of Services.

 

As Agent, and as the Company may reasonably request, KBW will provide the services further described below (the “Services”):

 

1. Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:
· Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;
· Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and
· Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts.

 

2. Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:
· Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting;
· Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials;
· Proxy and ballot tabulation; and
· Act as Inspector of Election for the Company’s special meeting of members, if requested, assuming the election is not contested.

 

3. Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:
· Assist the Company in establishing and managing a Stock Information Center;
· Advise on the physical location of the Stock Information Center including logistical and materials requirements;
· Assist in educating Company personnel;
· Establish recordkeeping and reporting procedures;
· Supervise the Stock Information Center during the Offerings;
· Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of offering materials for subscribing for shares of Common Stock;
· Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;
· Common Stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;
· Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for “blue sky” research and applicable registration;
· Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates or statements of ownership;
· Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks; and

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 3  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 3 of 13

 

· Create 1099-INT forms for interest reporting, as well as magnetic media reporting to the IRS, for subscribers paid $10 or more in interest for subscriptions paid by check, if this service is not provided by the Company’s transfer agent.

 

4. Records Processing Services: KBW will provide records processing services (the “Records Processing Services”) contemplated hereby. The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that KBW expects to subcontract certain Records Processing Services, including without limitation certain integral data processing functions, to any one or more of its affiliates or to any other party (including non-affiliate third parties).

 

2. Duties and Obligations.

 

KBW, as Agent, hereby agrees to perform the Services in a commercially reasonable manner and to comply with all timely, appropriate and lawful instructions received from duly authorized representatives of the Company. KBW makes no warranties regarding the rendering of the Services (including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability, security, accuracy, non-infringement, and fitness for a particular purpose), and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Company will: (i) inform all of its authorized representatives, which may include attorneys, agents and advisors, that KBW shall act as the exclusive Agent and that they are authorized and directed to communicate with KBW and to promptly provide KBW with all information that is reasonably requested; (ii) cause KBW to have adequate notice of, and permit KBW to attend, meetings (whether in person or otherwise) where KBW’s attendance is, in the discretion of KBW, relevant, advisable or necessary; (iii) cause KBW to receive, as they become available, copies of the documents relating to the Plan of Conversion, the Conversion and the Offerings, to the extent KBW believes that such documents are necessary or appropriate for it to perform the Services and (iv) cause KBW to have adequate advance notice of any proposed changes to the Plan of Conversion, the proposed Services or the timetable of the Offerings. Failure by the Company to keep KBW timely and adequately informed or to provide KBW with complete and accurate necessary information on a timely basis shall excuse KBW’s delay in the performance of its Services and may be grounds for KBW to terminate the Services pursuant to this Agreement.

 

The actions to be taken by KBW hereunder are deemed by the parties to be ministerial only and not discretionary. KBW, in its capacity as Agent under this Agreement, shall not be called upon at any time to give any advice regarding implementing the Plan of Conversion. The Company shall have the sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to implementing the Plan of Conversion, including but not limited to decisions regarding which customer bank accounts are to be included in accountholder records provided to KBW.

 

KBW expects to subcontract certain data processing functions integral to the Services with any one or more of its affiliates or with any other party. The fees and expenses of such subcontractor shall not be billed to the Company, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto in writing.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 4  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 4 of 13

 

Such subcontractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement set forth under the heading “Confidentiality and Consumer Privacy.”

 

3. Fees Payable to KBW.

 

For the Services described above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a non-refundable cash fee of $25,000 (the “Services Fee”) . Such fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Company’s Plan of Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in applicable regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not exceeding $10,000 payable to KBW. The Services Fee shall be payable as follows: (i) $5,000 shall be payable immediately upon execution of this Agreement, which shall be non-refundable and deemed to be earned in full when paid and (ii) all remaining amounts shall be payable immediately upon the completion of the Offerings.

 

4. Costs and Expenses; Reimbursement.

 

The Company will bear all of expenses in connection with the Offerings and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. The Company shall also reimburse KBW for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Services, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, provided that such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $10,000 without the Company’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in which case such additional expenses shall not exceed $5,000. Typical expenses include, but are not limited to, additional programming costs, postage, overnight delivery, telephone and travel. Not later than two days before the closing of the Offerings, KBW will provide the Company with documentation of all reimbursable expenses of KBW, to be paid at closing. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair the indemnification, contribution or liability limitation provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5. Reliance on Information Provided.

 

The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out the Services under this Agreement (all such information so provided, the “Information). The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of such Information in performing the Services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information (including, without limitation, accountholder records provided or processed) or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 5  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 5 of 13

 

KBW, as Agent, may further rely upon the instructions and representations (whether oral or in writing) of the Company’s duly authorized representatives, without inquiry or investigation. KBW shall not be responsible for any action taken in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice or instruction (whether written or oral), or other instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be valid, genuine and sufficient in carrying out its duties hereunder. KBW shall not be liable or responsible, and shall be fully authorized and protected for, acting or failing to act in accordance with any oral instructions or requests.

 

KBW may consult with legal counsel chosen in good faith as to KBW’s obligations or performance under this Agreement, and KBW shall not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel with respect to KBW’s obligations or performance under this Agreement.

 

6. Confidentiality and Consumer Privacy.

 

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company. It is understood by the parties hereto that the receiving party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold the Confidential Information confidential if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve the confidentiality of its own similar information.

 

KBW further acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder will include nonpublic personal data regarding Company customers and bank account records. KBW agrees that such information shall be deemed to be “Confidential Information” under this Agreement and shall not be used or disclosed except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

If at any time KBW is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, motion, writ, or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects any property of the Company, KBW is authorized to comply therewith in any reasonable manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate; provided that the Agent shall, if

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 6  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 6 of 13

 

permissible by law or regulation, endeavor to give notice thereof to the Company. If KBW complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, KBW shall not be liable to any of the parties, or to any other person or entity, even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

 

7. Limitations of Responsibilities.

 

KBW, as Agent, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than the contractual obligations specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or statements of ownership or the shares of Common Stock represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of any offer in connection with the Offerings or otherwise; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its sole judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

The duties, responsibilities and obligations of KBW, as Agent, shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be inferred or implied. KBW, in its capacity as Agent, shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the parties hereto and/or any other person or entity, even though reference thereto may be made herein or therein, or to comply with any direction or instruction (other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Agreement) from any person or entity other than the Company. Except as may otherwise specifically be set forth herein, KBW shall not be required to, and shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.

 

KBW, as Agent in furnishing services to the Company under this Agreement, is acting only as an independent contractor and is not a fiduciary of, nor will its entering into this Agreement give rise to fiduciary duties to, the Company. KBW does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of the Company, whether regulatory, contractual, or otherwise. KBW has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by it under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company understands and agrees that KBW may perform services substantially similar to those to be performed hereunder for others, and nothing herein is intended to restrict or prohibit KBW from performing such services for others.

 

No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against KBW, and KBW, in its capacity as such, shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity other than this Agreement, and KBW shall have no duty to inquire

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 7  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 7 of 13

 

into, or to take into account its knowledge of, the terms and conditions of any agreement made or entered into in connection with this Agreement.

 

8. Indemnification; Contribution; Limitations of Liability .

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, and reasonably related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement , and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

 

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , in no event shall KBW's aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

 

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 8  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 8 of 13

 

except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other Indemnified Party.

 

KBW shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising from, relating to or made in connection with circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of its advisors or agents, acts of governmental authorities, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority, war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, flood, weather-related problems, acts of God or nature, mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer problems, failure or unavailability of communications or power supply or any change in law or regulation materially affecting KBW or the Company.

 

In no event shall KBW be liable for: (i) acting in accordance with or relying upon any instruction, request, notice, demand, certificate, order or document from the Company or any authorized representative acting on its behalf or (ii) for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if KBW has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Any liability of KBW shall be limited to the amount of fees paid to KBW for the Services performed by KBW as Agent pursuant to this Agreement. A claim by Company for a return of fees paid to KBW by the Company for the Services performed as Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any damages. This limitation of liability is intended to apply to the full extent allowed by law, regardless of the grounds or nature of any claim asserted.

 

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

It is understood that KBW’s engagement referred to above may be embodied in one or more separate written agreements and that, in connection with such engagement, KBW may also be requested to provide additional services or to act for the Company in one or more additional capacities. The indemnification provided hereunder shall apply to said engagement, any such additional services or activities and any modification, and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of KBW’s engagement or this Agreement.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 9  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 9 of 13

 

9. Commencement and Termination.

 

This Agreement shall commence immediately upon execution hereof by all parties and shall continue in force until the consummation or termination of the Conversion or the Offerings or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Company for cause due to action by KBW constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement, which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of such breach is delivered by the Company to KBW. This Agreement may only be terminated by KBW in the event of one or more of the following: (i) termination of the Advisor Agreement; (ii) circumstances described in this Agreement in the second paragraph under the heading “Miscellaneous”; (iii) action by the Company constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement (including as described in this Agreement in the first paragraph under the heading “Duties and Obligations” or failure to pay the fees and expenses of KBW as set forth herein), which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of breach is delivered by KBW to the Company or (iv) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation, guaranty fund action, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against the Company, the Company shall become insolvent, or cease paying its obligations as they become due.

 

10. Survival of Obligations.

 

The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, including those set forth under “Indemnification; Contribution; Limitations of Liability” above, will remain in full force and effect and will survive the consummation of the Conversion and the Offerings or the termination of this Agreement, and KBW, its affiliates, the officers, directors, employees and agents of KBW and any of its affiliates, and any person controlling KBW and any of its affiliates, shall be entitled to the benefit of the covenants and agreements thereafter.

 

11. Miscellaneous.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that there are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, which is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto. No other person or entity or their respective heirs, successors and assigns shall be deemed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim hereto.

 

In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by KBW hereunder, KBW will provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to resolve such uncertainty or ambiguity and in the event that such uncertainty or ambiguity is unresolved KBW may, in its sole discretion, take any action it deems appropriate or refrain from taking any action unless and until KBW receives written instructions from the Company clarifying the ambiguity or uncertainty, and KBW shall not be liable for acting or the failure to take any action during this period. In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other person or entity resulting in adverse claims and demands being made

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 10  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 10 of 13

 

herein or affected hereby, KBW shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any such claims or demands as long as such disagreement may continue, and in so refusing, shall make no delivery or other disposition under this Agreement, and in so doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting until: (i) the right of adverse claimants shall have been finally settled by binding arbitration or finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) all differences shall have been settled by agreement among the adverse claimants and the Company or other persons or entities and KBW shall have been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the Company and the adverse person(s) or entity(ies). In the event of such disagreement, KBW may, but need not, tender into the registry or custody of any court of competent jurisdiction all property in KBW’s possession pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with such legal proceedings as KBW deems appropriate, and thereupon KBW shall be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The filing of any such legal proceeding shall not deprive KBW of compensation or expenses paid or payable hereunder for Services, and KBW shall not be liable with respect to any suspension of performance, delay or otherwise as a result of the tendering of such property. KBW shall have no obligation to take any legal action in connection with this Agreement or towards its enforcement, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would or might involve KBW in any cost, expense, loss or liability unless indemnification, satisfactory to KBW, in its sole discretion, shall be furnished by the Company. KBW shall be indemnified for all reasonable costs (including employee time at the employee’s hourly rate determined by his annual salary) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any such action.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, but not any engagement, underwriting, agency or other agreements among the parties pursuant to which KBW is acting as the Company’s financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity, including without limitation the Advisory Agreement. Except as specifically set forth herein, each party hereto acknowledges that no representation, inducement, promise or agreement, written, oral or otherwise, has been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied or expressly stated herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding in relation to the Services. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) KBW has made full and complete disclosure to the Company of the possibility or existence of any conflict of interest resulting from KBW serving as both data processing records management agent pursuant to this Agreement and as financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity pursuant to the Advisory Agreement or any other separate agreement and (ii) having received full disclosure thereof, the Company hereby waives any such conflict of interest and consents to KBW serving in such dual capacity.

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 11  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 11 of 13

 

respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

 

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. All section headings used herein are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to for the purpose of defining, interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the party or parties to this Agreement may require.

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment made in violation of the foregoing shall be void and have no legal effect; except that consent is not required for an assignment to a KBW affiliate or successor in interest. This Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all of the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. No waiver of the breach of any provision or term of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

Should any term or provision, or portion of such provision, of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable, the scope thereof or the period covered thereby or otherwise, such term, provision, or portion of such provision, shall be deemed to be reduced and limited to enable KBW or the Company, as applicable, to enforce it to the maximum extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied under the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court of competent jurisdiction, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement which shall be construed to preserve, to the maximum extent permissible, the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such terms or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by either party or its agents relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement, but not including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution at such party or any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of such party, shall be coordinated with and approved by the other party prior to the release thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 12  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 12 of 13

 

12. Notices.

 

Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement, other than in the normal course of conducting the Services, can be by certified or registered mail, personal delivery or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication with proof of delivery addressed as follows:

 

  (a) If to the Agent:
    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
    70 W Madison, Suite 2401
    Chicago, IL 60602
    Attn: James T. Crotty
    Telephone:  (312) 423-8274
    Fax:  (312) 423-8232
     
    If to the Company:
    AF Mutual Holding Company
    Alamogordo Financial Corp.
    BANK’34
    500 East 10 th Street
    Alamogordo, NM 88310
    Attn: Jill Gutierrez

 

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address/addressee to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be provided. If the foregoing correctly sets

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 13  

 

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

BANK’34

December 23, 2015

Page 13 of 13

 

forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By: /s/ James T. Crotty    Date: 12/23/2015  
  James T. Crotty      
  Director      

 

AF Mutual Holding Company

BANK ‘34

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

By: /s/ Jill Gutierrez   Date: 12/29/2015   
  Jill Gutierrez      
  Chief Executive Officer      

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

 

  B- 14  

 

 

exhibit C

 

Form of Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC

  

Exhibit C to Agency Agreement

 

Form of Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC, to be addressed to the Agent.

 

(i)         The Holding Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

(ii)         The Holding Company has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.

 

(iii)        The Bank is an organized and validly existing federally-chartered stock savings bank and is duly authorized to conduct its business and own its property as described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and in any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. All of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank is duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid and is non-assessable and, immediately upon completion of the Conversion, will be owned by the Holding Company free and clear of any liens, encumbrances, claims or other restrictions.

 

(iv)        The MHC has been organized and is validly existing as a federally-chartered mutual holding company, and the corporate existence of the MHC shall cease immediately following the completion of the Conversion. The MHC has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and in any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.

 

(v)         The Mid-Tier Holding Company has been organized and is validly existing as a federally-chartered stock holding company, and the corporate existence of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall cease immediately following the completion of the Conversion. The Mid-Tier Holding Company has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.

 

(vi)        Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation or other organization in good standing under the laws of its organization or incorporation. Each of the Subsidiaries has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(vii)       The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount allowed under law and no proceedings for the termination or revocation of such insurance are pending or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened.

 

(viii)      The authorized capital stock of the Holding Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately following the consummation of the Conversion, the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company will be consistent with that set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization,” and no shares of capital stock of the Holding Company have been issued prior to the Closing Date (except for 100 shares issued to the Mid-Tier Holding Company to facilitate the Conversion, which shares

 

  C- 1  

 

 

have been cancelled); the shares of Common Stock have been duly and validly authorized for issuance, and when issued and delivered by the Holding Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, except for shares purchased by the ESOP with funds borrowed from the Holding Company to the extent payment therefor in cash has not been received by the Holding Company; except to the extent that subscription rights and priorities pursuant thereto exist pursuant to the Plan, the issuance of the Shares is not subject to preemptive rights (other than subscription rights as provided in the Plan). The Shares will not, when issued, be subject to any liens, charges, encumbrances or other claims created by the Holding Company.

 

(ix)        The Primary Parties have full corporate power and authority to enter into the Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby and by the Plan. The execution and delivery of the Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly authorized by the Primary Parties; and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Primary Parties, enforceable against the Primary Parties in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, conservatorship, receivership or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or the rights of creditors of federally insured savings institutions or their holding companies as applicable, (ii) general equitable principles, (iii) laws relating to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, and (iv) applicable law, regulation or public policy with respect to the indemnification and/or contribution provisions contained in the Agreement and except that no opinion need be expressed as to the effect or availability of equitable remedies or injunctive relief (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(x)         The Conversion Application and the Holding Company Application were approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and comply as to form in all material respects with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, and the OCC Application was approved by the OCC, and complies as to form in all material respects with the regulations of the OCC (other than the financial statements, notes to financial statements, stock valuation information and other financial, tabular and statistical data included therein as to which no opinion need be rendered). Such counsel has been advised by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the Commission that no order has been issued by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or the Commission and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no order has been issued by any state authority, to prevent the Conversion or the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares, or to suspend the Offering or the use of the Prospectus, and such counsel has been advised by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the Commission that no action for such purposes has been instituted and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no action for such purposes has been threatened by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC, the Commission, or any other state or federal authority; and no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the final action of the Federal Reserve Board or the OCC approving the Plan, the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application, the OCC Application or the Prospectus or to otherwise prevent the Conversion or the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares.

 

  C- 2  

 

 

(xi)        At the time of its use, each of the Members’ Proxy Statement and the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations and the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, respectively, except in the case of the Members’ Proxy Statement, as waived or otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(xii)       The Plan has been duly adopted by the required vote of the directors of each of the Primary Parties and, based solely on the report of the inspectors of election, by the required vote of the MHC’s members and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s shareholders.

 

(xiii)      All conditions imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and any other applicable regulator in connection with its approval of the Conversion, the Conversion Application and the Holding Company Application have been satisfied, other than any post-closing filings and submissions, and no further approval, registration, authorization, consent or other order of any federal regulatory agency is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Conversion and the issuance of the Shares, except as may be required under the securities or blue sky laws of various jurisdictions (as to which no opinion need be rendered) and except as may be required under the rules and regulations of the FINRA (as to which no opinion need be rendered).

 

(xiv)      The Registration Statement is effective under the 1933 Act; any required filing of the Prospectus and any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 has been made within the time period required by Rule 424(b) or Rule 433, and no stop order proceedings with respect thereto have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the 1933 Act.

 

(xv)       At the time the Conversion Application, including the Prospectus contained therein, was approved by the Federal Reserve Board, the Conversion Application, including the Prospectus contained therein, complied as to form with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations except as waived or otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve Board (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, financial, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered). At the time the OCC Application was approved by the OCC, the OCC Application complied as to form with the requirements of the regulations of the OCC except as waived or otherwise approved by the OCC (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, financial, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered).

 

(xvi)      At the time that the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, became effective, (A) the Registration Statement (as amended or supplemented, if so amended or supplemented) (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, financial, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered), complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, and (B) the Prospectus (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, financial, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

  C- 3  

 

 

(xvii)     The terms and provisions of the Common Stock conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus, and the form of certificate used to evidence the Shares complies with the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

(xviii)    No action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity is pending or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting any of the Primary Parties or any of their respective properties before or by any court or governmental official, commission, board or other administrative agency, authority or body, or any arbitrator, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would have a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement or which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and is not so disclosed.

 

(xix)      None of the Primary Parties are required to be registered as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and, upon completion of the Conversion and the Offering and the issuance of the Shares and the application of the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares, neither the Holding Company nor the Bank will be required to be registered as an investment company or an entity controlled by an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

(xx)       To such counsel’s knowledge, none of the Primary Parties is in violation of any written directive from the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC or the OCC to make any material change in the method of conducting its respective business.

 

(xxi)      There are no contracts, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required to be described or referred to in the Conversion Application, Holding Company Application, the OCC Application, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or required to be filed as exhibits to the Conversion Application and the Registration Statement that are not so filed or described as required. The descriptions in the Conversion Application, Holding Company Application, the OCC Application, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus summarizing such documents and exhibits are accurate in all material respects and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown.

 

(xxii)     The Conversion has been effected by the Holding Company and the Bank in all material respects in accordance with the Conversion Regulations and the Federal Reserve Board’s approvals issued thereunder, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board shall have specifically waived the Conversion Regulations or any conditions or requirements contained in the Federal Reserve Board’s approvals.

 

(xxiii)    None of the Primary Parties is (a) currently in violation of its articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws or (b) in default or violation of any obligation, agreement, covenant, instrument or condition contained in any agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, except for such defaults or violations in subclause (b) above that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the incurrence of the obligations herein set forth and the consummation of the transactions

 

  C- 4  

 

 

contemplated herein will not: (1) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Primary Parties pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; (b) violate the provisions of the articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws of any of the Primary Parties; or (c) result in any violation of or conflict with any applicable federal or state law, act, regulation (except that no opinion with respect to the securities and Blue Sky laws of various jurisdictions or the rules or regulations of the FINRA need be rendered).

 

(xxiv)    The information in the Prospectus under the captions “Our Dividend Policy,” “Supervision and Regulation,” “Taxation,” “The Conversion and Offering,” “Restrictions on Acquisition of Bancorp 34”, “Description of Capital Stock of Bancorp 34” and “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp.”, to the extent that such information constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings, or legal conclusions, is complete and accurate in all material respects. The descriptions in the Prospectus summarizing statutes or regulations are accurate summaries in all material respects and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown.

 

(xxv)     The Holding Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank have the authority to transact business in the states of New Mexico and Arizona.

 

In addition, such counsel shall state that during the preparation of the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application, the OCC Application, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, they participated in conferences with management of, the independent public accountants for, and other representatives of, the Holding Company and the Bank. Based upon such conferences and such review of corporate records of the Holding Company and the Bank as such counsel conducted in connection with the preparation of the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus and the Proxy Statement, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Registration Statement (except for the financial statements and schedules, notes to financial statements, stock valuation information or other financial or statistical data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which counsel need make no statement), at the time it became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (except for financial statements and schedules, notes to financial statements, stock valuation information or other financial or statistical data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which counsel need make no statement), at the time the Registration Statement became effective or at the Closing Time, or that the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  C- 5  

 

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely, to the extent such counsel deems such reliance necessary or appropriate, on certificates of public officials, certificates or opinions of other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, and as to matters of fact, officers’ certificates. Such counsel’s opinion need refer only to matters of federal law and the Maryland General Corporation Law, and with respect to Primary Parties’ authority to transact business in the states of New Mexico and Arizona (opinion xxv), and, with respect to enforceability, New York law, and may add other qualifications and explanations of the basis of their opinion as may be reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Such counsel’s opinion shall specifically state that Vedder Price P.C., as counsel to the Agent, may rely on its opinions included therein in providing its opinion to the Agent as contemplated by the Agreement.

 

  C- 6  

 

 

exhibit D

 

Persons Subject to Lock-up Agreement

 

William F.  Burt

 

Wortham A. Cook

 

Jill Gutierrez

 

James D.  Harris

 

Randal L.  Rabon

 

Elaine E.  Ralls

 

Don P.  Van Winkle

 

William P.  Kauper

 

Jan R.  Thiry

 

  D- 1  

 

 

exhibit E

 

Form of Lock-up Agreement

  

Exhibit E to the Agency Agreement

 

_____________, 2016

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10019

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  (“KBW”) proposes to enter into an Agency Agreement (the “Agency Agreement”) with Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation, Bank 34, a federally-chartered stock savings bank, and AF Mutual Holding Company, a federally-chartered mutual holding company (together the “Primary Parties”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by KBW of up to 1,634,334 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

To induce KBW to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of KBW, it will not, during the period beginning on the date of the final prospectus relating to the subscription offering (the “Subscription Offering Prospectus”) and ending 90 days after the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, or (3) announce any intention to take any of the foregoing actions, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift, (c) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) or (c), (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence or (d) transfers pursuant to the exercise, other than a cashless exercise through a broker, by the undersigned of stock options that have been granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company prior to, and are outstanding as of, the date of the Agency Agreement, where the Common Stock or stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company received upon any such exercise is held by the undersigned, individually or as fiduciary, in accordance with the

 

  E- 1  

 

 

terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, (e) the withholding of shares of Common Stock or stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock, or (f) with the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of KBW, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.  The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and KBW are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering.  The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions.  Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Agency Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and KBW.

 

[Signature on Following Page]

 

E- 2

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  (Name)

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

E- 3

 

 

 

Exhibit 2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

 

OF

 

AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1. Introduction 1
2. Definitions 1
3. Procedures for conversion 8
4. Holding company applications and approvals 10
5. Sale of subscription shares 10
6. Purchase price and number of subscription shares 11
7. Retention of conversion proceeds by the holding  company 12
8. Subscription rights of eligible account holders (first priority) 12
9. Subscription rights of employee plans (second priority) 13
10. Subscription rights of supplemental eligible account holders (third priority) 13
11. Subscription rights of other depositors (fourth priority) 14
12. Community offering 15
13. Syndicated community offering and/or firm commitment underwritten offering 15
14. Limitations on purchases 16
15. Payment for subscription shares 18
16. Manner of exercising subscription rights through order forms 19
17. Undelivered, defective or late order form; insufficient payment 20
18. Residents of foreign countries and certain states 20
19. Establishment of liquidation accounts 21
20. Voting rights of stockholders 23
21. Restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition 23
22. Requirements for stock purchases by directors and officers following the conversion 24
23. Transfer of deposit accounts 24
24. Registration and marketing 24
25. Tax rulings or opinions 25
26. Stock benefit plans and employment agreements 25
27. Restrictions on acquisition of bank and holding company 26
28. Payment of dividends and repurchase of stock 27
29. Articles of incorporation and bylaws 27
30. Consummation of conversion and effective date 27
31. Expenses of conversion 28
32. Amendment or termination of plan 28
33. Conditions to conversion 28
34. Interpretation 28

 

Exhibit A Form of Agreement of Merger between AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp., a Federal corporation

 

Exhibit B Form of Agreement of Merger between Alamogordo Financial Corp., a Federal corporation, and Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 ( i )

 

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF
AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization.  The Mutual Holding Company currently owns a majority of the common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of Bank 34 (the “Bank”), a federally chartered stock savings bank.  A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion, will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion.  The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization, which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions.  The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions.  The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof.  All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, in the Syndicated Community Offering or in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company.  As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares.  The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank.  After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

 

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank.  This Plan also must be approved by at least: (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Members Meeting; (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting; and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting.  Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and Stockholders shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger.  The Federal Reserve must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members and Stockholders for their approval.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

 

 

 

 

Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means: (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.  A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

 

Affiliate – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

 

Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.  The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.  

 

Articles of Combination – The Articles of Combination filed with the Federal Reserve and any similar documents filed with the Bank Regulators in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

 

Articles of Merger – The Articles of Merger filed with the Maryland Department and any similar documents filed in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

 

Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

 

  2  
 

 

Bank – Bank 34, Alamogordo, New Mexico, a federally chartered stock savings bank.

 

Bank Liquidation Account – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

 

Bank Regulators – The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.  

 

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Community – The Arizona county of Maricopa and the New Mexico counties of Dona Ana and Otero.

 

Community Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company.  The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering, any Syndicated Community Offering or both, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

 

Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

 

Conversion – The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.

 

Conversion Stock – The Subscription Shares and the Exchange Shares.

 

Deposit Account – Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

 

Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

 

Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is December 31, 2014.  

 

Employees – All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  3  
 

 

Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank, its subsidiaries or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

 

ESOP – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

 

Exchange Offering – The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

 

Exchange Ratio – The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion.  The Exchange Ratio (which shall be rounded to four decimal places) shall be determined such that as of the closing of the Conversion the rate will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion before giving effect to (a) cash in lieu of any fractional shares and (b) any Subscription Shares purchased by Minority Stockholders in the Offering; provided that the Exchange Ratio will be adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company).

 

Exchange Shares – The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

 

FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters.  A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

 

Holding Company – The Maryland corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion.  Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Offering and Exchange Offering.

 

Holding Company Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.

 

Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

 

Liquidation Account – The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

  4  
 

 

Majority Ownership Interest – A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.

 

Maryland Department – The Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation.

 

Member – Any Person who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter.

 

Member Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Members Meeting.

 

Members Meeting – The special meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan, if required by the Bank Regulators.

 

MHC Merger – The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, which merger shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

Mid-Tier Holding Company – Alamogordo Financial Corp., the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s common stock and any successor thereto.

 

Mid-Tier Merger – The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, which merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and prior to the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

Minority Shares – Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Minority Stockholder – Any owner of Minority Shares.

 

Mutual Holding Company – AF Mutual Holding Company, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be.  The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering.

 

Offering Range – The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price.  The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the

 

  5  
 

 

Mid-Tier Holding Company)).  The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

 

Officer – The term Officer means the chairman of the board, president, vice president, treasurer, secretary, or comptroller of any company, or any other person who participates in its major policy decisions.

 

Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

 

Other Member – Any Person holding a Deposit Account on the Member Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, and any borrower who qualifies as a Voting Member.

 

Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

 

Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

Plan – This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

 

Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.

 

Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.  

 

Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community.  To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition.  In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.  The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident.  In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank.  A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

  6  
 

 

SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Stockholder – Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Stockholder Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Stockholders Meeting.

 

Stockholders Meeting – The special or annual meeting of Stockholders and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

 

Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

 

Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering.  The Subscription Price will be $10.00 unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

 

Subscription Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.  Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding Federal Reserve approval of the application for conversion.  The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if the Federal Reserve has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

 

Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers.  The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code.  A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

 

Voting Member– Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a member of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  7  
 

 

3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

 

A.           After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval.  Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by depositors of the Bank.  The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of this Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company, merger or other applications required to complete the Conversion.  

 

B.           Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to: (i) a vote of the Voting Members at the Members Meeting and (ii) a vote of the Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting.  The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Member Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Members Meeting. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date a proxy statement describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares.  In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan as well as the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company.  This Plan must be approved by at least: (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Members Meeting; (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting; and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting.  Upon such approval of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion.  The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.

 

C.           The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended.  Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators.  All sales of shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.  

 

D.           The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations.  The choice of

 

  8  
 

 

which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion.  Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy.  Approval of this Plan by Voting Members and Stockholders also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

(1) The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

(2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.

 

(4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

E.           As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares outstanding immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.  The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and reasonable.  Options to purchase shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price

 

  9  
 

 

per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

 

F.           The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.  In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

 

G.           All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.

 

H.           The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion.  The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

4.          HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

 

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering.  The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

5.          SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan.  The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Members Meeting.  The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC.  The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

 

  10  
 

 

Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to those natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community and the next preference given to Minority Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date.  The Community Offering may begin concurrently with, or at any time during or after the Subscription Offering. The offer and sale of Holding Company Common Stock prior to the Members Meeting, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and by the Stockholders, including Minority Stockholders.

 

If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock.  The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued.

 

6.          PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price.  The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)).  The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares.  The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)).

 

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value

 

  11  
 

 

Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation.  Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.  

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company.  If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

 

The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

7. RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

 

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering.  The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment activities, including the possible payment of dividends and possible repurchases of the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.  

 

8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

 

A.           Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $250,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

  12  
 

 

B.           In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

C.           Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

 

9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

 

The Employee Plans shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion.  Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution or from the Holding Company to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements.  The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank.  Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

 

10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

 

A.           Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $250,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible

 

  13  
 

 

Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.           In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans, Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

 

A.           Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $250,000 of Holding Company Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.           In the event that Other Members exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares is in excess of the total number of such shares available for subscription following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Subscription Shares will be allocated among Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

  14  
 

 

12. COMMUNITY OFFERING

 

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities.  Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof.  In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares shall be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the purchase priorities described above, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of 100 shares or the amount ordered, and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock.  The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering.  Any Person may purchase up to $250,000 of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

 

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering using a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities.  Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof.  The Syndicated Community Offering shall be subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders received in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $250,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.  In addition, unless otherwise approved or permitted by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated

 

  15  
 

 

Community Offering at any time.  The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.  In the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, any Person may purchase up to $250,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.  In addition, unless otherwise approved or permitted by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.  Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.  The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.    

 

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range.  Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

 

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:

 

A.           The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant, together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed $350,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).

 

B.           The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate shall not exceed 30% of the shares of Conversion Stock.

 

C.           The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant

 

  16  
 

 

together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.  However, Minority Stockholders will not be required to sell any shares of Holding Company Common Stock or be limited from receiving any Exchange Shares or be required to divest themselves of any Exchange Shares as a result of this limitation.

 

D.           A minimum of 25 shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

 

E.           If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below.  If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the Order Form and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers.  In the event of such a resolicitation, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock.  Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer.  In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering.  Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

 

  17  
 

 

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans’ orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

 

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

 

Each Person purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion.  Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

 

Except as set forth in Section 14.E., above, payment for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft.  Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares.  Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal.  If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.  Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Offering.  Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share.  Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given

 

  18  
 

 

effect.  Interest on funds received by check, draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate.  Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering.  If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest.  In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.  The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

 

16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

 

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.  Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering.  Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

 

A.           A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Holding Company, or its agent, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

 

B.           The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

 

C.           A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offerings;

 

D.           Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

 

E.           An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

 

F.           A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company or its agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the

 

  19  
 

 

recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account(s) at the Bank); and

 

G.           A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.

 

17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

 

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company or its agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify.  The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

 

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside.  However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

  20  
 

 

19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

 

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock).  Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided.  The Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

 

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.  A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose.  In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

 

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s or Bank’s capital stock.

 

  21  
 

 

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account.  Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

 

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date.  Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

 

If, at the close of business on any fiscal year end closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance.  In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account.  If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

 

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below:  (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank . Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively.  Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their interests in the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

  22  
 

 

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account.  In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

 

For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior Federal Reserve approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated.  Upon the written request of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank, at which time the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank and the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account.   In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors.   Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and Stockholders shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

 

20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

 

A.           All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

 

B.           The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:

 

1.           Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the federal regulatory agency; and

 

2.           Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

 

C.           With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

1.           Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

  23  
 

 

2.           Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

3.           Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

 

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC.  This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director.  As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative.  The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

23. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately prior to completion of the Conversion.

 

24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

 

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company.  In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange unless otherwise permitted by the Federal Reserve.

 

  24  
 

 

25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

 

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of advice from their tax advisor regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.

 

26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

 

A.           The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP.  Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

 

B.           As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans.  Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.  Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

 

C.           The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan no earlier than six months after completion of the Conversion.  Stockholder approval of these plans will be required.  If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering

 

  25  
 

 

and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering) , subject to adjustment, if any, as may be required by Federal Reserve regulations or policy in effect to reflect stock options or restricted stock granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company prior to the completion of the Conversion . (Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than one year following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence.)   Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.

 

D.           The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.

 

27. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

  A. (1) The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve.  In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.  In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.
       
    (2) For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve.  Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f).

 

B.           The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to vote any shares held in excess of 10% of the Holding Company’s outstanding shares.  In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions that provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, qualifications for directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations

 

  26  
 

 

on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

 

C. For the purposes of this section:

 

(1)         The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

(2)         The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

(3)         The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

(4)         The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

 

28.         PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK

 

A.           The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion.  The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

 

B.           The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

29.         ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members and Stockholders will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company.

 

30.         CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the Federal Reserve and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Maryland Department.  The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, Voting Member and Stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received.  The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

 

  27  
 

 

31.         EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

 

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.

 

32.         AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the meetings of Voting Members and Stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.  Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members or Stockholders unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators.  The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Members Meeting and Stockholders Meeting, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

 

By adoption of this Plan, Voting Members and Stockholders authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.

 

33.         CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

 

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

 

A.           Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25 hereof;

 

B.           The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;

 

C.           The issuance of Exchange Shares; and

 

D.           The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

34.         INTERPRETATION

 

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

Dated: March 7, 2016, as amended May 31, 2016

 

  28  
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY AND

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP., A FEDERAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY AND
ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP., A FEDERAL CORPORATION

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of ______________, is made by and between AF Mutual Holding Company, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company (the “Plan”), unless otherwise defined herein.  

 

RECITALS:

 

1.          The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns approximately _________% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.  

 

2.          The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.  

 

3.          At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.           Merger .  At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members, who are deemed for these purposes to be owners of the Mutual Holding Company, will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

2.           Effective Date .  The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by at least: (i) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the Stockholders; (ii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the MHC Merger.  Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members.  Approval of the Plan by Stockholders, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the Stockholders.

 

 

 

 

3.           Name .  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

4.           Offices .  The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 500 East 10 th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310.  

 

5.           Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

6.           Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation.  The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a federally chartered corporation as provided in its Charter.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.  The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.           Rights of Members and Stockholders .  At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.

 

8.           Other Terms .  All terms used in this MHC Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

  A- 2  
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  AF Mutual Holding Company
  (a federal mutual holding company)

 

ATTEST:

 

    By:    
Dorothy Valdez     Jill Gutierrez  
Secretary     Chief Executive Officer  
         
      Alamogordo Financial Corp.  
      (a federal corporation)  
ATTEST:        
         
    By:    
Dorothy Valdez     Jill Gutierrez  
Secretary     Chief Executive Officer  

 

  A- 3  
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.,

A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND

BANCORP 34, INC.,

A MARYLAND CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.,

a federal corporation and

BANCORP 34, INC.,

a MARYLAND corporation

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of ______________, is made by and between Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.  

 

RECITALS:

 

1.          The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

 

2.          The Holding Company has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

3.          At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.           Merger .  At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Members  who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account, and Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

 

2.           Effective Date .  The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval by at least: (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders; (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger and Articles of Merger have been filed with the Maryland Department with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger.  

 

 

 

 

Approval of the Plan by the Stockholders, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

 

3.           Name .  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Bancorp 34, Inc.

 

4.           Offices .  The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 500 East 10 th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310.  

 

5.           Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.  

 

6.           Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation.  The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company.  The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company.  The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.           Rights of Members and Stockholders .  At the Effective Date, the Members immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange the liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.  All shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock held in the treasury and each share of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock owned by the Holding Company, or any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company or of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date (other than shares held in a fiduciary capacity or in connection with debts

 

  B- 2  
 

 

previously contracted) shall, at the Effective Date, cease to exist, and the Certificates for such shares shall be canceled as promptly as practicable thereafter, and no payment or distribution shall be made in consideration therefor.

 

8.           Other Terms .  All terms used in this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

  B- 3  
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  Alamogordo Financial Corp.
  (a federal corporation)

 

ATTEST:

 

    By:    
Dorothy Valdez     Jill Gutierrez  
Secretary     Chief Executive Officer  
         
      Bancorp 34, Inc.  
      (a Maryland corporation)  
ATTEST:        
         
    By:    
Dorothy Valdez     Jill Gutierrez  
Secretary     Chief Executive Officer  

 

  B- 4  

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

 

The undersigned, Edward A. Quint, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1.  Name.   The name of the corporation is Bancorp 34, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2.  Principal Office.   The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3.  Purpose.   The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4.  Resident Agent.   The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5.  Capital Stock

 

A.          Authorized Stock.   The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one-hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.    fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.    one-hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000).  Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus.  The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.  For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the

 

     

 

 

Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

B.          Common Stock.   Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation.  Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and (iii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5.

 

C.          Preferred Stock.   The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series.  The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.  The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

 

D.          Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.    Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.  The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which

 

  2  

 

 

is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess.  The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

2.    The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.  

 

(a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.  

 

(b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2015; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

(1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

(2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

(3) that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a

 

  3  

 

 

partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan.  For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.  For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.  

 

(c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.  

 

(d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.  

 

3.    The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess.  The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect

 

  4  

 

 

of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.  

 

4.    Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.  

 

5.    In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.  

 

E.          Majority Vote for Certain Actions.   With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

 

F.          Quorum.   Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

G.          Liquidation Account.   Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan of Conversion”).  In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Bank 34, a federally chartered savings bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the

 

  5  

 

 

Liquidation Account.  The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

 

ARTICLE 6.  Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.  

 

A.          Preemptive Rights.   Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

B.           Appraisal Rights.   Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7.  Directors.   The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.          Management of the Corporation.   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.          Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting.   The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be eight (8), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force.  The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly

 

  6  

 

 

elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Class I Directors:
 
James D. Harris
 
Elaine E. Ralls
 
Class II Directors :
 
Jill Gutierrez
 
Randal L. Rabon
 
Wortham A. Cook
 
Class III Directors :
 
William F. Burt
 
Don P. Van Winkle

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

 

C.          Vacancies.   Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.          Removal.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.          Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors.   Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

  7  

 

 

ARTICLE 8.  Bylaws.   The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE 9.  Evaluation of Certain Offers.   The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.  If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints

 

  8  

 

 

with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity.  This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

 

ARTICLE 10.  Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.          Indemnification.   The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.          Procedure.   If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met.  In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the

 

  9  

 

 

indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C.          Non-Exclusivity.   The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.          Insurance.   The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.          Miscellaneous.   The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.          Limitations Imposed by Federal Law.   Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11.  Limitation of Liability.   An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s

 

  10  

 

 

action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL.  If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 12. Selection of Forum.   Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 13.  Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.   The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of

 

  11  

 

 

these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 13, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11 or Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 14.  Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Edward A. Quint

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  12  

 

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 9th day of March, 2016.

 

  /s/ Edward A. Quint
  Edward A. Quint
  Incorporator

 

  13  

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.          Annual Meeting.

 

Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2.          Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3.          Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

 

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has

 

 

 

 

received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

 

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4.          Quorum.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

Section 5.          Organization and Conduct of Business.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairperson of the Board, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his

 

  2  

 

 

or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6.          Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)          At any annual meeting of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.         

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Bank 34, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual

 

  3  

 

 

meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and any such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

(b)          Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole

 

  4  

 

 

stockholder of Bank 34, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)          For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 7.          Proxies and Voting.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8.          Conduct of Voting

 

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

  6  

 

 

Section 9.          Control Share Acquisition Act.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.          General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2.          Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the

 

  7  

 

 

affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.          Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4.          Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the President, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5.          Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6.          Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

  8  

 

 

Section 7.           Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.           Powers.

 

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporation’s Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9.           Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

  9  

 

 

Section 10.          Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11.          Presumption of Assent.

 

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12.          Director Qualifications

 

(a)          No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; or (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (2) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) is the nominee or representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n) (or any successor provision), of a company or other entity of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)          The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.            Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)           General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

(b)           Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

(c)           Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

  11  

 

 

Section 2.            Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

ARTICLE IV 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.            Generally.

 

(a)          The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)          The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)          All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2.           Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3.           Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

  12  

 

 

Section 4.          Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5.          President.

 

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.          Vice President.

 

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7.          Secretary.

 

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8.          Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

  13  

 

 

Section 9.          Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10.         Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

 

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 1.          Certificates of Stock.

 

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

  14  

 

 

Section 2.          Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3.          Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

 

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4.          Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5.          Stock Ledger.

 

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 6.          Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.          Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2.          Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.          Books and Records.

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.          Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

  16  

 

 

Section 5.          Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of July and end on the last day of June in each year.

 

Section 6.          Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.          Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.          Mail.

 

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9.          Contracts and Agreements.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

  17  

 

 

Exhibit 4

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

No. BANCORP 34, INC. Shares

 CUSIP: ____________

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Bancorp 34, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Bancorp 34, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bancorp 34, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:   [SEAL] By:  
  DOROTHY VALDEZ     JILL GUTIERREZ
  SECRETARY     CHIEF EXECUTIVE
        OFFICER

  

 

 

 

The Board of Directors of Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM   - as  tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   - _________ Custodian __________
              (Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT   - as tenants by the entireties        
            Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN   - as joint tenants with right        
      of survivorship and not as        
      tenants in common       (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received, ________________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 

 

 
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

___________________________________________________________________________________________Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,    

 

In the presence of   Signature:
     

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

 

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

—————

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

 

June 2, 2016

 

The Board of Directors

Bancorp 34, Inc.

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

  Re: Bancorp 34, Inc.
    Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company, as amended (the “Plan”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

 

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when issued and sold in accordance with the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

   
  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Luse Gorman, PC
   
  Luse Gorman, PC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

 

June 2, 2016

 

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

500 East 10th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company, dated March 7, 2016, as amended May 31, 2016 (as amended, the “Plan”), and the integrated transactions described below.

 

In connection with our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and we have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan and the Registration Statement filed by Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland stock corporation (the “Holding Company”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form AC and Application on Form H-(e)1 filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). In addition, we are relying on a letter from Keller & Company, Inc. to you, dated March 8, 2016, stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”).

 

Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published rulings and existing

 

 

 

  

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 2

 

court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions herein. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

 

We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.

 

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, Bank 34 (the “Bank”), Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation (referred to as the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and the Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by an authorized officer of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.

 

Description of Proposed Transactions

 

Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. The Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in 1997. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a stock holding company, whose shares are presently traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace. The Mid-Tier Holding Company’s majority owner is the Mutual Holding Company, which owns 54.7% of its outstanding shares. The owners of the Mutual Holding Company are the depositors of the Bank, who are entitled upon the complete liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company to any liquidation proceeds after the payment of creditors. At December 31, 2015, the Mid-Tier Holding Company had 1,679,500 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 761,500 shares, or 45.3%, were owned by the public and the remaining 918,000 shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company were held by the Mutual Holding Company.

 

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and the Bank have adopted the Plan providing for the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to depositors and certain borrowers,

 

 

 

  

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 3

 

current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and members of the general public in the Offering.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows and in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:

 

(1) The Holding Company will be organized as a first tier Maryland-chartered stock holding company subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

(2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “MHC Merger”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the owners of the Mutual Holding Company (e.g., the depositors of the Bank) will constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the depositors will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio.

 

(4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account also will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (a) a fraction, the

 

 

 

  

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 4

 

numerator of which is the percentage of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, multiplied by (b) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final prospectus used in the Conversion. The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are set forth in Section 19 of the Plan.

 

As part of the Conversion, all of the then-outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio which ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of Holding Company Common Stock as they held in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares and adjustment of the exchange ratio to reflect assets held by Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company). As part of the Conversion, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale on a priority basis to depositors of the Bank, current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and to members of the public in the Offering.

 

As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly-held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans (“Employee Plans”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and certain depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date and borrowers from the Bank who qualify as Voting Members (“Other Members”).

 

 

 

  

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 5

 

Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public (with preferences given first to persons residing in the New Mexico counties of Dona Ana and Otero and the Arizona county of Maricopa and then to Minority Stockholders) and if shares remain after the subscription and community offerings, shares may be offered, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, to members of the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Opinions

 

Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.          The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code)

 

2.          The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54)

 

3.          No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code)

 

4.          No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company to the members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code)

 

5.          Persons who have liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of a liquidation interest in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code)

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 6

 

6.          The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code)

 

7.          The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code)

 

8.          The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code)

 

9.          The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock or the distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and the constructive distribution of interests in the Liquidation Account to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code)

 

10.        No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code)

 

11.        The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than stock in the Bank) to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code)

 

12.        The holding period of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than stock in Bank) to be received by the Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 1223(2) of the Code)

 

13.        Except with respect to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional share interests, Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 354 of the Code).

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 7

 

14.        The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Mid-Tier Merger and then redeemed by Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such stockholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares. (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574)

 

15.        Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Liquidation Account in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code)

 

16.        The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54)

 

17.        It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182)

 

18.        It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code)

 

19.        Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered in exchange therefore. (Section 358(a) of the Code)

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 8

 

20.        It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code)

 

21.        Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange. (Section 1223(1) of the Code)

 

22.        The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code)

 

23.        No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code)

 

Our opinion under paragraph 20 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 17 and 19 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from Keller & Company, Inc. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the Subscription Offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.

 

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be subject to tax on the distribution of the subscription rights.

 

Our opinion under paragraph 18 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account

 

 

 

  

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 9

 

in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received payment attributable to such interest in a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:

 

The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).

 

In addition, we are relying on a letter from Keller & Company, Inc. to you stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.

 

If such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of the fair market value of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Conversion.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

June 2, 2016

Page 10

 

CONSENT

 

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the Federal Reserve and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”

 

  Very truly yours,
  /s/ Luse Gorman, PC
  Luse Gorman, PC

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

 

 

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

Independent Member Crowe Horwath International

 

June 2, 2016

 

Boards of Directors

AF Mutual Holding Company

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

500 East 10th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

  RE: Arizona and New Mexico Income Tax Consequences Relating to the Conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company into the capital stock form of organization

 

To The Members of the Board of Directors:

 

You have requested our opinion regarding the Arizona and New Mexico corporate income tax consequences and certain Arizona and New Mexico personal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of AF Mutual Holding Company, dated March 7, 2016, as amended May 31, 2016 (the “Plan”), and the integrated transactions described below. The relevant transactions referenced in the Plan and in the federal income tax opinion prepared by Luse Gorman, PC are summarized below. All capitalized terms used in this letter shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

In rendering our opinion, we have relied upon the facts, information, assumptions and representations as contained in the Plan, including all exhibits attached thereto, and upon the “Description of Proposed Transactions” included within the federal income tax opinion regarding the Plan, as prepared by Luse Gorman, PC, dated June 2, 2016, (the “Federal Tax Opinion”). We have assumed these facts are complete and accurate and have not independently audited or otherwise verified any of these facts or assumptions. You have represented to us that we have been provided with all of the facts necessary to render our opinion. If any of the facts, assumptions or federal income tax conclusions in the Federal Tax Opinion are inaccurate or incorrect, our opinion expressed herein may require modification.

 

We have not considered any non-income based taxes, or federal, local, or foreign income tax consequences. We have also not considered Arizona or New Mexico taxes other than those recited in this opinion or taxes that might be levied by other states, and, therefore, do not express any opinion regarding the treatment that would be given the transaction by the applicable authorities on any issues outside of the above-specified Arizona and New Mexico taxes. We also express no opinion on non-tax issues such as corporate law or securities law matters. We express no opinion other than that as stated below, and neither this opinion nor any prior statements are intended to imply or to be an opinion on any other matters.

 

In connection with our opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise, and identified to our satisfaction the Plan and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion below. In our examination, we have assumed the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also relied upon the assumptions that (i) all signatures are genuine and all documents submitted to us, both originals and copies, are authentic, (ii) each document examined by us has been or will be fully executed and delivered in substantially the same

 

 

 

 

form, is or will be in full force and effect and has not been or will not be amended or modified in any respect, (iii) all parties to the documents at all times had and will have full corporate power, authority and capacity to enter into, execute and perform all obligations under those documents and to observe and perform the terms and conditions thereof, and (iv) the factual matters, statements, and recitations contained in the documents are accurate, true and complete. You have represented to us that we have been provided all of the facts necessary to render our opinion.

 

A misstatement or omission of any fact or a change or amendment in any of the facts, assumptions or representations upon which we have relied may require a modification of all or a part of this opinion.

 

The discussion and conclusions set forth herein are based upon the Arizona and New Mexico statutes and existing administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, as of the date of this letter, all of which are subject to change. If there is a change, including a change having retroactive effect, in the statues, or in the prevailing judicial interpretation of the foregoing, the opinions expressed herein would necessarily have to be re-evaluated in light of any such changes. We have no responsibility to update this opinion for any such changes occurring after the date of this letter.

 

Statement of Facts

 

Under the terms of the Plan, the Conversion will be effected, in part, by the following relevant transactions:

 

(i) Alamogordo Financial Corp., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), has organized Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Holding Company”) as a Maryland corporation.

 

(ii) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “MHC Merger”), whereby the shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for such person's liquidation interest in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(iii) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Merger”) with the Holding Company as the resulting entity. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the members of the Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio.

 

(iv) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(v) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in exchange for common stock of the Bank and the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

Arizona

 

Arizona imposes corporate income tax on the Arizona taxable income of each corporation with a business situs in this state. 1 Arizona taxable income is defined as Arizona gross income with certain modifications. Arizona gross income is defined as federal taxable income. Federal taxable income is defined as the taxable income computed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code as in effect on January 1, 2015. 2 The modifications are provided in A.R.S. § 43-1121 and 43-1122. None of the modifications provided in ARS § 43-1121 and 43-1122 would apply to the tax-free reorganizations described in the federal opinion letter. 3

 

 

1 ARS § 43-1111

2 ARS §§ 43-1101 and 43-105

3 ARS § 43-1121 and 43-1122

 

 

 

 

Arizona also imposes an individual income tax on the individual’s entire taxable income derived from sources within the state. 4 Taxable income is defined as adjusted gross income less certain deductions and personal exemptions. Arizona adjusted gross income is defined as Arizona gross income subject to certain modifications. Arizona gross income is defined as gross income computed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. 5 The modifications are specified in ARS § 43-1021 and 43-1022. None of the modifications provided in ARS § 43-1021 or 43-1022 would apply to the tax-free reorganizations described in the federal opinion letter. 6

 

New Mexico

 

New Mexico imposes a corporate income tax upon the net income of every domestic corporation and upon the net income of every foreign corporation, engaged in business in the state or deriving income from any property or employment within the state. 7 New Mexico taxable income is defined as base income with certain adjustments. Base income is defined as federal taxable income calculated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code as currently in effect. 8 The adjustments to base income are found in NMSA § 7-2A-2(H). None of the adjustments provided in NMSA § 7-2A-2(H) would apply to the tax-free reorganizations described in the federal opinion letter.

 

New Mexico also imposes a personal income tax on the net income of every resident individual and nonresident individual employed or engaged in the transaction of business in, into or from the state, or deriving income from any property or employment within this state. 9 Net income is defined to be base income with certain adjustments. Base income is defined as a taxpayer’s adjusted gross income plus the amount of net operating loss deduction allowed by section 172(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. Adjusted gross income means adjusted gross income as defined in Section 62 of the Internal Revenue Code. 10 The adjustments to base income are found in NMSA § 7-2-2(N). None of the modifications provided in NM 7-2-2(N) would apply to the tax-free reorganizations described in the federal opinion letter.

 

Opinion

 

You have provided us with a copy of the Federal Tax Opinion, dated June 2, 2016, regarding the Plan in which Luse Gorman, PC has opined that the various proposed transactions to be undertaken as part of the Plan will be treated for federal income tax purposes as “tax-free reorganizations” within the meaning of Sections 354 and 368(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Our opinion regarding the Arizona corporate income tax, certain Arizona personal income tax consequences, the New Mexico corporate income tax, and certain New Mexico personal income tax consequences related to the Plan adopts and relies upon the facts, representations, assumptions, and conclusions as set forth in the Federal Tax Opinion and incorporates the capitalized terms contained in the Federal Tax Opinion.

 

Our opinion assumes that the final federal income tax consequences of the Plan will be those as described in the Federal Tax Opinion. Based upon that information, we render the following opinion with respect to the Arizona and New Mexico corporate income tax, and certain personal income tax:

 

1.) The federal income tax treatment of the Plan will be respected in the computation of the Arizona and New Mexico income of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company for purposes of the Arizona and New Mexico income tax.

 

2.) The federal income tax treatment of the Plan will be respected in the computation of the net income of a person required to file an Arizona or New Mexico resident individual income tax return.

 

 

4 ARS § 43-1011

5 ARS § 43-1001

6 ARS §§ 43-1021 and 43-1022

7 NMSA § 7-2A-3

8 NMSA §§ 7-2A-2(C) and 7-2A-2(G)

9 NMSA § 7-2-3

10 NMSA § 7-2-2

 

 

 

 

Our opinion is as of the date of this letter and we have no responsibility to update this opinion for events, transactions, circumstances or changes in any of the facts, assumptions or representations occurring after this date. We have no responsibility to update this opinion for any such changes occurring after the date of this letter.

 

Our opinion is based solely upon our interpretation of the current Arizona and New Mexico state tax law, which authorities are subject to modification or challenge at any time and perhaps with retroactive effect as of the date of this letter.

 

Our opinion is not binding on the Arizona Department of Revenue (“AZDOR”) or the New Mexico Taxation and Revenue Department (“NMTRD”), and there can be no assurance that AZDOR or NMTRD will not take a position contrary to the conclusions reached in the opinion.

 

The opinion expressed herein reflects our assessment of the probable outcome of litigation and other adversarial proceedings based solely on an analysis of the existing tax authorities relating to the issues. It is important, however, to note that litigation and other adversarial proceedings are frequently decided on the basis of such matters as negotiation and pragmatism upon the outcome of such potential litigation or other adversarial proceedings.

 

The opinion expressed herein reflects what we regard to be the material Arizona and New Mexico corporate income tax and certain Arizona and New Mexico personal income tax effects to the Bank, Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, and Holding Company of the transaction as described herein; nevertheless, it is an opinion only and should not be taken as assurance of the ultimate tax treatment.

 

Should it finally be determined that the facts or the federal income tax consequences are not as outlined in the Federal Tax Opinion, the Arizona and New Mexico corporate income tax and certain Arizona and New Mexico personal income tax consequences and our Arizona and New Mexico tax opinion may differ from what is contained herein. If any fact contained in this opinion letter or the Federal Tax Opinion changes to alter the federal tax treatment, it is imperative that we be notified in order to determine the effect on the Arizona and New Mexico corporate income tax and certain Arizona and New Mexico personal income tax consequences, if any. We have no responsibility to update this opinion for events, transactions, circumstances, or changes in any of the facts, assumptions or representations occurring after the date of this letter. You agree to notify us in writing upon any changes to the representations you have made to us.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the FRB and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

 

 

  Exhibit 10.13

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of __________, 2016 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Bank 34 (the “Bank”) and ___________ (“Executive”).  Any reference to the “Company” shall mean Bancorp 34, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.

 

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

 

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as [Title] of the Bank (the “Executive Position”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank.  During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

 

(a)          The term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter.  Commencing on the first anniversary date following the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “Anniversary Date”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be twenty-four (24) months, provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which such decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.  If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date.  The failure of the disinterested members of the Board

 

 

 

 

to take the actions set forth herein before any Anniversary Date will result in the automatic non-renewal of this Agreement, even if the Board fails to affirmatively issue the Non-Renewal Notice to Executive.  If the Board fails to inform Executive of its determination regarding the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, the Executive may request, in writing, the results of the Board’s action (or non-action) and the Board shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request, provide a written response to Executive.  Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, then the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for twenty-four (24) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

 

(c)          During the period of her employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of her business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of her duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of her duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Bank or any other affiliates of the Bank, or present any conflict of interest.

 

(d)          Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3.          COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

 

(a)           Base Salary .   In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Bank will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement.  The Bank will pay Executive a salary of $[_________] per year (“Base Salary”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Bank and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate.  Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Bonus .   Executive shall be entitled to participate in any bonus plan or arrangements of the Bank in which senior management is eligible to participate.  Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

 

(c)           Benefit Plans .   Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans,

 

2  

 

 

pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

 

(d)           Vacation .   Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers.  Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)           Expense Reimbursements .   The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing her obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of her duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Bank.  All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the expense was incurred.  

 

(f)          To the extent not specifically set forth in this Section 3, any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

 

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

 

(a)           Death .   Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon her death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank).  In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Bank will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage, if any, maintained by the Bank for Executive and her family immediately prior to Executive’s death.  Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

 

(b)           Disability .   Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of any permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment.  In the event of Executive’s termination due to Disability, Executive will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Bank, if applicable.  In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s Disability, the Bank will continue to provide

 

3  

 

 

non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage, if any, maintained by the Bank for Executive and her family immediately prior to Executive’s death.  Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

 

(c)         Termination for Cause .   The Board may immediately terminate her employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for already vested benefits.  Termination for “Cause” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

 

(i) personal dishonesty;

 

(ii) incompetence;

 

(iii) willful misconduct;

 

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties;

 

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order: or

 

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

(d)        Voluntary Termination by Executive .   In addition to her other rights to terminate her employment under this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement (other than “With Good Reason” as defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Board.  Upon Executive’s voluntary termination, Executive will receive only her earned but unpaid compensation and vested rights and benefits as of the date of her termination.

 

(e)         Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

(i) The Board may immediately terminate her employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “Without Cause”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within ninety (90) days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “With Good Reason”); provided, however, that the Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure.  Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than Termination for Cause shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability

 

4  

 

 

insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

(ii) In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of her date of termination) that Executive would have earned had she remained employed with the Bank from her date of termination until, and including, the last day of the remaining term of this Agreement.  Such payment shall be made to Executive within ten (10) days following Executive’s date of termination, or if later, following the seventh (7th) day after Executive’s execution of the Release required under Section 4(e)(v) hereof.

 

(iii) In addition, the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of the additional life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to her date of termination for a period equal to the number of months existing in the remaining term of this Agreement.  Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum on the same date as the payment under Section 4(e)(ii) above.

 

(iv) “Good Reason” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

(A) the failure of the Bank to appoint or re-elect Executive to the Executive Position;

 

(B) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

(C) a change in Executive’s Executive Position to be one of lesser authority or a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

(D) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from Executive’s principal place

 

5  

 

 

of employment as of the initial Effective Date of this Agreement; or

 

(E) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of her claims (“Release”), satisfactory in form to the Bank and the Company, against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement.  In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the Release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of her Separation from Service and Executive shall have no fewer than twenty-one (21) days to consider the Release, and following Executive’s execution of the Release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said Release.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)           Change in Control Defined .   For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

(ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

6  

 

 

(iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

(iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

 

(b)           Change in Control Benefits .   Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay, an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of her (i) highest rate of Base Salary, and (ii) the highest annual bonus paid to, or earned by, Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination.  Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) days following Executive’s date of termination.  In addition, the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of two (2) years of additional life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to her date of termination.  Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) days following the Change in Control, or if later, following Executive’s date of termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

(c)           Termination within Six Months Prior to Change in Control .   In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under Section 4(e) within six (6) months prior to a Change in Control, Executive shall be entitled to the difference, if any, between the benefit received under Section 4(e) and the benefit available to Executive under this Section 5 upon the effective date of the Change in Control.  Such benefit shall be payable in a cash lump sum payment to the former Executive within ten (10) days following the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

(d)           280G Cutback .   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Agreement, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, Executive (collectively referred to as the “Change in Control Benefits”) that are contingent on a change in control (as defined under Code Section 280G), constitute an “excess

 

7  

 

 

parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to Executive are not subject to penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

 

6. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

 

(a)         Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete .   Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following her termination of employment with the Bank (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

(i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within twenty-five (25) miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (the “Restricted Territory”);

 

(ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (i) has a headquarters within the Restricted Territory or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

(iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

 

(b)        Confidentiality .   Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank.  Executive will not, during or after the term of her employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any

 

8  

 

 

reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank.  Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

(c)           Information/Cooperation .   Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(d)           Reliance .   Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable.  The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive.  Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood.  Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

7. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

 

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

8. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

 

9  

 

 

9. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

 

(a)          Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

(b)          The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

 

(a)          This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)          No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

11. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)          The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.  Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

 

(b)          If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 U.S.C.  §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 U.S.C.  §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

(c)          If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 U.S.C.  §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 U.S.C.  §1818(g)(1)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement

 

10  

 

 

shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

 

(d)          If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 U.S.C.  §1813(x)(1)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(e)          All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Comptroller of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 U.S.C.  §1823(c)] of the FDI Act; or (ii) by the Comptroller or his or her designee at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Comptroller to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.  Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

(f)          Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary (with the exception of Section 4(c)(i)), Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination.  For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11(b) is not applicable in the event of the Executive’s termination for Cause.

 

(g)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “specified employee” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service.  Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service.  All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

12. SEVERABILITY.

 

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

11  

 

 

13. GOVERNING LAW.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of State of New Mexico, but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

14. ARBITRATION.

 

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

 

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

16. INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Bank shall provide Executive (including her heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and her heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by her in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which she may be involved by reason of her having been a director or officer of the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank or the Company (whether or not she continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board or the board of directors of the Company, as appropriate); provided, however, neither the Bank nor Company shall be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.

 

17. Notice.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

12  

 

 

To the Bank:

Bank 34.

500 East 10th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

Attn: Randall L.  Rabon, Director

 

To Executive: Most recent address on file with the Bank

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first

written above.

 

  BANK 34  
     
  By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  EXECUTIVE  
     
     

 

14  

 

 

  Exhibit 10.14

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of __________, 2016 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Company”) and ____________ (“Executive”).  Any reference to the “Bank” shall mean Bank 34, the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  

 

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Company, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

 

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as [Title] of the Company (the “Executive Position”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Company, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Company.  During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.  

 

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

 

(a)           The term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter.  Commencing on the first anniversary date following the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “Anniversary Date”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be twenty-four (24) months, provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date:  (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which such decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.  If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24)

 

 

 

 

months following such Anniversary Date.  The failure of the disinterested members of the Board to take the actions set forth herein before any Anniversary Date will result in the automatic non-renewal of this Agreement, even if the Board fails to affirmatively issue the Non-Renewal Notice to Executive.  If the Board fails to inform Executive of its determination regarding the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, the Executive may request, in writing, the results of the Board’s action (or non-action) and the Board shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request, provide a written response to Executive.  Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.  

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, then the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for twenty-four (24) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

 

(c)           During the period of her employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of her business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of her duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of her duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Company or any other affiliates of the Company, or present any conflict of interest.  

 

(d)           Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

 

(a)            Base Salary .  In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Company will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement.  The Company will pay Executive a salary of $ _________ per year (“Base Salary”).    Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company.    During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Company and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate.  Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Bonus .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any bonus plan or arrangements of the Company in which senior management is eligible to participate.  Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.  

 

(c)            Benefit Plans .  Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be

 

  2  

 

 

entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Company in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

  

(d)            Vacation .  Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Company’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for officers.  Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Company’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.  

 

(e)            Expense Reimbursements .  The Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing her obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of her duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Company.  All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Company and in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the expense was incurred.  

 

(f)           To the extent not specifically set forth in this Section 3, any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.   

 

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

 

(a)            Death .  Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon her death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company).  In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Company will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage, if any, maintained by the Company for Executive and her family immediately prior to Executive’s death.  Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Company.  

 

(b)            Disability .  Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of any permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment.  In the

 

  3  

 

 

event of Executive’s termination due to Disability, Executive will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Company, if applicable.  In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s Disability, the Company will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage, if any, maintained by the Company for Executive and her family immediately prior to Executive’s death.  Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Company.

 

(c)        Termination for Cause .  The Board may immediately terminate her employment at any time for “Cause.”  Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for already vested benefits.  Termination for “Cause” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

 

(i) personal dishonesty;

 

(ii) incompetence;

 

(iii) willful misconduct;

 

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties;

 

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or

 

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

(d)          Voluntary Termination by Executive .  In addition to her other rights to terminate her employment under this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement (other than “With Good Reason” as defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Board.  Upon Executive’s voluntary termination, Executive will receive only her earned but unpaid compensation and vested rights and benefits as of the date of her termination.  

 

(e)          Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

(i) The Board may immediately terminate her employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “Without Cause”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within ninety (90) days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “With Good Reason”); provided, however, that the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Company may waive its right to cure.  Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than Termination for Cause shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Company’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift,

 

  4  

 

 

profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.  

 

(ii) In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Company shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of her date of termination) that Executive would have earned had she remained employed with the Company from her date of termination until, and including, the last day of the remaining term of this Agreement. Such payment shall be made to Executive within ten (10) days following Executive’s date of termination, or if later, following the seventh (7th) day after Executive’s execution of the Release required under Section 4(e)(v) hereof.  

 

(iii) In addition, the Company shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of three (3) years of additional life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage maintained by the Company for Executive immediately prior to her date of termination for a period equal to the number of months existing in the remaining term of the Agreement.  Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum on the same date as the payment under Section 4(e)(ii) above.

 

(iv) “Good Reason” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

(A) the failure of the Company to appoint or re-elect Executive to the Executive Position;

 

(B) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Company as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));  

 

(C) a change in Executive’s Executive Position to be one of lesser authority or a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  5  

 

 

(D) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from Executive’s principal place of employment as of the initial Effective Date of this Agreement; or

 

(E) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of her claims (“Release”), satisfactory in form to the Company, against the Company, the Bank and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement.  In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the Release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of her Separation from Service and Executive shall have no fewer than twenty-one (21) days to consider the Release, and following Executive’s execution of the Release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said Release.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)          Change in Control Defined .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Merger :  The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Company or the Bank, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

(ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership :  There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  6  

 

 

(iii) Change in Board Composition :  During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Bank or the Company or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

(iv) Sale of Assets :  The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

 

(b)           Change in Control Benefits .  Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Company (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay, an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of her (i) highest rate of Base Salary, and (ii) the highest annual bonus paid to, or earned by, Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination.  Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) days following Executive’s date of termination.  In addition, the Company shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of two (2) years of additional life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Company for Executive immediately prior to her date of termination.  Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) days following the Change in Control, or if later, following Executive’s date of termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).  

 

(c)           Termination within Six Months Prior to Change in Control .  In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under Section 4(e) within six (6) months prior to a Change in Control, Executive shall be entitled to the difference, if any, between the benefit received under Section 4(e) and the benefit available to Executive under this Section 5 upon the effective date of the Change in Control.  Such benefit shall be payable in a cash lump sum payment to the former Executive within ten (10) days following the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

  7  

 

 

6. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

 

(a)           Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete .  Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following her termination of employment with the Company (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Company, either directly or indirectly:

 

(i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Company, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within twenty-five (25) miles of any location(s) in which the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (the “Restricted Territory”);

 

(ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings Company, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, Company or Company holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Company or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (i) has a headquarters within the Restricted Territory or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

(iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Company to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Company.   

 

(b)           Confidentiality .  Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Company, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Company.  Executive will not, during or after the term of her employment,

 

  8  

 

 

disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of Companying, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Company.  Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Company to any Company regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Company pursuant to a formal regulatory request.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Company or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to the Company for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

(c)           Information/Cooperation .  Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Company as may be reasonably required by the Company, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Company or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(d)           Reliance .  Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable.  The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Company, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Company, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood.  Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

7. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

 

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Company (or any successor of the Company).  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, there will be no duplication of benefits between this Agreement and any employment agreement to which the Executive may be subject with the Bank.  To the extent payments and benefits, as provided for under this Agreement, are paid or received by Executive under an employment agreement in effect between Executive and the Bank, the payments and benefits paid by the Bank will be subtracted from any amount or benefit due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

8. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Company or any predecessor of the Company and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.  

 

9. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

 

(a)           Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

(b)           The Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

 

(a)           This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.  

 

(b)           No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived  and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

11. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)           The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Company’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.  Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary (with the exception of Section 4(c)(i)), Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred

 

  10  

 

 

if the Company and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination.  For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11(b) is not applicable in the event of the Executive’s termination for Cause.  

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “specified employee” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service.  Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service.  All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.    

 

12. SEVERABILITY.

 

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of State of New Mexico, but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

14. ARBITRATION.

 

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Company and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Company within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Company, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

 

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company, provided that the dispute

 

  11  

 

 

is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

16. INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Company shall provide Executive (including her heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and her heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by her  in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which she may be involved by reason of her having been a director or officer of the Company or the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or the Bank (whether or not she continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board or the board of directors of the Bank, as appropriate); provided, however, neither the Company nor Company shall be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.  

 

17. NOTICE.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Company:

Bancorp 34, Inc.

500 East 10th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico  88310

Attn: Randall L. Rabon, Director

 

To Executive: Most recent address on file with the Company

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.  

 

  BANCORP 34, INC.  
     
  By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  EXECUTIVE  
     
     

 

  13  

 

Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name         Percent Ownership        State of Incorporation
           
Bank 34     100%     Federal
             
Forward Holdings, LLC*     100%     New Mexico

 

_______________

*Subsidiary of Bank 34 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-l and the Application for Conversion on Form AC of our report dated March 28, 2016, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the six months ended December 31, 2014, and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement and Application for Conversion.

 

   
Briggs & Veselka Co.  
Houston, Texas  

 

June 2, 2016

 

  HOUSTON OFFICE 713.667.9147 Tel. ■ 713.667.1697 Fax  
  Nine Greenway Plaza, Suite 1700 ■ Houston, Texas 77046 ■ www.bvccpa.com
   
  Member of the Center for Public Company Audit Firms of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

       
  (614) 766-1426 (614) 766-1459 FAX  

 

June 2, 2016

 

Board of Directors

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

Members of the Boards:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in (i) the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by Bancorp 34, Inc., with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (ii) the Application for Conversion on Form AC to be filed by Bank 34 with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in each case as amended and supplemented. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our appraisal and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings, including the prospectus of Bancorp 34, Inc.

 

Sincerely,

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

/s/ Michael R. Keller

Michael R. Keller

President

 

MRK:jmm

 

   

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

       
  (614) 766-1426 (614) 766-1459 FAX  

 

December 4, 2015

 

The Board of Directors

Alamogordo Financial Corp.

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

Re:  Conversion Appraisal Agreement

 

Attn: Jan Thiry

 

Keller & Company, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as KELLER) hereby proposes to prepare an independent conversion appraisal of the successor to Alamogordo Financial Corp. (hereinafter referred to as AFC ), the stock holding company of Bank 34 ( Bank 34 ), relating to the second stage conversion (the Conversion ) of AF Mutual Holding Company. KELLER will provide a pro forma valuation of the market value of the shares of AFC to be sold in connection with a second stage conversion and the corresponding exchange ratio and prepare the pro forma valuation tables in the prospectus.

 

KELLER is a financial consulting firm that primarily serves the financial institutions industry. KELLER is experienced in evaluating and appraising thrift institutions and thrift institution holding companies. KELLER is an approved conversion appraiser for filings with the Federal Reserve Board (the Fed ), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ( OCC ) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (" FDIC "), and is also approved by the Internal Revenue Service as an expert in bank and thrift stock valuations. Keller has completed conversion appraisals related to standard conversions, mutual holding company stock offerings, second stage mutual holding company conversions and conversions involving foundations, and acquisitions.

 

 

 

 

KELLER agrees to prepare the conversion appraisal in the format required by the Fed in a timely manner for prompt filing with the Fed and the Securities and Exchange Commission. KELLER will provide any additional information as requested and will complete appraisal updates in accordance with regulatory requirements and based on market conditions.

 

The appraisal report will provide a detailed description of AFC and Bank 34 , including their financial condition, operating performance, asset quality, rate sensitivity position, liquidity level and management qualifications. The appraisal will include a description of AFC s market area, including both economic and demographic characteristics and trends. An analysis of other publicly-traded thrift institutions will be performed to determine a comparable group, and adjustments to the appraised value will be made based on a comparison of AFC with the comparable group and recognizing the risk related to an initial public offering.

 

In making its appraisal, KELLER will rely upon the information in the Subscription and Community Offering Prospectus, including the audited and unaudited financial statements. Among other factors, KELLER will also consider the following: the present and projected operating results and financial condition of AFC ; the economic and demographic conditions in AFC s existing marketing area; pertinent historical financial and other information relating to AFC ; a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial statistics of AFC with those of other thrift institutions; the proposed price per share; the aggregate size of the offering of common stock; the impact of the stock offering on AFC s capital position and earnings potential; AFC s proposed dividend; and the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities. In preparing the appraisal, KELLER will rely solely upon, and assume the accuracy and completeness of, financial and statistical information provided by AFC , and will not independently value the assets or liabilities of AFC in order to prepare the appraisal.

 

Upon completion of the conversion appraisal, KELLER will make a presentation to the board of directors of AFC to review the content of the appraisal, the format and the assumptions. A written presentation will be provided to each board member as a part of the overall presentation.

 

 

 

 

For its services in making this appraisal, KELLER's fee will be $40,000, including out-of-pocket expenses. The appraisal fee will include the preparation of one valuation update. All additional valuation updates will be subject to an additional fee of $3,000 each. Upon the acceptance of this proposal, KELLER shall be paid a retainer of $5,000 to be applied to the total appraisal fee of $40,000, the balance of which will be payable at the time of the completion of the appraisal.

 

AFC agrees, by the acceptance of this proposal, to indemnify KELLER and its employees and affiliates for certain costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees of one counsel, in connection with claims or litigation relating to the appraisal and arising out of any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact in information supplied to KELLER by AFC or by an intentional omission by AFC to state a material fact in the information so provided, except where KELLER or its employees and affiliates have been negligent or at fault.

 

KELLER agrees to indemnify AFC and its employees and affiliates for certain cost and expenses, including reasonable legal fees of one counsel, in connection with claims or litigation relating to or based upon the negligence or willful misconduct of KELLER or its employees or affiliates.

 

No indemnification payment made pursuant to this agreement shall exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

 

 

This proposal will be considered accepted upon the execution of the two enclosed copies of this agreement and the return of one executed copy to KELLER, accompanied by the specified retainer.

 

  KELLER & COMPANY, INC.  
       
  By: /s/ Michael R. Keller  
    Michael R. Keller  
    President  
       
  Alamogordo Financial Corp.  
       
  By: /s/ Jan R. Thiry  
    Jan Thiry  
    Executive Vice President  

 

  Date:  12/17/15  

 

 

 

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

 

 

(614) 766-1426        (614) 766-1459 FAX

 

May 9, 2016

 

The Board of Directors

Bank 34, Inc.

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

Re: Conversion Valuation Agreement

 

Attn: Jan Thiry

 

Keller & Company, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as KELLER) hereby proposes to prepare a new independent conversion appraisal of Bank 34, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “ Bank 34, Inc. ”), relating to the mutual to stock conversion of Bank 34, Inc. and stock offering (“the “Stock Offering”) of Bank 34, Inc. . KELLER will provide a pro forma valuation of the market value of the shares of Bank 34, Inc. to be sold in connection with the standard conversion and based on financials as of March 31, 2016.

 

KELLER is a national financial consulting firm that primarily serves the financial institution industry. KELLER is experienced in evaluating and appraising thrift institutions and thrift institution holding companies. KELLER is an approved conversion appraiser for filings with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”), the Federal Reserve Board (“ FRB ”) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“ OCC ”), and is also approved by the Internal Revenue Service as an expert in bank and thrift stock valuations. Keller has completed conversion appraisals related to standard conversions, mutual holding company stock offerings and conversions involving foundations.

 

 

 

 

KELLER agrees to prepare the new conversion appraisal in the format required by the FRB and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) in a timely manner for prompt filing with the FRB and the OCC . KELLER will provide any additional information as requested and will complete appraisal updates in accordance with regulatory requirements and based on market conditions.

 

The appraisal report will provide an updated description of Bank 34, Inc. , including its financial condition, operating performance, asset quality, rate sensitivity position, liquidity level and management qualifications. The appraisal will include a description of Bank 34, Inc.’s market area, including both economic and demographic characteristics and trends. An analysis of other publicly-traded thrift institutions will be performed to determine a comparable group, and adjustments to the appraised value will be made based on a comparison of Bank 34, Inc. with the comparable group and recognizing the risk related to an initial public offering.

 

In making its appraisal, KELLER will rely upon the information in the Subscription and Community Offering Prospectus, including the audited and unaudited financial statements. Among other factors, KELLER will also consider the following: the present and projected operating results and financial condition of Bank 34, Inc. ; the economic and demographic conditions in Bank 34, Inc.’s existing marketing area; pertinent historical financial and other information relating to Bank 34, Inc. ; a comparative

 

 

 

 

evaluation of the operating and financial statistics of Bank 34, Inc. with those of other thrift institutions; the proposed price per share; the aggregate size of the offering of common stock; the impact of the stock offering on Bank 34, Inc.’s capital position and earnings potential; Bank 34, Inc.’s proposed initial dividend, if any; and the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities. In preparing the appraisal, KELLER will rely solely upon, and assume the accuracy and completeness of, financial and statistical information provided by Bank 34, Inc. , and will not independently value the assets or liabilities of Bank 34, Inc. in order to prepare the appraisal.

 

Upon completion of the new conversion appraisal, KELLER will make a presentation to the board of directors of Bank 34, Inc. to review the content of the appraisal, the format and the assumptions. A written presentation will be provided to each board member as a part of the overall presentation.

 

For its services in making this new appraisal, KELLER's fee will be $10,000. Any additional valuation updates will be subject to an additional fee of $2,000 each. KELLER shall be paid the total appraisal fee of $10,000 at the time of the completion of the appraisal. Any appraisal valuation update is not a mandatory requirement but can be requested by regulators. Excluding such a request by regulators or completed voluntarily in response to changes in the market prices of thrifts, our total fee will be $10,000, including one final valuation update, which will be required.

 

 

 

 

Bank 34, Inc. agrees, by the acceptance of this proposal, to indemnify KELLER and its employees and affiliates for certain costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees, in connection with claims or litigation relating to the appraisal and arising out of any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact in information supplied to KELLER by Bank 34, Inc. or by an intentional omission by Bank 34, Inc. to state a material fact in the information, provided, however, Bank 34, Inc. shall not be obligated to indemnify KELLER for any loss, cost or expense attributable to the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of KELLER or its employees or agents or to the extent such loss, cost or expense was due to a breach of this agreement by KELLER.

 

KELLER agrees to indemnify Bank 34, Inc. and its employees and affiliates for certain cost and expenses, including reasonable legal fees, in connection with claims or litigation relating to or based upon the negligence or willful misconduct of KELLER or its employees or affiliates.

 

This proposal will be considered accepted upon the execution of this agreement and the return of one executed copy to KELLER.

 

 

 

 

  KELLER & COMPANY, INC.  
         
  By:   /s/ Michael R. Keller  
      Michael R. Keller  
      President  
         
  Bank 34, Inc.  
         
  By:   /s/ Jan R. Thiry  
      Jan Thiry  
      Chief Financial Officer  
         
  Date: 5/9/16

 

cc: Jill Gutierrez, President

Ned Quint, Esq.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

       
  (614) 766-1426 (614) 766-1459 FAX  

 

June 2, 2016

 

Board of Directors

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

Re:  Subscription Rights – Bancorp 34, Inc.

 

To the Boards:

 

The purpose of this letter is to provide an opinion of the value of the subscription rights of the “to be issued” common stock of Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Corporation”), in regard to the stock offering of the Corporation.

 

Because the subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Corporation, which are to be issued to the depositors of Bank 34 and will be acquired by such recipients without cost, will be nontransferable and of short duration and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in a direct community offering, we are of the opinion that:

 

(1) The subscription rights will have no ascertainable fair market value, and;

 

(2) The price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise.

 

Further, it is our opinion that the subscription rights will have no economic value on the date of distribution or at the time of exercise, whether or not a community offering takes place.

 

Sincerely,

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

/s/ Michael R. Keller

Michael R. Keller

President

 

MRK:jmm

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

 

 

CONVERSION VALUATION APPRAISAL REPORT 

 

Prepared for: 

 

Bancorp 34, Inc.

(Formerly Alamogordo Financial Corp.)

Alamogordo, New Mexico

  

 

  

As Of:

May 16, 2016

 

Prepared By:

 

Keller & Company, Inc.

555 Metro Place North

Suite 524

Dublin, Ohio 43017

(614) 766-1426

 

KELLER & COMPANY

 

 

 

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

_______________________________________

 

(614) 766-1426                 (614) 766-1459 FAX

 

May 26, 2016

  

Board of Directors

Bancorp 34, Inc.

(FormerlyAlamogordo Financial Corp.)

Bank 34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

To the Board:

 

We hereby submit an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued by the new Bancorp 34, Inc., formerly Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Corporation”) in connection with the second stage stock conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company (the “MHC”) from the mutual to the stock form of ownership. The MHC currently owns 54.70 percent of the stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Bancorp”), the mid-tier holding company of Bank 34 (the “Bank”), which does not change as a result of the inclusion of the $277 in cash held by the MHC.  The remaining 45.30 percent of the Corporation’s common stock is owned by public shareholders.  The exchange ratios established by the Corporation as applied to the value established herein are 1.3158 shares, 1.5480 shares, 1.7803 shares, and 2.0473 shares for each share of the Corporation’s common stock at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, respectively, of the valuation range.  This appraisal was prepared and provided to the Corporation in accordance with regulatory appraisal requirements.

 

Keller & Company, Inc. is an independent, financial institution consulting firm that serves both thrift institutions and banks.  The firm is a full-service consulting organization, as described in more detail in Exhibit A in the Appraisal, specializing in business and strategic plans, stock valuations, conversion and reorganization appraisals, market studies and fairness opinions for thrift institutions and banks.  The firm has affirmed its independence in this transaction with the preparation of its Affidavit of Independence, a copy of which is included as Exhibit C in the Appraisal.

 

Our appraisal is based on the assumption that the data provided to us by the Bancorp and the Bank and the material provided by the independent auditors, Briggs & Veselka Co., Houston, Texas, are both accurate and complete.  We did not verify the financial statements provided to us, nor did we conduct independent valuations of the Bank's assets and liabilities.  We have also used information from other public sources, but we cannot assure the accuracy of such material.

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors

Bancorp 34, Inc.

May 26, 2016

Page 2

 

In the preparation of this appraisal, we held discussions with the management of the Bancorp and the Bank, with the law firm of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC, Washington, D.C., the Bank's conversion counsel, and with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the Bank’s investment banking firm.  Further, we viewed the Bank's local economy and primary market area and also reviewed the Bank's most recent Business Plan as part of our review process.

 

This valuation must not be considered to be a recommendation as to the purchase of stock in the Corporation, and we can provide no guarantee or assurance that any person who purchases shares of the Corporation's stock will be able to later sell such shares at a price equivalent to the price designated in this appraisal.

 

Our valuation will be updated as required and will give consideration to any new developments in the Bank's operation that have an impact on operations or financial condition.  Further, we will give consideration to any changes in general market conditions and to specific changes in the market for publicly-traded thrift institutions.  Based on the material impact of any such changes on the pro forma market value of the Corporation as determined by this firm, we will make necessary adjustments to the Corporation's appraised value in such appraisal update.

 

It is our opinion that as of May 16, 2016, the pro forma market value or appraised value of the Corporation was $26,000,000 at the midpoint, with a public offering of $14,211,600 or 1,421,160 shares at $10 per share, representing 54.70 percent of the total valuation.  The pro forma valuation range of the Corporation is from a minimum of $22,100,000 to a maximum of $29,900,000, with a maximum, as adjusted, of $34,385,000, representing public offering ranges of $12,079,860 at the minimum to a maximum of $16,343,340, with a maximum, as adjusted, of $18,794,841, representing 1,207,986 shares, 1,634,334 shares and 1,879,484 shares at $10 per share at the minimum, maximum, and maximum, as adjusted, respectively.

 

The pro forma appraised value of the Corporation as of May 16, 2016, is $26,000,000, at the midpoint with a midpoint public offering of $14,211,600.

 

Very truly yours,

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

 

  

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      PAGE
       
INTRODUCTION   1
         
I.   Description of Bank 34    
    General   4
    Performance Overview   8
    Income and Expense   10
    Yields and Costs   16
    Interest Rate Sensitivity   18
    Lending Activities   20
    Nonperforming Assets   24
    Investments   27
    Deposit Activities   28
    Borrowings   29
    Subsidiaries   29
    Office Properties   29
    Management   30
         
II.   Description of Primary Market Area   31
         
III.   Comparable Group Selection    
    Introduction   37
    General Parameters    
    Merger/Acquisition   38
    Mutual Holding Companies   38
    Trading Exchange   39
    IPO Date   40
    Geographic Location   40
    Asset Size   40
    Balance Sheet Parameters    
    Introduction   41
    Cash and Investments to Assets   42
    Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets   43
    One- to Four-Family Loans to Assets   43
    Total Net Loans to Assets   43
    Total Net Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets   44
    Borrowed Funds to Assets   44
    Equity to Assets   45
    Performance Parameters    
    Introduction   46

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS   (cont.)

 

        PAGE
          
III.   Comparable Group Selection (cont.)    
    Performance Parameters (cont.)    
    Return on Average Assets   46
    Return on Average Equity   47
    Net Interest Margin   47
    Operating Expenses to Assets   47
    Noninterest Income to Assets   48
    Asset Quality Parameters    
    Introduction   48
    Nonperforming Assets to Total Assets   49
    Repossessed Assets to Assets   49
    Loan Loss Reserve to Assets   49
    The Comparable Group   50
         
IV.   Analysis of Financial Performance   51
         
V.   Market Value Adjustments    
    Earnings Performance   54
    Market Area   58
    Financial Condition   59
    Asset, Loan and Deposit Growth   61
    Dividend Payments   63
    Subscription Interest   63
    Liquidity of Stock   64
    Management   65
    Marketing of the Issue   66
         
VI.   Valuation Methods    
    Introduction   68
    Price to Book Value Method   69
    Price to Core Earnings Method   70
    Price to Assets Method   71
    Valuation Conclusion   72

 

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

NUMERICAL       PAGE
EXHIBITS        
         
1   Consolidated Balance Sheets -    
    At December 31, 2015 and at March 31, 2016   74
2   Consolidated Balance Sheets -    
    At June 30, 2011 through 2014   75
3   Consolidated Statements of Income for the    
    Year Ended December 31, 2015 and for the    
    Twelve Months Ended March 31, 2016   76
4   Consolidated Statements of Income for    
    the Years Ended June 30, 2011 through 2014   77
5   Selected Financial Information   78
6   Income and Expense Trends   79
7   Normalized or Core Earnings Trend   80
8   Performance Indicators   81
9   Volume/Rate Analysis   82
10   Yield and Cost Trends   84
11   Net Portfolio Value   85
12   Loan Portfolio Composition   86
13   Loan Maturity Schedule   87
14   Delinquent Loans   88
15   Nonperforming Assets   89
16   Classified Assets   90
17   Allowance for Loan Losses   91
18   Investment Portfolio Composition   92
19   Mix of Deposits   93
20   Certificates of Deposit by Maturity   94
21   Borrowings   95
22   Offices of Bank 34   96
23   Management of the Bank   97
24   Key Demographic Data and Trends   98
25   Key Housing Data   99
26   Major Sources of Employment   100
27   Unemployment Rates   101
28   Market Share of Deposits   102
29   National Interest Rates by Quarter   103
30   Share Data Prices and Pricing Ratios   104
31   Key Financial Data and Ratios   111
32   Recent Second Stage Conversions   119
33   Acquisitions and Pending Acquisitions   120

 

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS   (cont.)

 

NUMERICAL       PAGE
EXHIBITS        
         
34   Balance Sheets Parameters -    
    Comparable Group Selection   121
35   Operating Performance and Asset Quality Parameters -    
     Comparable Group Selection   122
36   Balance Sheet Ratios    
     Final Comparable Group   125
37   Operating Performance and Asset Quality Ratios    
    Final Comparable Group   126
38   Balance Sheet Totals - Final Comparable Group   127
39   Balance Sheet - Asset Composition    
     Most Recent Quarter   128
40   Balance Sheet - Liability and Equity    
    Most Recent Quarter   129
41   Income and Expense Comparison    
    Trailing Four Quarters   130
42   Income and Expense Comparison as a Percent of    
    Average Assets - Trailing Four Quarters   131
43   Yields, Costs and Earnings Ratios    
    Trailing Four Quarters   132
44   Reserves and Supplemental Data   133
45   Comparable Group Market, Pricings and    
    Financial Ratios - Stock Prices as of May 16, 2016   134
46   Valuation Analysis and Conclusions   135
         
47   Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Minimum   136
48   Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Midpoint   137
49   Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Maximum   138
50   Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Maximum,    
    as Adjusted   139
51   Summary of Valuation Premium or Discount   140

 

 

 

 

ALPHABETICAL EXHIBITS   PAGE
         
A   Background and Qualifications   141
B   RB 20 Certification   145
C   Affidavit of Independence   146

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONVERSION VALUATION APPRAISAL REPORT 

 

Prepared for:

 

Bancorp 34, Inc.

(Formerly Alamogordo Financial Corp.)

Alamogordo, New Mexico

  

 

 

As Of:

May 16, 2016

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Keller & Company, Inc. is an independent appraisal firm for financial institutions and has prepared this Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report ("Report") to provide the pro forma market value of the to-be-issued common stock of the new Bancorp 34, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a newly formed Maryland corporation and the new holding company of Bank 34 (“Bank 34" or the “Bank”), in place of its prior holding company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., in connection with the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company from the mutual to the stock form of organization.  The shares of common stock to be issued represent the majority interest in the original Alamogordo Financial Corp., which was formed in 1997, as a mid-tier holding company, owned by AF Mutual Holding Company.  Bank 34 is a subsidiary of Bancorp 34, Inc.  Under the Plan of Conversion, AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist, with Bank 34 becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.  The existing shares of stock in Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be exchanged for new shares of stock in the Corporation based on their current appraised value as determined in this Report.

 

The Application is being filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  In accordance with the conversion, there will be an issuance of 54.7 percent of the Corporation’s stock, representing the ownership of AF Mutual Holding Company, in the Corporation, along with the balance of assets held by AF Mutual Holding Company of $277, resulting in an identical 54.7 percent public offering based on the midpoint valuation.  Such Application for Conversion has been reviewed by us, including the Prospectus and related documents, and discussed with the Bank’s management and the Bank’s conversion counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC, Washington, D.C.

 

This conversion appraisal was prepared based on the guidelines used by the OCC entitled "Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings Institutions Converting from the Mutual to Stock Form of Organization," in accordance with the OCC application requirements and the Revised Guidelines for Appraisal Reports and represents a full appraisal report.  The Report provides detailed exhibits based on the Revised Guidelines and a discussion on each of

 

  1  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

the fourteen factors that need to be considered.  Our valuation will be updated in accordance with the Revised Guidelines and will consider any changes in market conditions for thrift institutions.

 

We define the pro forma market value as the price at which the stock of the Corporation after conversion would change hands between a typical willing buyer and a typical willing seller when the former is not under any compulsion to buy and the latter is not under any compulsion to sell, and with both parties having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts in an arm's-length transaction.  The appraisal assumes the Bank is a going concern and that the shares issued by the Corporation in the conversion are sold in noncontrol blocks.

 

As part of our appraisal procedure, we have reviewed the audited financial statements for the five fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 through 2014, and December 31, 2015, and unaudited financials for the three months ended March 31, 2016, and discussed them with Bank 34’s management and with Bank 34’s independent auditors, Briggs & Vesalka Co., Houston, Texas.  We have also discussed and reviewed with management other financial matters and have reviewed internal projections.  We have reviewed the Corporation's preliminary Form S-1 and the Bank’s preliminary Form AC and discussed them with management and with the Bank’s conversion counsel.

 

To gain insight into the Bank’s local market condition, we have visited Bank 34’s market area of Otero and Dona Ana Counties in New Mexico and Maricopa County in Arizona.  We have studied the economic and demographic characteristics of the primary market area, and analyzed the Bank’s primary market area relative to Arizona, New Mexico, and the United States.  We have also examined the competitive market within which Bank 34 operates, giving consideration to the area's numerous financial institution offices, mortgage banking offices, and credit union offices and other key market area characteristics, both positive and negative.

 

We have given consideration to the market conditions for securities in general and for publicly traded thrift stocks in particular.  We have examined the performance of selected

 

  2  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

publicly traded thrift institutions and compared the performance of Bank 34 to those selected institutions.

 

Our valuation is not intended to represent and must not be interpreted to be a recommendation of any kind as to the desirability of purchasing the to-be-outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation.  Giving consideration to the fact that this appraisal is based on numerous factors that can change over time, we can provide no assurance that any person who purchases the stock of the Corporation in the second stage stock offering will subsequently be able to sell such shares at prices similar to the pro forma market value of the Corporation as determined in this conversion appraisal.

 

  3  

 

 

I. DESCRIPTION OF BANK 34

 

GENERAL

 

Bank 34 (“Bank 34”) was organized in 1934 as a federally chartered savings and loan association, Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association, later changing its name to Bank 34.  In 1997, the Bank formed its mutual holding company, AF Mutual Holding Company, and its mid-tier holding company, Alamogordo Financial Corp. (“Alamogordo Financial”), becoming the subsidiary of Alamogordo Financial.  In 2000, Alamogordo Financial Corp. completed a minority stock offering.  In March 2016, a new holding was organized, Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and will become the holding company of Bank 34.  The Bancorp plans to complete a stock offering equal to all the shares owned by AF Mutual Holding Company and resulting in its elimination as well as the elimination of Alamogordo Financial Corp.

 

Bank 34 conducts its business from its main office, located in Alamogordo, New Mexico, and it branches located in Las Cruces, New Mexico and Scottsdale and Peoria, Arizona.  The Bank also operates eight loan origination offices located in El Paso, Texas; Albuquerque, New Mexico; Scottsdale, Arizona, which were existing offices at December 31, 2015; four newer offices in Tubac, Arizona; Kirkland, Washington; Puyallup, Washington; and Medford, Oregon, which were added in February 2016, and the newest office in Littleton, Colorado, added in May 2016.  The Bank’s primary retail market area is focused on the communities of Alamogordo, Las Cruces, Scottsdale and Peoria, while the Bank’s lending market extends into the surrounding Otero and Dona Ana Counties in New Mexico and Maricopa County in Arizona.

 

Bank 34’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") in the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF").  The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements of the FRB.  Bank 34 is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the "FHLB") of Dallas and is regulated by the OCC.  As of March 31, 2016, the Corporation had assets of $278,506,030, deposits of $234,628,770 and equity of $29,890,324.

 

  4  

 

 

General (cont.)

 

Bank 34 has been principally engaged in the business of serving the financial needs of the public in its local communities and throughout its primary market area as a community-oriented institution.  Bank 34 has been actively involved in the origination of commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans, and one- to four-family mortgage loans.  At March 31, 2016, 75.5 percent of the Bank’s gross loans consisted of commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans, compared to a smaller 55.0 percent at June 30, 2012, with the primary sources of funds being retail deposits from residents in its local communities.  The Bank is also an originator of one- to four-family loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer and other loans.  Consumer and other loans include automobile loans, home equity loans, loans on deposit accounts, and other secured and unsecured personal loans.

 

The Bank had cash and investments of $45.4 million, or 16.3 percent of its assets, excluding FHLB stock which totaled $1,553,000 or 0.6 percent of assets at March 31, 2016.  The Bank had $24.3 million of its investments in mortgage-backed and related securities representing 8.7 percent of assets.  Deposits, principal payments, and equity have been the primary sources of funds for the Bank’s lending and investment activities.  The Bank has also made regular use of FHLB advances.

 

The total amount of stock to be sold in the second stage stock offering will be $14,222,000 or 1,422,200 shares at $10 per share based on the midpoint of the appraised value of $26.0 million and representing 54.66 percent of the total appraised value.  The net conversion proceeds will be $12.8 million, reflecting conversion expenses of approximately $1,400,000.  The actual cash proceeds to the Bank of $6.4 million will represent 50.0 percent of the net conversion proceeds.  The new ESOP will represent 8.00 percent of the public shares sold or 113,760 shares at $10 per share, representing $1,137,600.  The Bank’s net proceeds will be used to fund new loans and to invest in securities following their initial deployment to short term investments.  The Bank may also use the proceeds to expand services, expand operations, diversify into other businesses, or for any other purposes authorized by law.  The Corporation

 

  5  

 

 

General (cont.)

 

will use its proceeds to fund the ESOP, to purchase short-and intermediate-term government or federal agency securities or to invest in short-term deposits.

 

The Bank has experienced a minimal deposit decrease over the three fiscal years of 2011 to 2014, with deposits decreasing 1.2 percent from June 30, 2011, to June 30, 2014, or an average 0.4 percent per year.  From June 30, 2014, to December 31, 2014, deposits then increased by 49.9 percent, due to the Bank’s acquisition of Bank 1440, Peoria, Arizona, in August 2014.  From December 31, 2014, to December 31, 2015, the Bank’s deposits continued their stronger growth, increasing $23.8 million or 11.8 percent to $225.7 million and then increased $8.9 million or 4.0 percent from December 31, 2015, to March 31, 2016, to $234.6 million.

 

The Bank has focused on improving its asset quality position, on monitoring its net interest margin and earnings and on maintaining a reasonable equity to assets ratio during the past four years.  Equity to assets decreased from 15.33 percent of assets at June 30, 2011, to 13.22 percent at June 30, 2014, due to the Bank’s negative earnings, impacted by higher provision for loan losses and then decreased modestly to 11.07 percent at December 31, 2015, due to strong growth in assets related to the Bank 1440 acquisition and then decreased further to 10.37 percent at March 31, 2016, due to modest earnings combined with stronger asset growth.

 

The primary lending strategy of Bank 34 has been to focus on the origination of commercial real estate and multi-family loans and commercial business loans for portfolio loans, with less emphasis on the origination of one- to four-family loans and consumer loans, and home equity loans for retaining in its portfolio.

 

The Bank’s share of one- to four-family mortgage loans has decreased significantly from 39.6 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2012, to 15.1 percent as of March 31, 2016.  Commercial real estate and multi-family loans have increased from 55.0 percent of loans to 75.5 percent from

 

  6  

 

 

General (cont.)

 

June 30, 2012, to March 31, 2016, and commercial business loans have increased from 4.9 percent at June 30, 2012, to 5.5 percent at March 31, 2016.  All types of real estate loans, excluding home equity loans, as a group decreased modestly from 94.6 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2012, to 90.6 percent at March 31, 2016.  The decrease in real estate loans was offset by the Bank’s increase in commercial loans and consumer loans including home equity loans.  The Bank’s share of consumer loans witnessed an increase in their share of loans from 0.5 percent at June 30, 2012, to 3.9 percent at March 31, 2016, and the Bank’s share of commercial business loans increased from 4.9 percent to 5.5 percent, during the same time period.

 

Management's internal strategy has also included continued emphasis on maintaining an adequate and appropriate level of allowance for loan losses relative to loans and nonperforming assets in recognition of the more stringent requirements within the industry to establish and maintain a higher level of general valuation allowances and also in recognition of the Bank’s higher historical level of nonperforming assets.  At June 30, 2013, Bank 34 had $1,824,000 in its loan loss allowance or 2.00 percent of gross loans, and 242.2 percent of nonperforming loans with the loan loss allowance increasing to $2,052,000 but representing a lower 1.04 percent of gross loans and a lower 151.8 percent of nonperforming loans at March 31, 2016.

 

The basis of earnings for the Bank has been interest income from loans and investments with the net interest margin being the key determinant of net earnings with a continued emphasis on strengthening noninterest income and controlling noninterest expenses.  With a primary dependence on net interest margin for earnings, current management will focus on striving to strengthen the Bank’s net interest margin without undertaking excessive credit risk combined with controlling the Bank’s interest risk position and continue to strengthen noninterest income.

 

  7  

 

 

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

 

The financial position of Bank 34 at fiscal year end June 30, 2011, through June 30, 2014, and at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, is shown in Exhibits 1 and 2, and the earnings performance of Bank 34 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 through June 30, 2014, at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, is shown in Exhibits 3 and 4.  Exhibit 5 provides selected financial data at June 30, 2011 through 2014, and at March 31, 2016.  Bank 34 has recently focused on increasing its loan portfolio and deposits, increasing its secondary market loan sales and increasing its asset base in 2015 and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016.  The most recent trend for the Bank from June 30, 2014, through December 31, 2015, was a strong increase in assets, a modest decrease in investments, a strong increase in loans and a strong increase in deposits, all impacted by the Bank’s acquisition of Bank 1440 in the second half of calendar 2014.

 

With regard to the Bank’s historical financial condition, Bank 34 experienced a modest decrease in assets from June 30, 2011, through June 30, 2014, with a greater decrease in loans, a modest decrease in deposits, and a moderate decrease in the dollar level of equity over those three years.

 

The Bank witnessed a decrease in assets of $16.0 million or 8.7 percent for the period of June 30, 2011, to June 30, 2014, representing an average annual decrease of 2.2 percent.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, assets increased $24.5 million or 9.9 percent, and increased $8.9 million or 4.0 percent in the three months ended March 31, 2016.  Over the four fiscal periods of 2011 to 2014, the Bank experienced its largest dollar decrease in assets of $10.5 million in fiscal year 2013, due primarily to a $21.9 million decrease in portfolio loans, with a lesser $7.9 million decrease in deposits.  The Bank had one increase in assets from fiscal 2011 to 2014, in fiscal 2012 of 0.6 percent.

 

Bank 34’s net loan portfolio, which includes mortgage loans and nonmortgage loans, decreased from $135.4 million at June 30, 2011, to $91.0 million at June 30, 2014, and represented a total decrease of $44.4 million, or 32.8 percent.  The average annual decrease

 

  8  

 

 

Performance Overview (cont.)

 

during that period was 8.1 percent.   For the year ended December 31, 2015, net loans increased $18.1 million or 10.4 percent to $192.1 million and then increased $2.8 million or 1.4 percent in the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

Bank 34 has obtained funds primarily through deposits, along with FHLB advances in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.  The Bank has made regular use of FHLB advances from fiscal 2011 to 2014.  The Bank’s competitive rates for deposits in its local market in conjunction with its focus on service have been the sources for competing for retail deposits.  Deposits decreased $1.7 million or 1.2 percent from fiscal 2011 to 2014, representing an average annual rate of decrease of 0.4 percent, decreasing to $134.7 million at June 30, 2014.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, deposits increased by $23.8 million or 11.8 percent, and then increased $8.9 million or 4.0 percent in the three months ended March 31, 2016.  The Bank’s largest fiscal year deposit decrease was in 2013, when deposits decreased $7.9 million or 5.5 percent.

 

The Bank witnessed a decrease in its dollar equity level from 2011 to 2014, with decreases occurring each year.  Equity then increased in the year ended December 31, 2015, and then decreased slightly in the three months ended March 31, 2016.  At June 30, 2011, the Bank had equity of $28.2 million, representing a 15.33 percent equity to assets ratio, and equity decreased to $22.2 million at June 30, 2014, representing a lower 13.22 percent equity to assets ratio.  At December 31, 2015, equity was a larger $29.6 million and a modestly lower 10.95 percent of assets, reflecting the impact of the Bank 1440 acquisition combined with stronger growth.  At March 31, 2016, equity was a similar $29.9 million or 10.73 percent of assets.

 

The overall decrease in the equity to assets ratio from June 30, 2011, to June 30, 2014, was the result of the Bank’s negative earnings in fiscal 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014.  The dollar level of equity decreased 21.2 percent from June 30, 2011, to June 30, 2014, representing an average annual decrease of 7.1 percent, and then increased 1.0 percent from December 31, 2014, through December 31, 2015, and then increased 0.8 percent from December 31, 2015, to March 31, 2016.

 

  9  

 

 

INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

Exhibit 6 presents selected operating data for Bank 34.  This table provides key income and expense figures in dollars for the fiscal years of 2012 through 2014, for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the calendar year 2014, and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

Bank 34 witnessed a moderate decrease in its dollar level of interest income from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2014.  Interest income was $8.5 million in 2012 and a lower $6.9 million in 2014.  Interest income then increased modestly in the six months ended December 31, 2014, to $4.9 million or $9.8 million, annualized, compared to $6.9 million in 2014.  In fiscal 2015, interest income was a higher $12.2 million compared to $8.4 in calendar 2014.  For the three months ended March 31, 2016, interest income was $3.06 million or $12.24 million, annualized, similar to the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

The Bank’s interest expense also experienced a decrease from fiscal year 2012 to 2014.  Interest expense decreased from $2.2 million in 2012 to $1.4 million in 2014, representing a decrease of $831,000 or 37.8 percent.  Interest income decreased a larger $1.6 million.  Such decrease in interest income from 2012 through 2014, notwithstanding the smaller decrease in interest expense, resulted in a dollar decrease in annual net interest income but a modest increase in net interest margin.  Interest expense then increased in the six months ended December 31, 2014, to $767,000 or $1.6 million, annualized, compared to $1.4 million in interest expense in fiscal 2014.  Interest expense remained at $1.4 million in fiscal 2015, and increased to $376,000 or $1.5 million, annualized, in the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

The Bank has made positive provisions for loan losses in two of the four fiscal years of 2012 through 2015 and in the three months ended March 31, 2016, made no provisions in 2014, and made a credit provision in 2013.  The amounts of those provisions were determined in recognition of the Bank’s balance of loans, level of nonperforming assets, charge-offs and level of repossessed assets.  The loan loss provisions were $2,939,000 in 2012, $(121,000) in 2013, $694,000 in 2015, and $52,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2016, with no

 

  10  

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

provisions in 2014.  The impact of these loan loss provisions has been to provide Bank 34 with a general valuation allowance of $2,052,000 at March 31, 2016, or 1.04 percent of gross loans and 151.8 percent of nonperforming loans.

 

Total other income or noninterest income indicated an increase from 2012 to 2014.  Noninterest income was $1,039,000 or 0.57 percent of assets in 2012 and a higher $3,083,000 in fiscal year 2014 or 1.83 percent of assets, including $2.5 million in gains on loans sold.  In the year ended December 31, 2015, noninterest income was $4,903,000, representing 1.81 percent of assets and including $4.9 million in gains on loans sold.  In the three months ended March 31, 2016, noninterest income was $1,884,000 or $7,536,000, annualized, representing 2.71 percent of assets.  Noninterest income consists primarily of gains on the sale of loans, service charges, BOLI income, and other income.

 

The Bank’s general and administrative expenses or noninterest expenses increased from $7,797,000 for the fiscal year of 2012 to $9,895,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, representing an average annual increase of 13.5 percent and then increased to $14,658,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of 14.8 percent in 2015.  For the three months ended March 31, 2016, noninterest expenses increased to $4,496,000 or $17,984,000, annualized, representing an increase of 22.7 percent.  On a percent of average assets basis, operating expenses increased from 4.24 percent of average assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, to 5.84 percent for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, and then decreased to 5.64 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then increased to 6.15 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016, annualized.

 

The net earnings position of Bank 34 has indicated noticeable volatility from 2012 through 2014 and in the year ended December 31, 2015.  The annual net income figures for the fiscal years of 2012, 2013 and 2014 were $(3,393,000), $(133,000) and $(1,235,000), respectively, representing returns on average assets of (1.84) percent, (0.07) percent and (0.73) percent for fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.  For the year ended December 31,

 

  11  

 

 

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

2015, earnings were $321,000, representing a return on average assets of 0.12 percent. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, earnings were $6,000, representing a zero percent return on assets.

 

Exhibit 7 provides the Bank’s normalized earnings or core earnings for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Bank’s normalized earnings eliminate any nonrecurring income and expense items. There were two income or expense adjustments, resulting in core income being equal to $755,139.

 

The key performance indicators comprised of selected performance ratios, asset quality ratios and capital ratios are shown in Exhibit 8 to reflect the results of performance. The Bank’s return on assets changed from (1.84) percent in 2012 to (0.07) percent in fiscal year 2013, and then changed to (0.73) percent in 2014, with the overall lower earnings from 2012 to 2014 due to the Bank’s higher provision for loan losses in 2012 and consistently higher noninterest expenses. The Bank’s return on assets was 0.12 percent in the year ended December 31, 2015, and zero for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

The Bank’s net interest rate spread decreased from 3.65 percent in 2012 to 3.34 percent in 2013, then increased to 3.52 percent in 2014 and then increased to 4.36 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and to 4.50 percent in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The Bank’s net interest margin indicated a similar trend, decreasing from 3.821 percent in 2012 to 3.50 percent in 2013, then increased to 3.66 percent in 2014 and then increased to 4.47 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015. Bank 34’s net interest rate spread decreased 13 basis points from 2012 to 2014, and then increased 59 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2015, and increased 14 basis points in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The Bank’s net interest margin followed a similar trend, decreasing 30 basis points from 2012 to 2014 and then increasing 58 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2015, and 14 basis points in the three months ended March 31, 2016.

     

  12  

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

The Bank’s negative return on average equity decreased from 2012 to 2014. The negative return on average equity increased from (12.84) percent in 2012, to (5.46) percent in 2014, and then improved to 1.08 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then a lesser 0.02 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

Bank 34’s ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities increased slightly from 112.88 percent at June 30, 2012, to 114.88 percent at June 30, 2014, and then increased to 117.18 percent at March 31, 2016. The Bank’s modest increase in its ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities is primarily the result of the Bank’s larger increase in its interest-earning assets.

 

The Bank’s ratio of noninterest expenses to average assets increased from 4.24 percent in fiscal year 2012 to 5.29 percent in fiscal year 2013, to 5.84 percent in fiscal year 2014 and then decreased to 5.64 percent in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and then increased to 6.78 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Another key noninterest expense ratio reflecting efficiency of operation is the ratio of noninterest expenses to noninterest income plus net interest income referred to as the "efficiency ratio." The industry norm is 60.4 percent for all thrifts and 71.6 percent for thrifts with assets greater than $100.0 million to $1.0 billion, with the lower the ratio indicating higher efficiency. The Bank has been characterized with a moderately lower level of efficiency historically reflected in its higher efficiency ratio, which decreased from 105.81 percent in 2012 to 102.34 percent in 2013, then increased to 114.26 percent in 2014 and then decreased to 93.41 percent in the year ended December 31, 2015, due to a rise in noninterest income, and then increased to 98.41 percent in the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

Earnings performance can be affected by an institution's asset quality position. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets is a key indicator of asset quality. Bank 34 witnessed an decrease in its nonperforming assets ratio from 2012 to 2014, which then decreased in the period ended December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016, and the ratio is currently lower than the industry

 

  13  

 

  

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

norm. Nonperforming assets, by definition, consist of loans delinquent 90 days or more, troubled debt restructurings that have not been performing for at least three months, nonaccruing loans, and real estate owned. Bank 34’s nonperforming assets consisted of real estate owned, nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings that have not been performing, with no loans 90 days or more past due. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets was 0.67 percent at March 31, 2016, decreasing from 3.46 percent at June 30, 2012, and from 0.79 percent at December 31, 2015.

 

Two other indicators of asset quality are the Bank’s ratios of allowance for loan losses to total loans and also to nonperforming loans. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses was 2.02 percent of loans at June 30, 2012, and decreased to 1.77 percent at June 30, 2014, and then decreased further to 1.27 percent of loans at March 31, 2016. As a percentage of nonperforming loans, Bank 34’s allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 63.93 percent at June 30, 2012, and a higher 371.33 percent at June 30, 2014, and decreased to 151.81 percent at March 31, 2016.

 

Exhibit 9 provides the changes in net interest income due to rate and volume changes for the fiscal year of 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the year ended June 30, 2014, net interest income decreased $95,000, due to a decrease in interest income of $563,000, reduced by a $468,000 decrease in interest expense. The decrease in interest income was due to a decrease due to volume of $685,000, reduced by an increase due to rate of $122,000. The decrease in interest expense was due to a $273,000 decrease due to rate, accented by a $195,000 decrease, due to volume.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net interest income increased $3,817,000, due to an increase in interest income of $3,857,000, reduced by a $40,000 increase in interest expense. The increase in interest income was due to an increase due to volume of $4,009,000, reduced by a decrease due to rate of $152,000. The increase in interest expense was due to a $472,000 increase due to volume, reduced by a $432,000 decrease due to rate.

  14  

 

  

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net interest income increased $204,000, due to an increase in interest income of $238,000, reduced by a $34,000 increase in interest expense. The increase in interest income was due to an increase due to volume of $215,000, accented by an increase due to rate of $23,000. The increase in interest expense was due to a $10,000 increase due to volume, accented by a $24,000 increase, due to rate.

 

  15  

 

 

YIELDS AND COSTS

 

The overview of yield and cost trends for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, can be seen in Exhibit 10, which offers a summary of key yields on interest-earning assets and costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Bank 34’s weighted average yield on its loan portfolio decreased 10 basis points from fiscal year 2013 to 2014, from 6.25 percent to 6.15 percent, then decreased 28 basis points to 5.87 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then decreased 11 basis points to 5.76 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The yield on investment securities increased 49 basis points from 1.37 percent in 2013 to 1.86 percent in fiscal year 2014, then decreased 31 basis points to 1.55 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then increased 16 basis points to 1.71 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The yield on interest-earning deposits decreased 23 basis points from 0.42 percent in fiscal 2013 to 0.19 percent in fiscal 2014, then increased 5 basis points to 0.24 percent in fiscal 2015, and increased to 3.05 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The yield on other interest-earning assets, which excludes Federal Home Loan Bank stock, decreased one basis point from fiscal year 2013 to 2014, from 1.43 percent to 1.42 percent, then increased 113 basis points to 2.55 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then increased to 3.80 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The combined weighted average yield on all interest-earning assets decreased 9 basis points to 4.55 percent from fiscal year 2013 to 2014, then increased 52 basis points to 5.07 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and increased 19 basis points to 5.26 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

Bank 34’s weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 27 basis points to 1.03 percent from fiscal year 2013 to 2014, which was less than the Bank’s 9 basis point decrease in yield, resulting in an increase in the Bank’s net interest rate spread of 18 basis points from 3.34 percent to 3.52 percent from 2013 to 2014. Then the Bank’s interest rate spread increased 84 basis points to 4.36 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then

 

  16  

 

 

Yields and Costs (cont.)

 

increased 14 basis points to 4.50 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The Bank’s net interest margin increased from 3.50 percent in fiscal year 2013 to 3.66 percent in fiscal year 2014, representing an increase of 16 basis points, then increased 81 basis points to 4.47 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then increased 14 basis points to 4.61 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

The Bank’s ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities increased from 114.50 percent for the year ended June 30, 2013, to 114.88 percent for the year ended June 30, 2014, then increased to 118.80 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015, and then decreased to 117.18 for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

  17  

 

 

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

 

Bank 34 has monitored its interest rate sensitivity position and focused on maintaining a reasonable level of interest rate risk exposure by maintaining a moderate share of adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans and adjustable-rate commercial loans, to offset its share of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. Bank 34 recognizes the thrift industry’s historically higher interest rate risk exposure, which caused a negative impact on earnings and economic value of equity in the past as a result of significant fluctuations in interest rates, specifically rising rates in the past. Such exposure was due to the disparate rate of maturity and/or repricing of assets relative to liabilities commonly referred to as an institution’s “gap.” The larger an institution’s gap, the greater the risk (interest rate risk) of earnings loss due to a decrease in net interest margin and a decrease in economic value of equity or portfolio loss. In response to the potential impact of interest rate volatility and negative earnings impact, many institutions have taken steps to reduce their gap position. This frequently results in a decline in the institution’s net interest margin and overall earnings performance. Bank 34 has responded to the interest rate sensitivity issue by increasing its shares of adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and reducing its share of fixed-rate one- to four-family loans.

 

The Bank’s key measure of its interest rate risk is through the use of its economic value of equity (“EVE”) of the expected cash flows from interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and any off-balance sheets contracts. The EVE for the Bank is calculated on a quarterly basis by an outside firm, showing the Bank’s EVE to asset ratio, the dollar change in EVE, and the change in the EVE ratio for the Bank under rising and falling interest rates. Such changes in EVE ratio under changing rates are reflective of the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure. The Bank also measures its interest rate risk through the use of the change in its net interest income under rising and falling interest rates.

 

There are numerous factors which have a measurable influence on interest rate sensitivity in addition to changing interest rates. Such key factors to consider when analyzing interest rate

 

  18  

 

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity (cont.)

 

sensitivity include the loan payoff schedule, accelerated principal payments, deposit maturities, interest rate caps on adjustable-rate mortgage loans and deposit withdrawals.

 

Exhibit 11 provides the Bank’s EVE levels as of December 31, 2015, and at March 31, 2016, based on the most recent calculations and reflects the changes in the Bank’s EVE levels under rising and declining interest rates.

 

The Bank’s change in its EVE level at March 31, 2016, based on a rise in interest rates of 100 basis points was a 6.00 percent increase, representing a dollar increase in equity value of $1,952,000. In contrast, based on a decline in interest rates of 100 basis points, the Bank’s EVE level was estimated to decrease 10.14 percent or $(3,299,000) at March 31, 2016. The Bank’s exposure increases to an 8.39 percent increase under a 200 basis point rise in rates, representing a dollar increase in equity of $2,729,000. The Bank’s exposure is not measurable based on a 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, due to the currently low level of interest rates.

 

The Bank is aware of its interest rate risk exposure under rapidly rising rates and falling rates. Due to Bank 34’s recognition of the need to control its interest rates exposure, the Bank has recognized the importance of maintaining its share of adjustable-rate mortgage loans. The Bank plans to increase its lending activity in the future. The Bank will also continue to focus on strengthening its EVE ratio, recognizing the planned second stage stock offering will strengthen the Bank’s EVE ratio, based on any change in interest rates.

 

  19  

 

 

LENDING ACTIVITIES

 

Bank 34 has focused its lending activity on the origination of commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, one- to four-family mortgage loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans, including home equity loans. Exhibit 12 provides a summary of Bank 34's loan portfolio by loan type at June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at March 31, 2016.

 

The primary loan type for Bank 34 has been commercial real estate loans including multi-family loans, representing a strong 75.5 percent of the Bank’s gross loans as of March 31, 2016. This share of loans has seen an increase from 55.0 percent at June 30, 2012. The second largest loan type as of March 31, 2016, was residential loans secured by one- to four family dwellings, which comprised a moderate 15.1 percent of gross loans, compared to 39.6 percent as of June 30, 2012, and represented the second largest real estate loan category in 2016. The third largest loan category at March 31, 2016, was commercial and industrial loans, which represented 5.5 percent of loans compared to a smaller 4.9 percent at June 30, 2012. The final loan category at March 31, 2016, was consumer and other loans, which represented 3.9 percent of loans compared to a smaller 0.5 percent at June 30, 2012, and represented the smallest loan category in 2012 and 2016. The two real estate loan categories represented a strong 90.6 percent of gross loans at March 31, 2016, compared to a larger 94.6 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2012.

 

Commercial business loans represent a modest size loan category for Bank 34. Commercial business loans totaled $10.8 million and represented 5.5 percent of gross loans at March 31, 2016, compared to a smaller $5.6 million or 4.9 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2012.

 

The combined consumer and other loan category was the smallest loan category at March 31, 2016, and represented a modest 3.9 percent of gross loans compared to only 0.5 percent at June 30, 2012. The Bank’s consumer and other loans include home equity loans, automobile loans, savings account loans, and secured and unsecured personal loans. The overall

 

  20  

 

 

Lending Activities (cont.)

 

mix of loans has witnessed moderate changes from June 30, 2012, to March 31, 2016, with the Bank having decreased its share of one- to four-family loans to offset its moderate increase in commercial real estate and multi-family loans with the emphasis of Bank 34’s lending activity being the origination of commercial real estate and multi-family loans for its portfolio with activity in one- to four-family loans to be sold in the secondary market.

 

The Bank offers several types of adjustable-rate mortgage loans, ("ARMs") with adjustment periods of three years, five years and seven years and ten years. The interest rates on ARMs are generally indexed to the average yield on one-year Constant Maturity Treasury bill index. ARMs have a maximum rate adjustment of 2.0 percent at each adjustment period, and 6.0 percent for the life of the loan. Rate adjustments are computed by adding a stated margin to the index. The Bank normally sells its ARMs which it originates. The majority of ARMs have terms of up to 30 years, the maximum term offered, with some having terms of 15 and 20 years.

 

The Bank’s one- to four-family mortgage loans remain outstanding for shorter periods than their contractual terms, because borrowers have the right to refinance or prepay. These mortgage loans contain “due on sale” clauses which permit the Bank to accelerate the indebtedness of the loan upon transfer of ownership of the mortgage property.

 

The Bank’s other key mortgage loan product is a fixed-rate mortgage loan with Bank 34’s fixed-rate mortgage loans having terms of 10 years, 15 years, 20 years and 30 years with most of these loans sold in the secondary market. Fixed-rate mortgage loans have a maximum term of 30 years. The Bank’s adjustable-rate and fixed-rate mortgage loans normally conform to FHLMC, FHA, VA or U.S. Department of Agriculture underwriting standards.

 

The normal loan-to-value ratio for conventional mortgage loans to purchase or refinance one-to four-family dwellings generally does not exceed 80 percent at Bank 34, even though the

 

  21  

 

 

Lending Activities (cont.)

 

Bank is permitted to make loans up to a 95.0 percent loan-to-value ratio. While the Bank does make loans up to 95.0 percent of loan-to-value, the Bank requires private mortgage insurance for the amount in excess of the 80.0 percent loan-to-value ratio for fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans. Mortgage loans originated by the Bank include due-on-sale clauses enabling the Bank to adjust rates on fixed-rate loans in the event the borrower transfers ownership. The Bank also requires an escrow account for insurance and taxes on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0 percent.

 

Bank 34 has also been an originator of adjustable-rate and fixed-rate commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans in the past and will continue to make multi-family and commercial real estate loans. The Bank had a total of $149.2 million in commercial real estate and multi-family loans at March 31, 2016, or a combined 75.5 percent of gross loans, compared to a smaller $62.7 million or 55.0 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2012.

 

The major portion of commercial real estate loans is secured by hotels, retail establishments, industrial and office buildings and other owner-occupied properties used for business. Multi-family loans are secured by apartment buildings with five to forty units in the Bank’s local market. Multi-family and commercial real estate loans have terms of 25 years with a balloon payment and an amortization period of 25 years. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is normally 75.0 percent to 80.0 percent.

 

The Bank is an originator of commercial and industrial loans, which totaled $10.8 million at March 31, 2016, and represented 5.5 percent of gross loans. Commercial and industrial loans include secured and unsecured loans to professionals, small businesses and sole proprietorships. Commercial business loans have terms of fixed and revolving lines of credit and a loan-to-value ratio of the collateral of up to 80 percent.

 

  22  

 

 

Lending Activities (cont.)

 

Bank 34 is also an originator of consumer and other loans, with these loans totaling only $7.7 million at March 31, 2016, and representing 3.9 percent of gross loans. Consumer loans primarily include home equity loans, automobile loans, share loans and secured and unsecured personal loans.

 

Exhibit 13 provides a loan portfolio maturity schedule and breakdown and summary of Bank 34’s fixed- and adjustable-rate loans, indicating a majority of fixed-rate loans. At December 31, 2015, 47.4 percent of the Bank’s loans due after December 31, 2016, were adjustable-rate and 52.6 percent were fixed-rate. At December 31, 2015, the Bank had a modest 9.2 percent of its loans due on or before December 31, 2016, or in one year or less, with 50.2 percent due by December 31, 2018, or in one to four years. The Bank had an additional 40.6 percent of its loans with a maturity of more than 5 years.

 

Bank 34 has become an active participant in the secondary market with such activity to continue in the future, enhanced by the Bank’s recent addition of eight loan origination offices. The Bank has experienced an increase in loan sales from $99.7 million in fiscal 2013 to $148.8 million in fiscal 2015. Such activity has resulted in an increase in the Bank’s increase in gains on loan sales from $3.1 million in fiscal 2013 to $4.8 million in fiscal 2015 and to $5.6 million in the twelve months ended March 31, 2016. Such gains on loan sales now represent over 30.0 percent of gross revenue, comprised of the sum of total interest income and total noninterest income in the twelve months ended March 31, 2016.

 

  23  

 

 

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

 

Bank 34 understands asset quality risk and the direct relationship of such risk to delinquent loans and nonperforming assets, including real estate owned. The quality of assets has been a key concern to financial institutions throughout many regions of the country. A number of financial institutions have been confronted with rapid increases in their levels of nonperforming assets over the past few years and have been forced to recognize significant losses, setting aside major valuation allowances and being subject to much higher provision for loan losses.

 

A sharp increase in nonperforming assets has often been related to specific regions of the country and has frequently been associated with higher risk loans, including commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans and nonowner-occupied one- to four-family loans. Bank 34 has been faced with a modestly higher level of nonperforming assets in 2011, with nonperforming assets decreasing steadily thereafter to a lower level by March 31, 2016.

 

Exhibit 15 provides a summary of Bank 34’s delinquent loans at June 30, 2011 through 2014, at December 31, 2015, and at March 31, 2016, indicating an overall strong decrease in delinquent loans from June 30, 2011, to March 31, 2016. The Bank had $738,000 in loans delinquent 30 to 89 days at March 31, 2016. Loans delinquent 90 days or more totaled $634,000 at March 31, 2016, with these two categories representing 0.70 percent of portfolio loans with most of them one- to four-family real estate loans. At June 30, 2011, delinquent loans of 30 to 89 days totaled $93,000 or 0.07 percent of portfolios loans, and loans delinquent 90 days or more totaled $5,097,000 or 3.76 percent of portfolio loans for a combined total of $5,190,000 and a 3.83 percent share of portfolio loans, compared to a lower $1,372,000 and a lower 0.70 percent of portfolio loans at March 31, 2016.

 

It is a normal procedure for Bank 34 to contact a borrower when the borrower fails to make a loan payment. When a loan is delinquent 15 days, the Bank sends a late notice to the borrower, followed by a phone call after 20 days delinquency and then another late notice after 30 days delinquency. The Bank then initiates both written and oral communication with the

   

  24  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets (cont.)

 

borrower if the loan remains delinquent and sends an additional notice during the period of 30 to 60 days delinquent. Under certain circumstances, the Bank may arrange for an alternative payment structure through a workout agreement. A decision as to whether and when to initiate foreclosure proceeding is based on such factors as the amount of the outstanding loan, the extent of the delinquency and the borrower’s ability and willingness to cooperate in curing the delinquency. The Bank generally initiates foreclosure when a loan has been delinquent 90 days and no workout agreement has been reached.

 

Exhibit 16 provides a summary of Bank 34’s nonperforming assets at June 30, 2011, through 2014, at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at March 31, 2016. Nonperforming assets, by definition, include loans 90 days or more past due, nonaccruing loans, troubled debt restructurings that have not performed, and repossessed assets. The Bank carried a higher level of nonperforming assets at June 30, 2011 and 2012, relative to June 30, 2014, December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016. Bank 34’s level of nonperforming assets was $9,861,000 at June 30, 2011, and a much lower $1,280,000 at June 30, 2014, which represented 5.37 percent of assets in 2011 and 0.76 percent in 2014. The Bank’s nonperforming assets included $6,977,000 in nonaccrual loans, no loans 90 days or more past due, no nonaccruing troubled debt restructurings, and $2,884,000 in real estate owned for a total of $9,861,000 at June 30, 2011, with $837,000 in real estate owned, no loans 90 days or more past due, no nonaccruing troubled debt restructurings, and $443,000 in nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2014, for a total of $1,280,000. At March 31, 2016, nonperforming assets were a higher $1,854,000 but a lower 0.67 percent of assets and included no accruing loans 90 days or more past due, $1,352,000 in nonaccrual loans, no nonaccruing troubled debt restructurings, and $502,000 in real estate owned.

 

Bank 34’s levels of nonperforming assets were lower than its levels of classified assets at June 30, 2014, at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at March 31, 2016. The Bank’s ratios of classified assets to assets, excluding special mention assets, were 1.95 percent of assets at June 30, 2014, 1.22 percent at December 31, 2014, 1.49 percent at December 31, 2015, and 2.0

 

  25  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets (cont.)

 

percent at March 31, 2016 (reference Exhibit 17). The Bank’s classified assets consisted of $3,274,000 in substandard assets and no assets classified as doubtful or loss at June 30, 2014. The Bank also had no assets classified as loss at March 31, 2016, $5,264,000 classified as substandard, and $304,000 classified as doubtful.

 

Exhibit 18 shows Bank 34’s allowance for loan losses activity for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016, indicating the activity and the resultant balances. Bank 34 has witnessed a modest increase in its balance of allowance for loan losses from $1,824,000 at June 30, 2013, to $2,052,000 at March 31, 2016, in response to its increase in loans and decrease in nonperforming assets. The Bank had provisions for loan losses of $(121,000) in fiscal 2013, zero in 2014 and zero in the six months ended June 30, 2013, and $50,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014, $694,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, and $52,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

The Bank had total charge-offs of $681,000 in 2013 and $210,000 in 2014 with total recoveries of $189,000 in 2013, and $31,000 in 2014. The Bank had charge-offs in the six months ended June 30, 2014, of $15,000 and recoveries of $27,000. In 2015, the Bank had charge-offs of $693,0000 and recoveries of $186,000. In the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Bank had charge-offs of $11,000 and recoveries of $117,000. The Bank’s ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans was 2.00 percent at June 30, 2013, and a lower 1.27 percent at March 31, 2016 (adjusted to exclude purchased loans), impacted by the Bank’s strong growth in loans. Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 242.23 percent at June 30, 2013, and a lower 151.81 percent at March 31, 2016.

 

  26  

 

 

INVESTMENTS

 

The investment and securities portfolio, excluding interest-bearing deposits, has been comprised of U.S. government and federal agency obligations, municipal obligations, and mortgage-backed securities. Exhibit 19 provides a summary of Bank 34’s investment portfolio at June 30, 2013 and 2014, at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at March 31, 2016, excluding FHLB stock. Investment securities totaled $55.3 million at June 30, 2013, based on fair value, compared to $29.5 million at March 31, 2016. The Bank had $45.3 million in mortgage-backed securities at June 30, 2013, and a smaller $24.3 million at March 31, 2016, both of which are included in total investments.

 

The primary component of investment securities at March 31, 2016, was mortgage-backed securities, representing 82.3 percent of total investments, excluding FHLB stock, compared to a similar 81.9 percent at June 30, 2013. The Bank also had cash and interest-bearing deposits totaling $15.9 million at March 31, 2016, and a smaller $4.2 million at June 30, 2013. The Bank had $1,553,000 in FHLB stock at March 31, 2016. The weighted average yield on investment securities was 1.71 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2016, with a higher 3.05 percent yield on other interest-earning deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

  27  

 

 

DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES

 

The mix of deposits by average amount at and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, is provided in Exhibit 20. There has been a noticeable change in total deposits and in the deposit mix during this period. Total average deposits decreased from $139.5 million at June 30, 2013, to $133.8 million at June 30, 2014, representing a decrease of $5.7 million or 4.1 percent. Certificates of deposit decreased from $77.8 million at June 30, 2013, to $69.7 million at June 30, 2014, representing a decrease of $8.1 million or 10.5 percent, while interest and noninterest checking accounts, savings accounts, and MMDA accounts increased $2.4 million from $61.7 million at June 30, 2013, to $64.1 million at June 30, 2014 or 3.9 percent.

 

Total deposits then increased from $156.8 million at December 31, 2014, to $207.5 million at December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $50.7 million or 32.3 percent. Certificates of deposit increased from $74.1 million at December 31, 2014, to $78.1 million, representing an increase of $4.0 million or 5.4 percent, while interest and noninterest checking accounts, savings accounts and MMDA accounts increased $46.7 million from $82.7 million at December 31, 2014, to $129.4 million at December 31, 2015, or 56.5 percent.

 

In the three months ended March 31, 2016, total average deposits increased $16.6 million or 8.0 percent from $207.5 million at December 31, 2015, to $224.1 million at March 31, 2016. Certificates of deposit decreased $5.5 million or 7.0 percent, while interest and noninterest checking accounts, savings accounts and MMDA accounts increased $22.1 million or 17.1 percent from December 31, 2015 to March 31, 2016.

 

Exhibit 21 provides a breakdown of certificates of deposits of $250,000 or more by maturity as of March 31, 2016. A strong 48.5 percent of these certificates of deposit mature in six months or less. The next category of these certificates based on maturity was certificates maturing in six months to one year, which represented 28.2 percent of certificates. The smallest

 

  28  

 

 

Deposit Activities (cont.)

 

category of these certificates based on maturity was certificates with a maturity of over one year, totaling $3.2 million, representing 23.3 percent of certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

 

BORROWINGS

 

Bank 34 has made regular use of FHLB advances in each of the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, and December 31, 2015, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The Bank had total FHLB advances of $11.0 million at March 31, 2016, up from $3.0 million at December 31, 2015, and down from $13.3 million at June 30, 2013 (reference Exhibit 22).

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Bank 34 had one subsidiary at December 31, 2015, Forward Holdings, Inc., LLC, which holds foreclosed real estate. At December 31, 2015, Forward Holdings LLC held one property.

 

OFFICE PROPERTIES

 

Bank 34 had four retail offices at December 31, 2015, with its home office located in Alamogordo, New Mexico, with branches in Las Cruces, New Mexico and in Peoria and Scottsdale, Arizona (reference Exhibit 23). The Bank also had three loan offices in El Paso, Texas; Albuquerque, New Mexico; and Scottsdale, Arizona. In February 2016, the Bank added loan production offices in Tucson, Arizona; Kirkland, Washington; Puyallup, Washington; and Medford, Oregon, with the newest office in Littleton, Colorado, added in May 2016. At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s net investment in premises, based on depreciated cost, was $7.0 million or 2.58 percent of assets.

 

  29  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The chief executive officer of Bank 34 is Jill Gutierrez (reference Exhibit 24). Ms. Gutierrez has served as president and chief executive officer of the Bank from 2011 to 2015. In January 2015, Ms. Gutierrez became chief executive officer of the Bank. Ms. Gutierrez is also a director of the Bank, a position she has held since 2011. Ms. Gutierrez has been with the Bank since 2007. Ms. Gutierrez has extensive banking experience, serving as senior vice president and senior lending officer at Western Bank, Alamogordo, and at First National Bank in Alamogordo. Mr. William P. Kauper has been the president of Bank 34 since January 2015 and previously served Bank 34 as senior vice president and chief operations officer. Mr. Kauper has served as an executive officer and board member in community and publicly traded banks in Wisconsin, Arizona, Colorado and New Mexico. Prior to joining Bank 34, he was president and chief executive officer and a board member of Peoples National Bank in Colorado from 2006 through July 2010. From 1999 through 2006, Mr. Kauper was employed by Western Security Bank in Scottsdale, Arizona, and served as its president/chief operating officer and as a board member at the time of the bank’s acquisition in 2006. Mr. Kauper has been employed in the banking industry since 1975.

 

Mr. Jan Thiry joined Bank 34 as senior vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer in February 2014 and was named executive vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer in January 2015. Mr. Thiry has over 35 years of experience with Wisconsin and Illinois financial institutions and multi-bank holding companies ranging in assets from $1.0 billion to $22.0 billion, with responsibilities including audit manager, controller and chief accounting officer. He began his career as an auditor with a “Big 4” accounting firm, and prior to joining Bank 34, spent three years as a consultant specializing in Securities and Exchange Commission reporting, investor relations, GAAP interpretation, merger and acquisition accounting and financial analysis with multi-national industrial corporations in the Chicago area. He is a Certified Public Accountant and has been an adjunct professor for a graduate business school, teaching courses in accounting, auditing, fraud investigation and business communications over the past 20 years.

 

  30  

 

 

II. DESCRIPTION OF PRIMARY MARKET AREA

 

The Bank’s primary retail market area is focused on the communities of Alamogordo and Las Cruces in New Mexico, and Scottsdale and Peoria in Arizona, while the Bank’s lending market extends into the surrounding Otero and Dona Ana Counties in New Mexico and Maricopa County in Arizona.

 

Exhibit 24 shows the trends in population, households and income for Alamogordo, Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States. The population trends indicate a decrease in Alamogordo and increases in all other areas. For the period from 2000 to 2010, Alamogordo City’s population decreased by 14.6 percent, while population increased by 19.8 percent, 2.4 percent, 24.2 percent, 13.2 percent and 9.7 percent in Dona Ana County, Otero County, Maricopa County, New Mexico and the United States, respectively. All areas except Alamogordo are projected to increase in population at rates of 7.1 percent, 17.7 percent, 5.5 percent and 7.6 percent, respectively, through 2020, with Otero County increasing minimally and Alamogordo decreasing in population by 3.3 percent.

 

More important is the trend in households. Alamogordo experienced a 6.9 percent decrease in households from 2000 through 2010, compared to increases of 26.8 percent in households in Dona Ana County, 6.4 percent increase in households in Otero County, 24.6 percent increase in households in Maricopa County and increases in households of 16.7 percent in New Mexico and 10.7 percent in the United States. Dona Ana County, Maricopa County, New Mexico and the United States are projected to increase in households from 2010 through 2020 by 6.8 percent, 17.5 percent, 5.2 percent, and 7.5 percent, respectively. Alamogordo City and Otero County are projected to decrease in households by 3.5 percent and 0.5 percent, respectively.

 

Alamogordo had a per capita income level of $14,662 in 2000, with Dona Ana County, Otero County and New Mexico at per capita income levels of $13,999, $14,345 and $17,261, respectively, much lower than Maricopa County and the United States at $22,251 and $22,162,

 

  31  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

respectively. Per capita income increased from 2000 to 2010. Alamogordo ’s per capita level increased to $22,768. Dona Ana County’s per capita income level increased to $20,058, Otero County’s per capita income increased to $19,803, New Mexico’s per capita income level increased to $23,948, with all four of those areas still below Maricopa County’s $27,477 and the United States’ $26,059 per capita income levels.

 

In 2000, the median household income level in Alamogordo was $30,928, with Dona Ana and Otero Counties and New Mexico at $29,808, $30,861 and $34,133, much lower than the median household income in Maricopa County and the United States at respective levels of $45,358 and $41,994. Median household income increased from 2000 to 2010 by 40.5 percent, 28.9 percent, 31.6 percent, 18.4 percent, 31.7 percent and 19.2 percent to $43,460, $38,426, $40,614, $53,689, $44,968 and $50,046 in Alamogordo , Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States, respectively. These five areas are also projected to show increases in their median household income levels from 2010 through 2020. Alamogordo is projected to experience an increase in its median household income level by 2.1 percent to $44,366, while Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States are projected to experience median household income increases of 18.5 percent, 11.2 percent, 18.9 percent, 21.0 percent and 23.1 percent to $45,528, $45,146, $63,822, $54,419 and $61,618, respectively, from 2010 to 2020.

 

Exhibit 25 provides a summary of key housing data for Alamogordo City, the retail market area counties, New Mexico and the United States. In 2000, Alamogordo had a rate of owner-occupancy of 60.7 percent, Dona Ana County had a rate of owner-occupancy of a higher 67.5 percent, Otero County, New Mexico and the United States had owner-occupancy rates at 66.9 percent, 67.5 percent and 70.0 percent, respectively, with the United States’ 2000 owner-occupancy rate at 66.2 percent. As a result, Alamogordo supported a higher rate of renter-occupied housing of 39.3 percent, compared to 32.5 percent in Dona Ana County 33.1 percent in Otero County, 32.5 percent in Maricopa County, 30.0 percent in New Mexico and 33.8 percent

 

  32  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

in the United States. In 2010, owner-occupied housing increased slightly in Alamogordo and Otero County to 62.1 percent and 67.8 percent, respectively, with Dona Ana County, Maricopa County, New Mexico and the United States decreasing in owner-occupied housing to 64.2 percent, 64.5 percent, 68.5 percent and 65.4 percent, respectively. Conversely, the renter- occupied rates decreased slightly in Alamogordo and Otero County to levels of 37.9 percent and 32.2 percent, respectively with Dona Ana and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States increasing in renter-occupied housing to 35.8 percent, 35.5 percent, 31.5 percent and 34.6 percent, respectively, in 2010.

 

Alamogordo ’s 2000 median housing value was $75,400, lower than Dona Ana County’s median housing value of $90,900, Otero County’s $78,800, Maricopa County, $129,200, New Mexico’s $108,100 and the United States’ median housing value of $119,600. The 2000 median rent in Alamogordo was $456, slightly higher than Dona Ana and Otero Counties’ levels of $445 and $441, respectively, but much lower than Maricopa County, New Mexico and the United States at 2000 levels of $666, $503 and $602 for median rent. In 2010, median housing values had increased in Alamogordo, Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States to $112,100, $137,300, $101,400, $175,600, $159,300 and $186,200, with Otero County’s median housing level at a slightly lower level than Alamogordo’s. The 2010 median rent levels were $689, $705, $775, $952, $774 and $871 in Alamogordo , Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States, respectively.

 

In 2000, the major source of employment for all areas by industry group, based on share of employment, was the services industry. The services industry was responsible for the majority of employment with 57.2 percent of jobs in Alamogordo, 45.4 percent of jobs in Dona Ana County, 54.9 percent of jobs in Otero County, 45.4 percent of jobs in Maricopa County, 54.0 percent of jobs in New Mexico and 46.7 percent in the United States (reference Exhibit 26). The wholesale/retail sector was the second major employer in Alamogordo, all three counties and New Mexico at 15.8 percent, 15.9 percent, 13.9 percent, 15.9 percent and 14.9 percent,

 

  33  

 

  

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

respectively, with the wholesale/retail industry the second largest employer in the United States at 15.3 percent of employment. The construction group was the third major overall employer in Alamogordo, Otero County and New Mexico, with the manufacturing industry representing the third largest employer in Dona Ana County, Maricopa County and the United States.

 

In 2010, the services industry, wholesale/retail trade industry and construction industry provided the first, second and third highest levels of employment, respectively, for Alamogordo, Dona Ana County, Otero County and New Mexico, but in Maricopa County and the United States, the services industry, and either the manufacturing industries and wholesale/retail trade industry or wholesale/retail trade and manufacturing industries provided the first, second and third highest levels of employment. The services industry accounted for 68.2 percent, 61.9 percent, 66.4 percent, 53.1 percent, 59.9 percent and 51.2 percent in Alamogordo , Dona Ana County, Otero County, Maricopa County, New Mexico and the United States, respectively. The wholesale/retail trade industry provided for 14.0 percent, 12.7 percent, 12.7 percent, 15.1 percent, 13.4 percent and 14.8 percent in Alamogordo , Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States, respectively. In Alamogordo, the construction industry provided the third largest sector of employment in 2010, as well as in Dona Ana and Otero Counties and New Mexico. The finance/insurance/real estate group provided the third largest percentage of employment in Maricopa County, while the manufacturing and wholesale/retail industries providing the second and third largest employers in the United States in 2010.

 

Some of the largest employers in Alamogordo are listed below.

 

Employer Employees Product/Service
     
Holloman Air Force Base 4,000 Military Base
Alamogordo Public Schools 800 Education
Gerald Champion Regional    
Medical Center 724 Medical Care
NMSU-Alamogordo 383 Higher Education
Walmart 379 Retail

 

  34  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

Employer Employees    Product/Service
     
City of Alamogordo 315 (+35 part-time)        Government
County of Otero 250    Government
Mesa Verde 179    Construction
PreCheck 171   Healthcare Background Checks
Lowe’s Signature Market 144    Retail Grocery

 

The unemployment rate is another key economic indicator. Exhibit 27 shows the unemployment rates in Dona Ana, Otero ad Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States in 2011 through March of 2016. Dona County has been characterized by slightly higher unemployment rates with both Dona Ana and Otero Counties having higher rates in 2015 than all other areas. In 2011, Dona Ana County had an unemployment rate of 7.6 percent, compared to unemployment rates of 6.7 percent in Otero County, 8.6 percent in Maricopa County, 7.6 percent in New Mexico and 8.9 percent in the United States. In 2012, Dona Ana County’s rate of unemployment decreased to 7.3 percent compared to a decrease to 6.4 percent in Otero County and decreases to 7.3 percent in Maricopa County, 7.1 percent in New Mexico and 8.1 percent in the United States. In 2013, Dona Ana County had an increase in its unemployment rate to 7.5 percent, and the unemployment rates in Otero County, Maricopa County, New Mexico and the United States decreased to 6.3 percent, 6.6 percent, 6.9 percent and 7.4 percent, respectively. In 2014, the unemployment rates in all areas decreased: to 7.2 percent in Dona Ana County, to 6.1 percent in Otero County, to 5.9 percent in Maricopa County, to 6.5 percent in New Mexico and to 6.2 percent in the United States. Through 2015, unemployment rates increased in Dona Ana and Otero Counties to 7.3 percent and 7.4 percent, respectively, remained at 6.5 percent in New Mexico, and decreased to 5.1 percent and 5.3 percent in Maricopa County and the United States, respectively. Through March of 2016, unemployment rates have decreased in all areas to 7.0 percent, 5.3 percent, 4.5 percent, 6.1 percent and 5.1 percent in Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States, respectively.

 

Exhibit 28 provides deposit data for banks and thrifts in Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties. Bank 34’s deposit base was approximately $132.6 million or a minimal share of the

 

  35  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

$4.1 billion total thrift deposits and an even smaller share of the total deposits, which were approximately $79.3 billion as of June 30, 2015. It is evident from the size of the thrift deposits and bank deposits that Alamogordo has a minimal deposit base in the three-county area but a high level of 71.7 percent market penetration for thrifts deposits in its home Otero County.

 

Exhibit 29 provides interest rate data for each quarter for the years 2011 through 2015. The interest rates tracked are the Prime Rate, as well as 90-Day, One-Year and Thirty-Year Treasury Bills. Short term interest rates experienced a declining trend in 2009, 2010 and 2011, a slightly rising trend in 2012, and stable in 2013, with the Thirty-Year Treasury rate rising moderately in 2013 and then decreasing in 2014. In 2015, all rates indicated an increase due to increase in prime in the fourth quarter and decreasing in the first quarter of 2016.

 

SUMMARY

 

In summary, population decreased by a larger 14.6 percent in Alamogordo but increased in the three market area counties by an average of 15.5 percent from 2000 to 2010, and the number of households decreased in Alamogordo but increased in the three market area counties. The 2010 median household income in all three market area counties was lower than state and national levels. Dona Ana and Otero Counties’ 2015 unemployment rates were higher than state and national rates. According to the 2010 Census, median housing values were $112,100, $137,300, $101,400, $175,600, $159,300 and $186,200 for Alamogordo, Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States, respectively.

 

The Corporation holds deposits of approximately 4.1 percent of all thrift deposits in the three-county market area as of June 30, 2015, and a minimal 0.2 percent share of the large total deposit base of $79.3 billion.

 

  36  

 

 

III. COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION

 

Introduction

 

Integral to the valuation of the Corporation is the selection of an appropriate group of publicly traded thrift institutions, hereinafter referred to as the "comparable group." This section identifies the comparable group and describes each parameter used in the selection of each institution in the group, resulting in a comparable group based on such specific and detailed parameters, current financials and recent trading prices. The various characteristics of the selected comparable group provide the primary basis for making the necessary adjustments to the Corporation's pro forma value relative to the comparable group. There is also a recognition and consideration of financial comparisons with all publicly traded, FDIC-insured thrifts in the United States and all publicly traded, FDIC-insured thrifts in the Southwest region.

 

Exhibits 30 and 31 present Share Data and Pricing Ratios and Key Financial Data and Ratios, respectively, both individually and in aggregate, for the universe of 164 publicly traded, FDIC-insured thrifts in the United States ("all thrifts"), excluding mutual holding companies, used in the selection of the comparable group and other financial comparisons. Exhibits 30 and 31 also subclassify all thrifts by region, including the 7 publicly traded Southwest thrifts ("Southwest thrifts"). Exhibit 30 presents prices, pricing ratios and price trends for all publicly traded FDIC-insured thrifts.

 

The selection of the comparable group was based on the establishment of both general and specific parameters using financial, operating and asset quality characteristics of the Corporation as determinants for defining those parameters. The determination of parameters was also based on the uniqueness of each parameter as a normal indicator of a thrift institution's operating philosophy and perspective. The parameters established and defined are considered to be both reasonable and reflective of the Corporation’s basic operation.

 

  37  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

Inasmuch as the comparable group must consist of at least ten institutions, the parameters relating to asset size and geographic location have been expanded as necessary in order to fulfill this requirement.

 

GENERAL PARAMETERS

 

Merger/Acquisition

 

The comparable group will not include any institution that is in the process of a merger or acquisition as a target at May 16, 2016, due to the price impact of such a pending transaction. There were two thrift institutions that were potential comparable group candidates but had to be eliminated due to their involvement in a merger/acquisition.

 

Institution State
First Fed of Northern Michigan Michigan
LaPorte Bancorp Indiana

 

There are no pending merger/acquisition transactions involving thrift institutions that were potential comparable group candidates in the Corporation’s city, county or market area as indicated in Exhibit 33.

 

Mutual Holding Companies

 

The comparable group will not include any mutual holding companies. The percentage of public ownership of individual mutual holding companies indicates a wide range from minimal to 49.0 percent, the largest permissible percentage, causing them to demonstrate certain varying individual characteristics different among themselves and from conventional, publicly-

 

  38  

 

 

Mutual Holding Companies (cont.)

 

traded companies. A further reason for the elimination of mutual holding companies as potential comparable group candidates relates to the presence of a mid-tier, publicly traded holding company in some, but not all, mutual holding company structures. The presence of mid-tier holding companies can also result in inconsistent and unreliable comparisons among the relatively small universe of publicly traded mutual holding companies and the larger universe of conventional, publicly traded thrift institutions. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, mutual holding companies typically demonstrate higher pricing ratios that relate to their minority ownership structure and are inconsistent in their derivation with those calculated for conventionally structured, publicly traded institutions. In our opinion, it is appropriate to limit individual comparisons to institutions that are 100 percent publicly owned.

 

Trading Exchange

 

It is necessary that each institution in the comparable group be listed on one of the three major stock exchanges, the New York Stock Exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ). Such a listing indicates that an institution’s stock has demonstrated trading activity and is responsive to normal market conditions, which are requirements for listing. Of the 167 publicly traded, FDIC-insured savings institutions, excluding the 34 mutual holding companies, 8 are traded on the New York Stock Exchange and 94 are traded on NASDAQ. There were an additional 25 traded over the counter and 37 institutions listed in the Pink Sheets, but they were not considered for the comparable group selection.

 

  39  

 

 

IPO Date

 

Another general parameter for the selection of the comparable group is the initial public offering ("IPO") date, which must be at least four quarterly periods prior to March 31, 2016, in order to insure at least four consecutive quarters of reported data as a publicly traded institution. The resulting parameter is a required IPO date prior to March 31, 2015.

 

Geographic Location

 

The geographic location of an institution is a key parameter due to the impact of various economic and thrift industry conditions on the performance and trading prices of thrift institution stocks. Although geographic location and asset size are the two parameters that have been developed incrementally to fulfill the comparable group requirements, the geographic location parameter has nevertheless eliminated regions of the United States distant to the Corporation, including the Southeast and Northeast regions.

 

The geographic location parameter consists of the West, Southwest, Midwest and North Central for a total of thirty states. To extend the geographic parameter beyond those states could result in the selection of similar thrift institutions with regard to financial conditions and operating characteristics, but with different pricing ratios due to their geographic regions. The result could then be an unrepresentative comparable group with regard to price relative to the parameters and, therefore, an inaccurate value.

 

Asset Size

 

Asset size was another key parameter used in the selection of the comparable group. The total asset size for any potential comparable group institution was $1.0 billion or less, due to the general similarity of asset mix and operating strategies of institutions within this asset range,

 

  40  

 

 

Asset Size (cont.)

 

compared to the Corporation, with assets of approximately $279 million. Such an asset size parameter was necessary to obtain an appropriate comparable group of at least ten institutions.

 

In connection with asset size, we did not consider the number of offices or branches in selecting or eliminating candidates, since that characteristic is directly related to operating expenses, which are recognized as an operating performance parameter.

 

SUMMARY

 

Exhibits 34 and 35 show the 34 institutions considered as comparable group candidates after applying the general parameters, with the outlined institutions being those ultimately selected for the comparable group using the balance sheet, performance and asset quality parameters established in this section.

 

BALANCE SHEET PARAMETERS

 

Introduction

 

The balance sheet parameters focused on seven balance sheet ratios as determinants for selecting a comparable group, as presented in Exhibit 34. The balance sheet ratios consist of the following:

 

1. Cash and investments to assets
2. Mortgage-backed securities to assets
3. One- to four-family loans to assets
4. Total net loans to assets

 

  41  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

5. Total net loans and mortgage-backed securities to assets
6. Borrowed funds to assets
7. Equity to assets

 

The parameters enable the identification and elimination of thrift institutions that are distinctly and functionally different from the Corporation with regard to asset mix. The balance sheet parameters also distinguish institutions with a significantly different capital position from the Corporation. The ratio of deposits to assets was not used as a parameter as it is directly related to and affected by an institution's equity and borrowed funds ratios, which are separate parameters.

 

Cash and Investments to Assets

 

The Bank’s ratio of cash and investments to assets, excluding mortgage-backed securities, was 7.59 percent at March 31, 2016, and reflects the Corporation’s share of cash and investments lower than the national and regional averages of 14.4 percent and 12.1 percent, respectively. The Bank's investments have consisted primarily of U.S. government-sponsored entity securities. For its three most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, the Corporation’s average ratio of cash and investments to assets was a higher 9.6 percent, ranging from a high of 11.4 percent in 2014 to a low of 8.2 percent in 2013. It should be noted that, for the purposes of comparable group selection, the Corporation’s $1,552,961 balance of Federal Home Loan Bank stock at March 31, 2016, is included in the other assets category, rather than in cash and investments, in order to be consistent with reporting requirements and sources of statistical and comparative analysis related to the universe of comparable group candidates and the final comparable group.

 

The parameter range for cash and investments is has been defined as 25.0 percent or less of assets, with a midpoint of 12.5 percent.

 

  42  

 

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets

 

At March 31, 2016, the Corporation’s ratio of mortgage-backed securities to assets was a moderate 8.72 percent, similar to the national average of 8.12 percent and higher than the regional average of 7.35 percent for publicly traded thrifts. The Bank’s three most recent fiscal year average is a higher 17.4 percent, higher than industry averages, with a generally decreasing trend.

 

Inasmuch as many institutions purchase mortgage-backed securities as an alternative to both lending, relative to cyclical loan demand and prevailing interest rates, and other investment vehicles, this parameter is also fairly broad at 25.0 percent or less of assets and a midpoint of 12.5 percent.

 

One- to Four-Family Loans to Assets

 

The Corporation’s lending activity includes the origination of residential mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family dwellings. One- to four-family loans, excluding construction loans and excluding home equity loans, represented 10.7 percent of the Corporation's assets at March 31, 2016, which is lower than its ratios of 22.0 percent at June 30, 2013, 20.3 percent at June 30, 2014, and 11.6 percent at December 31, 2015. The parameter for this characteristic is 50.0 percent of assets or less in one- to four-family loans with a midpoint of 25.0 percent.

 

Total Net Loans to Assets

 

At March 31, 2016, the Corporation had a 76.3 percent ratio of total net loans to assets and a modestly lower three fiscal year average of 61.0 percent, with the current ratio being higher than the national average of 70.3 percent and the regional average of 74.5 percent for publicly

 

  43  

 

 

Total Net Loans to Assets (cont.)

 

traded thrifts. The Corporation's ratio of total net loans to assets changed from 52.4 percent of total assets in fiscal year 2013 to 55.4 percent in 2014, and then to 75.1 percent in fiscal year 2015.

 

The parameter for the selection of the comparable group is from 50.0 percent to 90.0 percent with a midpoint of 70.0 percent. The lower end of the parameter range relates to the fact that, as the referenced national and regional averages indicate, many institutions hold greater volumes of investment securities and/or mortgage-backed securities as cyclical alternatives to lending, but may otherwise be similar to the Corporation.

 

Total Net Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets

 

As discussed previously, the Corporation’s shares of mortgage-backed securities to assets and total net loans to assets were 8.6 percent and 75.1 percent, respectively, for a combined share of 83.7 percent. Recognizing the industry and regional ratios of 78.4 percent and 81.9 percent, respectively, the parameter range for the comparable group in this category is 60.0 percent to 90.0 percent, with a midpoint of 75.0 percent.

 

Borrowed Funds to Assets

 

The Corporation had borrowed funds equal to 3.95 percent of assets at March 31, 2016, which is below the current industry average of 10.2 percent. The Corporation also had borrowed funds at June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and at December 31, 2015.

 

The use of borrowed funds by some institutions indicates an alternative to retail deposits and may provide a source of longer term funds. The federal insurance premium on deposits has

 

  44  

 

 

Borrowed Funds to Assets (cont.)

 

also increased the attractiveness of borrowed funds. The institutional demand for borrowed funds has decreased in recent years, due to much lower rates paid on deposits. Additionally, many thrifts are not aggressively seeking deposits, since quality lending opportunities have diminished in the current economic environment.

 

The parameter range of borrowed funds to assets is 20.0 percent or less with a midpoint of 10.0 percent.

 

Equity to Assets

 

The Corporation’s equity to assets ratio was 10.7 percent at March 31, 2016, 10.9 percent at December 31, 2015, 13.2 percent at June 30, 2014, 13.5 percent at June 30, 2013, and 13.4 percent at June 30, 2012, averaging 12.7 percent for the four fiscal years ended December 31, 2015. The Bank’s equity decreased in three of these four fiscal years, increasing at December 31, 2015, for a total 20.1 percent increase from June 30, 2012, to December 31, 2015, and a 26.7 percent increase from June 30, 2014 to March 31, 2016. After conversion, based on the midpoint value of $26.0 million and a public offering of $14.2 million, with 50.0 percent of the net proceeds of the public offering going to the Bank, its equity is projected to increase within the range of 13.0 percent to 14.0 percent of assets, with the Corporation within the range of 14.0 percent to 15.0 percent of assets.

 

Based on those equity ratios, we have defined the equity ratio parameter to be 6.0 percent to 18.0 percent with a midpoint ratio of 12.0 percent.

 

  45  

 

 

PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS

 

Introduction

 

Exhibit 35 presents five parameters identified as key indicators of the Corporation’s earnings performance and the basis for such performance both historically and during the four quarters ended December 31, 2015. The primary performance indicator is the Corporation's core return on average assets (ROAA). The second performance indicator is the Corporation's core return on average equity (ROAE). To measure the Corporation's ability to generate net interest income, we have used net interest margin. The supplemental source of income for the Corporation is noninterest income, and the parameter used to measure this factor is the ratio of noninterest income to average assets. The final performance indicator is the Corporation's ratio of operating expenses or noninterest expenses to average assets, a key factor in distinguishing different types of operations, particularly institutions that are aggressive in secondary market activities, which often results in much higher operating costs and overhead ratios.

 

Return on Average Assets

 

The key performance parameter is core ROAA. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, the Corporation’s core ROAA was 0.28 percent based on core earnings after taxes of $755,000, as detailed in Item I of this Report. The Corporation's ROAAs in its most recent three fiscal years of 2012 to 2014, were (1.84) percent, (0.07) percent, and (0.73) percent, respectively, with a three fiscal year average ROAA of (0.88) percent.

 

Considering the historical and current earnings performance of the Corporation, the range for the ROAA parameter based on core income has been defined as 1.35 percent or less with a midpoint of 0.68 percent.

 

  46  

 

 

Return on Average Equity

 

The ROAE has been used as a secondary parameter to eliminate any institutions with an unusually high or low ROAE that is inconsistent with the Corporation's position. The Corporation’s core ROAE for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was 2.57 percent based on core income. In its most recent three fiscal years, the Corporation's average ROAE was 0.66 percent, from a low of (0.73) percent in 2014 to a high of 2.79 percent in 2015.

 

The parameter range for ROAE for the comparable group, based on core income, is 12.0 percent or less with a midpoint of 6.0 percent.

 

Net Interest Margin

 

The Corporation had a net interest margin of 4.49 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, representing net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. The Corporation's net interest margin levels in its three prior fiscal years of 2012 through 2014 were 3.82 percent, 3.50 percent and 3.66 percent, respectively, averaging 3.66 percent.

 

The parameter range for the selection of the comparable group is from a low of 2.50 percent to a high of 5.00 percent with a midpoint of 3.75 percent.

 

Operating Expenses to Assets

 

For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, the Corporation had a 5.92 percent ratio of operating expense to average assets. In its three fiscal years of 2012 to 2014, the Corporation’s expense ratio averaged 5.29 percent, from a low of 4.75 percent in fiscal year 2012 to a high of 5.84 percent in fiscal year 2014.

 

  47  

 

 

Operating Expenses to Assets (cont.)

 

The operating expense to assets parameter for the selection of the comparable group is from a low of 2.00 percent to a high of 6.00 percent with a midpoint of 4.00 percent.

 

Noninterest Income to Assets

 

Compared to publicly traded thrifts, the Corporation has experienced a noticeably higher than average level of noninterest income as a source of additional income. The Corporation’s ratio of noninterest income to average assets was 2.28 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016. For its most recent three fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 through 2014, the Corporation’s ratio of noninterest income to average assets was 0.58 percent, 2.00 percent and 1.80 percent, respectively, for an average of 1.46 percent.

 

The range for this parameter for the selection of the comparable group is 3.00 percent of average assets or less, with a midpoint of 1.50 percent.

 

ASSET QUALITY PARAMETERS

 

Introduction

 

The final set of financial parameters used in the selection of the comparable group are asset quality parameters, also shown in Exhibit 35. The purpose of these parameters is to insure that any thrift institution in the comparable group has an asset quality position similar to that of the Corporation. The three defined asset quality parameters are the ratios of nonperforming assets to total assets, repossessed assets to total assets and loan loss reserves to total assets at the end of the most recent period.

 

  48  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets to Total Assets

 

The Corporation’s ratio of nonperforming assets to assets was 0.74 percent at March 31, 2016, which was lower than the national average of 1.17 percent for publicly traded thrifts and the average of 0.74 percent for Southwest thrifts. The Corporation’s ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets averaged 0.91 for its most recent three fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, from a high of 1.23 percent in fiscal year 2013 to a low of 0.74 percent in fiscal year 2015.

 

The comparable group parameter for nonperforming assets is 2.50 percent or less of total assets, with a midpoint of 1.25 percent.

 

Repossessed Assets to Assets

 

The Corporation had repossessed assets of $502,000 at March 31, 2016, representing a ratio to total assets of 0.18 percent, following ratios of repossessed assets to total assets of 0.80 percent and 0.50 percent at June 30, 2013, and June 30, 2014, respectively, and 0.11 percent at December 31, 2015. National and regional averages were 0.29 percent and 0.17 percent, respectively, for publicly traded thrift institutions.

 

The range for the repossessed assets to total assets parameter is 1.00 percent of assets or less with a midpoint of 0.50 percent.

 

Loans Loss Reserves to Assets

 

The Corporation had an allowance for loan losses of $2,052,000, representing a loan loss allowance to total assets ratio of 0.74 percent at March 31, 2016, which was lower than its 1.05 percent ratio at June 30, 2013, its 0.98 percent ratio at June 30, 2014, and higher than its 0.70 percent at December 31, 2015.

 

  49  

 

 

Loans Loss Reserves to Assets

 

The loan loss allowance to assets parameter range used for the selection of the comparable group required a minimum ratio of 0.30 percent of assets.

 

THE COMPARABLE GROUP

 

With the application of the parameters previously identified and applied, the final comparable group represents ten institutions identified in Exhibits 38, 39 and 40. The comparable group institutions range in size from $222.5 million to $979.9 million with an average asset size of $569.1 million and have an average of 10.0 offices per institution. Three of the comparable group institutions are in Washington, two in Ohio, and one each in Nebraska, Minnesota, Kentucky, Maryland and Michigan, and all ten are traded on NASDAQ.

 

The comparable group institutions as a unit have a ratio of equity to assets of 13.0 percent, which is 7.8 percent higher than all publicly traded thrift institutions in the United States; and for the most recent four quarters indicated a core return on average assets of 0.77 percent, lower than all publicly traded thrifts at 0.87 percent and lower than the publicly traded Southwest thrifts at 1.15 percent.

 

  50  

 

 

IV. ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

This section reviews and compares the financial performance of the Corporation to all publicly traded thrifts and to publicly traded thrifts in the Southwest region, as well as to the ten institutions constituting the Corporation’s comparable group, as selected and described in the previous section. The comparative analysis focuses on financial condition, earning performance and pertinent ratios as presented in Exhibits 39 through 44.

 

As presented in Exhibits 39 and 40, at March 31, 2016, the Corporation’s total equity of 10.73 percent of assets was lower than the comparable group at 12.95 percent, all thrifts at 12.01 percent and Southwest thrifts at 12.82 percent. The Corporation had a 76.30 percent share of net loans in its asset mix, higher than the comparable group at 74.97 percent, all thrifts at 70.27 percent and Southwest thrifts at 74.51 percent. The Corporation’s higher share of net loans and 7.59 percent share of cash and investments, lower than industry averages, resulted in its higher 8.72 percent share of mortgage-backed securities. The comparable group had a higher 13.89 percent share of cash and investments and a lower 5.33 percent share of mortgage-backed securities. All thrifts had 8.12 percent of assets in mortgage-backed securities and 14.41 percent in cash and investments. The Corporation’s 84.25 percent share of deposits was higher than the comparable group, all thrifts and Southwest thrifts, reflecting the Corporation's lower share of borrowed funds. As ratios to assets, the comparable group had 80.33 percent of deposits and 6.26 percent of borrowed funds. All thrifts averaged a 76.74 percent share of deposits and 10.48 percent of borrowed funds, while Southwest thrifts had a 76.27 percent share of deposits and a 10.09 percent share of borrowed funds. The Corporation had 0.12 percent of assets in goodwill and intangible assets, compared to 0.62 percent for the comparable group, 0.58 percent for all thrifts and 0.31 percent for Southwest thrifts.

 

Operating performance indicators are summarized in Exhibits 43, 44 and 45 and provide a synopsis of key sources of income and key expense items for the Corporation in comparison to the comparable group, all thrifts, and regional thrifts for the trailing four quarters.

 

  51  

 

 

 

 

Analysis of Financial Performance (cont.)

 

As shown in Exhibit 45, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, the Corporation had a yield on average interest-earning assets higher than the comparable group, all thrifts and Southwest thrifts.  The Corporation's yield on interest-earning assets was 5.08 percent compared to the comparable group at 4.21 percent, all thrifts at 4.03 percent and Southwest thrifts at 4.93 percent.  

 

The Corporation's cost of funds for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was higher than the comparable group, similar to all thrifts and Southwest thrifts.  The Corporation had an average cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 0.73 percent compared to 0.68 percent for the comparable group, 0.73 percent for all thrifts, and 0.69 percent for Southwest thrifts.  The Corporation's higher yield on interest-earning assets and higher interest cost resulted in a net interest spread of 4.35 percent, which was higher than the comparable group at 3.53 percent and higher than all thrifts at 3.30 percent and Southwest thrifts at 4.24 percent.  The Corporation generated a net interest margin of 4.48 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, based on its ratio of net interest income to average interest-earning assets, which was higher than the comparable group ratio of 3.67 percent.  All thrifts averaged a lower 3.43 percent net interest margin for the trailing four quarters, as did Southwest thrifts at 4.41 percent.

 

The Corporation’s major source of earnings is interest income, as indicated by the operations ratios presented in Exhibit 44.  The Corporation had $646,000 in provision for loan losses during the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, representing 0.24 percent of average assets.  The average provision for loan losses for the comparable group was zero percent, with all thrifts at 0.05 percent and Southwest thrifts at 0.14 percent.

 

The Corporation's total noninterest income was $6,053,000 or 2.28 percent of average assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016.  Such a higher ratio of noninterest income to average assets was above the comparable group at 0.73 percent, and higher than all thrifts at 0.88 percent and Southwest thrifts at 1.03 percent.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, the Corporation’s operating expense ratio was 5.92 percent of average assets, higher than

 

  52  

 

 

Analysis of Financial Performance (cont.)

 

the comparable group at 3.13 percent, all thrifts at 3.04 percent and Southwest thrifts at 3.36 percent.

 

The overall impact of the Corporation’s income and expense ratios is reflected in its net income and return on assets.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, the Corporation had a net ROAA of 0.22 percent and a higher core ROAA of 0.28 percent.  For its most recent four quarters, the comparable group had a higher net ROAA of 0.77 percent and a core ROAA of 0.77 percent.  All publicly traded thrifts averaged a higher net ROAA of 0.89 percent and 0.87 percent core ROAA, with Southwest thrifts a 1.16 percent net ROAA and a 1.15 percent core ROAA.

 

  53  

 

 

V. MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS

 

This is a conclusive section where adjustments are made to determine the pro forma market value or appraised value of the Corporation based on a comparison of Bank 34 with the comparable group.  These adjustments will take into consideration such key items as earnings performance, primary market area, financial condition, asset and deposit growth, dividend payments, subscription interest, liquidity of the stock to be issued, management, and market conditions or marketing of the issue.  It must be noted that all of the institutions in the comparable group have their differences among themselves and relative to the Bank, and, as a result, such adjustments become necessary.

 

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE

 

In analyzing earnings performance, consideration was given to net interest income, the amount and volatility of interest income and interest expense relative to changes in market area conditions and to changes in overall interest rates, the quality of assets as it relates to the presence of problem assets which may result in adjustments to earnings, due to provisions for loan losses, the balance of current and historical nonperforming assets and real estate owned, the balance of valuation allowances to support any problem assets or nonperforming assets, the amount and volatility of noninterest income, and the amount and ratio of noninterest expenses to assets.  The earnings performance analysis was based on the Bank’s respective net and core earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, with comparisons to the core earnings of the comparable group, all thrifts and other geographical subdivisions.

 

As discussed earlier, the Bank experienced decreases in its assets, loans and deposits, from June 30, 2011, to June 30, 2014, followed by a moderate increase in 2015 and in the three months ended March 31, 2016.  The Bank also experienced a noticeable decrease in nonperforming assets and has focused on maintaining a competitive net interest margin, monitoring and strengthening its ratio of interest sensitive assets relative to interest sensitive

 

  54  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

liabilities, thereby maintaining its overall interest rate risk, and maintaining adequate allowances for loan losses to reduce the impact of any charge-offs.  Historically, the Bank has closely monitored its yields and costs, resulting in a net interest margin, which has been higher than industry averages due to its higher share of loans, evidenced by its 4.48 percent net interest margin for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, which was higher than the industry average of 3.43 percent and higher than the comparable group average of 3.67 percent.  During its past three fiscal years, Bank 34’s ratio of interest expense to interest-bearing liabilities has decreased modestly from 1.30 percent in fiscal year 2013 to 0.72 percent in fiscal year 2015, which was below the industry average.  The Bank’s cost of funds ratio of 0.73 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was higher than the average of 0.68 percent for the comparable group and similar to the average of 0.73 percent for all thrifts.  Following the second stage offering, the Bank will strive to reduce its operating expenses, maintain its net interest margin, maintain its noninterest income, increase its net income, increase its multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial business loans, increase its return on assets, maintain its lower balance of nonperforming and classified assets, and closely monitor its interest rate risk.

 

The Bank has experienced an increase in loan originations and loan sales in fiscal year 2015, resulting in a stronger increase in portfolio loans of 10.6 percent in 2015.  Loans held-for-sale have also increased in 2015.

 

From June 30, 2012, to March 31, 2016, all categories of loans except one- to four-family residential mortgage loans had increases in their balances.  One- to four-family loans indicated a dollar decrease of $15.3 million or 33.8 percent, decreasing from $45.2 million to $29.9 million.  Multi-family and commercial real estate loans increased by $86.5 million or 138.1 percent from June 30, 2012, to March 31, 2016.  Other key changes were commercial loans, which increased $5.2 million or 92.1 percent, and consumer and other loans, which increased $7.2 million or 1,410.4 percent.  Overall, the Bank’s lending activities resulted in a total loan increase of $83.7 million or 73.4 percent and a net loan increase of $83.6 million or 75.2 percent from June 30, 2012, to March 31, 2016, impacted by the acquisition of Bank

 

  55  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

1440 in late 2014.  The loan change was $18.8 million increase or 10.6 percent during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

The impact of Bank 34’s primary lending efforts has been to generate a yield on average interest-earning assets of 5.08 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, compared to a lower 4.21 percent for the comparable group, 4.03 percent for all thrifts and 4.93 percent for Southwest thrifts.  The Bank's ratio of interest income to average assets was 4.68 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, higher than the comparable group at 3.96 percent, all thrifts at 3.74 percent and Southwest thrifts at 4.63 percent, reflecting the Bank's larger share of loans.

 

Bank 34’s 0.73 percent cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was higher than the comparable group at 0.68 percent, and Southwest thrifts at 0.69 percent and similar to all thrifts at 0.73 percent.  The Bank's resulting net interest spread of 4.35 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was higher than the comparable group at 3.53 percent, higher than all thrifts at 3.30 percent and Southwest thrifts at 4.24 percent.  The Bank's net interest margin of 4.48 percent, based on average interest-earning assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was higher than the comparable group at 3.67 percent and higher than all thrifts at 3.43 percent and Southwest thrifts at 4.41 percent.

 

The Bank's ratio of noninterest income to average assets was 2.28 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, which was noticeably higher than the comparable group at 0.73 percent, higher than all thrifts at 0.88 percent and Southwest thrifts at 1.03 percent.  

 

The Bank's operating expenses were also noticeably higher than the comparable group, all thrifts and Southwest thrifts.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, Bank 34 had an operating expense to assets ratio of 5.92 percent compared to 3.13 percent for the comparable group, 3.04 percent for all thrifts and 3.36 percent for Southwest thrifts.  Bank 34 had a higher

 

  56  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

92.5 percent efficiency ratio for the twelve moths ended December 31, 2015, compared to the comparable group with an efficiency ratio of 73.7 percent.  The efficiency ratio for all publicly traded thrifts was 69.1 percent for the most recent twelve months.

 

For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, Bank 34 generated a higher ratio of noninterest income, a higher ratio of noninterest expenses and higher net interest margin relative to its comparable group.  The Bank had a 0.24 percent provision for loan losses during the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, compared to the comparable group at zero percent of assets, all thrifts at 0.05 percent and Southwest thrifts at 0.14 percent.  The Bank’s allowance for loan losses to total loans of 0.96 percent was lower than the comparable group and also lower than all thrifts.  The Bank’s 100.2 percent ratio of reserves to nonperforming assets was lower than the comparable group at 130.8 percent and lower than all thrifts at 114.0 percent.

 

The Bank's net and core income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, were lower than the comparable group.  Based on net earnings, the Bank had a return on average assets of 0.22 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and returns on average assets of (0.73) percent and (0.07) percent in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.  For their most recent four quarters, the comparable group had a moderately higher net ROAA of 0.77 percent and a higher core ROAA of 0.77 percent, while all thrifts indicated a higher net ROAA and higher core ROAA of 0.89 percent and 0.87 percent, respectively.  Southwest thrifts indicated a net ROAA of 1.16 percent and a core ROAA of 1.15 percent.

 

Following its second stage conversion, Bank 34’s earnings will continue to be dependent on a combination of the overall trends in interest rates, the consistency, reliability and variation of its noninterest income and overhead expenses, its asset quality and its future reduced needs for provisions for loan losses.  Earnings will continue to increase in 2016 as occurred in 2015, focused on its income from its secondary loan operation.

 

  57  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

In recognition of the foregoing earnings related factors, considering Bank 34’s historical and current performance measures, a downward adjustment has been made to the Corporation’s pro forma market value for earnings performance.

 

MARKET AREA

 

Bank 34 s primary market area for retail deposits and loans consists of Dona Ana and Otero Counties in New Mexico and Maricopa County in Arizona.    As discussed in Section II, population decreased by a larger 14.6 percent in Alamogordo but increased in the three market area counties by an average of 15.5 percent from 2000 to 2010, and the number of households decreased in Alamogordo but increased in the three market area counties.    The 2010 median household income in all three market area counties was lower than state and national levels.    Dona Ana and Otero Counties 2015 unemployment rates were higher than state and national rates.    According to the 2010 Census, median housing values were $112,100, $137,300, $101,400, $175,600, $159,300 and $186,200 for Alamogordo, Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties, New Mexico and the United States, respectively.

 

The Corporation holds deposits of approximately 4.1 percent of all thrift deposits in the three-county market area as of June 30, 2015, and a minimal 0.2 percent share of the large total deposit base of $79.3 billion.

 

In recognition of the foregoing factors, recognizing the contrast in the Bank’s New Mexico and Arizona markets, we believe that no adjustment is warranted for the Bank's market area.

 

  58  

 

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

The financial condition of Bank 34 is discussed in Section I and shown in Exhibits 1, 2, 5, and 12 through 23, and is compared to the comparable group in Exhibits 38, 39 and 40.  The Bank's ratio of total equity to total assets was 10.73 percent at March 31, 2016, which was moderately lower than the comparable group at 12.95 percent, all thrifts at 12.01 percent and Southwest thrifts at 12.92 percent.  Based on the second stage offering completed at the midpoint of the valuation range, the Corporation's pro forma equity to assets ratio will increase to 14.16 percent and the Bank's pro forma equity to assets ratio will increase to 12.85 percent.

 

The Bank's mix of assets and liabilities indicates both similarities to and variations from its comparable group.  Bank 34 had a modestly higher 76.3 percent ratio of net loans to total assets at March 31, 2016, compared to the comparable group at 75.0 percent. All thrifts indicated a lower 70.3 percent, as did Southwest thrifts at 74.5 percent.  The Bank's 7.6 percent share of cash and investments was lower than the comparable group at 13.9 percent, while all thrifts were at 14.4 percent and Southwest thrifts were at 12.1 percent.  Bank 34’s 8.7 percent ratio of mortgage-backed securities to total assets was modestly higher than the comparable group at 5.3 percent and all thrifts at 8.1 percent and modestly higher than Southwest thrifts at 7.4 percent.

 

The Bank's 84.3 percent ratio of deposits to total assets was modestly higher than the comparable group at 80.3 percent, higher than all thrifts at 76.3 percent and higher than Southwest thrifts at 76.7 percent.  Bank 34’s higher ratio of deposits was due to its lower share of borrowed funds of 4.0 percent and lower share of equity of 10.7 percent, compared to the comparable group at 13.0 percent of equity to total assets, with all thrifts at 12.0 percent and Southwest thrifts at 12.9 percent.  Bank 34 had borrowed funds of 4.0 percent of assets at March 31, 2016, lower than the comparable group at 6.3 percent, and lower than all thrifts at 10.5 percent and Southwest thrifts at 10.1 percent.  In fiscal year 2015, total deposits increased by $23.8 million or 11.8 percent, due to an emphasis on attracting noninterest-bearing corporate operating accounts.  During fiscal year 2014, Bank 34’s deposits decreased by $844,000 or 0.6 percent from $135.5 million to $134.8 million.

 

  59  

 

 

Financial Condition (cont.)

 

Bank 34 had lower goodwill or intangible assets of 0.12 percent and had a lower share of repossessed real estate at March 31, 2016.  The Bank had repossessed real estate of $502,000 or 0.18 percent of assets at March 31, 2016.  This compares to ratios of 0.62 percent for goodwill and intangible assets and 0.29 percent for real estate owned, for the comparable group.  All thrifts had a goodwill and intangible assets ratio of 0.58 percent and a real estate owned ratio of 0.25 percent.  

 

The financial condition of Bank 34 is impacted by its currently lower than average balance of nonperforming assets of $1.9 million or 0.74 percent of total assets at March 31, 2016, compared to a higher 1.11 percent for the comparable group, 1.09 percent for all thrifts, and 0.47 percent for Southwest thrifts.  The Bank's ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets was 5.06 percent at June 30, 2012, 1.37 percent at June 30, 2014, and 0.74 percent at December 31, 2015.

 

At March 31, 2016, Bank 34 had $2,052,000 of allowances for loan losses, which represented 0.74 percent of assets and 0.96 percent of total loans.  The comparable group indicated higher allowances , relative to assets and loans, equal to 1.18 percent of assets and 1.53 percent of total loans, while all thrifts had allowances relative to assets and loans that averaged a higher 0.84 percent of assets and a higher 1.17 percent of total loans.  Also of major importance is an institution's ratio of allowances for loan losses to nonperforming assets, since a portion of nonperforming assets might eventually be charged off.  Bank 34’s $2,052,000 of allowances for loan losses, represented a lower 100.2 percent of nonperforming assets at March 31, 2016, compared to the comparable group's 130.8 percent, with all thrifts at a higher 114.0 percent and Southwest thrifts at a higher 226.3 percent.  Bank 34’s ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans was 0.11 percent for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, compared to a lower (0.12) percent for the comparable group, 0.04 percent for all thrifts and 0.02 percent for Southwest thrifts.

 

  60  

 

 

Financial Condition (cont.)

 

Bank 34 has a modest level of interest rate risk.  The change in the Bank’s EVE at March 31, 2016, reflecting the most current information available, based on a rise in interest rates of 100 basis points was a 6.0 percent increase, representing a dollar increase in equity value of $1,952,000. The Bank’s exposure increases to a 8.4 percent increase in its EVE under a 200 basis point rise in rates, representing a dollar increase in equity of $2,729,000.

 

Compared to the comparable group, with particular attention to the Bank’s asset quality position, equity level, asset and liability mix and interest rate risk, we believe that, a modest downward adjustment is warranted for Bank 34’s current financial condition, due to the Bank’s currently lower asset quality position and lower equity ratios.

 

ASSET, LOAN AND DEPOSIT GROWTH

 

During its most recent fiscal year and the year ended December 31, 2015, Bank 34 has been characterized by increases in assets, loans and deposits relative to its comparable group after decreases in 2014 and 2013.  The Bank’s average annual asset change from June 30, 2011, to December 31, 2015, was an increase of 10.6 percent, impacted by the Bank’s acquisition of Bank 1440 in August 2014.  Excluding the impact of the Bank 1440 acquisition, the average increase in assets is a more normal 3.2 percent.  This rate compares to a positive 3.0 percent for the comparable group, a higher 4.9 percent for all thrifts, and a higher 5.2 percent for Southwest thrifts.  Bank 34’s loan portfolio indicates an average annual decrease of 3.3 percent from June 30, 2011, to December 31, 2015, excluding the Bank 1440 acquisition, compared to growth rates of 1.7 percent for the comparable group, 1.4 percent for all thrifts and 3.0 percent for Southwest thrifts.  The Bank grew 10.9 percent in 2015.

 

Bank 34’s deposits indicate an average annual increase of 2.8 percent from 2011 to 2015, excluding the Bank 1440 acquisition.  Annual deposit change was a 0.6 percent decrease in 2014 and an 11.8 percent increase in 2015, compared to average growth rates of 2.4 percent for the

 

  61  

 

 

Asset, Loan and Deposit Growth (cont.)

 

comparable group, 1.9 percent for all thrifts and 3.5 percent for Southwest thrifts.  The Bank had borrowed funds at December 31, 2015, of $13.0 million, representing 4.8 percent of assets, compared to the comparable group at 8.0 percent.

 

In spite of its deposit shrinkage historically, considering the demographics, competition and deposit base trends in its market area, the Bank’s ability to increase its asset, loan and deposit bases in the future is primarily dependent on its being able to increase its market share by competitively pricing its loan and deposit products, maintaining a high quality of service to its customers and continuing its stronger loan origination activity.  Bank 34’s primary market area experienced increases in population and households in its three market area counties between 2000 and 2010.  The Bank’s primary market area also indicated 2010 median household income lower than both state and national levels.  In 2010, median housing values in Dona Ana and Otero Counties were below state and national levels, and Maricopa County’s was higher than those of New Mexico and the United States.

 

Notwithstanding the proceeds of the planned second stage offering, the Bank’s primary focus of its operations in Dona Ana, Otero and Maricopa Counties should offer the Bank the potential for growth in assets, loans and deposits.  The total deposit base in Dona Ana County grew by 6.7 percent from June 30, 2014, to June 30, 2015, increased by 2.0 percent in Otero County and increased by 9.4 percent in Maricopa County; and during that period, the number of financial institution offices decreased by one office in Dona Ana County, remained the same in Otero County and decreased by twelve offices in Maricopa County.  At June 30, 2015, Bank 34’s deposit market share of the three-county market area was a minimal 0.2 percent.

 

Based on the foregoing factors, we have concluded that a modest upward adjustment to the Corporation’s pro forma value is warranted.

 

 

  62  

 

 

DIVIDEND PAYMENTS

 

The Corporation has not made a decision to pay dividends.  The payment of cash dividends will depend upon such factors as earnings performance, financial condition, capital position, growth, asset quality and regulatory limitations.  Six of the ten institutions in the comparable group paid cash dividends during the most recent twelve months for an average dividend yield of 1.52 percent and an average payout ratio of 24.40 percent.  During that twelve month period, the average dividend yield was 2.25 percent and the average payout ratio was 47.51 percent for all thrifts.

 

In our opinion, no adjustment to the pro forma market value of the Corporation is warranted related to dividend payments, recognizing that the Corporation has paid a dividend in the past.

 

SUBSCRIPTION INTEREST

 

In 2014 and 2015, investors' interest in new issues has improved but is still not strong.  Such interest is possibly related to the improved performance of financial institutions overall, which could be challenged in the future due to the low interest rate environment and the compression of net interest margin.  The selective and conservative reaction of IPO investors appears generally to be related to a number of analytical, economic and market-related factors, including the financial performance and condition of the converting thrift institution, the strength of the local economy, housing market conditions, general market conditions for financial institution stocks and stocks overall, aftermarket price trends and the expectation of continued active merger/acquisition activity in the thrift industry.

 

Bank 34 will direct its offering initially to depositors and residents in its market area.  The board of directors and officers anticipate purchasing approximately $950,000 or 6.7 percent of the stock offered to the public based on the appraised midpoint valuation.   The Bank

 

  63  

 

 

Subscription Interest (cont.)

 

will form a new ESOP, which plans to purchase 8.0 percent of the total shares sold in the second stage offering.

 

The Bank has secured the services of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., to assist in the marketing and sale of the conversion stock, including a possible syndicated offering.

 

Based on the smaller size of the offering, recent banking conditions, current market conditions, historical local market interest, the terms of the offering and recent subscription levels for second stage offerings, we believe that an upward adjustment is warranted for the Bank’s anticipated subscription interest.

 

LIQUIDITY OF THE STOCK

 

The Corporation will offer its shares through a subscription and community offering and, if required, a subsequent syndicated offering with the assistance of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. The stock of the Corporation will be traded on NASDAQ.

 

The Bank's total public offering is considerably smaller in size than the average market value of the comparable group.  The comparable group has an average market value of $69.5 million for the stock outstanding compared to a midpoint public offering of $14.2 million for the Corporation, less the ESOP and the estimated 95,000 shares to be purchased by officers and directors.  Of the ten institutions in the comparable group, all trade on Nasdaq with those ten institutions indicating an average daily trading volume of over 4,200 shares during the last four quarters.

 

The comparable group has an average of 6,078,322 shares outstanding compared to 2,600,000 shares outstanding for the Corporation, including the exchange shares.

 

  64  

 

 

Liquidity of the Stock (cont.)

 

Based on the average market capitalization, shares outstanding and daily trading volume of the comparable group, we have concluded that a downward adjustment to the Corporation’s pro forma market value is warranted relative to the liquidity of its stock.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The chief executive officer of Bank 34 is Jill Gutierrez (reference Exhibit 24).  Ms. Gutierrez has served as president and chief executive officer of the Bank from 2011 to 2015.  In January 2015, Ms. Gutierrez became chief executive officer of the Bank, foregoing the title of president.  Ms. Gutierrez is also a director of the Bank, a position she has held since 2011.  Ms. Gutierrez has been with the Bank since 2007. Ms. Gutierrez has extensive banking experience, serving as senior vice president and senior lending officer at Southwest Bank, Alamogordo, and at First National Bank in Alamogordo.  Mr. William P. Kauper has been the president of Bank 34 since January 2015 and previously served Bank 34 as senior vice president and chief operations officer.  Mr. Kauper has served as an executive officer and board member in community and publicly traded banks in Wisconsin, Arizona, Colorado and New Mexico.  Prior to joining Bank 34, he was president and chief executive officer and a board member of Peoples National Bank in Colorado from 2006 through July 2010.  From 1999 through 2006, Mr. Kauper was employed by Western Security Bank in Scottsdale, Arizona, and served as its president/chief operating officer and as a board member at the time of the bank’s acquisition in 2006.  Mr. Kauper has been employed in the banking industry since 1975.

 

Mr. Jan Thiry joined Bank 34 as senior vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer in February 2014 and was named executive vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer in January 2015.  Mr. Thiry has over 35 years of experience with Wisconsin and Illinois financial institutions and multi-bank holding companies ranging in assets from $1.0 billion to $22.0 billion, with responsibilities including audit manager, controller and chief accounting officer.  He began his career as an auditor with a “Big 4” accounting firm, and prior to joining Bank 34,

 

  65  

 

 

Management (cont.)

 

spent three years as a consultant specializing in Securities and Exchange Commission reporting, investor relations, GAAP interpretation, merger and acquisition accounting and financial analysis with multi-national industrial corporations in the Chicago area.  Mr. Thiry is a Certified Public Accountant and has been an adjunct professor for a graduate business school, teaching courses in accounting, auditing, fraud investigation and business communications over the past 20 years.

 

During the Bank’s five most recent fiscal years, Bank 34 has been able to maintain a competitive net interest margin, reduce its nonperforming assets and reduce its real estate owned.  The Bank experienced decreases in loans, deposits and assets, and indicated losses in each year from 2011 to 2014, resulting in a decrease in its equity level and ratio.  In 2015, the Bank experienced growth in loan, deposits and assets and indicated positive earnings, with such growth continuing in the first quarter of 2016.  Bank 34’s interest rate risk is modest, primarily as a result of its higher share of adjustable rate loans.  The Bank’s earnings and return on assets improved in 2015 and then decreased in the three months ended March 31, 2016, while its net interest margin has been above industry averages, and management is confident that the Bank is now positioned for continued loan, deposit and asset growth and future positive earnings following its second stage offering.

 

Overall, we believe the Bank to be professionally and knowledgeably managed, as are the comparable group institutions.  It is our opinion that no adjustment to the pro forma market value of the Corporation is warranted for management.

 

MARKETING OF THE ISSUE

 

The necessity to build a new issue discount into the stock price of a second stage offering continues to be a closely examined issue in recognition of uncertainty among investors as a result of the thrift industry's problems with delinquent loans, dependence on interest rate trends,

 

  66  

 

 

Marketing of the Issue (cont.)

 

volatility in the stock market and recent legislation related to the regulation of financial institutions and their ability to generate selected income.

 

We believe that a new issue discount applied to the price to book valuation approach is appropriate and necessary in this offering.  In our opinion, the volatility in recent market trends cause us to conclude that a modest new issue discount is warranted in the case of this second stage offering.  Consequently, at this time we have made a small downward adjustment to the Corporation's pro forma market value related to a new issue discount.

 

  67  

 

 

VI. VALUATION METHODS

 

Introduction

 

Historically, the most frequently used method for determining the pro forma market value of common stock for thrift institutions by this firm has been the price to book value ratio method, due to the volatility of earnings in the thrift industry.   Historically in the thrift industry, more emphasis has been placed on the price to book method, particularly considering decreases in stock prices from 2008 to 2012.  During the past three years, however, as provision for loan losses decreased significantly resulting in renewed earnings in the industry, the price to earnings method has again become pertinent and meaningful in the objective of discerning commonality and comparability among institutions.  The price to earnings method was used in this valuation, but with less focus in recognition of the Corporation’s lower core earnings and negative historical earnings.  In determining the pro forma market value of this Corporation, primary emphasis has been placed on the price to book value method, with additional analytical and correlative attention to the price to earnings multiple and the price to assets method.

 

In recognition of the volatility and variance in earnings, the continued differences in asset and liability repricing and the frequent disparity in value between the price to book approach and the price to earnings approach, a third valuation method, the price to net assets method, has also been used.  The price to assets method is used less often for valuing ongoing institutions, but becomes more useful in valuing converting institutions when the equity position and earnings performance of the institutions under consideration are different.

 

In addition to the pro forma market value, we have defined a valuation range with the minimum of the range being 85.0 percent of the pro forma market value, the maximum of the range being 115.0 percent of the pro forma market value and the super maximum being 115.0 percent of the maximum.  The pro forma market value or appraised value will also be referred to as the "midpoint value."

 

 

  68  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, consideration was given to the adjustments to the Bank's pro forma market value discussed in Section V.  Downward adjustments were made for the Bank s financial condition, earnings, liquidity of the stock and marketing of the issue.    No adjustments were made for the Bank s market area, dividend payments, and management. A modest upward adjustment was made for subscription interest and a slight upward adjustment for asset, loan and deposit growth.

 

PRICE TO BOOK VALUE METHOD

 

In the valuation of thrift institutions, the price to book value method focuses on an institution's financial condition, and does not give as much consideration to the institution's long term performance and value as measured by earnings.    Due to the earnings volatility of many thrift stocks, the price to book value method is frequently used by investors who rely on an institution's financial condition rather than earnings performance.    Although this method is, under certain circumstances, considered somewhat less meaningful for institutions that provide a consistent earnings trend, it remains significant and reliable when an institution s performance or general economic conditions are experiencing volatile or uncustomary trends related to internal or external factors, and serves as a complementary and correlative analysis to the price to earnings and price to assets approaches.   

 

Exhibit 46 shows the average and median price to book value ratios for the comparable group which were 89.00 percent and 92.65 percent, respectively.    The full comparable group indicated a moderate pricing range, from a low of 56.46 percent (Central Federal Corp.) to a high of 109.93 percent (Timberland BanCorp).    The comparable group had higher average and median price to tangible book value ratios of 93.87 percent and 96.99 percent, respectively, with a range of 56.60 percent to 119.24 percent.    Excluding the low and the high in the group, the comparable group's price to book value range narrowed to a low of 74.55 percent and a high of 107.40

 

  69  

 

 

Price to Book Value Method (cont.)

 

percent, and the comparable group’s price to tangible book value range also narrowed moderately from a low of 76.50 percent to a higher of 107.40 percent.

 

Considering the foregoing factors in conjunction with the adjustments made in Section V, we have determined a fully converted pro forma price to book value ratio of 63.42 percent and a price to tangible book value ratio of 63.95 percent at the midpoint.    The price to book value ratio increases from 56.49 percent at the minimum to 76.36 percent at the super maximum, while the price to tangible book value ratio increases from 56.99 percent at the minimum to 76.94 percent at the super maximum.

 

The Corporation's pro forma price to book value and price to tangible book value ratios of 63.42 percent and 63.95 percent, respectively, as calculated using the prescribed formulary computation indicated in Exhibit 45, are influenced by the Bank's capitalization, asset quality position, earnings performance, local market and public ownership, as well as subscription interest in thrift stocks and overall market and economic conditions.    The Corporation's ratio of equity to assets after conversion at the midpoint of the valuation range will be approximately 14.16 percent compared to 12.96 percent for the comparable group.    Based on the price to book value ratio and the Bank's total equity of $29,890,000 at March 31, 2016, the indicated pro forma market value of the Corporation using this approach is $26,000,000 at the midpoint (reference Exhibit 45).

 

PRICE TO CORE EARNINGS METHOD

 

The foundation of the price to core earnings method is the determination of the core earnings base to be used, followed by the calculation of an appropriate price to core earnings multiple.    The Corporation s after tax core earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, was $755,000 (reference Exhibit 7) and its net earnings was $591,000 for that period.    To

 

  70  

 

 

Price to Core Earnings Method (cont.)

 

opine the pro forma market value of the Corporation using the price to core earnings method, we applied the core earnings base of $755,000.

 

In determining the fully converted price to core earnings multiple, we reviewed the ranges of the price to core earnings and the price to net earnings multiples for the comparable group and all publicly traded thrifts.    As indicated in Exhibit 44, the average price to core earnings multiple for the comparable group was 16.75, while the median was a higher 17.39.    The average price to net earnings multiple was 16.92, and the median multiple was 17.46.    The range of the price to core earnings multiple for the comparable group was from a low of 6.85 to a high of 27.58.    The range in the price to core earnings multiple for the comparable group, excluding the high and low ranges, was from a low multiple of 10.69 to a high of 21.02 times earnings for eight of the ten institutions in the group, indicating a modest narrowing of the range.

 

Consideration was given to the adjustments to the Corporation s pro forma market value discussed in Section V.    In recognition of those adjustments, we have determined a fully converted price to core earnings multiple of 35.55 at the midpoint, based on the Corporation s core earnings of $755,000 for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016.    The Corporation s fully converted core earnings multiple of 35.55 is lower than its net earnings multiple, which was 46.45 times earnings.

 

PRICE TO ASSETS METHOD

 

The final valuation method is the price to assets method.    This method is not frequently used, since the calculation incorporates neither an institution's equity position nor its earnings base.    Additionally, the prescribed formulary computation of value using the pro forma price to net assets method does not recognize the runoff of deposits concurrently allocated to the purchase of conversion stock, returning a pro forma price to net assets ratio below its true level following conversion.

 

  71  

 

 

Price to Assets Method (cont.)

 

Exhibit 45 indicates that the average price to assets ratio for the comparable group was 11.62 percent and the median was 11.69 percent.    The range in the price to assets ratios for the comparable group varied from a low of 6.13 percent (Central Federal Corp.) to a high of 18.71 percent (First Financial Northwest).  The range narrows slightly with the elimination of the two extremes in the group to a low of 8.52 percent and a high of 14.31 percent.

 

Consistent with the previously noted adjustments, it is our opinion that an appropriate price to assets ratio for the Corporation is 8.98 percent at the midpoint, which ranges from a low of 7.68 percent at the minimum to 11.71 percent at the super maximum.  Based on the Bank's March 31, 2016, asset base of $278,506,030, the indicated pro forma market value of the Corporation using the price to assets method is $26,000,000 at the midpoint (reference Exhibit 45).

 

VALUATION CONCLUSION

 

Exhibit 51 provides a summary of the valuation premium or discount for each of the valuation ranges when compared to the comparable group based on each of the fully converted valuation approaches.  At the midpoint value, the price to book value ratio of 63.42 percent for the Corporation represents a discount of 28.74 percent relative to the comparable group and decreases to a discount of 14.20 percent at the super maximum.  The price to assets ratio of 8.98 percent at the midpoint represents a discount of 22.72 percent, increasing to a premium of 0.77 percent at the super maximum.  Due to the Corporation’s lower core earnings, the price to core earnings multiple results in a significant premium at each valuation level from a premium of 79.16 percent at the minimum to 184.84 percent at the super maximum, as shown in Exhibit 51.

 

It is our opinion that as of May 16, 2016, the pro forma market value of the Corporation is $26,000,000 at the midpoint, representing 2,600,000 shares at $10.00 per share.  The pro forma valuation range of the Corporation is from a minimum of $22,100,000 or

 

  72  

 

 

Valuation Conclusion (cont.)

 

2,210,000 shares at $10.00 per share to a maximum of $29,900,000 or 2,990,000 shares at $10.00 per share, and then to a super maximum of $34,385,000 or 3,438,500 shares at $10.00 a share, with such range being defined as 15 percent below the appraised value to 15 percent above the appraised value and then 15 percent above the maximum.

 

Our valuation assumptions, process and conclusions recognize that minority public shareholders collectively own 45.34 percent of the Bank’s outstanding shares, and that the current offering contemplates the sale of the 54.66 percent of the outstanding shares currently owned by AF Mutual Holding Company, combined with the $277 in cash held by AF Mutual Holding Company.  At the conclusion of the stock offering, the Corporation will own all the common stock of Bank 34 in conjunction with the completion of the second stage offering.  As indicated in Exhibit 46, in the second stage conversion, each minority share will be exchanged for 1.5480 shares of the Corporation at the midpoint of the offering range, with that exchange ratio being 1.3158 shares, 1.7803 shares and 2.0473 shares at the minimum, maximum, and super maximum of the offering range, respectively.

 

The appraised value of Bancorp 34, Inc., as of May 16, 2016, is $26,000,000 at the midpoint.

 

  73  

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

 

 

Dear Valued Customer:

 

I am pleased to tell you about an investment opportunity and, just as importantly, to request your vote. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”), our organization will convert from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. To accomplish the conversion, Bancorp 34, Inc., newly formed to own Bank 34, is conducting an offering of shares of its common stock. Enclosed you will find a Prospectus, a Proxy Statement and a Questions and Answers Brochure describing the proxy vote, the offering and the Plan.

 

THE PROXY VOTE:

 

Your vote is extremely important for us to meet our goals. The Plan is subject to approval by Bank 34’s customers. NOT VOTING YOUR ENCLOSED PROXY CARD(S) WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING “AGAINST” THE PLAN. Note that you may receive more than one Proxy Card, depending on the ownership structure of your accounts at Bank 34. Please vote all the Proxy Cards you receive — none are duplicates! To cast your vote, please sign and date each Proxy Card and return the card(s) in the Proxy Reply Envelope provided. Alternatively, you may vote by telephone or the Internet by following the simple instructions on the Proxy Card.

 

Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” the Plan.

 

Please note:

 

The proceeds resulting from the sale of stock will support our business strategy.
There will be no change to account numbers, interest rates or other terms of your accounts at Bank 34. Deposit accounts will not be converted to stock. Your deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC, up to the maximum legal limits.
You will continue to enjoy the same services with the same Board of Directors, management and staff.
  Voting does not obligate you to purchase shares of common stock in our offering.

 

THE STOCK OFFERING:

 

As an eligible Bank 34 customer, you have non-transferable rights, but no obligation, to purchase shares of common stock during our Subscription Offering before any shares are made available for sale to the general public. The common stock is being offered at $10.00 per share, and there will be no sales commission charged to purchasers during the offering.

 

Please read the enclosed materials carefully. If you are interested in purchasing shares of common stock, complete the enclosed Stock Order Form and return it with full payment. You may submit your Stock Order Form by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the Stock Order Form, by mail using the Stock Order Reply Envelope provided, or by hand-delivery to Bank 34 s main office located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico or to our Scottsdale office located at 14850 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona. Stock Order Forms and full payment must be received (not postmarked) before 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on __________, 2016. If you are considering purchasing stock with funds you have in an IRA or other retirement account, please call our Stock Information Center promptly for guidance, because these orders require additional processing time.

 

I invite you to consider this opportunity to share in our future. Thank you for your continued support as a Bank 34 customer.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Jill Gutierrez

Chief Executive Officer

 

This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

Questions?

 

Call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,
from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday, except bank holidays.

 

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dear Friend:

 

I am pleased to tell you about an investment opportunity. Bancorp 34, Inc., newly formed to own Bank 34, is offering shares of its common stock for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. No sales commission will be charged to purchasers during the offering.

 

Please read the enclosed materials carefully before making an investment decision. If you are interested in purchasing shares of Bancorp 34, Inc. common stock, complete the enclosed Stock Order Form and return it with full payment. You may submit your Stock Order Form by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the Stock Order Form, by mail using the Stock Order Reply Envelope provided, or by hand-delivery to Bank 34 s main office located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico or to our Scottsdale office located at 14850 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona. Stock Order Forms and full payment must be received (not postmarked) before 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on __________, 2016. If you are considering purchasing stock with funds you have in an IRA or other retirement account, please call our Stock Information Center promptly for guidance, because these orders require additional processing time.

 

If you have questions about our organization or purchasing shares, please refer to the enclosed Prospectus and Questions and Answers Brochure, or call our Stock Information Center at the number shown below.

 

I invite you to consider this opportunity to share in our future as a Bancorp 34, Inc. stockholder.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Jill Gutierrez

Chief Executive Officer

 

This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

Questions?

 

Call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,
from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday, except bank holidays.

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dear Friend:

 

I am pleased to tell you about an investment opportunity. Bancorp 34, Inc., newly formed to own Bank 34, is offering shares of its common stock for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. No sales commission will be charged to purchasers during the offering.

 

Our records indicate that you were a depositor as of the close of business on either December 31, 2014 or ________, 2016, whose account(s) was/were closed thereafter. As such, you have non-transferable rights, but no obligation, to subscribe for shares of common stock during our Subscription Offering before any shares are made available for sale to the general public.

 

Please read the enclosed materials carefully before making an investment decision. If you are interested in purchasing shares of common stock, complete the enclosed Stock Order Form and return it with full payment. You may submit your Stock Order Form by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the Stock Order Form, by mail using the Stock Order Reply Envelope provided, or by hand-delivery to Bank 34 s main office located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico or to our Scottsdale office located at 14850 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona. Stock Order Forms and full payment must be received (not postmarked) before 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on __________, 2016. If you are considering purchasing stock with funds you have in an IRA or other retirement account, please call our Stock Information Center promptly for guidance, because these orders require additional processing time.

 

If you have questions about our organization or purchasing shares, please refer to the enclosed Prospectus and Questions and Answers Brochure, or call our Stock Information Center at the number shown below.

 

I invite you to consider this opportunity to share in our future as a Bancorp 34, Inc. stockholder.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Jill Gutierrez
Chief Executive Officer

 

This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

Questions?

 

Call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,
from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday, except bank holidays.

 

F

 

 

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, a Stife l Company has been retained by Bancorp 34, Inc. as selling agent in connection with the offering of Bancorp 34, Inc. common stock.

 

At the request of Bancorp 34, Inc., we are enclosing materials regarding the offering of shares of Bancorp 34, Inc. common stock. Included in this package is a Prospectus describing the stock offering. We encourage you to read the enclosed information carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section of the Prospectus.

 

Sincerely ,

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

 

This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

D

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE

 

 

THIS PACKAGE INCLUDES

PROXY CARD(S)

REQUIRING YOUR PROMPT VOTE.

 

 

PLEASE VOTE EACH CARD.

THERE ARE NO

DUPLICATE CARDS!

 

 

THANK YOU!

 

PF

 

 

 

 

 

 

PLEASE VOTE

THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD!

 

If you have not yet voted the Proxy Card(s) we recently mailed
to you in a large white package,
please vote the enclosed replacement Proxy Card.

 

You may vote by mail using the enclosed envelope, or follow the
telephone or Internet voting instructions on the Proxy Card.

 

PLEASE JOIN YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN VOTING “ FOR ” THE PLAN OF
CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION (THE “PLAN”).

 

NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING

AGAINST ” THE PLAN.

 

VOTING DOES NOT OBLIGATE YOU TO PURCHASE SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK DURING THE OFFERING.

 

THE CONVERSION WILL CHANGE OUR FORM OF CORPORATE
ORGANIZATION, BUT WILL NOT RESULT IN CHANGES TO BANK STAFF,
MANAGEMENT OR YOUR DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS OR LOANS. DEPOSIT
ACCOUNTS WILL CONTINUE TO BE INSURED BY THE FDIC, UP TO THE

MAXIMUM LEGAL LIMITS.

 

If you receive more than one of these reminder mailings,
please vote each Proxy Card received. None are duplicates!

 

QUESTIONS?

 

Please call our Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,
from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday,
except bank holidays.

 

PG1

 

 

 

 

 

 

HAVE YOU VOTED YET?

 

PLEASE VOTE THE ENCLOSED
PROXY CARD!

 

Our records indicate that you have not voted the Proxy Card(s) we mailed to you.

 

IF YOU ARE UNSURE WHETHER YOU VOTED, PLEASE
VOTE THE ENCLOSED REPLACEMENT PROXY
CARD. YOUR VOTE WILL NOT BE COUNTED TWICE.

 

NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING

AGAINST ” THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION (THE “PLAN”).

 

You may receive a courtesy telephone call. Please feel free to ask questions.

 ______________________

 

Your Board of Directors urges you to vote “ FOR ” the Plan.

______________________

 

VOTING DOES NOT OBLIGATE YOU TO PURCHASE SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK DURING THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT
AFFECT YOUR BANK 34
DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS OR LOANS.

 

If you receive more than one of these reminder mailings,
please vote each Proxy Card received. None are duplicates!

 

QUESTIONS?

 

Please call our Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,
from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday,
except bank holidays.

 

PG2

 

 

 

 

 

 

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

 

NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT

AS VOTING AGAINST THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

(THE “PLAN”).

 

In order to implement the Plan,

we must obtain the approval of our voting depositors.

 

Please disregard this notice if you have already voted.

If you are unsure whether you voted,

vote the enclosed replacement Proxy Card.

Your vote will not be counted twice!

 

If you receive more than one of these reminder mailings,

please vote each Proxy Card received. None are duplicates!

 

Please note: Implementing the Plan will not affect your deposit accounts or loans at Bank 34. Deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC, up to the maximum legal limits. Voting does not require you to purchase shares of common stock during the offering.

 

THANK YOU VERY MUCH!

 

QUESTIONS?

 

Please call our Information Center toll-free at 1-(877) ___-____,

From 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday, except bank holidays.

 

PG3

 

 

 

 

CONTROL NUMBER PROXY CARD AGAINST 4 Please vote by marking one of the boxes as shown. FOR 1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization (the "Plan") whereby AF Mutual Holding Company and Bancorp 34, Inc. will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as described in more detail in the proxy statement; and such other business as may properly come before the Meeting. Management is not aware of any other business to be considered. IF SIGNED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR THE PROPOSAL STATED IF NO CHOICE IS MADE HEREON Votes will be cast in accordance with this proxy. Should the undersigned be present and elect to vote at the Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of AF Mutual Holding Company at said Meeting of the Member's decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorney in fact oragents shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a Notice of Special Meetingand attached proxy statement dated August __, 2016, prior to theexecution of this proxy. x Signature Date NOTE: Only one signature is required in the case of a joint account. Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. Corporations or partnership proxies should be signed by an authorized officer. o FOLD AND DETACH THE PROXY VOTING CARD HERE o YOUR PROMPT VOTE IS IMPORTANT! Internet and telephone voting are quick and simple ways to vote, available through 11:59 P.M., Mountain Time, on __________, 2016 VOTE BY INTERNET VOTE BY TELEPHONE (Toll-free) VOTE BY MAIL WWW.MYPROXYVOTECOUNTS.COM 1- (866) 437- 4667 Use the Internet to vote your Use the touch-tone telephone to proxy. Have your Proxy Card vote your proxy. Have your Proxy o Mark, sign and date your Proxyin hand when you access the OR Card in hand when you call. You OR Card and return it in the postage- website. You will be prompted to will be prompted to enter your 12 paid Proxy Reply Envelopeenter online your 12 digit control digit control number, located in the provided. number, located in the shaded box shaded box above. Each Proxy above. Each Proxy Card has a Card has a unique control number. unique control number. If you vote by Internet or by Telephone, you do NOT need to return your Proxy Card by mail. NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING "AGAINST" THE PROPOSAL. PLEASE VOTE ALL PROXY CARDS RECEIVED. NONE ARE DUPLICATES.

 

 

 

 

+7 REVOCABLE PROXY AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS __________, 2016 The undersigned member of AF Mutual Holding Company hereby appoints the full Board of Directors, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote such votes as the undersigned may be entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Members (the "Meeting") to be held at the ________________________________________ Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310 at __:00 p.m., Mountain Time, on __________, 2016, and at any and all adjournments thereof. They are entitled to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows: The Board of Directors recommends a vote "FOR" the proposal. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IS SOLICITING YOUR PROXY. THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE PROPOSAL STATED ABOVE. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE ABOVE NAMED PROXIES AT THE DIRECTION OF A MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE MEETING. PLEASE PROMPTLY COMPLETE, SIGN AND DATE THIS PROXY CARD ON THE REVERSE SIDE AND RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED PROXY REPLY ENVELOPE. ALTERNATIVELY, YOU MAY VOTE BY INTERNET OR BY TELEPHONE BY FOLLOWING THE SIMPLE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE REVERSE SIDE. (CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE) o FOLD AND DETACH THE PROXY VOTING CARD HERE o THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE PROPOSAL. NOT VOTING IS THE EQUIVALENT OF VOTING "AGAINST" THE PROPOSAL. PLEASE VOTE ALL CARDS THAT YOU RECEIVE. NONE ARE DUPLICATES. VOTING DOES NOT REQUIRE YOU TO PURCHASE SHARES OF BANCORP 34, INC. COMMON STOCK IN THE OFFERING.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Questions and Answers

About Our Conversion and Stock Offering

 

 

 

 

This pamphlet answers questions about our conversion and stock offering. Investing in shares of common stock involves certain risks. Before making an investment decision, please read the enclosed Prospectus carefully, including the ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section.

 

GENERAL — THE CONVERSION

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that the conversion and reorganization is in the best interests of our organization, our customers and the communities we serve.

 

Q. What is the conversion and offering?

 

A. Under our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”), our organization is converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. At March 31, 2016, AF Mutual Holding Company owned 54.7% of the common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. The remaining 45.3% of the common stock was owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, our newly formed corporation, Bancorp 34, Inc. (“Bancorp 34”) will own Bank 34. Shares of common stock of Bancorp 34 representing the ownership interest of AF Mutual Holding Company in Alamogordo Financial Corp., as adjusted for certain assets of AF Mutual Holding Company, are currently being offered for sale.

 

At the completion of the conversion, public stockholders of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will exchange their shares of common stock for newly issued shares of common stock of Bancorp 34, maintaining their approximate percentage ownership in our organization immediately prior to the conversion, as adjusted for certain assets of AF Mutual Holding Company.

 

At the completion of the conversion, 100% of the common stock of Bancorp 34 will be owned by public stockholders. AF Mutual Holding Company’s shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be cancelled, and Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist.

 

Q. What are the reasons for the conversion and offering?

 

A. Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to: (i) support our planned growth and strengthen our regulatory capital position with the additional capital we will raise in the stock offering; (ii) facilitate our stock holding company’s ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders; (iii) transition us to a more common and flexible stock holding company structure from our existing mutual holding company structure; (iv) improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock; and (v) facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

 

Q. Is Bank 34 considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes?

 

A. Yes. As of March 31, 2016, Bank 34 was considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

 

Q. Will customers notice any change in Bank 34’s day-to-day activities as a result of the conversion and offering?

 

A. No. It will be business as usual. The conversion is an internal change in our corporate structure. There will be no change to our Board of Directors, management, and staff as a result of the conversion. Bank 34 will continue to operate as an independent bank.

 

Q. Will the conversion and offering affect customers’ deposit accounts or loans?

 

A. No. The conversion and offering will not affect the balance or terms of deposits or loans, and deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the maximum legal limits. Deposit accounts will not be converted to stock.

 

THE PROXY VOTE

 

Although we have received conditional regulatory approval, the Plan is also subject to approval by stockholders and our voting customers.

 

Q. Why should I vote “For” the Plan?

 

A. Your vote “For” the Plan is extremely important to us. Each eligible Bank 34 customer as of ______, 2016 received a Proxy Card attached to a Stock Order Form. These packages also include a Proxy Statement describing the Plan. The Plan cannot be implemented without stockholder and customer approval.

 

Our Board of Directors believes that converting to a fully public ownership structure will best support our future growth.

 

Voting does not obligate you to purchase shares of common stock during the offering.

 

Q. What happens if I don’t vote?

 

A. Your vote is very important. Proxy Cards not voted will have the same effect as voting “ Against ” the Plan.

 

Without sufficient favorable votes, we cannot complete the conversion and the related stock offering.

 

Q. How do I vote?

 

A. Mark your vote, sign and date each Proxy Card enclosed and return the card(s) in the enclosed Proxy Reply Envelope. Alternatively, you may vote by Internet or telephone, by following the simple instructions on the Proxy Card. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY. NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING “ AGAINST ” THE PLAN. Telephone and Internet voting are available 24 hours a day.

 

Q. How many votes are available to me?

 

A. Depositors at the close of business on ________, 2016 are entitled to one vote for each $100 or fraction thereof on deposit. Additionally, each borrower as of May 22, 1997 who remained a borrower as of _______, 2016, will be entitled to one vote, in addition to votes he or she is entitled to as a depositor. However, no customer may cast more than 1,000 votes. Proxy Cards are not imprinted with your number of votes; however, votes will be automatically tallied by computer.

 

Q. Why did I receive more than one Proxy Card?

 

A. If you had more than one deposit and/or loan account on ______, 2016, you may have received more than one Proxy Card, depending on the ownership structure of your accounts. There are no duplicate cards — please promptly vote all the Proxy Cards sent to you.

 

 

 

 

Q. More than one name appears on my Proxy Card. Who must sign?

 

A. The names reflect the title of your account. Proxy Cards for joint accounts require the signature of only one of the account holders. Proxy Cards for trust or custodian accounts must be signed by the trustee or the custodian, not the listed beneficiary.

 

THE STOCK OFFERING AND PURCHASING SHARES

 

Q. How many shares are being offered and at what price?

 

A. Bancorp 34 is offering for sale between 1,207,986 and 1,634,334 shares of common stock (subject to increase to 1,879,484 shares) at $10.00 per share. No sales commission will be charged to purchasers.

 

Q. Who is eligible to purchase stock during the stock offering?

 

A. Pursuant to our Plan, non-transferable rights to subscribe for shares of Bancorp 34 common stock in the Subscription Offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority:

 

Priority #1 — Depositors of Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2014;

 

Priority #2 — Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans;

 

Priority #3 — Depositors of Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on __________, 2016; and

 

Priority #4 — Depositors of Bank 34 at the close of business on ________, 2016 and borrowers of Bank 34 as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of ________, 2016.

 

Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale to the public in a Community Offering , with a preference given to natural persons including trusts of natural persons residing in Dona Ana and Otero Counties, New Mexico and Maricopa County, Arizona and then to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders as of ________, 2016. Remaining shares may be offered to members of the general public.

 

Shares not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings may be offered for sale to the general public through a Syndicated Offering .

 

Q. I am eligible to subscribe for shares of common stock in the Subscription Offering but am not interested in investing. May I allow someone else to use my Stock Order Form to take advantage of my priority as an eligible account holder?

 

A. No. Subscription rights are non-transferable! Only those eligible to subscribe in the Subscription Offering , as listed above, may purchase shares in the Subscription Offering. To preserve subscription rights, the shares may only be registered in the name(s) of eligible account holder(s). On occasion, unscrupulous people attempt to persuade account holders to transfer subscription rights, or to purchase shares in the offering based on an understanding that the shares will be subsequently transferred to others. Participation in such schemes is against the law and may subject involved parties to prosecution. If you become aware of any such activities, please notify our Stock Information Center promptly so that we can take the necessary steps to protect our eligible account holders’ subscription rights in the offering.

 

Q. How may I buy shares during the Subscription and Community Offerings?

 

A. Shares can be purchased by completing a Stock Order Form and returning it, with full payment, so that it is received (not postmarked) before the offering deadline. You may submit your Stock Order Form by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the Stock Order Form, by mail using the Stock Order Reply Envelope provided, or by hand-delivery to Bank 34’s main office located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico or to our Scottsdale office located at 14850 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona. Please do not mail Stock Order Forms to Bank 34.

 

Q. What is the deadline for purchasing shares?

 

A. To purchase shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings, you must deliver a properly completed, signed original Stock Order Form, with full payment, so that it is received (not postmarked) before 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on __________, 2016. Acceptable methods for delivery of Stock Order Forms are described above.

 

Q. How may I pay for the shares?

 

A. Payment for shares can be remitted in two ways:

 

(1) By personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Bancorp 34, Inc. These will be deposited upon receipt. We cannot accept wires or third party checks. Bank 34 line of credit checks may not be remitted for this purchase. Please do not mail cash!

 

(2) By authorized deposit account withdrawal of funds from your Bank 34 deposit account(s). The Stock Order Form section entitled “Method of Payment — Deposit Account Withdrawal” allows you to list the account number(s) and amount(s) to be withdrawn. Funds designated for direct withdrawal must be in the account(s) at the time the Stock Order Form is received. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. If you request direct withdrawal from such accounts, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s). Also, IRA or other retirement accounts held at Bank 34 may not be listed for direct withdrawal. See information on retirement accounts below.

 

Q. Will I earn interest on my funds?

 

A. Yes. If you pay by personal check, bank check or money order, you will earn interest at a rate of ___% per annum from the date we process your payment until the completion of the conversion and offering. At that time, you will be issued a check for interest earned on funds. If you pay for shares by authorizing a direct withdrawal from your Bank 34 deposit account(s), your funds will continue earning interest within the account, at the account’s contractual rate. The interest will remain in your account(s) when the designated withdrawal is made, upon completion of the conversion and offering.

 

 

 

 

Q. Are there limits to how many shares I can order?

 

A. Yes. The minimum order is 25 shares ($250). The maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a person or entity is 25,000 shares ($250,000). Additionally, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than 35,000 shares ($350,000) in all categories of the offerings combined.

 

More detail on purchase limits, including the definition of “associate” and “acting in concert,” can be found in the Prospectus section entitled “The Conversion and Offering — Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Q. May I use my Bank 34 individual retirement account (“IRA”) to purchase shares?

 

A. You may use funds currently held in retirement accounts with Bank 34. However, before you place your stock order, the funds you wish to use must be transferred to a self-directed retirement account maintained by an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm. If you are interested in using IRA or any other retirement funds held at Bank 34 or elsewhere, please call our Stock Information Center as soon as possible for guidance, but preferably at least two weeks before the ________, 2016 offering deadline. Your ability to use such funds for this purchase may depend on time constraints, because this type of purchase requires additional processing time, and may be subject to limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

 

Q. May I use a loan from Bank 34 to pay for shares?

 

A. No. Bank 34, by regulation, may not extend a loan for the purchase of Bancorp 34 common stock during the offering. Similarly, you may not use existing Bank 34 line of credit checks to purchase stock during the offering.

 

Q. May I change my mind after I place an order to subscribe for stock?

 

A. No. After receipt, your executed Stock Order Form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent, unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond ________, 2016 or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 1,879,484 shares or decreased to less than 1,207,986 shares.

 

Q. Are directors and executive officers of Bank 34 planning to purchase stock?

 

A. Yes. Directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to subscribe for an aggregate of ________ shares ($_________) or approximately ____% of the shares to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range.

 

Q. Will the stock be insured?

 

A. No. Like any common stock, Bancorp 34 stock will not be insured.

 

Q. Will dividends be paid on the stock?

 

A. Following completion of the conversion, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments.

 

In determining whether to declare or pay any dividends, the Board of Directors will take into account our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

 

Q. How will Bancorp 34 shares trade?

 

A. Upon completion of the conversion and offering, Bancorp 34 shares will replace the existing shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCTF.” Once the shares have begun trading, you may contact a brokerage or other firm offering investment services in order to buy or sell Bancorp 34 shares in the future.

 

Q. If I purchase shares during the Subscription and Community Offerings, when will I receive my shares?

 

A. All shares of Bancorp 34 common stock sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be issued in book-entry form on the books of our transfer agent, through the Direct Registration System. Paper stock certificates will not be issued. As soon as practicable after completion of the stock offering, our transfer agent will send, by first class mail, a statement reflecting your stock ownership.

 

THE SHARE EXCHANGE

 

Q. What is the share exchange?

 

A. The outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock held by public stockholders at the completion date of the conversion and stock offering will be exchanged for newly issued shares of Bancorp 34 common stock. The number of shares of Bancorp 34 common stock to be received by stockholders will depend on the number of shares sold in the offering. Although the shares of Bancorp 34 common stock will have begun trading, brokerage firms may require that you have received your stock ownership statement prior to selling your shares. Your ability to sell shares of common stock prior to your receipt of this statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

WHERE TO GET MORE INFORMATION

 

Q. How can I get more information?

 

A. For more information, refer to the enclosed Prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___- ____, from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is not open on bank holidays.

 

This brochure is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY OFFERING STOCK ORDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT LETTER

[Bancorp 34, Inc. Letterhead]

 

[Imprinted with Name & Address of Subscriber] Date

 

STOCK ORDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

This letter is to acknowledge receipt of your stock order form to purchase common stock offered by Bancorp 34, Inc. Please check the following information carefully to ensure that we have entered your order correctly. Each order is assigned an order priority described below. Acceptance of your order does not guarantee that you will receive the shares you have ordered. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, the shares of common stock you will receive is subject to the allocation provisions of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, as well as other conditions and limitations described in the Bancorp 34, Inc. Prospectus dated __________, 2016. Refer to the Bancorp 34, Inc. Prospectus for further information regarding subscription priorities. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering in the order of priority set forth below.

 

Following completion of the offering, allocation information, when available, will be released as soon as practicable on the following website: https://allocations.kbw.com/

 

Stock Registration (please review carefully)

Name1

Name2

Street1

Street2

City, State Zip

Ownership:

Social Security / Tax ID #:

 

Other Order Information:

Batch #: _____

Order #: _____

Number of Shares Requested: _________

Offering Category: _____

     (subject to verification; see descriptions below)

 

Offering Category Descriptions:

 

SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING  

· Depositors of Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2014;

· Bank 34’s Tax Qualified Employee Benefit Plans;

· Depositors of Bank 34 with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on __________, 2016; and

· Depositors of Bank 34 at the close of business on __________, 2016 and borrowers as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowing remained outstanding at the close of business on __________, 2016.

 

COMMUNITY OFFERING  

· Residents of Dona Ana or Otero Counties, New Mexico or Maricopa County, Arizona;

· Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s public stockholders as of __________, 2016; and

· General Public.

 

Thank you for your order,

BANCORP 34, INC.

STOCK INFORMATION CENTER

1-(877) ___-____

 

 

 

 

FINAL REMINDER PROXYGRAM (if needed)

[Bank 34 Letterhead]

(Depending on vote status and number of days until the special meeting of members, this can be mailed. It can be personalized, as shown - or it can be a short, non-personalized version printed on a postcard. Both alternatives allow quick mailing and quick receipt of the vote, because proxy cards and return envelopes are not enclosed.)

 

Dear Member,

 

WE REQUEST YOUR VOTE.

 

Not voting the Proxy Card(s) we mailed to you has the same effect as voting “Against” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

IF YOU HAVE NOT VOTED OR ARE UNSURE WHETHER YOU VOTED:

 

Please take a few minutes to call the number shown below. A representative of __________, our Independent Voting Agent, will record your confidential vote by phone. This is the quickest way to cast your vote. You do NOT need your Proxy Card in order to vote.

 

If you are unsure whether you voted, don’t worry. Your vote will not be counted twice.

 

VOTING HOTLINE:

________________________

1- ( ) ____ - ____ (toll-free)

DAYS/HOURS:

Monday - Friday

____ a.m. to ____ p.m., Mountain Time

 

I appreciate your participation.

 

Sincerely,

 

Jill Gutierrez

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

BRANCH LOBBY POSTER - VOTE

[This notice should be printed by Bank 34, and should be placed in the branch lobby after the Stock Information Center opens. Position it in one or more ways: on an easel, on the front doors, on counters, at customer service/branch manager’s desk or electronically on the TVs in the branch.]

 

HAVE YOU VOTED YET?

 

We would like to remind eligible customers to vote on our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”).

 

ü The Plan will not result in changes to our staff or your account relationships with Bank 34.

 

ü Your deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC, up to the maximum legal limits.

 

ü Voting does not obligate you to purchase shares of common stock during our stock offering.

 

Your Board of Directors recommends that you join them in voting “ FOR ” the Plan.

 

If you have questions about voting,

call our Information Center, toll-free,

at 1-(877) ___-____,

from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday.

Our Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

[Bank 34 Logo]

 

This notice is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. The shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

 

 

 

 

BRANCH LOBBY POSTER – BUY (Optional)

 

******************************

 

OUR SUBSCRIPTION STOCK OFFERING

EXPIRES __________, 2016

 

We are conducting a subscription offering of shares of our common stock

 

UP TO 1,634,334 SHARES

COMMON STOCK

(subject to increase to 1,879,484 shares)

 

$10.00 Per Share

 

THIS SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING EXPIRES AT 12:00 NOON, MOUNTAIN TIME,

ON __________, 2016

 

******************************

If you have questions about the stock offering,

call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,

from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday.

Our Stock Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

[Bancorp 34, Inc. Logo]

 

This notice is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

 

 

FINAL BRANCH LOBBY POSTER (if needed)

[To encourage “late” voting. Tear-off phone number slips can accompany this poster. Generally, this poster is used after a Final Reminder Proxygram is mailed.]

 

PLEASE VOTE NOW!!!

 

YOU DO NOT NEED YOUR PROXY CARD IN ORDER TO VOTE.

TO PLACE YOUR CONFIDENTIAL VOTE BY PHONE:

 

 

Take a minute to call

________, our Independent Voting Agent,

at 1-(___) -___-____ (toll-free),

Monday through Friday,

____ a.m. to ____ p.m., Mountain Time

 

If you are unsure whether you voted already, please call. Your vote will not be counted twice!

 

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS ASKS THAT YOU VOTE

“FOR” THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION (THE “PLAN”).

 

NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT

AS VOTING “ AGAINST ” THE PLAN.

 

THANK YOU!

 

[Bank 34 logo]

 

This notice is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. The shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

 

 

BANK STATEMENT ENCLOSURE - VOTE REMINDER SLIP - (Optional)

 

You may have received a large white envelope containing a Proxy Card(s) to be used to vote on our organization’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. If you received a Proxy Card(s), but have not voted, please do so. If you have questions about voting, call our Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____, Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. Our Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

[Bank 34 logo]

 

 

 

 

BANK WEBSITE VOTE REMINDER NOTICE – (Optional)

 

HAVE YOU VOTED YET?

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

 

Our eligible customers as of __________, 2016 were mailed Proxy Card(s) and other materials requesting them to cast votes regarding our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”).

 

If you received Proxy Cards but have not voted, please vote by mail or by following the telephone or Internet voting instructions on the Proxy Card(s). We hope that you will vote “ FOR ” the Plan. If you have questions about voting, please call our Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____, Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. Our Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

 

 

 

BANK WEBSITE VOTING LINK – (Optional)

 

HAVE YOU VOTED YET?

 

Our eligible customers and stockholders as of __________, 2016 were mailed Proxy Card(s) and other materials requesting them to cast votes regarding our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. If you have not yet voted, a quick way to do so is to click on the link below. This will link you to a confidential voting site.

 

CUSTOMERS VOTE HERE NOW www.myproxyvotecounts.com

 

Thank you for taking a few minutes to cast your vote online. Have your Proxy Card in hand so that you can enter online the 12 digit control number printed on your Proxy Card.

 

STOCKHOLDERS VOTE HERE NOW www.

 

 

 

   

RECORDED MESSAGE TO HIGH VOTE CUSTOMERS

(This automatic dial message, meant to encourage customers to open offering/proxy packages, will be used one time - right after the initial packages are mailed)

 

“Hello - This is Jill Gutierrez, CEO of Bank 34 calling with a quick message. Within the next few days, you will be receiving a package or packages from us about our stock offering and asking you to vote on an item of importance to our bank and our valued customers. Please help us by opening the package and voting PROMPTLY. The materials will include a phone number to call if you have questions.

 

Thank you for voting. We appreciate your business and look forward to continuing to serve you as a customer of Bank 34.”

 

 

 

  

EMAIL VOTE REMINDER – (Optional)

(Email reminder is best sent after initial contacts, but before most people will have discarded materials.)

 

HAVE YOU VOTED YOUR PROXY CARDS?

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT TO US!

 

If you were a Bank 34 customer on __________, 2016, you recently received a large white envelope containing proxy materials requesting your vote on our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”).

 

If you have not yet voted, please promptly vote each Proxy Card you received. None are duplicates! Proxy Cards describe the simple procedures for voting by mail, telephone or Internet.

 

Without sufficient favorable votes, we cannot implement the Plan. NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING “ AGAINST ” THE PLAN.

 

 

 

Do you have questions about the Plan or voting?

 

Please call our Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____, Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time. Our Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

We appreciate your participation.

 

 

 

  

TOMBSTONE NEWSPAPER ADVERTISEMENT - (Optional)

[Newspaper ads may be appropriate for some market areas]

 

BANCORP 34, INC. [LOGO]

Proposed Holding Company for Bank 34

 

UP TO 1,634,334 SHARES

COMMON STOCK

(subject to increase to up to 1,879,484 shares)

 

$10.00 Per Share

Purchase Price

 

Bancorp 34, Inc. is conducting an offering of its common stock. Shares may be purchased directly from Bancorp 34, Inc., without sales commission, during the offering period.

 

This offering expires at 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on __________, 2016.

 

To receive a copy of the Prospectus and Stock Order Form,

call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____,

from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday.

Our Stock Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

This advertisement is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

 

 

 

 

STOCK ORDER FORM – SIDE 2

 

( 8) ASSOCIATES/ACTING IN CONCERT (continued from front of Stock Order Form)

 

Associate – The term “associate” of a person means:

 

(1) any corporation or organization (other than Bank 34, Bancorp 34, Inc., Alamogordo Financial Corp. or AF Mutual Holding Company or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of those entities), of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

(2) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

(3) any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Alamogordo Financial Corp. or Bank 34.

 

Acting in concert – The term “acting in concert” means:

 

(1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

(2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

 

In general, a person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

 

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. We may presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon, among other things, joint account relationships or the fact that persons share a common address (whether or not related by blood or marriage) or may have filed joint Schedules 13D or 13G with the SEC with respect to other companies. Please see the Prospectus section entitled “The Conversion and Offering — Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” for more information on purchase limitations.

 

(10) ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND SIGNATURE(S) (continued from front of Stock Order Form)

 

I agree that, after receipt by Bancorp 34, Inc., this Stock Order Form may not be modified or canceled without Bancorp 34, Inc.’s consent, and that if withdrawal from a deposit account has been authorized, the authorized amount will not otherwise be available for withdrawal. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that (1) the Social Security or Tax ID information and all other information provided hereon are true, correct and complete, (2) I am purchasing shares solely for my own account and that there is no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares, or my right to subscribe for shares, and (3) I am not subject to backup withholding tax [cross out (3) if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding]. I acknowledge that my order does not conflict with the overall purchase limitation of 35,000 shares in all categories of the offering combined, for any person or entity, together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, as set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and the Prospectus dated ________, 2016. Subscription rights pertain to those eligible to subscribe in the Subscription Offering. Subscription rights are only exercisable by completing and submitting a Stock Order Form, with full payment for the shares subscribed for. Federal regulations prohibit any person from transferring or entering into any agreement directly or indirectly to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights, or the underlying securities, to the account of another.

 

I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

 

I further certify that, before purchasing the shares of the common stock of Bancorp 34, Inc., I received the Prospectus dated ________, 2016, and I have read the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus, including disclosure concerning the nature of the security being offered and the risks involved in the investment, described by Bancorp 34, Inc. in the “Risk Factors” section, beginning on page __. Risks include, but are not limited to the following:

 

1. Insert with final risk factors

 

By executing this form, the investor is not waiving any rights under federal or state securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

See Front of Stock Order Form

 

 

 

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

STOCK INFORMATION CENTER: 1-(877) ___-___

STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS – SIDE 1

 

Sections (1) and (2) – Number of Shares and Total Payment Due. Indicate the number of shares that you wish to subscribe for and the Total Payment Due. Calculate the Total Payment Due by multiplying the number of shares by the $10.00 price per share. The minimum purchase is 25 shares ($250). The maximum allowable purchase by a person or entity, or individuals acting through a single account held jointly, is 25,000 shares ($250,000). Further, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than 35,000 shares ($350,000) in all categories of the offering combined. Current Alamogordo Financial Corp. stockholders are subject to these purchase limitations and an overall ownership limitation. Please see the Prospectus section entitled “The Conversion and Offering – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” for more specific information. By signing this form, you are certifying that your order does not conflict with these purchase limitations.

 

Section (3) – Method of Payment – Check or Money Order. Payment may be made by including with this form a personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Bancorp 34, Inc. These will be deposited upon receipt. The funds remitted by personal check must be available within the account(s) when your Stock Order Form is received. Indicate the amount remitted. Interest will be calculated at a rate of ____% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed, at which time the purchaser will be issued a check for interest earned. Please do not remit cash, a Bank 34 line of credit check, wire transfers or third party checks for this purchase.

 

Section (4) – Method of Payment – Deposit Account Withdrawal. Payment may be made by authorizing a direct withdrawal from your Bank 34 deposit account(s). Indicate the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish withdrawn. Attach a separate page, if necessary. Funds designated for withdrawal must be available within the account(s) at the time this Stock Order Form is received. Upon receipt of this order, we will place a hold on the amount(s) designated by you – the funds will be unavailable to you for withdrawal thereafter. The funds will continue to earn interest within the account(s) at the account’s contractual rate. The interest will remain in the accounts when the designated withdrawal is made, at the completion of the offering. There will be no early withdrawal penalty for withdrawal from a Bank 34 certificate of deposit (CD) account. Note that you may NOT designate accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. If you request direct withdrawal from such accounts, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s). Additionally, you may not designate direct withdrawal from a Bank 34 IRA or other retirement accounts. For guidance on using retirement funds, whether held at Bank 34 or elsewhere , please contact the Stock Information Center as soon as possible – preferably at least two weeks before the ________, 2016 offering deadline. See the Prospectus section entitled “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” Your ability to use retirement account funds to purchase shares cannot be guaranteed and depends on various factors, including timing constraints and the institution where those funds are currently held.

 

Section (5) – Purchaser Information. Please check the one box that applies to the purchaser(s) listed in Section 9 of this form. Purchase priorities in the Subscription Offering are based on eligibility dates. Boxes (a), (b) and (c) refer to the Subscription Offering. If you checked box (a) or (b), list all Bank 34 deposit account numbers that the purchaser(s) had ownership in as of the applicable eligibility date. If you checked box (c), list all Bank 34 deposit and/or applicable loan account numbers that the subscriber(s) had ownership in as of ________, 2016. Include all forms of account ownership (e.g. individual, joint, IRA, etc.). If purchasing shares for a minor, list only the minor’s eligible accounts. If purchasing shares for a corporation or partnership, list only that entity’s eligible accounts. Attach a separate page, if necessary. Boxes (d), (e) and (f) refer to the Community Offering. Orders placed in the Subscription Offering will take priority over orders placed in the Community Offering. See the Prospectus section entitled “The Conversion and Offering” for further details about the Subscription and Community Offerings. Failure to complete this section, or providing incorrect or incomplete information, could result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.

 

Section (6) – Management. Check the box if you are a Bank 34, Alamogordo Financial Corp., AF Mutual Holding Company or Bancorp 34, Inc. director, officer or employee, or a member of their immediate family. Immediate family includes spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the director, officer or employee.

 

Section (7) – Maximum Purchaser Identification. Check the box, if applicable. Failure to check the box will result in you not receiving notification in the event the maximum purchase limit(s) is/are increased. If you checked the box but have not subscribed for the maximum amount in the subscription offering, you will not receive this notification.

 

Section (8) – Associates/Acting in Concert. Check the box, if applicable, and provide the requested information. Attach a separate page if necessary.

 

Section (9) – Stock Registration. Clearly PRINT the name(s) in which you want the shares registered and the mailing address for all correspondence related to your order, including a stock ownership statement. Each Stock Order Form will generate one stock ownership statement, subject to the stock allocation provisions described in the Prospectus. IMPORTANT: Subscription rights are non-transferable. If placing an order in the Subscription Offering, you may not add the names of persons/entities who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower purchase priority than yours. A Social Security or Tax ID Number must be provided. The first number listed will be identified with the stock for tax reporting purposes. Listing at least one phone number is important in the event we need to contact you about this form. NOTE FOR FINRA MEMBERS (Formerly NASD): If you are a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”), or a person affiliated or associated with a FINRA member, you may have additional reporting requirements. Please report this subscription in writing to the applicable department of the FINRA member firm within one day of payment thereof.

 

(over)

 

 

 

 

BANCORP 34, INC.

STOCK INFORMATION CENTER: 1-(877) ___-____

STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS – SIDE 2

 

Form of Stock Ownership. For reasons of clarity and standardization, the stock transfer industry has developed uniform stockholder registrations for issuance of stock ownership statements. Beneficiaries may not be named on stock registrations. If you have any questions on wills, estates, beneficiaries, etc., please consult your legal advisor. When registering stock, do not use two initials use the full first name, middle initial and last name. Omit words that do not affect ownership such as “Dr.” or “Mrs.” Check the one box that applies.

 

Buying Stock Individually – Used when shares are registered in the name of only one owner. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the individual named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have been an eligible depositor at Bank 34 at the close of business on December 31, 2014, __________, 2016 or __________, 2016 or a borrower as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowing remained outstanding at the close of business on _________, 2016.

 

Buying Stock Jointly – To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the persons named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have been an eligible depositor at Bank 34 at the close of business on December 31, 2014, ________, 2016, or ________, 2016, or a borrower as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowing remained outstanding at the close of business on ________, 2016.

 

Joint Tenants – Joint Tenancy (with Right of Survivorship) may be specified to identify two or more owners where ownership is intended to pass automatically to the surviving tenant(s). All owners must agree to the sale of shares.

 

Tenants in Common – May be specified to identify two or more owners where, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All owners must agree to the sale of shares.

 

Buying Stock for a Minor – Shares may be held in the name of a custodian for a minor under the Uniform Transfer to Minors Act. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the minor (not the custodian) named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have been an eligible depositor at Bank 34 at the close of business on December 31, 2014, ________, 2016 or ________, 2016. The standard abbreviation for custodian is “CUST.” The standard abbreviation for the Uniform Transfer to Minors Act is “UTMA.” Include the state abbreviation. For example, stock held by John Smith as custodian for Susan Smith under the New Mexico Uniform Transfer to Minors Act, should be registered as John Smith CUST Susan Smith UTMA-NM (list only the minor’s social security number).

 

Buying Stock for a Corporation/Partnership – On the first name line, indicate the name of the corporation or partnership and indicate the entity’s Tax ID Number for reporting purposes. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the corporation or partnership named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have been an eligible depositor at Bank 34 at the close of business on December 31, 2014, ________, 2016 or ________, 2016 or a borrower as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowing remained outstanding at the close of business on ________, 2016.

 

Buying Stock in a Trust/Fiduciary Capacity – Indicate the name of the fiduciary and the capacity under which the fiduciary is acting (for example, “Executor”), or name of the trust, the trustees and the date of the trust. Indicate the Tax ID Number to be used for reporting purposes. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the entity named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have been an eligible depositor at Bank 34 at the close of business on December 31, 2014, ________, 2016, or ________, 2016 or a borrower as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowing remained outstanding at the close of business on ________, 2016.

 

Buying Stock in a Self-Directed IRA ( for trustee/broker use only ) – Registration should reflect the custodian or trustee firm’s registration requirements. For example, on the first name line, indicate the name of the brokerage firm, followed by CUST or TRUSTEE. On the second name line, indicate the name of the beneficial owner (for example, “FBO John Smith IRA”). You can indicate an account number or other underlying information and the custodian or trustee firm’s address and department to which all correspondence should be mailed related to this order, including a stock ownership statement. Indicate the TAX ID Number under which the IRA account should be reported for tax purposes. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the beneficial owner named in Section 9 of this form must have been an eligible depositor at Bank 34 at the close of business on December 31, 2014, ________, 2016, or ________, 2016 or a borrower as of May 22, 1997 whose borrowing remained outstanding as of ________, 2016.

 

Section (10) – Acknowledgment and Signature(s). Sign and date the Stock Order Form where indicated. Before you sign, please carefully review the information you provided and read the acknowledgment. Verify that you have printed clearly and completed all applicable shaded areas on the Stock Order Form. Only one signature is required, unless any account listed in Section 4 requires more than one signature to authorize a withdrawal.

 

Please review the Prospectus carefully before making an investment decision. Deliver your completed Stock Order Form, with full payment or deposit account withdrawal authorization, so that it is received (not postmarked) before 12:00 Noon, Mountain Time, on ________, 2016. Stock Order Forms may be delivered by using the enclosed postage-paid Stock Order Reply Envelope, by overnight delivery to the Stock Information Center address on the front of the Stock Order Form, or by hand-delivery to Bank 34’s main office located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico or to our Scottsdale office located at 14850 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona. Hand delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at these two locations. You may not deliver Stock Order Forms to our other offices. Please do not mail Stock Order Forms to Bank 34. We are not required to accept Stock Order Forms that are found to be deficient or incorrect, or that do not include proper payment or the required signature. Faxes or copies of this form are not required to be accepted.

 

OVERNIGHT DELIVERY can be made to the Stock Information Center address provided on the front of the Stock Order Form.

 

QUESTIONS? Call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at 1-(877) ___-____, from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is not open on bank holidays.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

   

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

 
     
  (614) 766-1426 (614) 766-1459 FAX  

 

 

June 2, 2016

 

Board of Directors

Bancorp 34, Inc.

Bank 34

500 East 10 th Street

Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310

 

Re: Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  AF Mutual Holding Company
  Bancorp 34, Inc.

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company (the “MHC”) into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Mid-Tier”) and the Mid-Tier will merger with the new Bancorp 34, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (I) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Bank 34. We further understand that Bank 34 will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interest in the event of liquidation of Bank 34 (or the Company and Bank 34).

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

June 2, 2016

Page 2

 

In the unlikely event that either Bank 34 (or the Company and Bank 34) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date on which the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) approves the MHC’s application for conversion, of the liquidation account maintained by the Company would be paid first. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Bank 34, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Bank 34), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Bank 34 has positive net worth, Bank 34 shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Bank 34, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Bank 34, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observation that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Bank 34 (or the Company and Bank 34), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Bank 34 in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Bank 34, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to Bank 34 and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Bank 34, no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Bank 34 liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs on the prior page. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Keller & Company, Inc.

Keller & Company, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.7

 

REVOCABLE PROXY

 

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

_________________, 2016

 

The undersigned hereby appoints the proxy committee of the Board of Directors of Alamogordo Financial Corp., a Federal corporation, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial Corp. that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders (“Special Meeting”), to be held at _________________, Alamogordo, New Mexico, at _____:_____ ______.m., Mountain Time, on ______________, 2016. The proxy committee is authorized to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows:

 

      FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization pursuant to which: (a) AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp. (“Alamogordo Financial”) will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Bancorp 34, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Bancorp 34”), will become the holding company for Bank 34; (c) the outstanding shares of Alamogordo Financial, other than those held by AF Mutual Holding Company, will be converted into shares of common stock of Bancorp 34; and (d) Bancorp 34 will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, and, if necessary, a community offering and/or syndicated community offering;   ¨   ¨   ¨
               
2. The approval of the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;   ¨   ¨   ¨
               
The following informational proposals.            
3. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation;   ¨   ¨   ¨
               
4. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Bancorp 34’s bylaws;   ¨   ¨   ¨

 

 

 

 

5. Approval of a provision in Bancorp 34’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Bancorp 34’s outstanding voting stock; and   ¨   ¨   ¨

 

Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” each of the above-listed proposals.

 

THE PROVISIONS OF BANCORP 34’S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION THAT ARE SUMMARIZED AS INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 WERE APPROVED AS PART OF THE PROCESS IN WHICH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION. THESE PROPOSALS ARE INFORMATIONAL IN NATURE ONLY, BECAUSE FEDERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING MUTUAL-TO-STOCK CONVERSIONS DO NOT PROVIDE FOR VOTES ON MATTERS OTHER THAN THE PLAN. WHILE WE ARE ASKING YOU TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE, THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR WHICH AN INFORMATIONAL VOTE IS REQUESTED MAY BECOME EFFECTIVE IF STOCKHOLDERS APPROVE THE PLAN, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE ANY OR ALL OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS.

 

 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE UNVOTED PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

 

 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Should the above-signed be present and elect to vote at the Special Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at the Special Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. This proxy may also be revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of Alamogordo Financial Corp. at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Special Meeting.

 

The above-signed acknowledges receipt from Alamogordo Financial Corp. prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated ______________, _________.

 

Dated: _________________, ______ ¨ Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Special Meeting

 

     
PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER   PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER
     
     
SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER   SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

 

 

 

 

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign, but only one holder is required to sign.

 

 

Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly
in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.

 

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

 

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at __________________________________ .